Back to mobile site

Form N-1A/A Dimensional Funds Trust

May 7, 2026 11:37 AM EDT

As filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on May 7, 2026

File No. 333-294286

File No. 811-24165

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM N-1A

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 [X]

Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 [X]

Post-Effective Amendment No. __

and/or

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940 [X]

Amendment No. 1 [X]

(Check appropriate box or boxes.)

DIMENSIONAL FUNDS TRUST

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One, Austin, TX  78746

(Address of Principal Executive Office)  (Zip Code)

Registrant’s Telephone Number, including Area Code  (512) 306-7400

Catherine L. Newell, Esquire

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One, Austin, TX  78746

(Name and Address of Agent for Service)

Please send copies of all communications to:

Jana Cresswell, Esquire

Brian Crowell, Esquire

Stradley Ronon Stevens & Young, LLP

2600 One Commerce Square

Philadelphia, PA 19103

(215) 564-8082

  

Approximate Date of Proposed Public Offering:

As soon as practicable following the effective date of this registration statement.

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to such Section 8(a), may determine.


Titles of Securities Being Registered:

Dimensional US Core Equity Market Portfolio

Dimensional US Equity Market Portfolio


CONTENTS

This initial Registration Statement includes the following:

1. FACING PAGE

2. CONTENTS PAGE

3. PART A -- Prospectus relating to the Institutional Class shares of the Registrant’s Dimensional US Core Equity Market Portfolio and Dimensional US Equity Market Portfolio series of shares

4.  PART A -- Prospectus relating to the ETF Class shares of the Registrant’s Dimensional US Core Equity Market Portfolio and Dimensional US Equity Market Portfolio series of shares

5. PART B -- Statement of Additional Information relating to the Institutional Class shares of the Registrant’s Dimensional US Core Equity Market Portfolio and Dimensional US Equity Market Portfolio series of shares

6. PART B -- Statement of Additional Information relating to the ETF Class shares of the Registrant’s Dimensional US Core Equity Market Portfolio and Dimensional US Equity Market Portfolio series of shares

7. PART C -- Other Information

8. SIGNATURES


 

Subject to Completion May 7, 2026

Prospectus

[DATE]

 

DIMENSIONAL FUNDS TRUST

Dimensional US Core Equity Market Portfolio ( )

Dimensional US Equity Market Portfolio ( )

 

This Prospectus describes the Institutional Class shares of each Portfolio which are for long-term investors and do not charge sales commissions or loads. The Institutional Class shares of each Portfolio are generally available only to Institutional Investors and clients of registered investment advisors.


In addition to the Institutional Class shares, which are mutual fund shares, each Portfolio may also offer ETF Class shares in a separate prospectus. ETF Class shares are listed on a national securities exchange and, unlike mutual fund shares, are not individually redeemable.

 

The Securities and Exchange Commission has not approved or disapproved these securities or passed upon the adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The information in this Prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This Prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.


 


Table of Contents

  

Dimensional US Core Equity Market Portfolio

1

Investment Objective

1

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

1

Principal Investment Strategies

1

Principal Risks

2

Performance

3

Investment Advisor/Portfolio Management

3

Purchase and Redemption of Shares

3

Tax Information

4

Payments to Financial Intermediaries

4

Dimensional US Equity Market Portfolio

5

Investment Objective

5

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

5

Principal Investment Strategies

5

Principal Risks

6

Performance

7

Investment Advisor/Portfolio Management

7

Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

8

Tax Information

8

Payments to Financial Intermediaries

8

Additional Information on Investment Objectives and Policies

9

Investment Terms Used in the Prospectus

9

US Core Equity Portfolio

9

US Equity Portfolio

10

Market Capitalization Weighted Approach – US Equity Portfolio

11

Tax Management Strategies

12

Portfolio Transactions

12

Additional Information Regarding Investment Risks

12

Other Information

15

Multi-Class ETF Fund Structure

15

Commodity Pool Operator Exemption

15

Securities Loans

15

Management of the Portfolios

16

Unitary Fees

17

Management Fees

18

Shareholder Services

18

Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement

19


  

Dividends, Capital Gains Distributions and Taxes

19

Purchase of Shares

21

Cash Purchases

21

In-Kind Purchases

22

Policy Regarding Excessive Short-Term Trading

23

Valuation of Shares

25

Net Asset Value

25

Public Offering Price

26

Conversions

26

Exchange of Shares

27

Redemption of Shares

27

Redemption Procedure

27

Redemption of Small Accounts

28

In-Kind Redemptions

29

Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings

29

Delivery of Shareholder Documents

29


Dimensional US Core Equity Market Portfolio

Investment Objective

The investment objective of the Dimensional US Core Equity Market Portfolio (the “US Core Equity Portfolio” or “Portfolio”) is to achieve long-term capital appreciation.

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy, hold or sell Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio. You may pay other fees, such as brokerage commissions and other fees to financial intermediaries, which are not reflected in the table and Example below.

   

 

 

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment): None

 

 

 

 

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each
year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

 

 

 

Management Fee

0.12%

Other Expenses1

None

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

0.12%

 

  

1

The Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio are new, so the “Other Expenses” shown for the class are based on anticipated fees and expenses for the first full fiscal year.

EXAMPLE

This Example is meant to help you compare the cost of investing in the Portfolio's Institutional Class shares with the cost of investing in other funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio's Institutional Class shares for the time periods indicated. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs whether you redeem or hold your shares would be:

  

1 Year

3 Years

$12

$39

PORTFOLIO TURNOVER

A fund generally pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the Portfolio’s performance. Because the Portfolio is new, information about portfolio turnover rate is not yet available.

Principal Investment Strategies

To achieve the US Core Equity Portfolio’s investment objective, Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor”) implements an integrated investment approach that combines research, portfolio design, portfolio management, and trading functions. As further described below, the Portfolio’s design emphasizes long-term drivers of expected returns identified by the Advisor’s research, while balancing risk through broad diversification across companies and sectors. The Advisor’s portfolio management and trading processes further balance those long-term drivers of expected returns with shorter-term drivers of expected returns and trading costs.

1


The US Core Equity Portfolio is designed to purchase a broad and diverse group of equity securities within a market capitalization weighted universe (e.g., the larger the company, the greater the proportion of the universe it represents) of U.S. companies listed on a securities exchange in the United States that have been authorized for investment by the Advisor’s Investment Committee (the “U.S. Universe”). The Portfolio will invest in companies of all sizes, with modestly increased exposure to smaller capitalization, lower relative price, and higher profitability companies as compared to their representation in the U.S. Universe. The Portfolio’s modestly increased exposure to smaller capitalization, lower relative price, and higher profitability companies may be achieved by decreasing the allocation of the Portfolio’s assets to larger capitalization, higher relative price, or lower profitability companies relative to their weight in the U.S. Universe. An equity issuer is considered to have a high relative price (i.e., a growth stock) primarily because it has a high price in relation to its book value. An equity issuer is considered to have a low relative price (i.e., a value stock) primarily because it has a low price in relation to their book value. In assessing relative price, the Advisor may consider additional factors such as price to cash flow or price to earnings ratios. An equity issuer is considered to have high profitability because it has high earnings or profits from operations in relation to its book value or assets. The criteria the Advisor uses for assessing relative price and profitability are subject to change from time to time. As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, the Portfolio will invest at least 80% of its net assets in equity securities of U.S. companies. The Advisor generally defines a U.S. company as one that is listed and principally traded on a securities exchange in the United States that is deemed appropriate by the Advisor.

The Advisor may also increase or reduce the US Core Equity Portfolio’s exposure to an eligible company, or exclude a company, based on shorter-term considerations, such as a company’s price momentum, short-run reversals, and investment characteristics. In assessing a company’s investment characteristics, the Advisor considers ratios such as recent changes in assets divided by total assets. The criteria the Advisor uses for assessing a company’s investment characteristics are subject to change from time to time. In addition, the Advisor seeks to reduce trading costs using a flexible trading approach that looks for opportunities to participate in the available market liquidity, while managing turnover and explicit transaction costs.

The US Core Equity Portfolio may purchase or sell futures contracts and options on futures contracts for U.S. equity securities and indices to increase or decrease equity market exposure based on actual or expected cash inflows to or outflows from the Portfolio.

The US Core Equity Portfolio may lend its portfolio securities to generate additional income.

Principal Risks

Because the value of your investment in the Portfolio will fluctuate, there is the risk that you will lose money. An investment in the Portfolio is not a deposit of a bank and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency. The following is a description of principal risks of investing in the Portfolio.

Equity Market Risk: Even a long-term investment approach cannot guarantee a profit. Economic, market, environmental, political, and issuer-specific conditions and events will cause the value of equity securities, and a fund that owns them, to rise or fall. Stock markets are volatile, with periods of rising prices and periods of falling prices.

Small and Mid-Cap Company Risk: Securities of small and mid-cap companies are often less liquid than those of large companies and this could make it difficult to sell a small or mid-cap company security at a desired time or price. As a result, small and mid-cap company stocks may fluctuate relatively more in price. In general, small and mid-capitalization companies are also more vulnerable than larger companies to adverse business or economic developments and they may have more limited resources.

Profitability Investment Risk: High relative profitability stocks may perform differently from the market as a whole and an investment strategy purchasing these securities may cause a fund to at times underperform equity funds that use other investment strategies.

Value Investment Risk: Value stocks may perform differently from the market as a whole and an investment strategy purchasing these securities may cause a fund to at times underperform equity funds that use other investment

2


strategies. Value stocks can react differently to political, economic, and industry developments than the market as a whole and other types of stocks. Value stocks also may underperform the market for long periods of time.

Derivatives Risk: Derivatives are instruments, such as futures contracts, and options thereon, whose value is derived from that of other assets, rates or indices. The use of derivatives for non-hedging purposes may be considered to carry more risk than other types of investments. When a fund uses derivatives, the fund will be directly exposed to the risks of those derivatives. Derivative instruments are subject to a number of risks including counterparty, liquidity, interest rate, market, credit and management risks, as well as difficulties with respect to valuation. Changes in the value of a derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index, and a fund could lose more than the principal amount invested.

Securities Lending Risk: Securities lending involves the risk that the borrower may fail to return the securities in a timely manner or at all. As a result, a fund may lose money and there may be a delay in recovering the loaned securities. A fund could also lose money if it does not recover the securities and/or the value of the collateral falls, including the value of investments made with cash collateral. Securities lending also may have certain adverse tax consequences.

Operational Risk: Operational risks include human error, changes in personnel, system changes, faults in communication, and failures in systems, technology, or processes, and the use of artificial intelligence and machine learning (“AI”). Various operational events or circumstances are outside a fund’s or its advisor’s control, including instances at third parties. A fund and its advisor seek to reduce these operational risks through controls and procedures. However, measures that seek to reduce these operational risks through controls and procedures may not address every possible risk and may be inadequate to address these risks.

Cyber Security Risk: A fund and its service providers’ use of internet, technology and information systems may expose the fund to potential risks linked to cyber security breaches of those technological or information systems. Cyber security breaches, amongst other things, could allow an unauthorized party to gain access to proprietary information, customer data, or fund assets, or cause the fund and/or its service providers to suffer data corruption or lose operational functionality.

Performance

Performance information is not available for the Portfolio because it has not yet completed a full calendar year of operations. Updated performance information for the Portfolio can be obtained in the future by visiting https://www.dimensional.com/us-en/funds.

Investment Advisor/Portfolio Management

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP serves as the investment advisor for the Portfolio. The following individuals are responsible for leading the day-to-day management of the Portfolio:

 Jed S. Fogdall, Global Head of Portfolio Management, Chairman of the Investment Committee, Vice President, and Senior Portfolio Manager of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager of the Portfolio since inception (2026).

 Joseph F. Hohn, Vice President and Senior Portfolio Manager of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager of the Portfolio since inception (2026).

 Joel P. Schneider, Deputy Head of Portfolio Management, North America, member of the Investment Committee, Vice President, and Senior Portfolio Manager of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager of the Portfolio since inception (2026).

Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

Investors may purchase or redeem Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio on each day that the New York Stock Exchange is scheduled to be open for business by first contacting the Portfolio’s transfer agent at (888) 576-1167. Shareholders that invest in the Portfolio through a financial intermediary should contact their financial intermediary

3


regarding purchase and redemption procedures. The Portfolio’s Institutional Class shares generally are available for investment only by institutional clients, clients of registered investment advisors, clients of financial institutions and a limited number of certain other investors as approved from time to time by the Advisor. All investments are subject to approval of the Advisor.

Tax Information

The dividends and distributions you receive from the Portfolio are taxable and generally will be taxed as ordinary income, capital gains, or some combination of both, unless you are investing through a tax-advantaged arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account, in which case distributions may be taxed as ordinary income when withdrawn from the plan or account.

Payments to Financial Intermediaries

If you purchase the Portfolio through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank), the Portfolio and its related companies may pay the intermediary for the sale of the Portfolio shares and/or related services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the financial intermediary to recommend the Portfolio over another investment. Ask your financial advisor or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.

4


Dimensional US Equity Market Portfolio

Investment Objective

The investment objective of the Dimensional US Equity Market Portfolio (the “US Equity Portfolio” or “Portfolio”) is to achieve long-term capital appreciation while minimizing federal income taxes on returns.

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy, hold or sell Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio. You may pay other fees, such as brokerage commissions and other fees to financial intermediaries, which are not reflected in the table and Example below.

   

 

 

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment): None

 

 

 

 

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each
year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

 

 

 

Management Fee

0.08%

Other Expenses1

0.10%

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

0.18%

 

  

1

The Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio are new, so the “Other Expenses” shown for the class are based on anticipated fees and expenses for the first full fiscal year.

EXAMPLE

This Example is meant to help you compare the cost of investing in the Portfolio's Institutional Class shares with the cost of investing in other funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio's Institutional Class shares for the time periods indicated. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs whether you redeem or hold your shares would be:

  

1 Year

3 Years

$18

$58

PORTFOLIO TURNOVER

A fund generally pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the Portfolio’s performance. Because the Portfolio is new, information about portfolio turnover rate is not yet available.

Principal Investment Strategies

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP’s (the “Advisor”) tax management strategies for the US Equity Portfolio are designed to maximize the after tax value of a shareholder’s investment. Generally, the Advisor buys and sells securities for the Portfolio with the goals of: (i) delaying and minimizing the realization of net capital gains (e.g., selling stocks with capital losses to offset gains, realized or anticipated); and (ii) maximizing the extent to which any realized net capital gains are long-term in nature (i.e., taxable at lower capital gains tax rates). For more information on the Portfolio’s tax management strategies, see “Additional Information on Investment Objectives and Policies – Tax Management Strategies” in the Prospectus.

5


To achieve the US Equity Portfolio’s investment objective, the Advisor implements an integrated investment approach that combines research, portfolio design, portfolio management, and trading functions. As further described below, the Portfolio’s design emphasizes long-term drivers of expected returns identified by the Advisor’s research, while balancing risk through broad diversification across companies and sectors. The Advisor’s portfolio management and trading processes further balance those long-term drivers of expected returns with shorter-term drivers of expected returns and trading costs.

The US Equity Portfolio, using a market capitalization weighted approach, is designed to generally purchase a broad and diverse group of equity securities of U.S. companies. A company’s market capitalization is the number of its shares outstanding times its price per share. The Portfolio may subtly emphasize certain stocks, including smaller capitalization, lower relative price, and higher profitability stocks as compared to their representation in the U.S. market. Under a market capitalization weighted approach, companies with higher market capitalizations generally represent a larger proportion of the Portfolio than companies with relatively lower market capitalizations. An equity issuer is considered to have a low relative price (i.e., a value stock) primarily because it has a low price in relation to its book value. In assessing relative price, the Advisor may consider additional factors such as price to cash flow or price to earnings ratios. An equity issuer is considered to have high profitability because it has high earnings or profits from operations in relation to its book value or assets. The criteria the Advisor uses for assessing relative price and profitability are subject to change from time to time.

The Advisor may also increase or reduce the US Equity Portfolio’s exposure to an eligible company, or exclude a company, based on shorter-term considerations, such as a company’s price momentum and short-run reversals. In assessing a company’s investment characteristics, the Advisor considers ratios such as recent changes in assets divided by total assets. The criteria the Advisor uses for assessing a company’s investment characteristics are subject to change from time to time. In addition, the Advisor seeks to reduce trading costs using a flexible trading approach that looks for opportunities to participate in the available market liquidity, while managing turnover and explicit transaction costs.

As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, the US Equity Portfolio will invest at least 80% of its net assets in equity securities of U.S. companies. The Advisor generally defines a U.S. company as one that is listed and principally traded on a securities exchange in the United States that is deemed appropriate by the Advisor. The Advisor considers companies of all market capitalizations for purchase by the Portfolio.

The US Equity Portfolio may purchase or sell futures contracts and options on futures contracts for U.S. equity securities and indices, to increase or decrease equity market exposure based on actual or expected cash inflows to or outflows from the Portfolio.

The US Equity Portfolio may lend its portfolio securities to generate additional income.

Principal Risks

Because the value of your investment in the Portfolio will fluctuate, there is the risk that you will lose money. An investment in the Portfolio is not a deposit of a bank and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency. The following is a description of principal risks of investing in the Portfolio.

Equity Market Risk: Even a long-term investment approach cannot guarantee a profit. Economic, market, environmental, political, and issuer-specific conditions and events will cause the value of equity securities, and a fund that owns them, to rise or fall. Stock markets are volatile, with periods of rising prices and periods of falling prices.

Small and Mid-Cap Company Risk: Securities of small and mid-cap companies are often less liquid than those of large companies and this could make it difficult to sell a small or mid-cap company security at a desired time or price. As a result, small and mid-cap company stocks may fluctuate relatively more in price. In general, small and mid-capitalization companies are also more vulnerable than larger companies to adverse business or economic developments and they may have more limited resources.

6


Tax-Management Strategy Risk: The tax-management strategies may alter investment decisions and affect portfolio holdings, when compared to those of non-tax managed funds, which the Advisor anticipates may cause the performance of the fund to deviate from that of non-tax managed funds. Although the Advisor may intend to manage a fund in a manner which considers the effects of the realization of capital gains and taxable dividend income each year, the fund may nonetheless distribute taxable gains and dividends to shareholders.

Derivatives Risk: Derivatives are instruments, such as futures contracts, and options thereon, whose value is derived from that of other assets, rates or indices. The use of derivatives for non-hedging purposes may be considered to carry more risk than other types of investments. When a fund uses derivatives, the fund will be directly exposed to the risks of those derivatives. Derivative instruments are subject to a number of risks including counterparty, liquidity, interest rate, market, credit and management risks, as well as difficulties with respect to valuation. Changes in the value of a derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index, and a fund could lose more than the principal amount invested.

Securities Lending Risk: Securities lending involves the risk that the borrower may fail to return the securities in a timely manner or at all. As a result, a fund may lose money and there may be a delay in recovering the loaned securities. A fund could also lose money if it does not recover the securities and/or the value of the collateral falls, including the value of investments made with cash collateral. Securities lending also may have certain adverse tax consequences.

Operational Risk: Operational risks include human error, changes in personnel, system changes, faults in communication, and failures in systems, technology, or processes, and the use of artificial intelligence and machine learning (“AI”). Various operational events or circumstances are outside a fund’s or its advisor’s control, including instances at third parties. A fund and its advisor seek to reduce these operational risks through controls and procedures. However, measures that seek to reduce these operational risks through controls and procedures may not address every possible risk and may be inadequate to address these risks.

Cyber Security Risk: A fund and its service providers’ use of internet, technology and information systems may expose the fund to potential risks linked to cyber security breaches of those technological or information systems. Cyber security breaches, amongst other things, could allow an unauthorized party to gain access to proprietary information, customer data, or fund assets, or cause the fund and/or its service providers to suffer data corruption or lose operational functionality.

Performance

Performance information is not available for the Portfolio because it has not yet completed a full calendar year of operations. Updated performance information for the Portfolio can be obtained in the future by visiting https://www.dimensional.com/us-en/funds.

Investment Advisor/Portfolio Management

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP serves as the investment advisor for the Portfolio. The following individuals are responsible for leading the day-to-day management of the Portfolio:

 Jed S. Fogdall, Global Head of Portfolio Management, Chairman of the Investment Committee, Vice President, and Senior Portfolio Manager of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager of the Portfolio since inception (2026).

 Joseph F. Hohn, Vice President and Senior Portfolio Manager of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager of the Portfolio since inception (2026).

 Joel P. Schneider, Deputy Head of Portfolio Management, North America, member of the Investment Committee, Vice President, and Senior Portfolio Manager of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager of the Portfolio since inception (2026).

7


Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

Investors may purchase or redeem Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio on each day that the New York Stock Exchange is scheduled to be open for business by first contacting the Portfolio’s transfer agent at (888) 576-1167. Shareholders that invest in the Portfolio through a financial intermediary should contact their financial intermediary regarding purchase and redemption procedures. The Portfolio’s Institutional Class shares generally are available for investment only by institutional clients, clients of registered investment advisors, clients of financial institutions and a limited number of certain other investors as approved from time to time by the Advisor. All investments are subject to approval of the Advisor.

Tax Information

The dividends and distributions you receive from the Portfolio are taxable and generally will be taxed as ordinary income, capital gains, or some combination of both, unless you are investing through a tax-advantaged arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account, in which case distributions may be taxed as ordinary income when withdrawn from the plan or account.

Payments to Financial Intermediaries

If you purchase the Portfolio through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank), the Portfolio and its related companies may pay the intermediary for the sale of the Portfolio shares and/or related services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the financial intermediary to recommend the Portfolio over another investment. Ask your financial advisor or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.

8


Additional Information on Investment Objectives and Policies

Dimensional Funds Trust (the “Fund” or “Trust”) offers a variety of investment portfolios. Each of the Fund’s portfolios has its own investment objective and policies, and is the equivalent of a separate investment company.

Each Portfolio's Institutional Class shares are described in this Prospectus and are a conventional mutual fund share class. In addition to the Institutional Class shares, each Portfolio may also offer ETF Class shares in a separate prospectus. ETF Class shares are listed on a national securities exchange and, unlike mutual fund shares, are not individually redeemable.

INVESTMENT TERMS USED IN THE PROSPECTUS

Below are the definitions of some terms that the Advisor uses to describe the investment strategies for certain Portfolios.

Free Float generally describes the number of publicly traded shares of a company.

Price Momentum generally describes the tendency for stocks that have outperformed their peers to continue outperforming, and the similar tendency for stocks that have underperformed their peers to continue underperforming.

Short-Run Reversals generally describes the tendency for stocks that have recently outperformed their peers to underperform in the short run, and the similar tendency for stocks that have recently underperformed their peers to outperform in the short run.

Trading Strategies generally refers to the ability to execute purchases and sales of stocks in a cost-effective manner.

Profitability generally measures a company’s profit in relation to its book value or assets.

US Core Equity Portfolio

The investment objective of the US Core Equity Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation. The Portfolio’s investment objective is non-fundamental, which means it may be changed by the Board of Trustees (the “Board”) without shareholder approval. Shareholders will be given at least 60 days’ advance notice of any change to the Portfolio’s investment objective.

To achieve the US Core Equity Portfolio’s investment objective, the Advisor implements an integrated investment approach that combines research, portfolio design, portfolio management, and trading functions. As further described below, the Portfolio’s design emphasizes long-term drivers of expected returns identified by the Advisor’s research, while balancing risk through broad diversification across companies and sectors. The Advisor’s portfolio management and trading processes further balance those long-term drivers of expected returns with shorter-term drivers of expected returns and trading costs.

The US Core Equity Portfolio is designed to achieve its investment objective by purchasing a broad and diverse group of equity securities within a market capitalization weighted universe of U.S. companies that is composed of companies within the U.S. Universe. Market capitalization weighted means that a company’s weighting in the U.S. Universe is proportional to that company’s actual market capitalization compared to the total market capitalization of all eligible companies. The higher the company’s relative market capitalization, the greater its representation. The Portfolio will invest in companies of all sizes, with modestly increased exposure to smaller capitalization, lower relative price, and higher profitability companies as compared to their representation in the U.S. Universe. The Portfolio’s modestly increased exposure to smaller capitalization, lower relative price, and higher profitability companies may be achieved by decreasing the allocation of the Portfolio’s assets to larger capitalization, higher relative price, or lower profitability companies relative to their weight in the U.S. Universe.

An equity issuer is considered to have a high relative price (i.e., a growth stock) primarily because it has a high price in relation to its book value. An equity issuer is considered to have a low relative price (i.e., a value stock) primarily because it has a low price in relation to their book value. In assessing relative price, the Advisor may consider

9


additional factors such as price-to-cash-flow or price-to-earnings ratios. An equity issuer is considered to have high profitability because it has high earnings or profits from operations in relation to its book value or assets. The criteria the Advisor uses for assessing relative price and profitability are subject to change from time to time.

The Advisor may also increase or reduce the US Core Equity Portfolio’s exposure to an eligible company, or exclude a company, based on shorter-term considerations, such as a company’s price momentum, short-run reversals, and investment characteristics. The Advisor may consider a small capitalization company’s investment characteristics as compared to other eligible companies when making investment decisions and may exclude a small capitalization company with high recent asset growth. In assessing a company’s investment characteristics, the Advisor considers ratios such as recent changes in assets divided by total assets. The Portfolio will generally not exclude more than 5% of the eligible small capitalization companies within the U.S. Universe based on such investment characteristics. The criteria the Advisor uses for assessing a company’s investment characteristics are subject to change from time to time. The Advisor may decrease the amount that the Portfolio invests in small capitalization companies that have lower profitability and/or higher relative prices. In addition, the Advisor seeks to reduce trading costs using a flexible trading approach that looks for opportunities to participate in the available market liquidity, while managing turnover and explicit transaction costs.

The US Core Equity Portfolio may purchase or sell futures contracts and options on futures contracts for U.S. equity securities and indices, to increase or decrease equity market exposure based on actual or expected cash inflows to or outflows from the Portfolio.

The US Core Equity Portfolio may invest in ETFs, including ETFs managed by the Advisor, for the purpose of gaining exposure to the U.S. stock market while maintaining liquidity. In addition to money market instruments and other short-term investments, the Portfolio may invest in affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds to manage the Portfolio’s cash pending investment in other securities or to maintain liquidity for the payment of redemptions or other purposes. Investments in ETFs and money market funds may involve a duplication of certain fees and expenses. The Portfolio will look through to the security holdings of any investment companies in which it invests for purposes of compliance with its 80% policy, to the extent that the Portfolio has sufficient information about the holdings of such investment companies.

US Equity Portfolio

The investment objective of the US Equity Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation while minimizing federal income taxes on returns. The Portfolio generally will invest its assets in a broad and diverse group of securities of companies listed on the U.S. national securities exchanges. The US Equity Portfolio uses a market capitalization weighted approach. See “Market Capitalization Weighted Approach” in this Prospectus.

The Advisor considers companies of all market capitalizations for purchase by the Portfolio. The total market capitalization range used by the Advisor for the US Equity Portfolio (i.e., all eligible U.S. operating companies listed on a securities exchange in the United States that is deemed appropriate by the Advisor), generally applies at the time of purchase by the Portfolio. The Portfolio is not required to dispose of a security if the security’s issuer is no longer within this total market capitalization range. Securities that do meet the market capitalization range nevertheless may be sold at any time when, in the Advisor’s judgement, circumstances warrant their sale. See “Portfolio Transactions” in this Prospectus.

The Advisor may also increase or reduce the US Equity Portfolio’s exposure to an eligible company, or exclude a company, based on shorter-term considerations, such as a company’s price momentum and short-run reversals. In assessing a company’s investment characteristics, the Advisor considers ratios such as recent changes in assets divided by total assets. The criteria the Advisor uses for assessing a company’s investment characteristics are subject to change from time to time. In addition, the Advisor seeks to reduce trading costs using a flexible trading approach that looks for opportunities to participate in the available market liquidity, while managing turnover and explicit transaction costs.

The US Equity Portfolio may invest in ETFs, including ETFs managed by the Advisor, for the purpose of gaining exposure to the U.S. equity markets while maintaining liquidity. In addition to money market instruments and other short-term investments, the Portfolio may invest in affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds to manage cash pending investment in other securities or to maintain liquidity for the payment of redemptions or other purposes. Investments in ETFs and money market funds may involve a duplication of certain

10


fees and expenses. The Portfolio will look through to the security holdings of any investment companies in which it invests for purposes of compliance with its 80% policy, to the extent that the Portfolio has sufficient information about the holdings of such investment companies.

Market Capitalization Weighted Approach—US Equity Portfolio

The portfolio structure of US Equity Portfolio involves market capitalization weighting in determining individual security weights. Market capitalization weighting means each security is generally purchased based on the issuer’s relative market capitalization. Market capitalization weighting may be modified by the Advisor for a variety of reasons. The Advisor may increase or decrease the Portfolio's exposure to an eligible company, or exclude a company, after considering such factors as free float, price momentum, short-run reversals, trading strategies, liquidity, size, relative price, profitability, investment characteristics, and other factors that the Advisor determines to be appropriate. An equity issuer is considered to have a low relative price (i.e., a value stock) primarily because it has a low price in relation to its book value. In assessing relative price, the Advisor may consider additional factors such as price to cash flow or price to earnings ratios. An equity issuer is considered to have high profitability because it has high earnings or profits from operations in relation to its book value or assets. The Advisor may consider a small capitalization company’s investment characteristics as compared to other eligible companies when making investment decisions and may exclude a small capitalization company with high recent asset growth. In assessing a company’s investment characteristics, the Advisor considers ratios such as recent changes in assets divided by total assets. The Advisor may decrease the allocation of the Portfolio’s assets to eligible small capitalization companies that generally have lower profitability and/or higher relative prices. The Portfolio will generally not exclude more than 5% of the eligible small capitalization companies within the U.S. Universe based on such investment characteristics. The criteria the Advisor uses for assessing relative price, profitability, and investment characteristics are subject to change from time to time.

The Advisor may deviate from market capitalization weighting to limit or fix the exposure of the Portfolio to a particular issuer to a maximum proportion of the assets of the Portfolio. The Advisor may exclude the stock of a company that meets applicable market capitalization criterion if the Advisor determines, in its judgment, that the purchase of such stock is inappropriate in light of other conditions. These adjustments will result in a deviation from traditional market capitalization weighting.

Adjustment for free float modifies market capitalization weighting to exclude the share capital of a company that is not freely available for trading in the public equity markets. For example, the following types of shares may be excluded: (i) those held by strategic investors (such as governments, controlling shareholders and management), (ii) treasury shares, or (iii) shares subject to foreign ownership restrictions.

Furthermore, the Advisor may reduce the relative amount of any security held in order to retain sufficient portfolio liquidity. A portion, but generally not in excess of 20% of assets, may be invested in interest bearing obligations, such as money market instruments, thereby causing further deviation from market capitalization weighting. A further deviation may occur due to holdings in securities received in connection with corporate actions.

The US Equity Portfolio should not be expected to adhere to its market capitalization weighted approach to the same extent as a non-tax-managed portfolio. The tax management strategies used by the Advisor to defer the realization of net capital gains or minimize dividend income, from time to time, may cause deviation from the market capitalization weighted approach. For more information on the Portfolio’s tax management strategies, see “Tax Management Strategies” in this Prospectus.

Block purchases of eligible securities may be made at opportune prices, even though such purchases exceed the number of shares that, at the time of purchase, adherence to a market capitalization weighted approach would otherwise require. In addition, securities eligible for purchase or otherwise represented in the Portfolio may be acquired in exchange for the issuance of shares. See “PURCHASE OF SHARES – In-Kind Purchases.” While such transactions might cause a deviation from market capitalization weighting, they would ordinarily be made in anticipation of further growth of assets.

Generally, changes in the composition and relative ranking (in terms of market capitalization) of the stocks that are eligible for purchase take place with every trade when the securities markets are open for trading due, primarily, to price changes of such securities. At least semi-annually, the Advisor will identify companies whose stock is eligible for investment by the Portfolio. Additional investments generally will not be made in securities that have changed in

11


value sufficiently to be excluded from the Advisor’s then current market capitalization requirement for eligible portfolio securities. This may result in further deviation from market capitalization weighting. Such deviation could be substantial if a significant amount of holdings of the Portfolio change in value sufficiently to be excluded from the requirement for eligible securities, but not by a sufficient amount to warrant their sale.

TAX MANAGEMENT STRATEGIES

The US Equity Portfolio seeks to maximize the after tax value of an investment by managing its portfolio in a manner that will defer the realization of net capital gains where possible and may attempt to reduce dividend income. When selling securities, the Portfolio typically will select the highest cost shares of the specific security in order to minimize the realization of capital gains. In certain cases, the highest cost shares may produce a short-term capital gain. Since short-term capital gains generally are taxed at higher tax rates than long-term capital gains, the highest cost shares with a long-term holding period may be disposed of instead. The US Equity Portfolio, when consistent with all other tax management policies, may sell securities in order to realize capital losses. Realized capital losses can be used to offset realized capital gains, thus reducing capital gains distributions.

The Advisor may attempt to time the purchases and sales of securities to reduce the receipt of dividends when possible. With respect to dividends that are received, the Portfolio may not be eligible to flow through the dividends received deduction attributable to holdings in U.S. equity securities to corporate shareholders if, because of certain timing rules, hedging activities, or debt financing activities at the Portfolio level, the requisite holding period of the dividend paying stock is not met.

Also, the Portfolio may dispose of securities whenever the Advisor determines that disposition is consistent with their tax management strategies or is otherwise in the best interest of the Portfolio. As part of its investment decisions, the Advisor may also consider the effects of holding periods and securities lending, among other factors, that may affect the tax characteristics of the income received.

Although the Advisor intends to manage the Portfolio in a manner which considers the effects of the realization of capital gains and taxable dividend income each year, the Portfolio may nonetheless distribute taxable gains and dividends to shareholders. Of course, realization of capital gains is not entirely within the Advisor’s control. Capital gains distributions may vary considerably from year to year. The Portfolio may be required to distribute taxable realized gains from a prior year, even if the Portfolio has a net realized loss for the year of distribution. There will be no capital gains distributions in years when the Portfolio realizes a net capital loss. Furthermore, the redeeming shareholders may be required to pay taxes on their capital gains, if any, on a redemption of the Portfolio's shares, whether paid in cash or in kind, if the amount received on redemption is greater than the amount of the shareholder’s tax basis in the shares redeemed.

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS

In general, securities will not be purchased or sold based on the prospects for the economy, the securities markets, or the individual issuers whose shares are eligible for purchase. Securities that have depreciated in value since their acquisition will not be sold solely because prospects for the issuer are not considered attractive or due to an expected or realized decline in securities prices in general. Securities generally will not be sold solely to realize short-term profits, but when circumstances warrant, they may be sold without regard to the length of time held. Securities, including those eligible for purchase, may be disposed of, however, at any time when, in the Advisor’s judgment, circumstances warrant their sale, including, but not limited to, tender offers, mergers, and similar transactions, or bids made for block purchases at opportune prices. Generally, securities will be purchased with the expectation that they will be held for longer than one year and will be held until such time as they are no longer an appropriate holding in light of the investment policies of each Portfolio.

In attempting to respond to adverse market, economic, political, or other considerations, each Portfolio may, from time to time, invest its assets in a temporary defensive manner that is inconsistent with the Portfolio’s principal investment strategies. In these circumstances, the Portfolio may be unable to achieve its investment objective.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION REGARDING INVESTMENT RISKS

Because the value of your investment in a Portfolio will fluctuate, there is the risk that you will lose money. An investment in a Portfolio is not a deposit of a bank and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit

12


Insurance Corporation or any other government agency. The following is a description of principal risks of investing in the Portfolios.

   
 

US Core Equity
Portfolio

US Equity
Portfolio

Cyber Security Risk

X

X

Derivatives Risk

X

X

Equity Market Risk

X

X

Operational Risk

X

X

Profitability Investment Risk

X

 

Securities Lending Risk

X

X

Small and Mid-Cap Company Risk

X

X

Tax-Management Strategy Risk

 

X

Value Investment Risk

X

 

Cyber Security Risk: A fund and its service providers’ use of internet, technology and information systems may expose the fund to potential risks linked to cyber security breaches of those technological or information systems. Cyber security breaches, amongst other things, could allow an unauthorized party to gain access to proprietary information, customer data, or fund assets, or cause a fund and/or its service providers to suffer data corruption or lose operational functionality.

Derivatives Risk: Derivatives are instruments, such as futures contracts, and options thereon, whose value is derived from that of other assets, rates or indices. The use of derivatives for non-hedging purposes may be considered to carry more risk than other types of investments. When a fund uses derivatives, the fund will be directly exposed to the risks of those derivatives. Derivatives expose a fund to counterparty risk (the risk that the derivative counterparty will not fulfill its contractual obligations), including credit risk of the derivative counterparty, and settlement risk (the risk faced when one party to a transaction has performed its obligations under a contract but has not yet received value from its counterparty). The possible lack of a liquid secondary market for derivatives and the resulting inability of a fund to sell or otherwise close a derivatives position could expose the fund to losses and could make derivatives more difficult for the fund to value. Some derivatives are more sensitive to interest rate changes and market price fluctuations than other securities. A fund could also suffer losses related to its derivatives positions as a result of unanticipated market movements, which losses are potentially unlimited. The Advisor may not be able to predict correctly the direction of securities prices, interest rates, and other economic factors, which could cause a fund’s derivatives positions to lose value. Valuation of derivatives may also be more difficult in times of market turmoil since many investors and market makers may be reluctant to purchase derivatives or quote prices for them. Changes in the value of a derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index, and a fund could lose more than the principal amount invested.

Equity Market Risk: Even a long-term investment approach cannot guarantee a profit. Economic, market, environmental, political, and issuer-specific conditions and events will cause the value of equity securities, and a fund that owns them, to rise or fall. Stock markets are volatile, with periods of rising prices and periods of falling prices. In addition, economies and financial markets throughout the world have become increasingly interconnected, which increases the likelihood that events or conditions in one region or country will adversely affect markets or issuers in other regions or countries. Increasingly strained relations between countries, including between the U.S. and traditional allies and/or adversaries, could adversely affect U.S. issuers as well as non-U.S. issuers that rely on the United States for trade. A fund’s securities may be negatively impacted by inflation (or expectations for inflation), interest rates, global demand for particular products/services or resources, supply chain disruptions, natural disasters, pandemics, epidemics, terrorism, war, military confrontations, trade disputes, changes in trade regulations, elevated levels of government debt, internal unrest and discord, economic sanctions, regulatory events and governmental or quasi-governmental actions, among others.

Operational Risk: Operational risks include human error, changes in personnel, system changes, faults in communication, and failures in systems, technology, or processes, and the use of artificial intelligence and machine learning (“AI”). Various operational events or circumstances are outside a fund’s or its advisor’s control, including

13


instances at third parties. A fund and its advisor seek to reduce these operational risks through controls and procedures. However, these measures may not address every possible risk and may be inadequate to address these risks.

Profitability Investment Risk: High relative profitability stocks may perform differently from the market as a whole and an investment strategy purchasing these securities may cause a fund to at times underperform equity funds that use other investment strategies.

Securities Lending Risk: Securities lending involves the risk that the borrower may fail to return the securities in a timely manner or at all. As a result, a fund may lose money and there may be a delay in recovering the loaned securities. A fund could also lose money if it does not recover the securities and/or the value of the collateral falls, including the value of investments made with cash collateral. Securities lending also may have certain adverse tax consequences.

Small and Mid-Cap Company Risk: Securities of small and mid-cap companies are often less liquid than those of large companies and this could make it difficult to sell a small or mid-cap company security at a desired time or price. As a result, small and mid-cap company stocks may fluctuate relatively more in price. In general, small and mid-capitalization companies are also more vulnerable than larger companies to adverse business or economic developments and they may have more limited resources.

Tax-Management Strategy Risk: The tax-management strategies may alter investment decisions and affect portfolio holdings, when compared to those of non-tax managed funds, which the Advisor anticipates may cause the performance of the fund to deviate from that of non-tax managed funds. Although the Advisor intends to manage the Portfolio in a manner which considers the effects of the realization of capital gains and taxable dividend income each year, a fund may nonetheless distribute taxable gains and dividends to shareholders.

Value Investment Risk: Value stocks may perform differently from the market as a whole and an investment strategy purchasing these securities may cause a fund to at times underperform equity funds that use other investment strategies. Value stocks can react differently to political, economic, and industry developments than the market as a whole and other types of stocks. Value stocks also may underperform the market for long periods of time.

14


Other Information

MULTI-CLASS ETF FUND STRUCTURE

The Advisor and the Trust, on behalf of the Portfolios, have received an exemptive order from the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) that permits each Portfolio to offer mutual fund share classes and an exchange-traded share class that operates as an ETF (a “Multi-Class ETF Fund”). Under this structure, the ETF Class shares are listed and traded on a national securities exchange and are generally bought and sold at market-determined prices, whereas the mutual fund share classes are purchased and redeemed at a Multi-Class ETF Fund’s net asset value next determined after receipt of the order.

Due to the structural and operational differences of mutual funds and ETFs, shareholders of the mutual fund and ETF Class shares of a Multi-Class ETF Fund will have differing shareholder rights with respect to exchange privileges, how shares are purchased and redeemed, the timing of dividend declarations and payments, and the timing and ability to automatically reinvest dividends. For additional information regarding these differences, see “Dividends, Capital Gains Distributions and Taxes—Dividends and Distributions” and “Conversions” in this Prospectus and “Shareholder Rights” and “Conversion of Shares” in the SAI. In addition, because all of the classes of a Multi-Class ETF Fund are based on the same portfolio, transactions through one class could generate portfolio transaction costs and tax consequences for shareholders in other classes. For example, shareholders of the ETF Class of a Multi-Class ETF Fund (i.e., as opposed to shareholders of a standalone ETF) have the potential to experience greater portfolio transaction costs and taxable capital gains distributions as a result of purchases and redemptions by shareholders of the Institutional Class, as well as costs due to cash drag associated with the Fund holding the cash necessary to satisfy redemptions of the Institutional Class shares, which could negatively impact the ETF Class shares’ performance. At the same time, shareholders of all classes of a Multi-Class ETF Fund might benefit from cost savings and economies of scale to the extent that the multiple classes draw additional assets to the Multi-Class ETF Fund.

A Multi-Class ETF Fund also is required to comply with certain requirements of Rule 6c-11 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), in order to permit ETF operations, which are requirements that do not normally apply to a mutual fund. For example, a Multi-Class ETF Fund is required to provide daily transparency of the Fund’s holdings, which has the potential to make the Fund more susceptible to front running than a traditional mutual fund that provides more limited public disclosure of portfolio holdings. Also, unlike a traditional mutual fund, a Multi-Class ETF Fund may not have the same flexibility to close the Fund to new purchases.

The use of this structure is subject to terms and conditions set forth in the SEC exemptive order that are designed to ensure that the Advisor and the Board focus on these potential issues on an initial and ongoing basis. The conditions include that the Board, and a majority of the independent directors, approve (initially, and at least annually thereafter) the operation of a Multi-Class ETF Fund pursuant to a multiple-class plan, finding that the plan is in the best interests of each mutual fund class and the ETF Class individually, and in the best interests of the Multi-Class ETF Fund as a whole. The Advisor shall prepare written reports to assist the Board’s findings that contain information regarding, among other items, the potential and/or observed benefits and costs to each class individually and the Fund as a whole due to the structure, the appropriateness of the Fund’s investment strategy for the structure, and the potential and/or observed material conflicts of interest between the classes and/or material negative consequences resulting from the structure.

COMMODITY POOL OPERATOR EXEMPTION

Each Portfolio is operated by a person that has claimed an exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” under the Commodity Exchange Act (“CEA”) with respect to the Portfolios described in this Prospectus, and, therefore, such person is not subject to registration or regulation as a pool operator under the CEA with respect to such Portfolios.

Securities Loans

Each Portfolio is authorized to lend securities to qualified brokers, dealers, banks, and other financial institutions for the purpose of earning additional income. While each Portfolio may earn additional income from lending securities, such activity is incidental to the investment objective of the Portfolio. For information concerning the revenue from

15


securities lending, see “SECURITIES LENDING REVENUE.” The value of securities loaned may not exceed 331/3% of the value of a Portfolio’s total assets, which includes the value of collateral received. To the extent a Portfolio loans a portion of its securities, the Portfolio will receive collateral consisting generally of cash or U.S. government securities. Collateral received will be maintained by marking to market daily and (i) in an amount equal to at least 100% of the current market value of the loaned securities, with respect to securities of the U.S. Government or its agencies, (ii) in an amount generally equal to 102% of the current market value of the loaned securities, with respect to U.S. securities, and (iii) in an amount generally equal to 105% of the current market value of the loaned securities, with respect to foreign securities. Subject to its stated investment policies, each Portfolio will generally invest the cash collateral received for the loaned securities in The DFA Short Term Investment Fund (the “Short Term Series”), an affiliated registered ultrashort term bond fund advised by the Advisor for which the Advisor receives a management fee of 0.05% of the average daily net assets of the Short Term Series. Each Portfolio also may invest the cash collateral received for the loaned securities in securities of the U.S. Government or its agencies, repurchase agreements collateralized by securities of the U.S. Government or its agencies, and affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds. For purposes of this paragraph, agencies include both agency debentures and agency mortgage-backed securities.

In addition, a Portfolio will be able to terminate the loan at any time and will receive reasonable interest on the loan, as well as amounts equal to any dividends, interest or other distributions on the loaned securities. However, dividend income received from loaned securities may not be eligible to be taxed at qualified dividend income rates. See the Portfolios’ Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) for a further discussion of the tax consequences related to securities lending. Each Portfolio will be entitled to recall a loaned security to vote proxies or otherwise obtain rights to vote proxies of loaned securities if the Portfolio knows that a material event will occur. In the event of the bankruptcy of the borrower, a Portfolio could experience delay in recovering the loaned securities or only recover cash or a security of equivalent value. See “Principal Risks—Securities Lending Risk” for a discussion of the risks related to securities lending.

Management of the Portfolios

The Advisor serves as investment advisor to each of the Portfolios. Pursuant to an Investment Management Agreement with the Trust on behalf of each Portfolio, the Advisor is responsible for the management of each of the Portfolio’s assets. Each of the Portfolios is managed using a team approach. The investment team includes the Investment Committee of the Advisor, portfolio managers and trading personnel.

The Investment Committee is composed primarily of certain officers and directors of the Advisor who are appointed annually. As of the date of this Prospectus, the Investment Committee has fourteen members. Investment strategies for the Portfolios are set by the Investment Committee, which meets on a regular basis and also as needed to consider investment issues. The Investment Committee also sets and reviews all investment related policies and procedures and approves any changes in regards to approved countries, security types, and brokers.

In accordance with the team approach used to manage the Portfolios, the portfolio managers and portfolio traders implement the policies and procedures established by the Investment Committee. The portfolio managers and portfolio traders also make daily investment decisions regarding the Portfolios based on the parameters established by the Investment Committee. The individuals named in a Portfolio’s “INVESTMENT ADVISOR/PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT” section coordinate the efforts of all other portfolio managers or trading personnel with respect to the day-to-day management of such Portfolio.

Mr. Fogdall is Global Head of Portfolio Management, Chairman of the Investment Committee, a Vice President, and Senior Portfolio Manager of the Advisor. Mr. Fogdall has an MBA from the University of California, Los Angeles and a BS from Purdue University. Mr. Fogdall joined the Advisor as a portfolio manager in 2004 and has been responsible for the Portfolios since inception.

Mr. Hohn is a Vice President and Senior Portfolio Manager of the Advisor. Mr. Hohn holds an MBA from the University of California, Los Angeles, an MS from the University of Southern California and a BS from Iowa State University. Mr. Hohn joined the Advisor in 2012, has been a portfolio manager since 2015, and has been responsible for the Portfolios since inception.

16


Mr. Schneider is Deputy Head of Portfolio Management, North America, a member of the Investment Committee, Vice President, and Senior Portfolio Manager of the Advisor. Mr. Schneider holds an MBA from the University of Chicago Booth School of Business, an MS from the University of Minnesota, and a BS from Iowa State University. Mr. Schneider joined the Advisor in 2011, has been a portfolio manager since 2013, and has been responsible for the Portfolios since inception.

The Portfolios’ SAI provides information about each portfolio manager’s compensation, other accounts managed by the portfolio manager, and the portfolio manager’s ownership of Portfolio shares.

The Advisor provides the Portfolios with a trading department and selects brokers and dealers to effect securities transactions. Securities transactions are placed with a view to obtaining best price and execution. The Advisor may pay compensation, out of the Advisor’s profits and not as an additional charge to a Portfolio, to financial intermediaries to support the sale of Portfolio shares. The Advisor’s address is 6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One, Austin, TX 78746. A discussion regarding the basis for the Board of Trustees (the “Board”) approving the Investment Management Agreements with respect to the Portfolios will be available in a future semi-annual Form N-CSR report for the Portfolios.

The Advisor has been engaged in the business of providing investment management services since May 1981. The Advisor is currently organized as a Delaware limited partnership and is controlled and operated by its general partner, Dimensional Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation. As of January 31, 2026, assets under management for all Dimensional affiliated advisors totaled approximately $987 billion.

The Agreement and Declaration of Trust (the “Declaration”) provides that by virtue of becoming a shareholder of the Trust, each shareholder shall be held expressly to have agreed to be bound by the provisions of the Declaration. However, shareholders should be aware that they cannot waive their rights under the federal securities laws. The Declaration provides a detailed process for the bringing of derivative actions by shareholders for claims other than federal securities law claims beyond the process otherwise required by law. This derivative actions process is intended to permit legitimate inquiries and claims while avoiding the time, expense, distraction, and other harm that can be caused to a Portfolio or its shareholders as a result of spurious shareholder demands and derivative actions. Prior to bringing a derivative action, a demand by the complaining shareholder must first be made on the Trustees. The Declaration details conditions that must be met with respect to the demand. Following receipt of the demand, the Trustees must be afforded a reasonable amount of time to investigate and consider the demand. The Trustees will be entitled to retain counsel or other advisors in considering the merits of the request and shall require an undertaking by the shareholders making such request to reimburse the Trust for the expense of any such advisors in the event that the Trustees determine not to bring such action. The Trust’s process for bringing derivative suits may be more restrictive than other investment companies. The process for derivative actions for the Trust also may make it more expensive for a shareholder to bring a suit than if the shareholder was not required to follow such a process.

The Declaration also requires that actions by shareholders against a Portfolio be brought only in a certain federal court in Texas, or if not permitted to be brought in federal court, then in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as required by applicable law, or the Superior Court of Delaware (the “Exclusive Jurisdictions”), and that the right to jury trial be waived to the fullest extent permitted by law. Other investment companies may not be subject to similar restrictions. In addition, the designation of Exclusive Jurisdictions may make it more expensive for a shareholder to bring a suit than if the shareholder was permitted to select another jurisdiction. Also, the designation of Exclusive Jurisdictions and the waiver of jury trials limit a shareholder’s ability to litigate a claim in the jurisdiction and in a manner that may be more favorable to the shareholder. A court may choose not to enforce these provisions of the Declaration.

UNITARY FEES

The US Core Equity Portfolio (the “Unitary Portfolio”) pays the Advisor a unified management fee for managing the Unitary Portfolio’s assets. Pursuant to the investment management agreement with the Trust, on behalf of the Unitary Portfolio, the Advisor is responsible for substantially all ordinary fund operating expenses, except for (i) the fee payment under the agreement; (ii) payments under the Unitary Portfolio's Rule 12b-1 plan (if any); (iii) brokerage expenses (including any costs incidental to transactions in portfolio securities, instruments and other investments); (iv) taxes; (v) interest expenses (including borrowing costs and dividend expenses on securities sold short and overdraft charges); (vi) litigation expenses (including litigation to which the Trust or the Unitary Portfolio may be a party and indemnification of the Portfolio's trustees and officers with respect thereto); (vii) acquired fund fees and

17


expenses; (viii) Trustees' fees and expenses; (ix) legal expenses of counsel to the Independent Trustees; (x) Chief Compliance Officer ("CCO") compensation; (xi) third party shareholder servicing fees for non-exchange traded share classes; and (xii) other non-routine or extraordinary expenses. The fee is equal to the following annual rate based on the net assets of the Unitary Portfolio:

  

US Core Equity Portfolio

0.12%

Pursuant to a separate contractual arrangement, the Advisor arranges for the provision of CCO services with respect to the Unitary Portfolio, and is liable and responsible for, and administers, payments to the CCO, the Independent Trustees and counsel to the Independent Trustees. The Advisor receives a fee of up to 0.0044% of the Unitary Portfolio’s average daily net assets for providing such services and paying such expenses. The Advisor provides CCO services to the Trust.

MANAGEMENT FEES

The “Annual Fund Operating Expenses” table describes the anticipated fees to be incurred by each Portfolio's Institutional Class shares for the services provided by the Advisor for the first full fiscal year.

Manager of Managers Structure

The Advisor and the Trust have received an exemptive order from the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) for a manager of managers structure that allows the Advisor to appoint, remove or change Dimensional Wholly-Owned Sub-advisors (defined below), and enter into, amend and terminate sub-advisory agreements with Dimensional Wholly-Owned Sub-advisors, without prior shareholder approval, but subject to Board approval. A “Dimensional Wholly-Owned Sub-advisor” includes sub-advisors that are wholly-owned by the Advisor (i.e., (1) an indirect or direct “wholly-owned subsidiary” (as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act”)) of the Advisor, or (2) a sister company of the Advisor that is an indirect or direct “wholly-owned subsidiary” (as such term is defined in the 1940 Act) of the same company that, indirectly or directly, wholly owns the Advisor) (“Dimensional Wholly-Owned Sub-advisors”). The Board only will approve a change with respect to sub-advisors if the Board concludes that such arrangements would be in the best interests of the shareholders of a Portfolio. If a new Dimensional Wholly-Owned Sub-advisor is hired for a Portfolio, shareholders will receive information about the new sub-advisor within 90 days of the change. The exemptive order allows greater flexibility for the Advisor to utilize, if desirable, personnel throughout the worldwide organization enabling a Portfolio to operate more efficiently. The Advisor will not hire unaffiliated sub-advisors without prior shareholder approval and did not request the ability to do so in its application to the SEC for an exemptive order to allow the manager of managers structure.

The use of the manager of managers structure with respect to a Portfolio is subject to certain conditions set forth in the SEC exemptive order. Under the manager of managers structure, the Advisor has the ultimate responsibility, subject to oversight by the Board, to oversee the Dimensional Wholly-Owned Sub-advisors and recommend their hiring, termination and replacement. The Advisor will provide general management services to a Portfolio, including overall supervisory responsibility for the general management and investment of the Portfolio’s assets. Subject to review and approval of the Board, the Advisor will (a) set a Portfolio’s overall investment strategies, (b) evaluate, select, and recommend Dimensional Wholly-Owned Sub-advisors to manage all or a portion of a Portfolio’s assets, and (c) implement procedures reasonably designed to ensure that Dimensional Wholly-Owned Sub-advisors comply with a Portfolio’s investment objective, policies and restrictions. Subject to review by the Board, the Advisor will (a) when appropriate, allocate and reallocate a Portfolio’s assets among multiple Dimensional Wholly-Owned Sub-advisors; and (b) monitor and evaluate the performance of Dimensional Wholly-Owned Sub-advisors.

SHAREHOLDER SERVICES

On behalf of each Portfolio's Institutional Class shares, the Fund may enter into shareholder servicing agreements with financial intermediaries to provide shareholder servicing, recordkeeping, account maintenance and other services to the Institutional Class shareholders of the Portfolio. For the array of services provided to the Institutional Class shareholders of each Portfolio, the Fund may pay such financial intermediaries a fee for such services. These expenses will be included in “Other Expenses” in the “Annual Fund Operating Expenses” table.

18


Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement

Pursuant to a Fee Waiver and/or Expense Assumption Agreement for the Dimensional US Equity Market Portfolio, the Advisor has agreed to waive certain fees and in certain instances, assume certain expenses of the Portfolio, as described below. The Fee Waiver and/or Expense Assumption Agreement will remain in effect through February 28, 2028, and may only be terminated by the Trust’s Board of Trustees prior to that date. The Fee Waiver and/or Expense Assumption Agreement shall continue in effect from year to year thereafter unless terminated by the Trust or the Advisor. With respect to the Fee Waiver and/or Expense Assumption Agreement, prior year waived fees and/or assumed expenses can be recaptured only if the expense ratio following such recapture would be less than the expense cap that was in place when such prior year fees were waived and/or expenses assumed, and less than the current expense cap in place for the Portfolio. The Portfolio is not obligated to reimburse the Advisor for fees previously waived or expenses previously assumed by the Advisor more than thirty-six months before the date of such reimbursement.

The Advisor has contractually agreed to waive all or a portion of its management fee and assume the ordinary operating expenses of the Institutional Class of the Portfolio (excluding the expenses that the Portfolio incurs indirectly through its investment in other investment companies) (“Portfolio Expenses”) to the extent necessary to limit the Portfolio Expenses of the Institutional Class of the Portfolio, on an annualized basis, to the rate listed below as a percentage of the average net assets of the Institutional Class of the Portfolio (the “Expense Limitation Amount”). At any time that the Portfolio Expenses of the Institutional Class of the Portfolio are less than the applicable Expense Limitation Amount for such class of shares of the Portfolio, the Advisor retains the right to recover any fees previously waived and/or expenses previously assumed to the extent that such recovery will not cause the annualized Portfolio Expenses for such class of the Portfolio to exceed the Expense Limitation Amount identified below.

  

Portfolio

Expense Limitation Amount

Dimensional US Equity Market Portfolio

0.22%

Dividends, Capital Gains Distributions and Taxes

Dividends and Distributions. Each Portfolio intends to qualify each year as a regulated investment company under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. As a regulated investment company, a Portfolio generally pays no federal income tax on the income and gains it distributes to you. Dividends from net investment income of the Portfolios are distributed quarterly (on a calendar basis) and any net realized capital gains (after any reductions for available capital loss carryforwards) are distributed annually, typically in December. A Portfolio may distribute such income dividends and capital gains more frequently, if necessary, in order to reduce or eliminate federal excise or income taxes on the Portfolio.

Capital gains distributions may vary considerably from year to year as a result of a Portfolio’s normal investment activities and cash flows. During a time of economic volatility, a Portfolio may experience capital losses and unrealized depreciation in value of investments, the effect of which may be to reduce or eliminate capital gains distributions for a period of time. A Portfolio may be required to distribute taxable realized gains from a prior year, even if the Portfolio has a net realized loss for the year of distribution.

You will automatically receive all income dividends and capital gains distributions in additional shares of the Portfolio whose shares you hold at net asset value (as of the business date following the dividend record date), unless, upon written notice to the Advisor and completion of account information, you request to receive income dividends or capital gains distributions, or both, in cash.

Annual Statements. Each year, you will receive a statement that shows the tax status of distributions you received the previous calendar year. Distributions declared in October, November, or December to shareholders of record in such month, but paid in January, are taxable as if they were paid in December.

Avoid “Buying A Dividend.” At the time you purchase your Portfolio shares, a Portfolio’s net asset value may reflect undistributed income or undistributed capital gains. A subsequent distribution to you of such amounts, although constituting a return of your investment, would be taxable. Buying shares in a Portfolio just before it declares an

19


income dividend or capital gains distribution is sometimes known as “buying a dividend.” In addition, a Portfolio’s net asset value may, at any time, reflect net unrealized appreciation, which may result in future taxable distributions to you.

Tax Considerations. This discussion of “Tax Considerations” should be read in conjunction with the remaining subsections below containing additional information.

In general, if you are a taxable investor, Portfolio distributions are taxable to you as ordinary income, capital gains, or some combination of both. This is true whether you reinvest your distributions in additional Portfolio shares or receive them in cash.

For federal income tax purposes, Portfolio distributions of short-term capital gains are taxable to you at ordinary income rates. Portfolio distributions of long-term capital gains are taxable to you at long-term capital gain rates no matter how long you have owned your shares. A portfolio with a high portfolio turnover rate (a measure of how frequently assets within a portfolio are bought and sold) is more likely to generate short-term capital gains than a portfolio with a low portfolio turnover. A portion of income dividends reported by a Portfolio as qualified dividend income may be eligible for taxation by individual shareholders at long-term capital gain rates provided certain requirements are met.

Compared to other types of investments, derivatives may be less tax efficient. For example, the use of derivatives by a Portfolio may cause the Portfolio to realize higher amounts of ordinary income or short-term capital gain, distributions from which are taxable to individual shareholders at ordinary income tax rates rather than at the more favorable tax rates for long-term capital gains. Changes in government regulation of derivative instruments could affect the character, timing and amount of a Portfolio’s taxable income or gains, and may limit or prevent the Portfolio from using certain types of derivative instruments as a part of its investment strategy. A Portfolio’s use of derivatives also may be limited by the requirements for taxation of the Portfolio as a regulated investment company.

If a Portfolio qualifies to pass through to you the tax benefits from foreign taxes it pays on its investments, and elects to do so, then any foreign taxes it pays on these investments will be treated as paid by you. You will then be entitled either to deduct your share of these taxes in computing your taxable income, or to claim a foreign tax credit for these taxes against your U.S. federal income tax (subject to limitations for certain shareholders).

Sale or Redemption of Portfolio Shares. The sale of shares of a Portfolio is a taxable event and may result in a capital gain or loss to you. Capital gain or loss may be realized from an ordinary redemption of shares or an exchange of shares between two Portfolios. Any loss incurred on the sale or exchange of a Portfolio’s shares, held for six months or less, will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of capital gain dividends received with respect to such shares.

A Portfolio is required to report to you and the Internal Revenue Service annually on Form 1099-B not only the gross proceeds of Portfolio shares you sell or redeem but also the cost basis for shares you sell or redeem that were purchased or acquired on or after January 1, 2012. Cost basis will be calculated using the Portfolios’ default method of average cost, unless you instruct a Portfolio to use a different calculation method. Shareholders should carefully review the cost basis information provided by a Portfolio and make any additional basis, holding period or other adjustments that are required when reporting these amounts on their federal income tax returns. If your account is held by your investment representative (financial advisor or other broker), please contact that representative with respect to reporting of cost basis and available elections for your account. Tax-advantaged retirement accounts will not be affected.

Medicare Tax. An additional 3.8% Medicare tax is imposed on certain net investment income (including ordinary dividends and capital gain distributions received from a Portfolio and net gains from redemptions or other taxable dispositions of Portfolio shares) of U.S. individuals, estates and trusts to the extent that such person’s “modified adjusted gross income” (in the case of an individual) or “adjusted gross income” (in the case of an estate or trust) exceeds a threshold amount. This Medicare tax, if applicable, is reported by you on, and paid with, your federal income tax return.

Backup Withholding. By law, a Portfolio may be required to withhold 24% of taxable dividends, capital gains distributions, and redemption proceeds paid to you if you do not provide your proper taxpayer identification number and certain required certifications. You may avoid this withholding requirement by providing and certifying

20


on the account registration form your correct Taxpayer Identification Number and by certifying that you are not subject to backup withholding and are a U.S. person (including a U.S. resident alien). A Portfolio must also withhold if the Internal Revenue Service instructs it to do so.

State and Local Taxes. In addition to federal taxes, you may be subject to state and local taxes on distributions from a Portfolio and on gains arising on redemption or exchange of a Portfolio’s shares. Distributions of interest income and capital gains realized from certain types of U.S. Government securities may be exempt from state personal income taxes.

Non-U.S. Investors. Non-U.S. investors may be subject to U.S. withholding tax, at either the 30% statutory rate or a lower rate if you are a resident of a country that has a tax treaty with the U.S., and are subject to special U.S. tax certification requirements to avoid backup withholding and claim any treaty benefits. Exemptions from U.S. withholding tax are provided for certain capital gain dividends paid by a Portfolio from net long-term capital gains, if any, interest-related dividends paid by a Portfolio from its qualified net interest income from U.S. sources and short-term capital gain dividends, if such amounts are reported by a Portfolio. However, notwithstanding such exemptions from U.S. withholding at the source, any such dividends and distributions of income and capital gains will be subject to backup withholding at a rate of 24% if you fail to properly certify that you are not a U.S. person. Non-U.S. investors also may be subject to U.S. estate tax.

Other Reporting and Withholding Requirements. Under the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (“FATCA”), a Portfolio will be required to withhold a 30% tax on income dividends made by the Portfolio to certain foreign entities, referred to as foreign financial institutions or non-financial foreign entities, that fail to comply (or be deemed compliant) with extensive reporting and withholding requirements designed to inform the U.S. Department of the Treasury of U.S.-owned foreign investment accounts. After December 31, 2018, FATCA withholding also would have applied to certain capital gain distributions, return of capital distributions and the proceeds arising from the sale of Portfolio shares; however, based on proposed regulations issued by the Internal Revenue Service, which may be relied upon currently, such withholding is no longer required unless final regulations provide otherwise (which is not expected). A Portfolio may disclose the information that it receives from its shareholders to the Internal Revenue Service, non-U.S. taxing authorities or other parties as necessary to comply with FATCA or similar laws. Withholding also may be required if a foreign entity that is a shareholder of a Portfolio fails to provide the Portfolio with appropriate certifications or other documentation concerning its status under FATCA.

This discussion of “DIVIDENDS, CAPITAL GAINS DISTRIBUTIONS AND TAXES” is not intended or written to be used as tax advice. Because everyone’s tax situation is unique, you should consult your tax professional about federal, state, local, or foreign tax consequences before making an investment in a Portfolio. Prospective investors should also consult the SAI.

Purchase of Shares

CASH PURCHASES

Investors who do not already have an agreement in place with the Fund may purchase Institutional Class shares of any Portfolio by first contacting the Portfolio’s transfer agent at (888) 576-1167. Investors that invest through a financial intermediary should contact such intermediary with regard to purchase instructions. The Portfolios’ Institutional Class shares generally are available for investment only by institutional clients, clients of registered investment advisors, clients of financial institutions, and a limited number of certain other investors, each as approved from time to time by the Advisor (“Eligible Investors”). Eligible Investors include employees, former employees, shareholders and directors of the Advisor and the Fund and friends and family members of such persons. All investments are subject to approval of the Advisor, and all investors must complete and submit the necessary account registration forms in good order. The Portfolios generally are available for investment only to U.S. citizens, U.S. residents, and U.S. domestic corporations, partnerships, trusts, or other entities. For purposes of this limitation, U.S. citizens and U.S. residents must reside in the U.S. and U.S. domestic corporations, partnerships, trusts, and other entities must have a U.S. address of record. The Fund reserves the right to reject any initial or additional investment and to suspend the offering of shares of any Portfolio.

All purchases must be received in good order. “Good order” with respect to the purchase of shares means that (1) a fully completed and properly signed Account Registration Form and any additional supporting legal documentation required by the Advisor and/or transfer agent have been received in legible form, and (2) the transfer agent has

21


been notified of the purchase, no later than the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) (normally, 4:00 p.m. ET) (“Market Close”) on the day of the purchase. It is the investor or financial intermediary’s responsibility to ensure notification is received in good order by the transfer agent prior to the Market Close on the purchase date.

Under certain conditions, Portfolios may accept and process purchase orders after the close of the NYSE on days that the NYSE unexpectedly closes early and may accept orders on a business day that the NYSE is unexpectedly closed. All orders will be processed at the next determined net asset value per share.

Payment

Payment of the total amount due should be made in U.S. dollars. If your payment is not received on settlement date, your purchase may be canceled. If an order to purchase shares must be canceled due to nonpayment, the purchaser will be responsible for any loss incurred by the Fund arising out of such cancellation. To recover any such loss, the Fund reserves the right to redeem shares owned by any purchaser whose order is canceled, and such purchaser may be prohibited or restricted in the manner of placing further orders.

Purchase by wire

Investors having an account with a bank that is a member or a correspondent of a member of the Federal Reserve System may purchase shares by wire after providing notification to the transfer agent by an approved method. The transfer agent can be reached by phone at (888) 576-1167. Notification must include the account number, account name, Portfolio number, trade date and purchase amount. On or before settlement date, the investor paying by wire must request their bank to transmit immediately available funds (federal funds) by wire to the Fund’s custodian for the account of Dimensional Funds Trust (specify the Portfolio) . Additional investments also may be made through the wire procedure by first notifying the transfer agent. If your payment is not received on settlement date, your purchase may be canceled.

Institutional Class shares also may be purchased and sold by individuals through securities firms that may charge a service fee or commission for such transactions. No such fee or commission is charged on shares that are purchased or redeemed directly from the Fund. Investors who are clients of investment advisory organizations may also be subject to investment advisory fees under their own arrangements with such organizations.

IN-KIND PURCHASES

If accepted by the Fund, Institutional Class shares of the Portfolios may be purchased in exchange for securities that are eligible for acquisition by the Portfolios or otherwise represented in their portfolios as described in this Prospectus or as otherwise consistent with the Fund’s policies or procedures. Securities and local currencies accepted by the Fund for exchange and Fund shares to be issued in the exchange will be valued as set forth under “VALUATION OF SHARES” at the time of the next determination of net asset value after such acceptance. All dividends, interest, subscription, or other rights pertaining to such securities shall become the property of the Portfolio whose shares are being acquired and must be delivered to the Fund by the investor upon receipt from the issuer.

The Fund will not accept securities in exchange for Institutional Class shares of a Portfolio unless: (1) such securities are, at the time of the exchange, eligible to be included, or otherwise represented, in the Portfolio whose shares are to be issued and current market values are available for such securities based on the Fund’s valuation procedures; (2) the investor represents and agrees that all securities offered to be exchanged are not subject to any restrictions upon their sale by the Portfolio under the Securities Act of 1933 or under the laws of the country in which the principal market for such securities exists, or otherwise; and (3) at the discretion of the Fund, the value of any such security (except U.S. government securities) being exchanged, together with other securities of the same issuer owned by the Portfolio may not exceed 5% of the net assets of the Portfolio immediately after the transaction.

A gain or loss for federal income tax purposes will generally be realized by investors who are subject to federal taxation upon the exchange depending upon the cost of the securities or local currency exchanged. Investors interested in such exchanges should contact the Advisor. Purchases of Institutional Class shares will be made in full and fractional shares calculated to three decimal places. In the interest of economy and convenience, certificates for shares will not be issued.

22


Policy Regarding Excessive Short-Term Trading

The Portfolios’ Institutional Class shares are designed for long-term investors and is not intended for investors that engage in excessive short-term trading activity that may be harmful to the Portfolio, including but not limited to market timing. Excessive short-term trading into and out of the Portfolios’ Institutional Class shares can disrupt portfolio management strategies, harm performance and increase Portfolio expenses for all shareholders, including long-term shareholders who do not generate these costs.

In addition, the nature of the holdings may present opportunities for a shareholder to engage in a short-term trading strategy that exploits possible delays between changes in the price of the holdings and the reflection of those changes in the Portfolio’s net asset value (called “arbitrage market timing”). Such delays may occur because a Portfolio has significant investments in foreign securities where, due to time zone differences, the values of those securities are established some time before the Portfolios calculate their net asset value. In such circumstances, the available market prices for such foreign securities may not accurately reflect the latest indications of value at the time the Portfolios calculate their net asset value. There is a possibility that arbitrage market timing may dilute the value of the Portfolio’s shares if redeeming shareholders receive proceeds (and purchasing shareholders receive shares) based upon a net asset value that does not reflect appropriate fair value prices.

The Board of Trustees has adopted a policy (the “Trading Policy”) and the Advisor and DFA Securities LLC (collectively, “Dimensional”) and Dimensional’s agents have implemented the following procedures, which are designed to discourage and prevent market timing or excessive short-term trading in the Fund: (i) trade activity monitoring and purchase blocking procedures; and (ii) use of fair value pricing.

The Fund, Dimensional and their agents monitor trades and flows of money in and out of the Portfolios’ Institutional Class shares from time to time in an effort to detect excessive short-term trading activities, and for consistent enforcement of the Trading Policy. The Fund reserves the right to take the actions necessary to stop excessive or disruptive trading activities, including refusing or canceling purchase or exchange orders for any reason, without prior notice, particularly purchase or exchange orders that the Fund believes are made on behalf of market timers. The Fund, Dimensional and their agents reserve the right to restrict, refuse or cancel any purchase or exchange request made by an investor indefinitely if the Fund or Dimensional believes that any combination of trading activity in the accounts is potentially disruptive to the Portfolios. In making such judgments, the Fund and Dimensional seek to act in a manner that is consistent with the interests of shareholders. For purposes of applying these procedures, Dimensional may consider an investor’s trading history in the Portfolios’ Institutional Class shares, and accounts under common ownership, influence or control.

In addition to the Fund’s general ability to restrict potentially disruptive trading activity as described above, the Fund also has adopted purchase blocking procedures. Under the Fund’s purchase blocking procedures, where an investor has engaged in any two purchases and two redemptions (including redemptions that are part of an exchange transaction) in the Portfolios’ Institutional Class shares in any rolling 30 calendar day monitoring period (i.e., two “round trips”), the Fund and Dimensional intend to block the investor from making any additional purchases in the Portfolios for 90 calendar days (a “purchase block”). If implemented, a purchase block will begin at some point after the transaction that caused the investor to have engaged in the prohibited two round-trips is detected by the Fund, Dimensional, or their agents. The Fund and Dimensional are permitted to implement a longer purchase block, or permanently bar future purchases by an investor, if they determine that it is appropriate.

Under the Fund’s purchase blocking procedures, the following purchases and redemptions will not trigger a purchase block: (i) purchases and redemptions of shares having a value in each transaction of less than $25,000; (ii) purchases and redemptions by U.S. registered investment companies that operate as funds of funds and non-U.S. investment companies that operate as fund of funds that the Fund or Dimensional, in their sole discretion, have determined are not designed and/or are not serving as vehicles for excessive short-term or other disruptive trading (in each case, the fund of funds shall agree to be subject to monitoring by Dimensional); (iii) purchases and redemptions by a feeder portfolio of a master fund’s shares; (iv) systematic or automated transactions where the shareholder, financial advisor or investment fiduciary does not exercise direct control over the investment decision; (v) retirement plan contributions, loans, loan repayments and distributions (including hardship withdrawals) identified as such in the retirement plan recordkeeper’s system; (vi) purchase transactions involving transfers of assets, rollovers, Roth IRA conversions and IRA recharacterizations; (vii) purchases of Institutional Class shares with Portfolio dividends or capital gain distributions; (viii) transfers and reregistrations of shares within the same Portfolio; and (ix)

23


transactions by 529 Plans. Notwithstanding the Fund’s purchase blocking procedures, all transactions in a Portfolio’s Institutional Class shares are subject to the right of the Fund and Dimensional to restrict potentially disruptive trading activity (including purchases and redemptions described above that will not be subject to the purchase blocking procedures).

The Fund, Dimensional or their designees have the ability, pursuant to Rule 22c-2 under the 1940 Act, to request information from financial intermediaries, such as 401(k) plan administrators, trust companies and broker-dealers (together, “Intermediaries”), concerning trades placed in omnibus and other multi-investor accounts (together, “Omnibus Accounts”), in order to attempt to monitor trades that are placed by the underlying shareholders of these Omnibus Accounts. The Fund, Dimensional and their designees will use the information obtained from the Intermediaries to monitor trading in the Fund and to attempt to identify shareholders in Omnibus Accounts engaged in trading that is inconsistent with the Trading Policy or otherwise not in the best interests of the Fund. The Fund, Dimensional or their designees, when they detect trading patterns in shares of the portfolios of the Fund that may constitute short-term or excessive trading, will provide written instructions to the Intermediary to restrict or prohibit further purchases or exchanges of Institutional Class shares of the Portfolios (and other portfolios of the Fund) by a shareholder that has been identified as having engaged in excessive or short-term transactions in a Portfolio’s Institutional Class shares (directly or indirectly through the Intermediary’s account) that violate the Trading Policy.

The ability of the Fund and Dimensional to impose these limitations, including the purchase blocking procedures, on investors investing through Intermediaries is dependent on the receipt of information necessary to identify transactions by the underlying investors and the Intermediary’s cooperation in implementing the Trading Policy. Investors seeking to engage in excessive short-term trading practices may deploy a variety of strategies to avoid detection, and despite the efforts of the Fund and Dimensional to prevent excessive short-term trading, there is no assurance that the Fund, Dimensional or their agents will be able to identify those shareholders or curtail their trading practices. The ability of the Fund, Dimensional and their agents to detect and limit excessive short-term trading also may be restricted by operational systems and technological limitations.

Transactions in certain rebalancing programs and asset allocation programs, or fund-of-funds products, may be exempt from the Trading Policy subject to approval by the CCO. In addition, the purchase blocking procedures will not apply to a redemption transaction in which a Portfolio distributes portfolio securities to a shareholder in-kind, where the redemption will not disrupt the efficient portfolio management of a Portfolio and the redemption is consistent with the interests of the remaining shareholders of the Portfolios.

The purchase blocking procedures of the Trading Policy do not apply to Institutional Class shareholders whose shares are held on the books of certain Intermediaries that have not expressly adopted procedures to implement this Policy. The Fund and Dimensional may work with Intermediaries to implement purchase blocking procedures or other procedures that the Fund and Dimensional determine are reasonably designed to achieve the objective of this Trading Policy. At the time the Intermediaries adopt these procedures, shareholders whose accounts are on the books of such Intermediaries will be subject to the Trading Policy’s purchase blocking procedures or another frequent trading policy that achieves the objective of the purchase blocking procedures. Investors that invest in the Portfolios’ Institutional Class shares through an Intermediary should contact the Intermediary for information concerning the policies and procedures that apply to the investor.

As of the date of this Prospectus, the ability of the Fund and Dimensional to apply the purchase blocking procedures on purchases by all investors and the ability of the Fund and Dimensional to monitor trades through Omnibus Accounts maintained by Intermediaries may be restricted due to systems limitations of both the Fund’s service providers and the Intermediaries. The Fund expects that the application of the Trading Policy as described above, including the purchase blocking procedures (subject to the limitations described above), will be able to be implemented by Intermediaries in compliance with Rule 22c-2 under the 1940 Act.

In addition to monitoring trade activity, the Board has approved fair value pricing procedures that govern the pricing of the securities of the Portfolios. These procedures are designed to help ensure that the prices at which Portfolio shares are purchased and redeemed are fair, and do not result in dilution of shareholder interests or other harm to shareholders. See the discussion under “VALUATION OF SHARES—Net Asset Value” for additional details regarding fair value pricing of the Portfolio’s securities. Although the procedures are designed to discourage excessive short-term trading, none of the procedures individually nor all of the procedures taken together can completely eliminate the possibility that excessive short-term trading activity in the Portfolios’ Institutional Class

24


shares may occur. The Portfolios do not knowingly accommodate excessive or disruptive trading activities, including market timing.

Valuation of Shares

NET ASSET VALUE

The value of each class of shares of each Portfolio will fluctuate in relation to its own investment experience. The net asset value per share of each class of a Portfolio is calculated after the close of the NYSE (normally, 4:00 p.m. ET) by dividing the total value of the investments and other assets, less any liabilities, allocated to the share class by the total outstanding shares of such class of the respective Portfolio. Each Portfolio generally calculates its net asset value per share and accepts purchase and redemption orders on days that the NYSE is open for trading. Note: The time at which transactions and shares are priced may be changed in case of an emergency or if the NYSE closes at a time other than 4:00 p.m. ET.

Securities held by the Portfolios will be valued in accordance with applicable laws and procedures approved by the Board, and generally, as described below.

Equity securities held by the Portfolios (including exchange-traded investment companies and over-the-counter securities) are valued at the last quoted sale price of the day. Securities held by the Portfolios that are listed on Nasdaq Global Market® (“Nasdaq”) are valued at the Nasdaq Official Closing Price (“NOCP”). If there is no last reported sale price or NOCP of the day, the Portfolios value the securities at the mean between the most recent quoted bid and asked prices. Price information on listed securities is taken from the exchange where the security is primarily traded. Generally, options will be valued using the same pricing methods discussed above.

Generally, securities issued by open-end investment companies (excluding exchange-traded investment companies) are valued using their respective net asset values or public offering prices, as appropriate, for purchase orders placed at the close of the NYSE.

The value of the securities and other assets of the Portfolios for which no market quotations are readily available (including restricted securities), or for which market quotations have become unreliable, are determined in good faith at fair value in accordance with Rule 2a-5 under the 1940 Act pursuant to procedures approved by the Board. Fair value pricing may also be used if events that have a significant effect on the value of an investment (as determined in the discretion of the Advisor) occur before the net asset value is calculated. When fair value pricing is used, the prices of securities used by the Portfolios may differ from the quoted or published prices for the same securities on their primary markets or exchanges.

Valuing securities at fair value involves greater reliance on judgment than valuing securities that have readily available market quotations. There can be no assurance that a Portfolio could obtain the fair value assigned to a security if it were to sell the security at approximately the time at which the Portfolio determines its net asset value per share. As a result, the sale or redemption by a Portfolio of its shares at net asset value, at a time when a holding or holdings are valued at fair value, may have the effect of diluting or increasing the economic interest of existing shareholders.

To the extent that a Portfolio holds large numbers of securities, it is likely that it will have a larger number of securities that may be deemed illiquid and therefore must be valued pursuant to fair value pricing procedures approved by the Board than would a fund that holds a smaller number of securities. Portfolios that invest in small capitalization companies are more likely to hold illiquid securities than would a fund that invests in larger capitalization companies.

Futures contracts are valued using the settlement price established each day on the exchange on which they are traded. The value of such futures contracts held by the Portfolios is determined each day as of such close. In the absence of prices that are readily available as defined in Rule 2a-5, the futures contract will be valued in good faith at fair value in accordance with procedures approved by the Board.

25


PUBLIC OFFERING PRICE

Provided that the transfer agent has received the investor’s purchase order in good order as described in “PURCHASE OF SHARES,” Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio selected will be priced at the public offering price, which is the net asset value of the shares next determined after receipt of such order. The transfer agent or the Trust may, from time to time, appoint sub-transfer agents or various financial intermediaries (“Intermediaries”) for the receipt of purchase orders, redemption orders, and funds from certain investors. Intermediaries, in turn, are authorized to designate other financial intermediaries (“Sub-designees”) to receive purchase and redemption orders for the Portfolios’ Institutional Class shares from investors. With respect to such investors, the Institutional Class shares of a Portfolio will be priced at the public offering price calculated after receipt of the purchase order by the Intermediary or Sub-designee, as applicable, that is authorized to receive purchase orders. If the investor buys shares through an Intermediary or Sub-designee, the purchase price will be the public offering price next calculated after the Intermediary or Sub-designee, as applicable, receives the order, rather than on the day the custodian receives the investor’s payment (provided that the Intermediary or Sub-designee, as applicable, has received the investor’s purchase order in good order, and the investor has complied with the Intermediary’s or Sub-designee’s payment procedures). No reimbursement fee or sales charge is imposed on purchases. If an order to purchase Institutional Class shares must be canceled due to non-payment, the purchaser will be responsible for any loss incurred by a Portfolio arising out of such cancellation. The Trust reserves the right to redeem Institutional Class shares owned by any purchaser whose order is canceled to recover any resulting loss to a Portfolio and may prohibit or restrict the manner in which such purchaser may place further orders.

When authorized by the Trust, certain financial institutions purchasing a Portfolio’s Institutional Class shares on behalf of customers or plan participants may place a purchase order unaccompanied by payment. Payment for these shares must be received by the time designated by the Trust (not to exceed the period established for settlement under applicable regulations). If payment is not received by this time, the order may be canceled. The financial institution is responsible for any costs or losses incurred by the Trust if payment is not received or delayed.

CONVERSIONS

A shareholder holding Institutional Class shares of a Portfolio may convert those shares to ETF Class shares issued by the same Portfolio to the extent supported by the shareholder's financial intermediary. Shareholders should contact their financial intermediary to determine the eligibility of their account for such a conversion. ETF Class shares, whether acquired through a conversion or purchased on the secondary market, cannot be converted to Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio or exchanged for ETF Class shares of another Portfolio.

In contrast to the Institutional Class shares, however, ETF Class shares must be held in a brokerage account. Accordingly, shareholders that hold Institutional Class shares in an account directly with a Portfolio through its transfer agent, or in a brokerage account that only allows the shareholder to hold mutual fund shares, will need to independently designate an eligible brokerage account for holding the ETF Class shares prior to a conversion. Shareholders that hold Institutional Class shares in a 401(k) plan or other employer-sponsored retirement or benefit plan generally may not convert those shares to ETF Class shares and should check with their plan sponsor or recordkeeper regarding eligibility.

A conversion from Institutional Class shares to ETF Class shares of a Portfolio will be processed at the relative NAVs of the respective share classes at the time of conversion. Since Depository Trust Company (DTC) (or its nominee) serves as the record owner of, and holds legal title to, the ETF Class shares of a Portfolio and does not support the distribution and transfer of fractional shares, a shareholder may be unable to convert a small portion of their Institutional Class shares into ETF Class shares.

For example, if a shareholder’s Institutional Class shares were equal to 15.25 ETF Class shares based on the relative NAVs of the classes, DTC’s system would only account for the transfer of 15 whole ETF Class shares. If a shareholder’s financial intermediary does not accommodate the ownership of fractional shares of ETFs (e.g., while DTC’s systems do not allow for the distribution and transfer of fractional shares of ETFs, a financial intermediary may acquire whole shares of an ETF and allocate fractional shares of such ETF to its clients that are recorded on the intermediary’s books), a shareholder would be required to redeem the portion of their Institutional Class shares investment equal to 0.25 fractional ETF Class shares. Albeit small, such redemption would be a taxable event. Shareholders will not otherwise recognize a taxable gain (or loss) on the conversion of Institutional Class shares of a Portfolio into ETF Class shares.

26


Shareholders should contact their financial intermediary to determine whether a conversion or the redemption of fractional shares may be subject to fees and expenses. The Portfolios do not impose a transaction fee on conversions but reserve the right to change such policy or to limit, temporarily suspend, or terminate the conversion privilege in the future.

Investors owning Institutional Class shares in an account directly with a Portfolio through its transfer agent should first contact the Portfolio’s transfer agent at (888) 576-1167 to notify the transfer agent of the proposed conversion and then send a letter of instruction to the transfer agent by an approved method. Shareholders that invest in a Portfolio through a financial intermediary should contact their financial intermediary for information regarding conversions. The length of the conversion process will depend on a shareholder’s financial intermediary, but may take several days from the date of the request. Shareholders will remain fully invested in their Institutional Class shares until the conversion process is complete.

A blackout period for conversions into ETF Class shares may be imposed by a Portfolio around the dates the Portfolio declares dividends. This may be necessary to accommodate the operational requirements of certain financial intermediaries.

Exchange of Shares

Investors may exchange Institutional Class shares of a Portfolio for Institutional Class shares of another eligible portfolio by first contacting the Portfolio’s transfer agent at (888) 576-1167 to notify the transfer agent of the proposed exchange and then sending a letter of instruction to the transfer agent by an approved method. Shareholders that invest in a Portfolio through a financial intermediary should contact their financial intermediary for information regarding exchanges.

Exchanges are accepted into those portfolios that are eligible for the exchange privilege, subject to the purchase requirement set forth in the applicable portfolio’s prospectus. Investors may contact the transfer agent at the above-listed phone number for more information on such exchanges, for a list of those portfolios that accept exchanges, and to request a copy of the prospectuses of other portfolios of the Fund that may be offered in an exchange. There is no fee imposed on an exchange. However, the Fund reserves the right to impose an administrative fee in order to cover the costs incurred in processing an exchange. Any such fee will be disclosed in the Prospectus. An exchange is treated as a redemption and a purchase. Therefore, an investor could realize a taxable gain or a loss on the transaction. The Fund reserves the right to revise or terminate the exchange privilege, or limit the amount of or reject any exchange, as deemed necessary, at any time.

The exchange privilege is not intended to afford shareholders a way to speculate on short-term movements in the markets. Accordingly, in order to prevent excessive use of the exchange privilege that may potentially disrupt the management of a Portfolio or otherwise adversely affect the Fund, any proposed exchange is subject to the approval of the Advisor. Such approval will depend on: (i) the size of the proposed exchange; (ii) the prior number of exchanges by that shareholder; (iii) the nature of the underlying securities and the cash position of the portfolios involved in the proposed exchange; (iv) the transaction costs involved in processing the exchange; and (v) the total number of redemptions by exchange already made out of a Portfolio. Excessive use of the exchange privilege is defined as any pattern of exchanges among portfolios by an investor that evidences market timing.

The redemption and purchase prices of Institutional Class shares redeemed and purchased by exchange, respectively, are the net asset values next determined after the transfer agent has received a letter of instruction in good order. “Good order” means a completed letter of instruction specifying the dollar amount to be exchanged, signed by all registered owners (or representatives thereof) of the shares; and if the Fund does not have on file the authorized signatures for the account, proof of authority. Exchanges will be accepted only if the Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio being acquired are registered in the investor’s state of residence.

Redemption of Shares

REDEMPTION PROCEDURE

Investors who desire to redeem Institutional Class shares of a Portfolio must first contact the Portfolio’s transfer agent at (888) 576-1167. Shareholders who invest in the Portfolios through a financial intermediary should contact

27


their financial intermediary regarding redemption procedures. Each Portfolio will redeem Institutional Class shares at the net asset value of such shares next determined, after receipt of a written request for redemption in good order, by the transfer agent (or by an Intermediary or a Sub-designee, if applicable). “Good order” means that the request to redeem Institutional Class shares must include all necessary documentation, to be received in writing by the transfer agent no later than the close of regular trading on the NYSE (normally, 4:00 p.m. ET) (“Market Close”), including but not limited to, a letter of instruction specifying the number of shares or dollar amount to be redeemed, signed by all registered owners (or representatives thereof) of the shares and, if the Fund does not have on file the authorized signatures for the account, proof of authority. It is the investor or financial intermediary’s responsibility to ensure notification is received in good order by the transfer agent prior to the Market Close on the redemption date.

Under certain conditions, Portfolios may accept and process redemption orders after the close of the NYSE on days that the NYSE unexpectedly closes early and may accept orders on a business day that the NYSE is unexpectedly closed. All orders will be processed at the next determined net asset value per share.

Shareholders redeeming Institutional Class shares who do not already have an agreement in place with the Fund and have authorized redemption payment by wire in writing, may request that redemption proceeds be paid in federal funds wired to the bank they have designated in writing. The Fund reserves the right to send redemption proceeds by check in its discretion; a shareholder may request overnight delivery of such check at the shareholder’s own expense. If the proceeds are to be wired to a bank account that differs from the standing instructions on file, or paid by check to an address other than the address of record, the transfer agent may request a Medallion Signature Guarantee. If the proceeds are wired to the shareholder’s account at a bank that is not a member of the Federal Reserve System, there could be a delay in crediting the funds to the shareholder’s bank account. The Fund reserves the right at any time to suspend or terminate the redemption by wire procedure after prior notification to shareholders. No fee is charged for redemptions. The redemption of all Institutional Class shares in an account will result in the account being closed. A new Account Registration Form will be required for future investments. See “PURCHASE OF SHARES.” In the interests of economy and convenience, certificates for Institutional Class shares are not issued.

For redemption proceeds that are paid directly to an Institutional Class shareholder by a Portfolio, each Portfolio typically expects to send (via check, wire or automated clearing house) redemption payments within 1 business day after receipt of a written request for redemption in good order by the transfer agent. For payments that are made to an intermediary for transmittal to an Institutional Class shareholder, each Portfolio expects to pay redemption proceeds to the intermediary within 1 to 2 business days following the Portfolio’s receipt of the redemption order from the intermediary. Under certain circumstances and when deemed in the best interest of a Portfolio, redemption proceeds may take up to seven calendar days to be sent after receipt of the redemption request.

Redemption proceeds will typically be paid by Federal Reserve wire payment. Each Portfolio typically expects to satisfy redemption requests from available cash and cash equivalents or the sale of portfolio assets. In certain circumstances, such as stressed market conditions, a Portfolio may use other methods to meet redemptions, including the use of a line of credit or participating in an interfund lending program in reliance on exemptive relief from the SEC. In addition, as described below, each Portfolio reserves the right to meet redemption requests through an in-kind redemption, typically in response to a particularly large redemption, at the request of a client or in stressed market conditions. Also, see “Redemption and Transfer of Shares” in the SAI for information regarding redemption requests that exceed $250,000 or 1% of the value of a Portfolio’s assets, whichever is less.

REDEMPTION OF SMALL ACCOUNTS

With respect to each Portfolio, the Fund reserves the right to redeem an account if the value of the Institutional Class shares in a specific Portfolio is $500 or less. Before the Fund involuntarily redeems shares from such an account and sends the proceeds to the shareholder, the Fund will give written notice of the redemption to the shareholder at least sixty days before the redemption date. The shareholder will then have sixty days from the date of the notice to make an additional investment in order to bring the value of the Institutional Class shares in the account for a specific Portfolio to more than $500 and avoid such involuntary redemption. The redemption price to be paid to a shareholder for Institutional Class shares redeemed by the Fund under this right will be the aggregate net asset value of the shares in the account at the close of business on the redemption date.

28


IN-KIND REDEMPTIONS

When in the best interests of a Portfolio, it may make a redemption payment, in whole or in part, by a distribution of portfolio securities that the Portfolio owns in lieu of cash. Such distributions may be pro rata or another method that is determined to be fair to both the redeeming Institutional Class shareholder and the remaining shareholders in accordance with policies and procedures adopted by the Fund. The securities that the investor receives as redemption proceeds are subject to market risk until the investor liquidates those securities, and, if the proceeds include illiquid securities, the investor will bear the risk of not being able to sell the securities at all. Investors may also incur brokerage charges and other transaction costs selling securities that were received in payment of redemptions. Investors may incur charges in converting such securities to dollars and the value of the securities may be affected by currency exchange fluctuations.

Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings

Each Portfolio generally will disclose up to its 25 largest portfolio holdings (other than cash and cash equivalents) and the percentages that each of these largest portfolio holdings represent of the total assets of the Portfolio, as of the most recent month-end, online at the Advisor’s public website, https://www.dimensional.com, within 20 days after the end of each month. Each Portfolio also generally will disclose its complete portfolio holdings (other than cash and cash equivalents), as of month-end, online at the Advisor’s public website, 30 days following the month-end, bi-monthly, or more frequently and at different periods when authorized in accordance with the Portfolios’ policies and procedures. Each Portfolio may, but is not required to, disclose a list of portfolio securities that generally would be included as proceeds in a redemption in-kind, as frequently as on a daily basis, online at the Advisor’s public website. To the extent a Portfolio offers ETF Class shares, instead of the policy described above, the Portfolio will disclose its portfolio holdings daily at https://www.dimensional.com/us-en/funds. Please consult the SAI for a description of the other policies and procedures that govern disclosure of the portfolio holdings by the Portfolios.

Delivery of Shareholder Documents

To eliminate duplicate mailings and reduce expenses, the Portfolios may deliver a single copy of certain shareholder documents, such as this Prospectus and annual and semi-annual reports, to related shareholders at the same address, even if accounts are registered in different names. This practice is known as “householding.” The Portfolios will not household personal information documents, such as account statements. If you do not want the mailings of these documents to be combined with those of other members of your household, please call the transfer agent at (888) 576-1167. We will begin sending individual copies of the shareholder documents to you within 30 days of receiving your request.

29


 

[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 


 

[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 


 

[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 


 

Other Available Information

You can find more information about the Trust and its Portfolios in the Portfolios’ SAI and Annual and Semi-Annual Reports.

Statement of Additional Information

The SAI, incorporated herein by reference, supplements, and is technically part of, this Prospectus. It includes an expanded discussion of investment practices, risks, and fund operations.

Annual and Semi-Annual Reports to Shareholders and Form N-CSR Filed with the SEC

These reports contain additional information about the Portfolios’ investments.

The Annual Report also discusses the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected the Portfolios in their last fiscal year.

In Form N-CSR, you will find the Portfolios’ annual and semi-annual financial statements.

How to get these and other materials:

 Your investment advisor or broker-dealer—you are a client of an investment advisor or broker-dealer who has invested in the Portfolios on your behalf.

 The Trust—Call collect at (512) 306-7400.

 Access them on our website at https://www.dimensional.com.

 Access them on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at http://www.sec.gov.

 Obtain them, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following e-mail address: [email protected].

  

Dimensional Funds Trust-Registration No. - 811-24165

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP
6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One  
Austin, TX 78746
(512) 306-7400

  

 


 

Subject to Completion May 7, 2026

Prospectus

[DATE]

 

DIMENSIONAL FUNDS TRUST

     

 

 

Ticker:

 

Exchange:

Dimensional US Core Equity Market Portfolio

 

[ ]

 

[ ]

Dimensional US Equity Market Portfolio

 

[ ]

 

[ ]

 

This Prospectus describes the ETF Class shares of each Portfolio which are for long-term investors. The Portfolios’ ETF Class shares are listed on a national securities exchange and, unlike mutual fund shares, are not individually redeemable. In addition to the ETF Class shares, each Portfolio may also offer a conventional mutual fund share class in a separate prospectus.

 

The Securities and Exchange Commission has not approved or disapproved these securities or passed upon the adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The information in this Prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This Prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.


 


Table of Contents

  

Dimensional US Core Equity Market Portfolio

1

Investment Objective

1

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

1

Principal Investment Strategies

1

Principal Risks

2

Performance

4

Investment Advisor/Portfolio Management

4

Purchase and Sale of Shares

4

Tax Information

4

Payments to Financial Intermediaries

4

Dimensional US Equity Market Portfolio

5

Investment Objective

5

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

5

Principal Investment Strategies

5

Principal Risks

6

Performance

8

Investment Advisor/Portfolio Management

8

Purchase and Sale of Shares

8

Tax Information

8

Payments to Financial Intermediaries

8

Additional Information on Investment Objectives and Policies

9

Investment Terms Used in the Prospectus

9

US Core Equity Portfolio

9

US Equity Portfolio

10

Market Capitalization Weighted Approach – US Equity Portfolio

11

Tax Management Strategies

12

Portfolio Transactions

12

Additional Information Regarding Investment Risks

12

Other Information

15

Multi-Class ETF Fund Structure

15

Commodity Pool Operator Exemption

16

Securities Loans

16

Management of the Portfolios

16

Unitary Fees

18

Management Fees

18

Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement

19

Dividends, Capital Gains Distributions and Taxes

19

Purchase and Sale of Shares

22

Share Price

23


  

Book Entry

23

Net Asset Value

24

Conversions

25

Creations and Redemptions

25

Premium/Discount Information

26

Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings

27

Delivery of Shareholder Documents

27

Distribution

27

Distribution and Service (12b-1) Fees

27


Dimensional US Core Equity Market Portfolio

ETF Class Shares

Investment Objective

The investment objective of the Dimensional US Core Equity Market Portfolio (the “US Core Equity Portfolio” or “Portfolio”) is to achieve long-term capital appreciation.

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy, hold or sell ETF Class shares of the Portfolio. You may also incur usual and customary brokerage commissions when buying or selling the ETF Class shares of the Portfolio, which are not reflected in the table or Example that follows.

   

 

 

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment): None

 

 

 

 

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each
year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

 

 

 

Management Fee

0.12%

Other Expenses1

None

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

0.12%

 

  

1

The ETF Class shares of the Portfolio are new, so the “Other Expenses" shown for the class are based on anticipated fees and expenses for the first full fiscal year.

EXAMPLE

This Example is meant to help you compare the cost of investing in the Portfolio's ETF Class shares with the cost of investing in other funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio's ETF Class shares for the time periods indicated. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs whether you sell or hold your shares would be:

  

1 Year

3 Years

$12

$39

PORTFOLIO TURNOVER

A fund generally pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the Portfolio’s performance. Because the Portfolio is new, information about portfolio turnover rate is not yet available.

Principal Investment Strategies

To achieve the US Core Equity Portfolio’s investment objective, Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor”) implements an integrated investment approach that combines research, portfolio design, portfolio management, and trading functions. As further described below, the Portfolio’s design emphasizes long-term drivers of expected returns identified by the Advisor’s research, while balancing risk through broad diversification across companies and

1


sectors. The Advisor’s portfolio management and trading processes further balance those long-term drivers of expected returns with shorter-term drivers of expected returns and trading costs.

The US Core Equity Portfolio is designed to purchase a broad and diverse group of equity securities within a market capitalization weighted universe (e.g., the larger the company, the greater the proportion of the universe it represents) of U.S. companies listed on a securities exchange in the United States that have been authorized for investment by the Advisor’s Investment Committee (the “U.S. Universe”). The Portfolio will invest in companies of all sizes, with modestly increased exposure to smaller capitalization, lower relative price, and higher profitability companies as compared to their representation in the U.S. Universe. The Portfolio’s modestly increased exposure to smaller capitalization, lower relative price, and higher profitability companies may be achieved by decreasing the allocation of the Portfolio’s assets to larger capitalization, higher relative price, or lower profitability companies relative to their weight in the U.S. Universe. An equity issuer is considered to have a high relative price (i.e., a growth stock) primarily because it has a high price in relation to its book value. An equity issuer is considered to have a low relative price (i.e., a value stock) primarily because it has a low price in relation to their book value. In assessing relative price, the Advisor may consider additional factors such as price to cash flow or price to earnings ratios. An equity issuer is considered to have high profitability because it has high earnings or profits from operations in relation to its book value or assets. The criteria the Advisor uses for assessing relative price and profitability are subject to change from time to time. As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, the Portfolio will invest at least 80% of its net assets in equity securities of U.S. companies. The Advisor generally defines a U.S. company as one that is listed and principally traded on a securities exchange in the United States that is deemed appropriate by the Advisor.

The Advisor may also increase or reduce the US Core Equity Portfolio’s exposure to an eligible company, or exclude a company, based on shorter-term considerations, such as a company’s price momentum, short-run reversals, and investment characteristics. In assessing a company’s investment characteristics, the Advisor considers ratios such as recent changes in assets divided by total assets. The criteria the Advisor uses for assessing a company’s investment characteristics are subject to change from time to time. In addition, the Advisor seeks to reduce trading costs using a flexible trading approach that looks for opportunities to participate in the available market liquidity, while managing turnover and explicit transaction costs.

The US Core Equity Portfolio may purchase or sell futures contracts and options on futures contracts for U.S. equity securities and indices to increase or decrease equity market exposure based on actual or expected cash inflows to or outflows from the Portfolio.

The US Core Equity Portfolio may lend its portfolio securities to generate additional income.

The US Core Equity Portfolio's ETF Class operates as an actively managed exchange-traded fund ("ETF") and does not seek to replicate the performance of a specific index and may have a higher degree of portfolio turnover than passively managed index ETFs.

Principal Risks

Because the value of your investment in the Portfolio will fluctuate, there is the risk that you will lose money. An investment in the Portfolio is not a deposit of a bank and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency. The following is a description of principal risks of investing in the Portfolio.

Equity Market Risk: Even a long-term investment approach cannot guarantee a profit. Economic, market, environmental, political, and issuer-specific conditions and events will cause the value of equity securities, and a fund that owns them, to rise or fall. Stock markets are volatile, with periods of rising prices and periods of falling prices.

Small and Mid-Cap Company Risk: Securities of small and mid-cap companies are often less liquid than those of large companies and this could make it difficult to sell a small or mid-cap company security at a desired time or price. As a result, small and mid-cap company stocks may fluctuate relatively more in price. In general, small and mid-capitalization companies are also more vulnerable than larger companies to adverse business or economic developments and they may have more limited resources.

2


Profitability Investment Risk: High relative profitability stocks may perform differently from the market as a whole and an investment strategy purchasing these securities may cause a fund to at times underperform equity funds that use other investment strategies.

Value Investment Risk: Value stocks may perform differently from the market as a whole and an investment strategy purchasing these securities may cause a fund to at times underperform equity funds that use other investment strategies. Value stocks can react differently to political, economic, and industry developments than the market as a whole and other types of stocks. Value stocks also may underperform the market for long periods of time.

Derivatives Risk: Derivatives are instruments, such as futures contracts, and options thereon, whose value is derived from that of other assets, rates or indices. The use of derivatives for non-hedging purposes may be considered to carry more risk than other types of investments. When a fund uses derivatives, the fund will be directly exposed to the risks of those derivatives. Derivative instruments are subject to a number of risks including counterparty, liquidity, interest rate, market, credit and management risks, as well as difficulties with respect to valuation. Changes in the value of a derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index, and a fund could lose more than the principal amount invested.

Securities Lending Risk: Securities lending involves the risk that the borrower may fail to return the securities in a timely manner or at all. As a result, a fund may lose money and there may be a delay in recovering the loaned securities. A fund could also lose money if it does not recover the securities and/or the value of the collateral falls, including the value of investments made with cash collateral. Securities lending also may have certain adverse tax consequences.

Operational Risk: Operational risks include human error, changes in personnel, system changes, faults in communication, and failures in systems, technology, or processes, and the use of artificial intelligence and machine learning (“AI”). Various operational events or circumstances are outside a fund’s or its advisor’s control, including instances at third parties. A fund and its advisor seek to reduce these operational risks through controls and procedures. However, measures that seek to reduce these operational risks through controls and procedures may not address every possible risk and may be inadequate to address these risks.

Cyber Security Risk: A fund and its service providers’ use of internet, technology and information systems may expose the fund to potential risks linked to cyber security breaches of those technological or information systems. Cyber security breaches, amongst other things, could allow an unauthorized party to gain access to proprietary information, customer data, or fund assets, or cause the fund and/or its service providers to suffer data corruption or lose operational functionality.

The following is a description of additional principal risks of investing in the ETF Class shares of the Portfolio, due to the shares being listed and traded on a national securities exchange.

Market Trading Risk: Active trading markets for ETF Class shares may not be developed or maintained by market makers or authorized participants. Authorized participants are not obligated to make a market in ETF Class shares or to submit purchase or redemption orders for creation units, which may widen bid-ask spreads. Trading in shares on an exchange may be halted in certain circumstances. There can be no assurance that the requirements of the listing exchange necessary to maintain the listing of ETF Class shares will continue to be met. Additionally, in stressed market conditions, the market for ETF Class shares may become less liquid in response to deteriorating liquidity in the markets for the fund’s portfolio holdings, which may cause a significant variance in the market price of ETF Class shares and their underlying value as well as an increase in ETF Class shares’ bid-ask spread.

Premium/Discount Risk: The net asset value (“NAV”) of ETF Class shares and the value of your investment may fluctuate. Disruptions to creations and redemptions or the market price of a fund’s holdings, the existence of extreme market volatility or potential lack of an active trading market for shares may widen bid-ask spreads and result in shares trading at a significant premium or discount to NAV. If a shareholder purchases shares at a time when the market price is at a premium to the NAV or sells shares at a time when the market price is at a discount to the NAV, the shareholder may sustain losses.

3


Performance

Performance information is not available for the Portfolio because it has not yet completed a full calendar year of operations. Updated performance information for the Portfolio can be obtained in the future by visiting https://www.dimensional.com/us-en/funds.

Investment Advisor/Portfolio Management

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP serves as the investment advisor for the Portfolio. The following individuals are responsible for leading the day-to-day management of the Portfolio:

 Jed S. Fogdall, Global Head of Portfolio Management, Chairman of the Investment Committee, Vice President, and Senior Portfolio Manager of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager of the Portfolio since inception (2026).

 Joseph F. Hohn, Vice President and Senior Portfolio Manager of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager of the Portfolio since inception (2026).

 Joel P. Schneider, Deputy Head of Portfolio Management, North America, member of the Investment Committee, Vice President, and Senior Portfolio Manager of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager of the Portfolio since inception (2026).

Purchase and Sale of Shares

The Portfolio issues (or redeems) ETF Class shares at NAV only to certain financial institutions that have entered into agreements with the Portfolio’s distributor in large aggregated blocks known as “Creation Units.” A Creation Unit of the Portfolio’s ETF Class shares consists of [ ] shares. Creation Units are issued (or redeemed) in-kind for securities (and an amount of cash) that the Portfolio specifies each day at the NAV next determined after receipt of an order.

Individual ETF Class shares of the Portfolio may only be purchased and sold on [ ], other national securities exchanges, electronic crossing networks and other alternative trading systems through your broker-dealer at market prices and are not individually redeemable from the Portfolio. An investor may incur costs attributable to the difference between the highest price a buyer is willing to pay to purchase shares (bid) and the lowest price a seller is willing to accept for shares (ask) when buying or selling shares in the secondary market (the “bid-ask spread”). Because the Portfolio’s ETF Class shares trade at market prices rather than at NAV, ETF Class shares may trade at a price less than (discount) or greater than (premium) the NAV of the ETF Class shares. Recent information, including information on the ETF Class shares’ NAV, market price, premiums and discounts, and bid-ask spreads, is available on the Portfolio’s website at https://www.dimensional.com/us-en/funds.

Tax Information

The dividends and distributions you receive from the Portfolio are taxable and generally will be taxed as ordinary income, capital gains, or some combination of both, unless you are investing through a tax-advantaged arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account, in which case distributions may be taxed as ordinary income when withdrawn from the plan or account.

Payments to Financial Intermediaries

If you purchase the Portfolio through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank), the Portfolio and its related companies may pay the intermediary for the sale of the Portfolio shares and/or related services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the financial intermediary to recommend the Portfolio over another investment. Ask your financial advisor or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.

4


Dimensional US Equity Market Portfolio

ETF Class Shares

Investment Objective

The investment objective of the Dimensional US Equity Market Portfolio (the “US Equity Portfolio” or “Portfolio”) is to achieve long-term capital appreciation while minimizing federal income taxes on returns.

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy, hold or sell ETF Class shares of the Portfolio. You may also incur usual and customary brokerage commissions when buying or selling shares the ETF Class shares of the Portfolio, which are not reflected in the table or Example that follows.

   

 

 

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment): None

 

 

 

 

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each
year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

 

 

 

Management Fee

0.08%

Other Expenses1

0.09%

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

0.17%

 

  

1

The ETF Class shares of the Portfolio are new, so the “Other Expenses" shown for the class are based on anticipated fees and expenses for the first full fiscal year.

EXAMPLE

This Example is meant to help you compare the cost of investing in the Portfolio's ETF Class shares with the cost of investing in other funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio's ETF Class shares for the time periods indicated. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs whether you sell or hold your shares would be:

  

1 Year

3 Years

$17

$55

PORTFOLIO TURNOVER

A fund generally pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the Portfolio’s performance. Because the Portfolio is new, information about portfolio turnover rate is not yet available.

Principal Investment Strategies

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP’s (the “Advisor”) tax management strategies for the US Equity Portfolio are designed to maximize the after tax value of a shareholder’s investment. Generally, the Advisor buys and sells securities for the Portfolio with the goals of: (i) delaying and minimizing the realization of net capital gains (e.g., selling stocks with capital losses to offset gains, realized or anticipated); and (ii) maximizing the extent to which any realized net capital gains are long-term in nature (i.e., taxable at lower capital gains tax rates). For more information on the Portfolio’s

5


tax management strategies, see “Additional Information on Investment Objectives and Policies – Tax Management Strategies” in the Prospectus.

To achieve the US Equity Portfolio’s investment objective, the Advisor implements an integrated investment approach that combines research, portfolio design, portfolio management, and trading functions. As further described below, the Portfolio’s design emphasizes long-term drivers of expected returns identified by the Advisor’s research, while balancing risk through broad diversification across companies and sectors. The Advisor’s portfolio management and trading processes further balance those long-term drivers of expected returns with shorter-term drivers of expected returns and trading costs.

The US Equity Portfolio, using a market capitalization weighted approach, is designed to generally purchase a broad and diverse group of equity securities of U.S. companies. A company’s market capitalization is the number of its shares outstanding times its price per share. The Portfolio may subtly emphasize certain stocks, including smaller capitalization, lower relative price, and higher profitability stocks as compared to their representation in the U.S. market. Under a market capitalization weighted approach, companies with higher market capitalizations generally represent a larger proportion of the Portfolio than companies with relatively lower market capitalizations. An equity issuer is considered to have a low relative price (i.e., a value stock) primarily because it has a low price in relation to its book value. In assessing relative price, the Advisor may consider additional factors such as price to cash flow or price to earnings ratios. An equity issuer is considered to have high profitability because it has high earnings or profits from operations in relation to its book value or assets. The criteria the Advisor uses for assessing relative price and profitability are subject to change from time to time.

The Advisor may also increase or reduce the US Equity Portfolio’s exposure to an eligible company, or exclude a company, based on shorter-term considerations, such as a company’s price momentum and short-run reversals. In assessing a company’s investment characteristics, the Advisor considers ratios such as recent changes in assets divided by total assets. The criteria the Advisor uses for assessing a company’s investment characteristics are subject to change from time to time. In addition, the Advisor seeks to reduce trading costs using a flexible trading approach that looks for opportunities to participate in the available market liquidity, while managing turnover and explicit transaction costs.

As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, the US Equity Portfolio will invest at least 80% of its net assets in equity securities of U.S. companies. The Advisor generally defines a U.S. company as one that is listed and principally traded on a securities exchange in the United States that is deemed appropriate by the Advisor. The Advisor considers companies of all market capitalizations for purchase by the Portfolio.

The US Equity Portfolio may purchase or sell futures contracts and options on futures contracts for U.S. equity securities and indices, to increase or decrease equity market exposure based on actual or expected cash inflows to or outflows from the Portfolio.

The US Equity Portfolio may lend its portfolio securities to generate additional income.

The US Equity Portfolio's ETF Class operates as an actively managed exchange-traded fund ("ETF") and does not seek to replicate the performance of a specific index and may have a higher degree of portfolio turnover than passively managed index ETFs.

Principal Risks

Because the value of your investment in the Portfolio will fluctuate, there is the risk that you will lose money. An investment in the Portfolio is not a deposit of a bank and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency. The following is a description of principal risks of investing in the Portfolio.

Equity Market Risk: Even a long-term investment approach cannot guarantee a profit. Economic, market, environmental, political, and issuer-specific conditions and events will cause the value of equity securities, and a fund that owns them, to rise or fall. Stock markets are volatile, with periods of rising prices and periods of falling prices.

6


Small and Mid-Cap Company Risk: Securities of small and mid-cap companies are often less liquid than those of large companies and this could make it difficult to sell a small or mid-cap company security at a desired time or price. As a result, small and mid-cap company stocks may fluctuate relatively more in price. In general, small and mid-capitalization companies are also more vulnerable than larger companies to adverse business or economic developments and they may have more limited resources.

Tax-Management Strategy Risk: The tax-management strategies may alter investment decisions and affect portfolio holdings, when compared to those of non-tax managed funds, which the Advisor anticipates may cause the performance of the fund to deviate from that of non-tax managed funds. Although the Advisor may intend to manage a fund in a manner which considers the effects of the realization of capital gains and taxable dividend income each year, the fund may nonetheless distribute taxable gains and dividends to shareholders.

Derivatives Risk: Derivatives are instruments, such as futures contracts, and options thereon, whose value is derived from that of other assets, rates or indices. The use of derivatives for non-hedging purposes may be considered to carry more risk than other types of investments. When a fund uses derivatives, the fund will be directly exposed to the risks of those derivatives. Derivative instruments are subject to a number of risks including counterparty, liquidity, interest rate, market, credit and management risks, as well as difficulties with respect to valuation. Changes in the value of a derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index, and a fund could lose more than the principal amount invested.

Securities Lending Risk: Securities lending involves the risk that the borrower may fail to return the securities in a timely manner or at all. As a result, a fund may lose money and there may be a delay in recovering the loaned securities. A fund could also lose money if it does not recover the securities and/or the value of the collateral falls, including the value of investments made with cash collateral. Securities lending also may have certain adverse tax consequences.

Operational Risk: Operational risks include human error, changes in personnel, system changes, faults in communication, and failures in systems, technology, or processes, and the use of artificial intelligence and machine learning (“AI”). Various operational events or circumstances are outside a fund’s or its advisor’s control, including instances at third parties. A fund and its advisor seek to reduce these operational risks through controls and procedures. However, measures that seek to reduce these operational risks through controls and procedures may not address every possible risk and may be inadequate to address these risks.

Cyber Security Risk: A fund and its service providers’ use of internet, technology and information systems may expose the fund to potential risks linked to cyber security breaches of those technological or information systems. Cyber security breaches, amongst other things, could allow an unauthorized party to gain access to proprietary information, customer data, or fund assets, or cause the fund and/or its service providers to suffer data corruption or lose operational functionality.

The following is a description of additional principal risks of investing in the ETF Class shares of the Portfolio, due to the shares being listed and traded on a national securities exchange.

Market Trading Risk: Active trading markets for ETF Class shares may not be developed or maintained by market makers or authorized participants. Authorized participants are not obligated to make a market in ETF Class shares or to submit purchase or redemption orders for creation units, which may widen bid-ask spreads. Trading in shares on an exchange may be halted in certain circumstances. There can be no assurance that the requirements of the listing exchange necessary to maintain the listing of ETF Class shares will continue to be met. Additionally, in stressed market conditions, the market for ETF Class shares may become less liquid in response to deteriorating liquidity in the markets for the fund’s portfolio holdings, which may cause a significant variance in the market price of ETF Class shares and their underlying value as well as an increase in ETF Class shares’ bid-ask spread.

Premium/Discount Risk: The net asset value (“NAV”) of ETF Class shares and the value of your investment may fluctuate. Disruptions to creations and redemptions or the market price of a fund’s holdings, the existence of extreme market volatility or potential lack of an active trading market for shares may widen bid-ask spreads and result in shares trading at a significant premium or discount to NAV. If a shareholder purchases shares at a time when the market price is at a premium to the NAV or sells shares at a time when the market price is at a discount to the NAV, the shareholder may sustain losses.

7


Performance

Performance information is not available for the Portfolio because it has not yet completed a full calendar year of operations. Updated performance information for the Portfolio can be obtained in the future by visiting https://www.dimensional.com/us-en/funds.

Investment Advisor/Portfolio Management

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP serves as the investment advisor for the Portfolio. The following individuals are responsible for leading the day-to-day management of the Portfolio:

 Jed S. Fogdall, Global Head of Portfolio Management, Chairman of the Investment Committee, Vice President, and Senior Portfolio Manager of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager of the Portfolio since inception (2026).

 Joseph F. Hohn, Vice President and Senior Portfolio Manager of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager of the Portfolio since inception (2026).

 Joel P. Schneider, Deputy Head of Portfolio Management, North America, member of the Investment Committee, Vice President, and Senior Portfolio Manager of the Advisor, has been a portfolio manager of the Portfolio since inception (2026).

Purchase and Sale of Shares

The Portfolio issues (or redeems) ETF Class shares at NAV only to certain financial institutions that have entered into agreements with the Portfolio’s distributor in large aggregated blocks known as “Creation Units.” A Creation Unit of the Portfolio’s ETF Class shares consists of [ ] shares. Creation Units are issued (or redeemed) in-kind for securities (and an amount of cash) that the Portfolio specifies each day at the NAV next determined after receipt of an order.

Individual ETF Class shares of the Portfolio may only be purchased and sold on [ ], other national securities exchanges, electronic crossing networks and other alternative trading systems through your broker-dealer at market prices and are not individually redeemable from the Portfolio. An investor may incur costs attributable to the difference between the highest price a buyer is willing to pay to purchase shares (bid) and the lowest price a seller is willing to accept for shares (ask) when buying or selling shares in the secondary market (the “bid-ask spread”). Because the Portfolio’s ETF Class shares trade at market prices rather than at NAV, ETF Class shares may trade at a price less than (discount) or greater than (premium) the NAV of the ETF Class shares. Recent information, including information on the ETF Class shares’ NAV, market price, premiums and discounts, and bid-ask spreads, is available on the Portfolio’s website at https://www.dimensional.com/us-en/funds.

Tax Information

The dividends and distributions you receive from the Portfolio are taxable and generally will be taxed as ordinary income, capital gains, or some combination of both, unless you are investing through a tax-advantaged arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account, in which case distributions may be taxed as ordinary income when withdrawn from the plan or account.

Payments to Financial Intermediaries

If you purchase the Portfolio through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank), the Portfolio and its related companies may pay the intermediary for the sale of the Portfolio shares and/or related services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the financial intermediary to recommend the Portfolio over another investment. Ask your financial advisor or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.

8


Additional Information on Investment Objectives and Policies

Dimensional Funds Trust (the “Fund” or “Trust”) offers a variety of investment portfolios. Each of the Fund’s portfolios has its own investment objective and policies, and is the equivalent of a separate investment company. Each Portfolio’s ETF Class shares, which operate as an exchange-traded fund (“ETF”) are described in this Prospectus. In addition to the ETF Class shares, each Portfolio may also offer a conventional mutual fund share class in a separate prospectus that is not exchange-traded.

INVESTMENT TERMS USED IN THE PROSPECTUS

Below are the definitions of some terms that the Advisor uses to describe the investment strategies for certain Portfolios.

Free Float generally describes the number of publicly traded shares of a company.

Price Momentum generally describes the tendency for stocks that have outperformed their peers to continue outperforming, and the similar tendency for stocks that have underperformed their peers to continue underperforming.

Short-Run Reversals generally describes the tendency for stocks that have recently outperformed their peers to underperform in the short run, and the similar tendency for stocks that have recently underperformed their peers to outperform in the short run.

Trading Strategies generally refers to the ability to execute purchases and sales of stocks in a cost-effective manner.

Profitability generally measures a company’s profit in relation to its book value or assets.

US Core Equity Portfolio

The investment objective of the US Core Equity Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation. The Portfolio’s investment objective is non-fundamental, which means it may be changed by the Board of Trustees (the “Board”) without shareholder approval. Shareholders will be given at least 60 days’ advance notice of any change to the Portfolio’s investment objective.

To achieve the US Core Equity Portfolio’s investment objective, the Advisor implements an integrated investment approach that combines research, portfolio design, portfolio management, and trading functions. As further described below, the Portfolio’s design emphasizes long-term drivers of expected returns identified by the Advisor’s research, while balancing risk through broad diversification across companies and sectors. The Advisor’s portfolio management and trading processes further balance those long-term drivers of expected returns with shorter-term drivers of expected returns and trading costs.

The US Core Equity Portfolio is designed to achieve its investment objective by purchasing a broad and diverse group of equity securities within a market capitalization weighted universe of U.S. companies that is composed of companies within the U.S. Universe. Market capitalization weighted means that a company’s weighting in the U.S. Universe is proportional to that company’s actual market capitalization compared to the total market capitalization of all eligible companies. The higher the company’s relative market capitalization, the greater its representation. The Portfolio will invest in companies of all sizes, with modestly increased exposure to smaller capitalization, lower relative price, and higher profitability companies as compared to their representation in the U.S. Universe. The Portfolio’s modestly increased exposure to smaller capitalization, lower relative price, and higher profitability companies may be achieved by decreasing the allocation of the Portfolio’s assets to larger capitalization, higher relative price, or lower profitability companies relative to their weight in the U.S. Universe.

An equity issuer is considered to have a high relative price (i.e., a growth stock) primarily because it has a high price in relation to its book value. An equity issuer is considered to have a low relative price (i.e., a value stock) primarily because it has a low price in relation to their book value. In assessing relative price, the Advisor may consider additional factors such as price-to-cash-flow or price-to-earnings ratios. An equity issuer is considered to have high

9


profitability because it has high earnings or profits from operations in relation to its book value or assets. The criteria the Advisor uses for assessing relative price and profitability are subject to change from time to time.

The Advisor may also increase or reduce the US Core Equity Portfolio’s exposure to an eligible company, or exclude a company, based on shorter-term considerations, such as a company’s price momentum, short-run reversals, and investment characteristics. The Advisor may consider a small capitalization company’s investment characteristics as compared to other eligible companies when making investment decisions and may exclude a small capitalization company with high recent asset growth. In assessing a company’s investment characteristics, the Advisor considers ratios such as recent changes in assets divided by total assets. The Portfolio will generally not exclude more than 5% of the eligible small capitalization companies within the U.S. Universe based on such investment characteristics. The criteria the Advisor uses for assessing a company’s investment characteristics are subject to change from time to time. The Advisor may decrease the amount that the Portfolio invests in small capitalization companies that have lower profitability and/or higher relative prices. In addition, the Advisor seeks to reduce trading costs using a flexible trading approach that looks for opportunities to participate in the available market liquidity, while managing turnover and explicit transaction costs.

The US Core Equity Portfolio may purchase or sell futures contracts and options on futures contracts for U.S. equity securities and indices, to increase or decrease equity market exposure based on actual or expected cash inflows to or outflows from the Portfolio.

The US Core Equity Portfolio may invest in ETFs, including ETFs managed by the Advisor, for the purpose of gaining exposure to the U.S. stock market while maintaining liquidity. In addition to money market instruments and other short-term investments, the Portfolio may invest in affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds to manage the Portfolio’s cash pending investment in other securities or to maintain liquidity for the payment of redemptions or other purposes. Investments in ETFs and money market funds may involve a duplication of certain fees and expenses. The Portfolio will look through to the security holdings of any investment companies in which it invests for purposes of compliance with its 80% policy, to the extent that the Portfolio has sufficient information about the holdings of such investment companies.

US Equity Portfolio

The investment objective of the US Equity Portfolio is to achieve long-term capital appreciation while minimizing federal income taxes on returns. The Portfolio generally will invest its assets in a broad and diverse group of securities of companies listed on the U.S. national securities exchanges. The US Equity Portfolio uses a market capitalization weighted approach. See “Market Capitalization Weighted Approach” in this Prospectus.

The Advisor considers companies of all market capitalizations for purchase by the Portfolio. The total market capitalization range used by the Advisor for the US Equity Portfolio (i.e., all eligible U.S. operating companies listed on a securities exchange in the United States that is deemed appropriate by the Advisor), generally applies at the time of purchase by the Portfolio. The Portfolio is not required to dispose of a security if the security’s issuer is no longer within this total market capitalization range. Securities that do meet the market capitalization range nevertheless may be sold at any time when, in the Advisor’s judgement, circumstances warrant their sale. See “Portfolio Transactions” in this Prospectus.

The Advisor may also increase or reduce the US Equity Portfolio’s exposure to an eligible company, or exclude a company, based on shorter-term considerations, such as a company’s price momentum and short-run reversals. In assessing a company’s investment characteristics, the Advisor considers ratios such as recent changes in assets divided by total assets. The criteria the Advisor uses for assessing a company’s investment characteristics are subject to change from time to time. In addition, the Advisor seeks to reduce trading costs using a flexible trading approach that looks for opportunities to participate in the available market liquidity, while managing turnover and explicit transaction costs.

The US Equity Portfolio may invest in ETFs, including ETFs managed by the Advisor, for the purpose of gaining exposure to the U.S. equity markets while maintaining liquidity. In addition to money market instruments and other short-term investments, the Portfolio may invest in affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds to manage cash pending investment in other securities or to maintain liquidity for the payment of redemptions or other purposes. Investments in ETFs and money market funds may involve a duplication of certain fees and expenses. The Portfolio will look through to the security holdings of any investment companies in which it

10


invests for purposes of compliance with its 80% policy, to the extent that the Portfolio has sufficient information about the holdings of such investment companies.

Market Capitalization Weighted Approach—US Equity Portfolio

The portfolio structure of US Equity Portfolio involves market capitalization weighting in determining individual security weights. Market capitalization weighting means each security is generally purchased based on the issuer’s relative market capitalization. Market capitalization weighting may be modified by the Advisor for a variety of reasons. The Advisor may increase or decrease the Portfolio's exposure to an eligible company, or exclude a company, after considering such factors as free float, price momentum, short-run reversals, trading strategies, liquidity, size, relative price, profitability, investment characteristics, and other factors that the Advisor determines to be appropriate. An equity issuer is considered to have a low relative price (i.e., a value stock) primarily because it has a low price in relation to its book value. In assessing relative price, the Advisor may consider additional factors such as price to cash flow or price to earnings ratios. An equity issuer is considered to have high profitability because it has high earnings or profits from operations in relation to its book value or assets. The Advisor may consider a small capitalization company’s investment characteristics as compared to other eligible companies when making investment decisions and may exclude a small capitalization company with high recent asset growth. In assessing a company’s investment characteristics, the Advisor considers ratios such as recent changes in assets divided by total assets. The Advisor may decrease the allocation of the Portfolio’s assets to eligible small capitalization companies that generally have lower profitability and/or higher relative prices. The Portfolio will generally not exclude more than 5% of the eligible small capitalization companies within the U.S. Universe based on such investment characteristics. The criteria the Advisor uses for assessing relative price, profitability, and investment characteristics are subject to change from time to time.

The Advisor may deviate from market capitalization weighting to limit or fix the exposure of the Portfolio to a particular issuer to a maximum proportion of the assets of the Portfolio. The Advisor may exclude the stock of a company that meets applicable market capitalization criterion if the Advisor determines, in its judgment, that the purchase of such stock is inappropriate in light of other conditions. These adjustments will result in a deviation from traditional market capitalization weighting.

Adjustment for free float modifies market capitalization weighting to exclude the share capital of a company that is not freely available for trading in the public equity markets. For example, the following types of shares may be excluded: (i) those held by strategic investors (such as governments, controlling shareholders and management), (ii) treasury shares, or (iii) shares subject to foreign ownership restrictions.

Furthermore, the Advisor may reduce the relative amount of any security held in order to retain sufficient portfolio liquidity. A portion, but generally not in excess of 20% of assets, may be invested in interest bearing obligations, such as money market instruments, thereby causing further deviation from market capitalization weighting. A further deviation may occur due to holdings in securities received in connection with corporate actions.

The US Equity Portfolio should not be expected to adhere to its market capitalization weighted approach to the same extent as a non-tax-managed portfolio. The tax management strategies used by the Advisor to defer the realization of net capital gains or minimize dividend income, from time to time, may cause deviation from the market capitalization weighted approach. For more information on the Portfolio’s tax management strategies, see “Tax Management Strategies” in this Prospectus.

Block purchases of eligible securities may be made at opportune prices, even though such purchases exceed the number of shares that, at the time of purchase, adherence to a market capitalization weighted approach would otherwise require. In addition, securities eligible for purchase or otherwise represented in the Portfolio may be acquired in exchange for the issuance of shares. See “Creations and Redemptions.” While such transactions might cause a deviation from market capitalization weighting, they would ordinarily be made in anticipation of further growth of assets.

Generally, changes in the composition and relative ranking (in terms of market capitalization) of the stocks that are eligible for purchase take place with every trade when the securities markets are open for trading due, primarily, to price changes of such securities. At least semi-annually, the Advisor will identify companies whose stock is eligible for investment by the Portfolio. Additional investments generally will not be made in securities that have changed in value sufficiently to be excluded from the Advisor’s then current market capitalization requirement for eligible

11


portfolio securities. This may result in further deviation from market capitalization weighting. Such deviation could be substantial if a significant amount of holdings of the Portfolio change in value sufficiently to be excluded from the requirement for eligible securities, but not by a sufficient amount to warrant their sale.

TAX MANAGEMENT STRATEGIES

The US Equity Portfolio seeks to maximize the after tax value of an investment by managing its portfolio in a manner that will defer the realization of net capital gains where possible and may attempt to reduce dividend income. When selling securities, the Portfolio typically will select the highest cost shares of the specific security in order to minimize the realization of capital gains. In certain cases, the highest cost shares may produce a short-term capital gain. Since short-term capital gains generally are taxed at higher tax rates than long-term capital gains, the highest cost shares with a long-term holding period may be disposed of instead. The US Equity Portfolio, when consistent with all other tax management policies, may sell securities in order to realize capital losses. Realized capital losses can be used to offset realized capital gains, thus reducing capital gains distributions.

The Advisor may attempt to time the purchases and sales of securities to reduce the receipt of dividends when possible. With respect to dividends that are received, the Portfolio may not be eligible to flow through the dividends received deduction attributable to holdings in U.S. equity securities to corporate shareholders if, because of certain timing rules, hedging activities, or debt financing activities at the Portfolio level, the requisite holding period of the dividend paying stock is not met.

Also, the Portfolio may dispose of securities whenever the Advisor determines that disposition is consistent with their tax management strategies or is otherwise in the best interest of the Portfolio. As part of its investment decisions, the Advisor may also consider the effects of holding periods and securities lending, among other factors, that may affect the tax characteristics of the income received.

Although the Advisor intends to manage the Portfolio in a manner which considers the effects of the realization of capital gains and taxable dividend income each year, the Portfolio may nonetheless distribute taxable gains and dividends to shareholders. Of course, realization of capital gains is not entirely within the Advisor’s control. Capital gains distributions may vary considerably from year to year. The Portfolio may be required to distribute taxable realized gains from a prior year, even if the Portfolio has a net realized loss for the year of distribution. There will be no capital gains distributions in years when the Portfolio realizes a net capital loss. Furthermore, the redeeming shareholders may be required to pay taxes on their capital gains, if any, on a redemption of the Portfolio's shares, whether paid in cash or in kind, if the amount received on redemption is greater than the amount of the shareholder’s tax basis in the shares redeemed.

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS

In general, securities will not be purchased or sold based on the prospects for the economy, the securities markets, or the individual issuers whose shares are eligible for purchase. Securities that have depreciated in value since their acquisition will not be sold solely because prospects for the issuer are not considered attractive or due to an expected or realized decline in securities prices in general. Securities generally will not be sold solely to realize short-term profits, but when circumstances warrant, they may be sold without regard to the length of time held. Securities, including those eligible for purchase, may be disposed of, however, at any time when, in the Advisor’s judgment, circumstances warrant their sale, including, but not limited to, tender offers, mergers, and similar transactions, or bids made for block purchases at opportune prices. Generally, securities will be purchased with the expectation that they will be held for longer than one year and will be held until such time as they are no longer an appropriate holding in light of the investment policies of each Portfolio.

In attempting to respond to adverse market, economic, political, or other considerations, each Portfolio may, from time to time, invest its assets in a temporary defensive manner that is inconsistent with the Portfolio’s principal investment strategies. In these circumstances, the Portfolio may be unable to achieve its investment objective.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION REGARDING INVESTMENT RISKS

Because the value of your investment in a Portfolio will fluctuate, there is the risk that you will lose money. An investment in a Portfolio is not a deposit of a bank and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit

12


Insurance Corporation or any other government agency. The following is a description of principal risks of investing in the Portfolios.

   
 

US Core Equity
Portfolio

US Equity
Portfolio

Cyber Security Risk

X

X

Derivatives Risk

X

X

Equity Market Risk

X

X

Market Trading Risk

X

X

Operational Risk

X

X

Premium/Discount Risk

X

X

Profitability Investment Risk

X

 

Securities Lending Risk

X

X

Small and Mid-Cap Company Risk

X

X

Tax-Management Strategy Risk

 

X

Value Investment Risk

X

 

Cyber Security Risk: A fund and its service providers’ use of internet, technology and information systems may expose the fund to potential risks linked to cyber security breaches of those technological or information systems. Cyber security breaches, amongst other things, could allow an unauthorized party to gain access to proprietary information, customer data, or fund assets, or cause a fund and/or its service providers to suffer data corruption or lose operational functionality.

Derivatives Risk: Derivatives are instruments, such as futures contracts, and options thereon, whose value is derived from that of other assets, rates or indices. The use of derivatives for non-hedging purposes may be considered to carry more risk than other types of investments. When a fund uses derivatives, the fund will be directly exposed to the risks of those derivatives. Derivatives expose a fund to counterparty risk (the risk that the derivative counterparty will not fulfill its contractual obligations), including credit risk of the derivative counterparty, and settlement risk (the risk faced when one party to a transaction has performed its obligations under a contract but has not yet received value from its counterparty). The possible lack of a liquid secondary market for derivatives and the resulting inability of a fund to sell or otherwise close a derivatives position could expose the fund to losses and could make derivatives more difficult for the fund to value. Some derivatives are more sensitive to interest rate changes and market price fluctuations than other securities. A fund could also suffer losses related to its derivatives positions as a result of unanticipated market movements, which losses are potentially unlimited. The Advisor may not be able to predict correctly the direction of securities prices, interest rates, and other economic factors, which could cause a fund’s derivatives positions to lose value. Valuation of derivatives may also be more difficult in times of market turmoil since many investors and market makers may be reluctant to purchase derivatives or quote prices for them. Changes in the value of a derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index, and a fund could lose more than the principal amount invested.

Equity Market Risk: Even a long-term investment approach cannot guarantee a profit. Economic, market, environmental, political, and issuer-specific conditions and events will cause the value of equity securities, and a fund that owns them, to rise or fall. Stock markets are volatile, with periods of rising prices and periods of falling prices. In addition, economies and financial markets throughout the world have become increasingly interconnected, which increases the likelihood that events or conditions in one region or country will adversely affect markets or issuers in other regions or countries. Increasingly strained relations between countries, including between the U.S. and traditional allies and/or adversaries, could adversely affect U.S. issuers as well as non-U.S. issuers that rely on the United States for trade. A fund’s securities may be negatively impacted by inflation (or expectations for inflation), interest rates, global demand for particular products/services or resources, supply chain disruptions, natural disasters, pandemics, epidemics, terrorism, war, military confrontations, trade disputes, changes in trade regulations, elevated levels of government debt, internal unrest and discord, economic sanctions, regulatory events and governmental or quasi-governmental actions, among others.

13


Market Trading Risk: Although ETF Class shares are listed for trading on one or more stock exchanges, there can be no assurance that an active trading market for such shares will develop or be maintained. There are no obligations of market makers to make a market in ETF Class shares or of an authorized participant to submit purchase or redemption orders for Creation Units, which may widen bid-ask spreads. Decisions by market makers or authorized participants to reduce their role or step away from these activities in times of market stress could inhibit the effectiveness of the arbitrage process in maintaining the relationship between the underlying value of a fund’s portfolio securities and the ETF Class shares' market price. This reduced effectiveness could result in ETF Class shares trading at a premium or discount to their NAV and also greater than normal intraday bid/ask spreads. Additionally, in stressed market conditions, the market for ETF Class shares may become less liquid in response to deteriorating liquidity in the markets for the fund’s portfolio holdings, which may cause a significant variance in the market price of ETF Class shares and their underlying value as well as an increase in the fund’s bid-ask spread.

There can be no assurance that ETF Class shares will continue to trade on a stock exchange or in any market or that ETF Class shares will continue to meet the requirements for listing or trading on any exchange or in any market, or that such requirements will remain unchanged. Secondary market trading in ETF Class shares may be halted by a stock exchange because of market conditions or other reasons. In addition, trading in ETF Class shares on a stock exchange or in any market may be subject to trading halts caused by extraordinary market volatility pursuant to “circuit breaker” rules on the stock exchange or market.

During a “flash crash,” the market prices of ETF Class shares may decline suddenly and significantly. Such a decline may not reflect the performance of the portfolio securities held by a fund. Flash crashes may cause authorized participants and other market makers to limit or cease trading in ETF Class shares for temporary or longer periods. Shareholders could suffer significant losses to the extent that they sell shares at these temporarily low market prices. ETF Class shares, similar to shares of other issuers listed on a stock exchange, may be sold short and are therefore subject to the risk of increased volatility associated with short selling.

Operational Risk: Operational risks include human error, changes in personnel, system changes, faults in communication, and failures in systems, technology, or processes, and the use of artificial intelligence and machine learning (“AI”). Various operational events or circumstances are outside a fund’s or its advisor’s control, including instances at third parties. A fund and its advisor seek to reduce these operational risks through controls and procedures. However, these measures may not address every possible risk and may be inadequate to address these risks.

Premium/Discount Risk: ETF Class shares may trade at prices other than NAV. ETF Class shares trade on stock exchanges at prices at, above or below their most recent NAV. The NAV of a fund is calculated at the end of each business day and fluctuates with changes in the market value of the fund’s holdings since the most recent calculation. The trading prices of ETF Class shares fluctuate continuously throughout trading hours based on market supply and demand rather than NAV. As a result, the trading prices of ETF Class shares may deviate significantly from NAV during periods of market volatility.

Any of these factors, among others, may lead to ETF Class shares trading at a premium or discount to NAV. Thus, you may pay more (or less) than NAV when you buy ETF Class shares in the secondary market, and you may receive less (or more) than NAV when you sell those shares in the secondary market. The Advisor cannot predict whether shares will trade above (premium), below (discount) or at NAV. However, because shares can be created and redeemed in Creation Units at NAV, the Advisor believes that large discounts or premiums to the NAV of a fund are not likely to be sustained over the long-term. While the creation/redemption feature is designed to make it likely that ETF Class shares normally will trade on stock exchanges at prices close to the fund’s next calculated NAV, exchange prices are not expected to correlate exactly with the fund’s NAV due to timing reasons as well as market supply and demand factors. In addition, disruptions to creations and redemptions or extreme market volatility may result in trading prices for ETF Class shares of a fund that differ significantly from its NAV.

Profitability Investment Risk: High relative profitability stocks may perform differently from the market as a whole and an investment strategy purchasing these securities may cause a fund to at times underperform equity funds that use other investment strategies.

Securities Lending Risk: Securities lending involves the risk that the borrower may fail to return the securities in a timely manner or at all. As a result, a fund may lose money and there may be a delay in recovering the loaned securities. A fund could also lose money if it does not recover the securities and/or the value of the collateral falls,

14


including the value of investments made with cash collateral. Securities lending also may have certain adverse tax consequences.

Small and Mid-Cap Company Risk: Securities of small and mid-cap companies are often less liquid than those of large companies and this could make it difficult to sell a small or mid-cap company security at a desired time or price. As a result, small and mid-cap company stocks may fluctuate relatively more in price. In general, small and mid-capitalization companies are also more vulnerable than larger companies to adverse business or economic developments and they may have more limited resources.

Tax-Management Strategy Risk: The tax-management strategies may alter investment decisions and affect portfolio holdings, when compared to those of non-tax managed funds, which the Advisor anticipates may cause the performance of the fund to deviate from that of non-tax managed funds. Although the Advisor intends to manage the Portfolio in a manner which considers the effects of the realization of capital gains and taxable dividend income each year, a fund may nonetheless distribute taxable gains and dividends to shareholders.

Value Investment Risk: Value stocks may perform differently from the market as a whole and an investment strategy purchasing these securities may cause a fund to at times underperform equity funds that use other investment strategies. Value stocks can react differently to political, economic, and industry developments than the market as a whole and other types of stocks. Value stocks also may underperform the market for long periods of time.

Other Information

MULTI-CLASS ETF FUND STRUCTURE

The Advisor and the Trust, on behalf of the Portfolios, have received an exemptive order from the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) that permits each Portfolio to offer mutual fund share classes and an exchange-traded share class that operates as an ETF (a “Multi-Class ETF Fund”). Under this structure, the ETF Class shares are listed and traded on a national securities exchange and are generally bought and sold at market-determined prices, whereas the mutual fund share classes are purchased and redeemed at a Multi-Class ETF Fund’s net asset value next determined after receipt of the order.

Due to the structural and operational differences of mutual funds and ETFs, shareholders of the mutual fund and ETF Class shares of a Multi-Class ETF Fund will have differing shareholder rights with respect to exchange privileges, how shares are purchased and redeemed, the timing of dividend declarations and payments, and the timing and ability to automatically reinvest dividends. For additional information regarding these differences, see “Dividends, Capital Gains Distributions and Taxes—Dividends and Distributions” and “Purchase and Sale of Shares—Conversions” in this Prospectus and “Shareholder Rights” and “Creation and Redemption of Creation Units—Conversions” in the SAI. In addition, because all of the classes of a Multi-Class ETF Fund are based on the same portfolio, transactions through one class could generate portfolio transaction costs and tax consequences for shareholders in other classes. For example, shareholders of the ETF Class of a Multi-Class ETF Fund (i.e., as opposed to shareholders of a standalone ETF) have the potential to experience greater portfolio transaction costs and taxable capital gains distributions as a result of purchases and redemptions by shareholders of the Institutional Class, as well as costs due to cash drag associated with the Fund holding the cash necessary to satisfy redemptions of the Institutional Class shares, which could negatively impact the ETF Class shares’ performance. At the same time, shareholders of all classes of a Multi-Class ETF Fund might benefit from cost savings and economies of scale to the extent that the multiple classes draw additional assets to the Multi-Class ETF Fund.

A Multi-Class ETF Fund also is required to comply with certain requirements of Rule 6c-11 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), in order to permit ETF operations, which are requirements that do not normally apply to a mutual fund. For example, a Multi-Class ETF Fund is required to provide daily transparency of the Fund’s holdings, which has the potential to make the Fund more susceptible to front running than a traditional mutual fund that provides more limited public disclosure of portfolio holdings. Also, unlike a traditional mutual fund, a Multi-Class ETF Fund may not have the same flexibility to close the Fund to new purchases.

The use of this structure is subject to terms and conditions set forth in the SEC exemptive order that are designed to ensure that the Advisor and the Board focus on these potential issues on an initial and ongoing basis. The conditions include that the Board, and a majority of the independent directors, approve (initially, and at least

15


annually thereafter) the operation of a Multi-Class ETF Fund pursuant to a multiple-class plan, finding that the plan is in the best interests of each mutual fund class and the ETF Class individually, and in the best interests of the Multi-Class ETF Fund as a whole. The Advisor shall prepare written reports to assist the Board’s findings that contain information regarding, among other items, the potential and/or observed benefits and costs to each class individually and the Fund as a whole due to the structure, the appropriateness of the Fund’s investment strategy for the structure, and the potential and/or observed material conflicts of interest between the classes and/or material negative consequences resulting from the structure.

COMMODITY POOL OPERATOR EXEMPTION

Each Portfolio is operated by a person that has claimed an exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” under the Commodity Exchange Act (“CEA”) with respect to the Portfolios described in this Prospectus, and, therefore, such person is not subject to registration or regulation as a pool operator under the CEA with respect to such Portfolios.

Securities Loans

Each Portfolio is authorized to lend securities to qualified brokers, dealers, banks, and other financial institutions for the purpose of earning additional income. While each Portfolio may earn additional income from lending securities, such activity is incidental to the investment objective of the Portfolio. For information concerning the revenue from securities lending, see “SECURITIES LENDING REVENUE.” The value of securities loaned may not exceed 331/3% of the value of a Portfolio’s total assets, which includes the value of collateral received. To the extent a Portfolio loans a portion of its securities, the Portfolio will receive collateral consisting generally of cash or U.S. government securities. Collateral received will be maintained by marking to market daily and (i) in an amount equal to at least 100% of the current market value of the loaned securities, with respect to securities of the U.S. Government or its agencies, (ii) in an amount generally equal to 102% of the current market value of the loaned securities, with respect to U.S. securities, and (iii) in an amount generally equal to 105% of the current market value of the loaned securities, with respect to foreign securities. Subject to its stated investment policies, each Portfolio will generally invest the cash collateral received for the loaned securities in The DFA Short Term Investment Fund (the “Short Term Series”), an affiliated registered ultrashort term bond fund advised by the Advisor for which the Advisor receives a management fee of 0.05% of the average daily net assets of the Short Term Series. Each Portfolio also may invest the cash collateral received for the loaned securities in securities of the U.S. Government or its agencies, repurchase agreements collateralized by securities of the U.S. Government or its agencies, and affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds. For purposes of this paragraph, agencies include both agency debentures and agency mortgage-backed securities.

In addition, a Portfolio will be able to terminate the loan at any time and will receive reasonable interest on the loan, as well as amounts equal to any dividends, interest or other distributions on the loaned securities. However, dividend income received from loaned securities may not be eligible to be taxed at qualified dividend income rates. See the Portfolios’ Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) for a further discussion of the tax consequences related to securities lending. Each Portfolio will be entitled to recall a loaned security to vote proxies or otherwise obtain rights to vote proxies of loaned securities if the Portfolio knows that a material event will occur. In the event of the bankruptcy of the borrower, a Portfolio could experience delay in recovering the loaned securities or only recover cash or a security of equivalent value. See “Principal Risks—Securities Lending Risk” for a discussion of the risks related to securities lending.

Management of the Portfolios

The Advisor serves as investment advisor to each of the Portfolios. Pursuant to an Investment Management Agreement with the Trust on behalf of each Portfolio, the Advisor is responsible for the management of each of the Portfolio’s assets. Each of the Portfolios is managed using a team approach. The investment team includes the Investment Committee of the Advisor, portfolio managers and trading personnel.

The Investment Committee is composed primarily of certain officers and directors of the Advisor who are appointed annually. As of the date of this Prospectus, the Investment Committee has fourteen members. Investment strategies for the Portfolios are set by the Investment Committee, which meets on a regular basis and also as needed to consider investment issues. The Investment Committee also sets and reviews all investment related policies and procedures and approves any changes in regards to approved countries, security types, and brokers.

16


In accordance with the team approach used to manage the Portfolios, the portfolio managers and portfolio traders implement the policies and procedures established by the Investment Committee. The portfolio managers and portfolio traders also make daily investment decisions regarding the Portfolios based on the parameters established by the Investment Committee. The individuals named in a Portfolio’s “INVESTMENT ADVISOR/PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT” section coordinate the efforts of all other portfolio managers or trading personnel with respect to the day-to-day management of such Portfolio.

Mr. Fogdall is Global Head of Portfolio Management, Chairman of the Investment Committee, a Vice President, and Senior Portfolio Manager of the Advisor. Mr. Fogdall has an MBA from the University of California, Los Angeles and a BS from Purdue University. Mr. Fogdall joined the Advisor as a portfolio manager in 2004 and has been responsible for the Portfolios since inception.

Mr. Hohn is a Vice President and Senior Portfolio Manager of the Advisor. Mr. Hohn holds an MBA from the University of California, Los Angeles, an MS from the University of Southern California and a BS from Iowa State University. Mr. Hohn joined the Advisor in 2012, has been a portfolio manager since 2015, and has been responsible for the Portfolios since inception.

Mr. Schneider is Deputy Head of Portfolio Management, North America, a member of the Investment Committee, Vice President, and Senior Portfolio Manager of the Advisor. Mr. Schneider holds an MBA from the University of Chicago Booth School of Business, an MS from the University of Minnesota, and a BS from Iowa State University. Mr. Schneider joined the Advisor in 2011, has been a portfolio manager since 2013, and has been responsible for the Portfolios since inception.

The Portfolios’ SAI provides information about each portfolio manager’s compensation, other accounts managed by the portfolio manager, and the portfolio manager’s ownership of Portfolio shares.

The Advisor provides the Portfolios with a trading department and selects brokers and dealers to effect securities transactions. Securities transactions are placed with a view to obtaining best price and execution. The Advisor may pay compensation, out of the Advisor’s profits and not as an additional charge to a Portfolio, to financial intermediaries to support the sale of Portfolio shares. The Advisor’s address is 6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One, Austin, TX 78746. A discussion regarding the basis for the Board of Trustees (the “Board”) approving the Investment Management Agreements with respect to the Portfolios will be available in a future semi-annual Form N-CSR report for the Portfolios.

The Advisor has been engaged in the business of providing investment management services since May 1981. The Advisor is currently organized as a Delaware limited partnership and is controlled and operated by its general partner, Dimensional Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation. As of January 31, 2026, assets under management for all Dimensional affiliated advisors totaled approximately $987 billion.

The Agreement and Declaration of Trust (the “Declaration”) provides that by virtue of becoming a shareholder of the Trust, each shareholder shall be held expressly to have agreed to be bound by the provisions of the Declaration. However, shareholders should be aware that they cannot waive their rights under the federal securities laws. The Declaration provides a detailed process for the bringing of derivative actions by shareholders for claims other than federal securities law claims beyond the process otherwise required by law. This derivative actions process is intended to permit legitimate inquiries and claims while avoiding the time, expense, distraction, and other harm that can be caused to a Portfolio or its shareholders as a result of spurious shareholder demands and derivative actions. Prior to bringing a derivative action, a demand by the complaining shareholder must first be made on the Trustees. The Declaration details conditions that must be met with respect to the demand. Following receipt of the demand, the Trustees must be afforded a reasonable amount of time to investigate and consider the demand. The Trustees will be entitled to retain counsel or other advisors in considering the merits of the request and shall require an undertaking by the shareholders making such request to reimburse the Trust for the expense of any such advisors in the event that the Trustees determine not to bring such action. The Trust’s process for bringing derivative suits may be more restrictive than other investment companies. The process for derivative actions for the Trust also may make it more expensive for a shareholder to bring a suit than if the shareholder was not required to follow such a process.

The Declaration also requires that actions by shareholders against a Portfolio be brought only in a certain federal court in Texas, or if not permitted to be brought in federal court, then in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as required by applicable law, or the Superior Court of Delaware (the “Exclusive Jurisdictions”), and that

17


the right to jury trial be waived to the fullest extent permitted by law. Other investment companies may not be subject to similar restrictions. In addition, the designation of Exclusive Jurisdictions may make it more expensive for a shareholder to bring a suit than if the shareholder was permitted to select another jurisdiction. Also, the designation of Exclusive Jurisdictions and the waiver of jury trials limit a shareholder’s ability to litigate a claim in the jurisdiction and in a manner that may be more favorable to the shareholder. A court may choose not to enforce these provisions of the Declaration.

UNITARY FEES

The US Core Equity Portfolio (the “Unitary Portfolio”) pays the Advisor a unified management fee for managing the Unitary Portfolio’s assets. Pursuant to the investment management agreement with the Trust, on behalf of the Unitary Portfolio, the Advisor is responsible for substantially all ordinary fund operating expenses, except for (i) the fee payment under the agreement; (ii) payments under the Unitary Portfolio's Rule 12b-1 plan (if any); (iii) brokerage expenses (including any costs incidental to transactions in portfolio securities, instruments and other investments); (iv) taxes; (v) interest expenses (including borrowing costs and dividend expenses on securities sold short and overdraft charges); (vi) litigation expenses (including litigation to which the Trust or the Unitary Portfolio may be a party and indemnification of the Portfolio's trustees and officers with respect thereto); (vii) acquired fund fees and expenses; (viii) Trustees' fees and expenses; (ix) legal expenses of counsel to the Independent Trustees; (x) Chief Compliance Officer ("CCO") compensation; (xi) third party shareholder servicing fees for non-exchange traded share classes; and (xii) other non-routine or extraordinary expenses. The fee is equal to the following annual rate based on the net assets of the Unitary Portfolio:

  

US Core Equity Portfolio

0.12%

Pursuant to a separate contractual arrangement, the Advisor arranges for the provision of CCO services with respect to the Unitary Portfolio, and is liable and responsible for, and administers, payments to the CCO, the Independent Trustees and counsel to the Independent Trustees. The Advisor receives a fee of up to 0.0044% of the Unitary Portfolio’s average daily net assets for providing such services and paying such expenses. The Advisor provides CCO services to the Trust.

MANAGEMENT FEES

The “Annual Fund Operating Expenses” table describes the anticipated fees to be incurred by each Portfolio's ETF Class shares for the services provided by the Advisor for the first full fiscal year.

Manager of Managers Structure

The Advisor and the Trust have received an exemptive order from the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) for a manager of managers structure that allows the Advisor to appoint, remove or change Dimensional Wholly-Owned Sub-advisors (defined below), and enter into, amend and terminate sub-advisory agreements with Dimensional Wholly-Owned Sub-advisors, without prior shareholder approval, but subject to Board approval. A “Dimensional Wholly-Owned Sub-advisor” includes sub-advisors that are wholly-owned by the Advisor (i.e., (1) an indirect or direct “wholly-owned subsidiary” (as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act”)) of the Advisor, or (2) a sister company of the Advisor that is an indirect or direct “wholly-owned subsidiary” (as such term is defined in the 1940 Act) of the same company that, indirectly or directly, wholly owns the Advisor) (“Dimensional Wholly-Owned Sub-advisors”). The Board only will approve a change with respect to sub-advisors if the Board concludes that such arrangements would be in the best interests of the shareholders of a Portfolio. If a new Dimensional Wholly-Owned Sub-advisor is hired for a Portfolio, shareholders will receive information about the new sub-advisor within 90 days of the change. The exemptive order allows greater flexibility for the Advisor to utilize, if desirable, personnel throughout the worldwide organization enabling a Portfolio to operate more efficiently. The Advisor will not hire unaffiliated sub-advisors without prior shareholder approval and did not request the ability to do so in its application to the SEC for an exemptive order to allow the manager of managers structure.

The use of the manager of managers structure with respect to a Portfolio is subject to certain conditions set forth in the SEC exemptive order. Under the manager of managers structure, the Advisor has the ultimate responsibility, subject to oversight by the Board, to oversee the Dimensional Wholly-Owned Sub-advisors and recommend their hiring, termination and replacement. The Advisor will provide general management services to a Portfolio, including

18


overall supervisory responsibility for the general management and investment of the Portfolio’s assets. Subject to review and approval of the Board, the Advisor will (a) set a Portfolio’s overall investment strategies, (b) evaluate, select, and recommend Dimensional Wholly-Owned Sub-advisors to manage all or a portion of a Portfolio’s assets, and (c) implement procedures reasonably designed to ensure that Dimensional Wholly-Owned Sub-advisors comply with a Portfolio’s investment objective, policies and restrictions. Subject to review by the Board, the Advisor will (a) when appropriate, allocate and reallocate a Portfolio’s assets among multiple Dimensional Wholly-Owned Sub-advisors; and (b) monitor and evaluate the performance of Dimensional Wholly-Owned Sub-advisors.

Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement

Pursuant to a Fee Waiver and/or Expense Assumption Agreement for the Dimensional US Equity Market Portfolio, the Advisor has agreed to waive certain fees and in certain instances, assume certain expenses of the Portfolio, as described below. The Fee Waiver and/or Expense Assumption Agreement will remain in effect through February 28, 2028, and may only be terminated by the Trust’s Board of Trustees prior to that date. The Fee Waiver and/or Expense Assumption Agreement shall continue in effect from year to year thereafter unless terminated by the Trust or the Advisor. With respect to the Fee Waiver and/or Expense Assumption Agreement, prior year waived fees and/or assumed expenses can be recaptured only if the expense ratio following such recapture would be less than the expense cap that was in place when such prior year fees were waived and/or expenses assumed, and less than the current expense cap in place for the Portfolio. The Portfolio is not obligated to reimburse the Advisor for fees previously waived or expenses previously assumed by the Advisor more than thirty-six months before the date of such reimbursement.

The Advisor has contractually agreed to waive all or a portion of its management fee and assume the ordinary operating expenses of the ETF Class of the Portfolio (excluding the expenses that the Portfolio incurs indirectly through its investment in other investment companies) (“Portfolio Expenses”) to the extent necessary to limit the Portfolio Expenses of the ETF Class of the Portfolio, on an annualized basis, to the rate listed below as a percentage of the average net assets of the ETF Class of the Portfolio (the “Expense Limitation Amount”). At any time that the Portfolio Expenses of the ETF Class of the Portfolio are less than the applicable Expense Limitation Amount for such class of shares of the Portfolio, the Advisor retains the right to recover any fees previously waived and/or expenses previously assumed to the extent that such recovery will not cause the annualized Portfolio Expenses for such class of the Portfolio to exceed the Expense Limitation Amount identified below.

  

Portfolio

Expense Limitation Amount

Dimensional US Equity Market Portfolio

0.22%

Dividends, Capital Gains Distributions and Taxes

Dividends and Distributions. Each Portfolio intends to qualify each year as a regulated investment company under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. As a regulated investment company, a Portfolio generally pays no federal income tax on the income and gains it distributes to you. Dividends from net investment income of the Portfolios are distributed quarterly (on a calendar basis) and any net realized capital gains (after any reductions for available capital loss carryforwards) are distributed annually, typically in December. A Portfolio may distribute such income dividends and capital gains more frequently, if necessary, in order to reduce or eliminate federal excise or income taxes on the Portfolio.

Capital gains distributions may vary considerably from year to year as a result of a Portfolio’s normal investment activities and cash flows. During a time of economic volatility, a Portfolio may experience capital losses and unrealized depreciation in value of investments, the effect of which may be to reduce or eliminate capital gains distributions for a period of time. A Portfolio may be required to distribute taxable realized gains from a prior year, even if the Portfolio has a net realized loss for the year of distribution.

Shareholders of ETF Class shares of a Portfolio will generally receive cash distributions one or more business days after the cash payment date for the Portfolio’s Institutional Class shares. The timing difference is due to the exchange-traded structure of the ETF Class shares and applies to all ETFs, regardless of whether they are multi-class ETF funds that also offer mutual fund shares or other mutual fund share classes. After the distribution payments have been received, an ETF Class shareholder may reinvest such amounts in additional whole ETF Class shares

19


automatically only if the broker through whom you purchased shares makes such option available. This is in contrast to the distributions for a mutual fund share class, which may be automatically reinvested in additional mutual fund shares at NAV.

The overall period between the ex-dividend date and time of reinvestment may equal four or more business days. During this period, the amount of an ETF Class shareholder’s distribution will not be invested in the Portfolio and will be held in a custodial account. Accordingly, such shareholder will not receive income or experience appreciation or depreciation on the amount of the dividend.

Annual Statements. Each year, you will receive a statement that shows the tax status of distributions you received the previous calendar year. Distributions declared in October, November, or December to shareholders of record in such month, but paid in January, are taxable as if they were paid in December.

Avoid “Buying A Dividend.” At the time you purchase your Portfolio shares, a Portfolio’s net asset value may reflect undistributed income or undistributed capital gains. A subsequent distribution to you of such amounts, although constituting a return of your investment, would be taxable. Buying shares in a Portfolio just before it declares an income dividend or capital gains distribution is sometimes known as “buying a dividend.” In addition, a Portfolio’s net asset value may, at any time, reflect net unrealized appreciation, which may result in future taxable distributions to you.

Tax Considerations. This discussion of “Tax Considerations” should be read in conjunction with the remaining subsections below containing additional information.

In general, if you are a taxable investor, Portfolio distributions are taxable to you as ordinary income, capital gains, or some combination of both. This is true whether you reinvest your distributions in additional Portfolio shares or receive them in cash.

For federal income tax purposes, Portfolio distributions of short-term capital gains are taxable to you at ordinary income rates. Portfolio distributions of long-term capital gains are taxable to you at long-term capital gain rates no matter how long you have owned your shares. A portfolio with a high portfolio turnover rate (a measure of how frequently assets within a portfolio are bought and sold) is more likely to generate short-term capital gains than a portfolio with a low portfolio turnover. A portion of income dividends reported by a Portfolio as qualified dividend income may be eligible for taxation by individual shareholders at long-term capital gain rates provided certain requirements are met.

Compared to other types of investments, derivatives may be less tax efficient. For example, the use of derivatives by a Portfolio may cause the Portfolio to realize higher amounts of ordinary income or short-term capital gain, distributions from which are taxable to individual shareholders at ordinary income tax rates rather than at the more favorable tax rates for long-term capital gains. Changes in government regulation of derivative instruments could affect the character, timing and amount of a Portfolio’s taxable income or gains, and may limit or prevent the Portfolio from using certain types of derivative instruments as a part of its investment strategy. A Portfolio’s use of derivatives also may be limited by the requirements for taxation of the Portfolio as a regulated investment company.

If a Portfolio qualifies to pass through to you the tax benefits from foreign taxes it pays on its investments, and elects to do so, then any foreign taxes it pays on these investments will be treated as paid by you. You will then be entitled either to deduct your share of these taxes in computing your taxable income, or to claim a foreign tax credit for these taxes against your U.S. federal income tax (subject to limitations for certain shareholders).

Sale of Portfolio Shares. The sale of shares of a Portfolio is a taxable event and may result in a capital gain or loss to you. Currently, any capital gain or loss realized upon a sale of Portfolio shares generally is treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the shares have been held for more than one year and as short-term capital gain or loss if the shares have been held for one year or less. Any loss incurred on the sale or exchange of a Portfolio’s shares, held for six months or less, will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of capital gain dividends received with respect to such shares. The ability to deduct capital losses may be limited.

Creation Units. An authorized participant who exchanges securities for Creation Units generally will recognize a gain or a loss. The gain or loss will be equal to the difference between the market value of the Creation Units at the time of purchase (plus any cash received by the authorized participant as part of the issue) and the authorized

20


participant’s aggregate basis in the securities surrendered (plus any cash paid by the authorized participant as part of the issue). An authorized participant who exchanges Creation Units for securities generally will recognize a gain or loss equal to the difference between the authorized participant’s basis in the Creation Units (plus any cash paid by the authorized participant as part of the redemption) and the aggregate market value of the securities received (plus any cash received by the authorized participant as part of the redemption). The Internal Revenue Service, however, may assert that a loss realized upon an exchange of securities for Creation Units cannot be deducted currently under the rules governing “wash sales,” or on the basis that there has been no significant change in economic position. Persons exchanging securities should consult their own tax advisor with respect to whether the wash sale rules apply and when a loss might be deductible.

Under current federal tax laws, any capital gain or loss realized upon redemption of Creation Units is generally treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the shares have been held for more than one year and as a short-term capital gain or loss if the shares have been held for one year or less, assuming such Creation Units are held as a capital asset.

If a Portfolio redeems Creation Units in cash, it may recognize more capital gains than it will if it redeems Creation Units in-kind.

Medicare Tax. An additional 3.8% Medicare tax is imposed on certain net investment income (including ordinary dividends and capital gain distributions received from a Portfolio and net gains from redemptions or other taxable dispositions of Portfolio shares) of U.S. individuals, estates and trusts to the extent that such person’s “modified adjusted gross income” (in the case of an individual) or “adjusted gross income” (in the case of an estate or trust) exceeds a threshold amount. This Medicare tax, if applicable, is reported by you on, and paid with, your federal income tax return.

Backup Withholding. By law, a Portfolio may be required to withhold 24% of taxable dividends, capital gains distributions, and redemption proceeds paid to you if you do not provide your proper taxpayer identification number and certain required certifications. You may avoid this withholding requirement by providing and certifying on the account registration form your correct Taxpayer Identification Number and by certifying that you are not subject to backup withholding and are a U.S. person (including a U.S. resident alien). A Portfolio must also withhold if the Internal Revenue Service instructs it to do so.

State and Local Taxes. In addition to federal taxes, you may be subject to state and local taxes on distributions from a Portfolio and on gains arising on redemption or exchange of a Portfolio’s shares. Distributions of interest income and capital gains realized from certain types of U.S. Government securities may be exempt from state personal income taxes.

Non-U.S. Investors. Non-U.S. investors may be subject to U.S. withholding tax, at either the 30% statutory rate or a lower rate if you are a resident of a country that has a tax treaty with the U.S., and are subject to special U.S. tax certification requirements to avoid backup withholding and claim any treaty benefits. Exemptions from U.S. withholding tax are provided for certain capital gain dividends paid by a Portfolio from net long-term capital gains, if any, interest-related dividends paid by a Portfolio from its qualified net interest income from U.S. sources and short-term capital gain dividends, if such amounts are reported by a Portfolio. However, notwithstanding such exemptions from U.S. withholding at the source, any such dividends and distributions of income and capital gains will be subject to backup withholding at a rate of 24% if you fail to properly certify that you are not a U.S. person. Non-U.S. investors also may be subject to U.S. estate tax.

Other Reporting and Withholding Requirements. Under the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (“FATCA”), a Portfolio will be required to withhold a 30% tax on income dividends made by the Portfolio to certain foreign entities, referred to as foreign financial institutions or non-financial foreign entities, that fail to comply (or be deemed compliant) with extensive reporting and withholding requirements designed to inform the U.S. Department of the Treasury of U.S.-owned foreign investment accounts. After December 31, 2018, FATCA withholding also would have applied to certain capital gain distributions, return of capital distributions and the proceeds arising from the sale of Portfolio shares; however, based on proposed regulations issued by the Internal Revenue Service, which may be relied upon currently, such withholding is no longer required unless final regulations provide otherwise (which is not expected). A Portfolio may disclose the information that it receives from its shareholders to the Internal Revenue Service, non-U.S. taxing authorities or other parties as necessary to comply with FATCA or similar laws. Withholding

21


also may be required if a foreign entity that is a shareholder of a Portfolio fails to provide the Portfolio with appropriate certifications or other documentation concerning its status under FATCA.

This discussion of “DIVIDENDS, CAPITAL GAINS DISTRIBUTIONS AND TAXES” is not intended or written to be used as tax advice. Because everyone’s tax situation is unique, you should consult your tax professional about federal, state, local, or foreign tax consequences before making an investment in a Portfolio. Prospective investors should also consult the SAI.

Purchase and Sale of Shares

ETF Class shares of a Portfolio may be acquired or redeemed directly from the Portfolio only in Creation Units or multiples thereof, as discussed in the “Creations and Redemptions” section of this Prospectus. Only an Authorized Participant (defined below) may engage in creation or redemption transactions directly with a Portfolio. An “Authorized Participant” is either a “participating party” (i.e., a broker-dealer or other participant in the clearing process through the Continuous Net Settlement System of the National Securities Clearing Corporation) or a Depository Trust Company participant who, in either case, has executed an agreement with the distributor and transfer agent with respect to creations and redemptions of Creation Units. Once created, shares of a Portfolio generally trade in the secondary market in amounts less than a Creation Unit.

ETF Class shares of a Portfolio are listed for trading on a national securities exchange during the trading day. ETF Class shares can be bought and sold throughout the trading day like shares of other publicly traded companies. However, there can be no guarantee that an active trading market will develop or be maintained, or that a Portfolio’s ETF Class shares listing will continue or remain unchanged. The Fund does not impose any minimum investment for shares of a Portfolio purchased on an exchange. ETF Class shares of the Portfolios trade under the following symbols:

  

Portfolio 

Ticker:

Dimensional US Core Equity Market Portfolio

[ ]

Dimensional US Equity Market Portfolio

[ ]

Buying or selling a Portfolio’s ETF Class shares on an exchange involves certain costs that may apply to all securities transactions. When buying or selling ETF Class shares of a Portfolio through a financial intermediary, you may incur a brokerage commission or other charges determined by your financial intermediary. Due to these brokerage costs, if any, frequent trading may detract significantly from investment returns. The commission is frequently a fixed amount and may be a significant proportional cost for investors seeking to buy or sell small amounts of shares. In addition, you may also incur the cost of the “spread” (the difference between the bid price and the ask price). The spread varies over time for ETF Class shares of a Portfolio based on its trading volume and market liquidity and is generally less if the Portfolio has more trading volume and market liquidity and more if the Portfolio has less trading volume and market liquidity. Because ETF Class shares of the Portfolios trade at market price rather than NAV, an investor may pay more than NAV when purchasing ETF Class shares and receive less than NAV when selling Portfolio ETF Class shares. Authorized Participants may acquire ETF Class shares of a Portfolio directly from a Portfolio, and Authorized Participants may tender their ETF Class shares for redemption directly to a Portfolio, at NAV per share only in Creation Units, and in accordance with the procedures described in the SAI.

The primary listing exchanges for the ETF Class shares for each Portfolio are listed below (each, an “Exchange” and collectively, the “Exchanges”):

  

Portfolio

Exchange:

Dimensional US Core Equity Market Portfolio

[ ]

Dimensional US Equity Market Portfolio

[ ]

Exchange is open for trading Monday through Friday and is closed on the following holidays: New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents’ Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Juneteenth National Independence Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day.

22


For each Portfolio’s ETF Class shares, the Board has not adopted a policy of monitoring for frequent purchases and redemptions of shares (“frequent trading”) that appear to attempt to take advantage of potential arbitrage opportunities presented by a lag between a change in the value of a Portfolio’s portfolio securities after the close of the primary markets for the Portfolio’s portfolio securities and the reflection of that change in the Portfolio’s NAV (“market timing”) because unlike the Portfolio’s Institutional Class shares, the Portfolio sells and redeems ETF Class shares directly through transactions with Authorized Participants (defined below) that are in-kind and/or for cash, subject to certain conditions and transaction fees. The transaction fees, as further described in the “CREATION AND REDEMPTION OF CREATION UNITS” section of the SAI, are charged to offset transfer and other transaction costs that may be incurred by a Portfolio’s ETF Class shares in connection with such transactions to eliminate or reduce so far as practicable any dilution of the value of the ETF Class shares. For each Portfolio’s ETF Class shares, the Board has also not adopted a policy of monitoring for other frequent trading activity because the shares are listed for trading on a national securities exchange and frequent trading of the shares on an exchange is unlikely to negatively impact a Portfolio or disrupt portfolio management.

SHARE PRICE

The trading prices of a Portfolio’s ETF Class shares in the secondary market will fluctuate continuously throughout trading hours based on the supply of and demand for the Portfolio ETF Class shares and shares of underlying securities held by a Portfolio, economic conditions and other factors, rather than a Portfolio’s NAV, which is calculated at the end of each business day. A Portfolio’s ETF Class shares will trade on an Exchange at prices that may be above (i.e., at a premium) or below (i.e., at a discount), to varying degrees, the daily NAV of a Portfolio’s ETF Class shares. The trading prices of a Portfolio’s ETF Class shares may deviate significantly from the NAV of the Portfolio’s ETF Class during periods of market volatility. Given, however, that a Portfolio’s ETF Class shares can be issued and redeemed daily in Creation Units, the Advisor believes that large discounts and premiums to NAV should not be sustained over long periods.

The Exchange will disseminate, every fifteen seconds during the regular trading day, an indicative optimized portfolio value (“IOPV”) relating to a Portfolio’s ETF Class. The IOPV calculations are estimates of the value of a Portfolio’s NAV per share of its ETF Class. Premiums and discounts between the IOPV and the market price may occur. This should not be viewed as a “real-time” update of the NAV per share. The IOPV is based on the current market value of the published basket of portfolio securities and/or cash required to be deposited in exchange for a Creation Unit and does not necessarily reflect the precise composition of a Portfolio’s actual portfolio at a particular point in time. Moreover, the IOPV is generally determined by using current market quotations and/or price quotations obtained from broker-dealers and other market intermediaries and valuations based on current market rates. The IOPV may not be calculated in the same manner as the NAV, which (i) is computed only once a day, (ii) unlike the calculation of the IOPV, takes into account Portfolio expenses, and (iii) may be subject, in accordance with the requirements of the 1940 Act, to fair valuation at different prices than those used in the calculations of the IOPV. The IOPV price is based on quotes and closing prices from the securities’ local market converted into U.S. dollars at the current currency rates and may not reflect events that occur subsequent to the local market’s close. Therefore, the IOPV may not reflect the best possible valuation of a Portfolio’s current portfolio. Neither the Portfolio nor the Advisor or any of their affiliates are involved in, or responsible for, the calculation or dissemination of such IOPVs and make no warranty as to their accuracy. In the future, the dissemination of the IOPV may be discontinued.

BOOK ENTRY

ETF Class shares of the Portfolios are held in book-entry form, which means that no stock certificates are issued. The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) or its nominee is the record owner of, and holds legal title to, all outstanding ETF Class shares of the Portfolios.

Investors owning ETF Class shares of the Portfolios are beneficial owners as shown on the records of DTC or its participants. DTC serves as the securities depository for ETF Class shares of the Portfolios. DTC participants include securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies, clearing corporations and other institutions that directly or indirectly maintain a custodial relationship with DTC. As a beneficial owner of ETF Class shares, you are not entitled to receive physical delivery of stock certificates or to have ETF Class shares registered in your name, and you are not considered a registered owner of ETF Class shares. Therefore, to exercise any right as an owner of ETF Class shares, you must rely upon the procedures of DTC and its participants. These procedures are the same as those that apply to any other securities that you hold in book-entry or “street name” form.

23


NET ASSET VALUE

The value of shares of each class of a Portfolio will fluctuate in relation to its investment experience. The NAV per share of each Portfolio’s ETF Class shares is normally calculated once daily after the close of the Exchange on which the ETF Class shares are listed for trading (normally, 4:00 p.m. ET) by dividing the total value of the Portfolio’s investments and other assets, less any liabilities, allocated to the ETF Class by the total outstanding ETF Class shares of the Portfolio. A transaction will be priced at NAV only for purchases or redemptions of Creation Units (an option only available to Authorized Participants) or in connection with a shareholder’s conversion of a Portfolio’s Institutional Class shares into such Portfolio’s ETF Class shares. Note: The time at which transactions and shares are priced may be changed in case of an emergency or if the Exchange on which the Portfolio’s ETF Class shares are listed for trading closes at a time other than 4:00 p.m. ET or in other situations to the extent permitted by the SEC.

Securities held by the Portfolios will be valued in accordance with applicable laws and procedures approved by the Board, and generally, as described below. Each Portfolio generally calculates its NAV per share and accepts purchase and redemption orders of Creation Units on days that the Exchange on which the Portfolio is listed is open for trading. On days when the Exchange closes earlier than normal, the Portfolios may require orders to be placed earlier in the day.

Securities held by the Portfolios (including exchange-traded investment companies and over-the-counter securities) are valued at, as applicable: (1) the official closing price on the exchange or market where the security is principally traded; or (2) the last reported sale price prior to that day’s close. Securities held by the Portfolios that are listed on Nasdaq are valued at the Nasdaq Official Closing Price (“NOCP”). If there is no last reported sales price or official closing price of the day, the Portfolios value the securities at the mean between the most recent quoted bid and asked prices. Price information on listed securities is taken from the exchange where the security is primarily traded. Generally, options will be valued using the same pricing methods discussed above. Generally, securities issued by open-end investment companies (excluding exchange-traded investment companies) are valued using their respective net asset values or public offering prices, as appropriate, for purchase orders placed at the close of the NYSE.

The value of the securities and other assets of the Portfolios for which no market quotations are readily available (including restricted securities), or for which market quotations have become unreliable, are determined in good faith at fair value in accordance with Rule 2a-5 under the 1940 Act pursuant to procedures approved by the Board. Fair value pricing may also be used if events that have a significant effect on the value of an investment (as determined in the discretion of the Advisor) occur before the net asset value is calculated. When fair value pricing is used, the prices of securities used by the Portfolios may differ from the quoted or published prices for the same securities on their primary markets or exchanges.

Valuing securities at fair value involves greater reliance on judgment than valuing securities that have readily available market quotations. There can be no assurance that a Portfolio could obtain the fair value assigned to a security if it were to sell the security at approximately the time at which the Portfolio determines its net asset value per share. As a result, the sale or redemption by a Portfolio of its shares at net asset value, at a time when a holding or holdings are valued at fair value, may have the effect of diluting or increasing the economic interest of existing shareholders.

To the extent that a Portfolio holds large numbers of securities, it is likely that it will have a larger number of securities that may be deemed illiquid and therefore must be valued pursuant to fair value pricing procedures approved by the Board than would a fund that holds a smaller number of securities. Portfolios that invest in small capitalization companies are more likely to hold illiquid securities than would a fund that invests in larger capitalization companies.

Futures contracts are valued using the settlement price established each day on the exchange on which they are traded. The value of such futures contracts held by the Portfolios is determined each day as of such close. In the absence of prices that are readily available as defined in Rule 2a-5, the futures contract will be valued in good faith at fair value in accordance with procedures approved by the Board.

24


CONVERSIONS

A shareholder holding Institutional Class shares of a Portfolio may convert those shares to ETF Class shares issued by the same Portfolio to the extent supported by the shareholder's financial intermediary. Shareholders should contact their financial intermediary to determine the eligibility of their account for such a conversion. ETF Class shares, whether acquired through a conversion or purchased on the secondary market, cannot be converted to Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio or exchanged for ETF Class shares of another Portfolio.

In contrast to the Institutional Class shares, however, ETF Class shares must be held in a brokerage account. Accordingly, shareholders that hold Institutional Class shares in an account directly with a Portfolio through its transfer agent, or in a brokerage account that only allows the shareholder to hold mutual fund shares, will need to independently designate an eligible brokerage account for holding the ETF Class shares prior to a conversion. Shareholders that hold Institutional Class shares in a 401(k) plan or other employer-sponsored retirement or benefit plan generally may not convert those shares to ETF Class shares and should check with their plan sponsor or recordkeeper regarding eligibility.

A conversion from Institutional Class shares to ETF Class shares of a Portfolio will be processed at the relative NAVs of the respective share classes at the time of conversion. Since Depository Trust Company (DTC) (or its nominee) serves as the record owner of, and holds legal title to, the ETF Class shares of a Portfolio and does not support the distribution and transfer of fractional shares, a shareholder may be unable to convert a small portion of their Institutional Class shares into ETF Class shares.

For example, if a shareholder’s Institutional Class shares were equal to 15.25 ETF Class shares based on the relative NAVs of the classes, DTC’s system would only account for the transfer of 15 whole ETF Class shares. If a shareholder’s financial intermediary does not accommodate the ownership of fractional shares of ETFs (e.g., while DTC’s systems do not allow for the distribution and transfer of fractional shares of ETFs, a financial intermediary may acquire whole shares of an ETF and allocate fractional shares of such ETF to its clients that are recorded on the intermediary’s books), a shareholder would be required to redeem the portion of their Institutional Class shares investment equal to 0.25 fractional ETF Class shares. Albeit small, such redemption would be a taxable event. Shareholders will not otherwise recognize a taxable gain (or loss) on the conversion of Institutional Class shares of a Portfolio into ETF Class shares.

Shareholders should contact their financial intermediary to determine whether a conversion or the redemption of fractional shares may be subject to fees and expenses. The Portfolios do not impose a transaction fee on conversions but reserve the right to change such policy or to limit, temporarily suspend, or terminate the conversion privilege in the future.

Investors owning Institutional Class shares in an account directly with a Portfolio through its transfer agent should first contact the Portfolio’s transfer agent at (888) 576-1167 to notify the transfer agent of the proposed conversion and then send a letter of instruction to the transfer agent by an approved method. Shareholders that invest in a Portfolio through a financial intermediary should contact their financial intermediary for information regarding conversions. The length of the conversion process will depend on a shareholder’s financial intermediary, but may take several days from the date of the request. Shareholders will remain fully invested in their Institutional Class shares until the conversion process is complete.

A blackout period for conversions into ETF Class shares may be imposed by a Portfolio around the dates the Portfolio declares dividends. This may be necessary to accommodate the operational requirements of certain financial intermediaries.

Creations and Redemptions

Prior to trading in the secondary market, ETF Class shares of a Portfolio are “created” at NAV by market makers, large investors and institutions only in block-size Creation Units of the following number of shares, or multiples thereof:

  

Portfolio

Creation Unit

Dimensional US Core Equity Market Portfolio

[ ] Shares

25


  

Dimensional US Equity Market Portfolio

[ ] Shares

All orders to purchase Creation Units must be placed by or through an “Authorized Participant” that has entered into an authorized participant agreement (an “AP Agreement”) with the Portfolios’ distributor (the “Distributor”).

A creation transaction, which is subject to acceptance by the Distributor or its agents, generally takes place when an Authorized Participant deposits into a Portfolio a designated portfolio of securities (including any portion of such securities for which cash may be substituted) and a specified amount of cash in exchange for a specified number of Creation Units.

Similarly, ETF Class shares can be redeemed only in Creation Units, generally for a designated portfolio of securities (including any portion of such securities for which cash may be substituted) held by a Portfolio and a specified amount of cash. Except when aggregated in Creation Units, ETF Class shares are not redeemable by a Portfolio.

The prices at which creations and redemptions occur are based on the next calculation of NAV after a creation or redemption order is received in an acceptable form under the AP Agreement.

Only an Authorized Participant may create or redeem Creation Units directly with a Portfolio. In the event of a system failure or other interruption, including disruptions at market makers or Authorized Participants, orders to purchase or redeem Creation Units either may not be executed according to a Portfolio’s instructions or may not be executed at all, or a Portfolio may not be able to place or change orders.

When a Portfolio engages in in-kind transactions, the Portfolio intends to comply with the U.S. federal securities laws in accepting securities for deposit and satisfying redemptions with redemption securities by, among other means, assuring that any securities accepted for deposit and any securities used to satisfy redemption requests will be sold in transactions that would be exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”). Further, an Authorized Participant that is not a “qualified institutional buyer,” as such term is defined under Rule 144A of the 1933 Act, will not be able to receive restricted securities eligible for resale under Rule 144A.

Creations and redemptions must be made through a firm that is either a member of the Continuous Net Settlement System of the National Securities Clearing Corporation or a DTC participant and, in either case, has executed an AP Agreement with the Distributor. Information about the procedures regarding creation and redemption of Creation Units (including the cut-off times for receipt of creation and redemption orders) is included in the SAI for the Portfolios' ETF Class shares.

Because new shares may be created and issued on an ongoing basis, at any point during the life of a Portfolio's ETF Class shares a “distribution,” as such term is used in the 1933 Act, may be occurring. Broker-dealers and other persons are cautioned that some activities on their part may, depending on the circumstances, result in their being deemed participants in a distribution in a manner that could render them statutory underwriters subject to the prospectus delivery and liability provisions of the 1933 Act. Any determination of whether one is an underwriter must take into account all the relevant facts and circumstances of each particular case.

Broker-dealers should also note that dealers who are not “underwriters” but are participating in a distribution (as contrasted to ordinary secondary transactions), and thus dealing with shares that are part of an “unsold allotment” within the meaning of Section 4(a)(3)(C) of the 1933 Act, would be unable to take advantage of the prospectus delivery exemption provided by Section 4(a)(3) of the 1933 Act. For delivery of prospectuses to exchange members, the prospectus delivery mechanism of Rule 153 under the 1933 Act is available only with respect to transactions on a national securities exchange.

Premium/Discount Information

Information showing the number of days the market price of a Portfolio’s ETF Class shares was greater than the NAV of the Portfolio's ETF Class shares and the number of days it was less than the NAV of the Portfolio's ETF Class shares (i.e., premium or discount) for various time periods is available by visiting the Portfolio’s website at https://www.dimensional.com/us-en/funds.

26


Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings

A description of the Fund's policies and procedures regarding the release of portfolio holdings information is also available in the Fund's SAI. Portfolio holdings information is available by visiting a Portfolio’s website at https://www.dimensional.com/us-en/funds.

Delivery of Shareholder Documents

To eliminate duplicate mailings and reduce expenses, the Portfolios may deliver a single copy of certain shareholder documents, such as this Prospectus and annual and semi-annual reports, to related shareholders at the same address, even if accounts are registered in different names. This practice is known as “householding.” The Portfolios will not household personal information documents, such as account statements. If you do not want the mailings of these documents to be combined with those of other members of your household, please call the transfer agent at (888) 576-1167. We will begin sending individual copies of the shareholder documents to you within 30 days of receiving your request.

Distribution

The Distributor or its agents distribute Creation Units for the ETF Class shares of the Portfolios on an agency basis. The Distributor does not maintain a secondary market in ETF Class shares of the Portfolios.

DISTRIBUTION AND SERVICE (12B-1) FEES

The Board has adopted a distribution plan, sometimes known as a Rule 12b-1 plan, that allows a Dimensional US Core Equity Market Portfolio’s ETF Class shares to pay distribution fees of up to 0.25% per year, to those who sell and distribute ETF Class shares of the Portfolio and provide other services to shareholders. However, the Board has determined not to authorize payment of a Rule 12b-1 plan fee at this time. Because these fees are paid out of the assets of the ETF Class shares of a Portfolio on an ongoing basis, to the extent that a fee is authorized, over time these fees will increase the cost of your investment and may cost you more than paying other types of sales charges.

27


 

[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 


 

[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 


 

[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 


 

Other Available Information

You can find more information about the Trust and its Portfolios in the Portfolios’ SAI and Annual and Semi-Annual Reports.

Statement of Additional Information

The SAI, incorporated herein by reference, supplements, and is technically part of, this Prospectus. It includes an expanded discussion of investment practices, risks, and fund operations.

Annual and Semi-Annual Reports to Shareholders and Form N-CSR Filed with the SEC

These reports contain additional information about the Portfolios’ investments.

The Annual Report also discusses the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected the Portfolios in their last fiscal year.

In Form N-CSR, you will find the Portfolios’ annual and semi-annual financial statements.

How to get these and other materials:

 Your investment advisor or broker-dealer—you are a client of an investment advisor or broker-dealer who has invested in the Portfolios on your behalf.

 The Trust—Call collect at (512) 306-7400.

 Access them on our website at https://www.dimensional.com.

 Access them on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at http://www.sec.gov.

 Obtain them, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following e-mail address: [email protected].

  

Dimensional Funds Trust-Registration No. - 811-24165

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP
6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One  
Austin, TX 78746
(512) 306-7400

  

 


Subject to Completion, May 7, 2026

INSTITUTIONAL CLASS SHARES

DIMENSIONAL FUNDS TRUST

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One, Austin, Texas 78746
Telephone: (512) 306-7400

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

[DATE]

Dimensional Funds Trust ("Dimensional Trust," the "Trust," or the "Fund") is an open-end management investment company that offers two series of shares (each, a "Portfolio" and collectively, the "Portfolios"). This Statement of Additional Information ("SAI") relates to the Institutional Class shares of these Portfolios.

 

Dimensional US Core Equity Market Portfolio
Ticker: [ ]

Dimensional US Equity Market Portfolio
Ticker: [ ]

 

This SAI is not a Prospectus but should be read in conjunction with the Prospectus for the Institutional Class shares of the Portfolios dated [DATE], as amended from time to time. A free copy of the Prospectus, annual report, and Annual Financial Statements & Other Information when available, can be obtained by contacting your investment representative, writing to the Trust at the above address or by calling the above telephone number.

The information in this SAI is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This SAI is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

  

GENERAL INFORMATION

1

PORTFOLIO CHARACTERISTICS, POLICIES AND INVESTMENT PROCESS

1

BROKERAGE TRANSACTIONS

1

INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS

2

FUTURES CONTRACTS

4

SWAPS

5

EXCLUSION FROM COMMODITY POOL OPERATOR STATUS

7

GENERAL MARKET AND GEOPOLITICAL RISKS

7

POLITICAL, UNITED KINGDOM AND EUROPEAN MARKET RELATED RISKS

7

CASH MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

8

REFLOW REDEMPTION SERVICE

8

INTERFUND BORROWING AND LENDING

9

WHEN-ISSUED SECURITIES, DELAYED DELIVERY, AND FORWARD COMMITMENT TRANSACTIONS

10

EXCHANGE TRADED FUNDS

10

PORTFOLIO TURNOVER RATES

10

TRUSTEES AND OFFICERS

10

SERVICES TO THE TRUST

26

MANAGEMENT FEES

29

FEE WAIVER AND EXPENSE ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

30

PORTFOLIO MANAGERS

31

CODE OF ETHICS

33

SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS

33

PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES

33

PURCHASE OF SHARES

34

REDEMPTION AND TRANSFER OF SHARES

34

TAXATION OF THE PORTFOLIOS AND THEIR SHAREHOLDERS

35

PROXY VOTING POLICIES

48

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

50

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

53

PERFORMANCE DATA

53


GENERAL INFORMATION

Dimensional Funds Trust is a Delaware statutory trust organized on December 23, 2025. The Trust is an open-end management investment company, registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”).

PORTFOLIO CHARACTERISTICS, POLICIES AND INVESTMENT PROCESS

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor” or “Dimensional”) serves as investment advisor to each of the Portfolios. The Advisor is organized as a Delaware limited partnership and is controlled and operated by its general partner, Dimensional Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation. The Portfolios offer two classes of shares: Institutional Class shares and ETF Class shares. This SAI describes the Institutional Class shares of the Portfolios. The Institutional Class shares of the Portfolios generally are available for investment only by institutional clients, clients of registered investment advisors, clients of financial institutions, and a limited number of certain other investors, each as approved from time to time by the Advisor. The ETF Class shares of the Portfolios, which are listed for trading on a national securities exchange during the trading day, are offered in a separate SAI.

The following information supplements the information set forth in the Prospectus. Unless otherwise indicated, the following information applies to all of the Portfolios. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this SAI have the meaning assigned to them in the Prospectus.

Each of the Portfolios is diversified under the federal securities laws and regulations.

Because the structure of the Portfolios is based on the relative market capitalizations of eligible holdings, it is possible that the Portfolios might include at least 5% of the outstanding voting securities of one or more issuers. In such circumstances, a Portfolio and the issuer would be deemed affiliated persons and certain requirements under the federal securities laws and regulations regulating dealings between investment companies and their affiliates might become applicable.

Each of the Portfolios has adopted a non-fundamental policy as required by Rule 35d-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act”) that, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of the value of each Portfolio’s net assets, plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes, will be invested in a specific type of investment. For purposes of each 80% policy, the value of the derivatives in which a Portfolio invests will be calculated in the same way that the values of derivatives are calculated when calculating a Portfolio’s net asset value. Derivative instruments are valued at market price (not notional value) and may be fair valued, for purposes of calculating a Portfolio’s net asset value. Additionally, if a Portfolio changes its 80% investment policy, the Portfolio will notify shareholders at least 60 days before the change, and will change the name of the Portfolio.  For more information on each Portfolio’s specific 80% policy, see each Portfolio’s “PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES” section in the Prospectus.

With respect to each Portfolio, the Advisor has adopted a process that monitors environmental, social, and governance news and large share price movements of eligible portfolio companies to identify issuers whose future financial data may be negatively impacted to a significant degree by environmental, social, or governance factors.  The Advisor may use third party tools to assist in filtering news focused on environmental, social and governance issues.  Companies that are identified through this process are escalated to the members of the Advisor’s portfolio management team for further evaluation.  After review, if the portfolio management team determines that an issuer’s future financial data is likely to be significantly impacted, the issuer may be underweighted, temporarily excluded from further investment, or divested from a Portfolio.

BROKERAGE TRANSACTIONS

Portfolio transactions of each Portfolio will be placed with a view to receiving the best price and execution. In addition, the Advisor will seek to acquire and dispose of securities in a manner which would cause as little fluctuation in the market prices of securities being purchased or sold as possible in light of the size of the

1


transactions being effected, and brokers will be selected with this goal in view. The Advisor monitors the performance of brokers which effect transactions for each Portfolio to determine the effect that the brokers’ trading has on the market prices of the securities in which the Portfolio invests. The Advisor also checks the rate of commission, if any, being paid by a Portfolio to its brokers to ascertain that the rates are competitive with those charged by other brokers for similar services.

Subject to the duty to seek to obtain best price and execution, transactions of the Portfolios may be placed with brokers that have assisted in the sale of Portfolio shares. The Advisor, however, pursuant to policies and procedures approved by the Board of Trustees of the Trust, is prohibited from selecting brokers and dealers to effect the portfolio securities transactions for a Portfolio based (in whole or in part) on a broker’s or dealer’s promotion or sale of shares issued by a Portfolio or any other registered investment companies.

Companies eligible for purchase by the Portfolios may be thinly traded securities. The Advisor believes that it needs maximum flexibility to effect trades on a best execution basis. As deemed appropriate, the Advisor places buy and sell orders for the Portfolios with various brokerage firms that may act as principal or agent. The Advisor may also make use of direct market access and algorithmic, program or electronic trading methods. The Advisor may extensively use electronic trading systems as such systems can provide the ability to customize the orders placed and can assist in the Advisor’s execution strategies.

Transactions also may be placed with brokers who provide the Advisor or the sub-advisors with investment research, such as: reports concerning individual issuers; general economic or industry reports or research data compilations; compilations of securities prices, earnings, dividends, and similar data; computerized databases; quotation services; trade analytics; ancillary brokerage services; and services of economic or other consultants. The Investment Management Agreement for each Portfolio permits the Advisor knowingly to pay commissions on these transactions that are greater than another broker, dealer, or exchange member might charge if the Advisor, in good faith, determines that the commissions paid are reasonable in relation to the research or brokerage services provided by the broker or dealer when viewed in terms of either a particular transaction or the Advisor’s overall responsibilities to the accounts under its management. Research services furnished by brokers through whom securities transactions are effected may be used by the Advisor in servicing all of its accounts and not all such services may be used by the Advisor with respect to each Portfolio.

INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS

Each of the Portfolios has adopted certain limitations which may not be changed with respect to any Portfolio without the approval of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Portfolio. A “majority” is defined as the lesser of: (1) at least 67% of the voting securities of the Portfolio (to be affected by the proposed change) present at a meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Portfolio are present or represented by proxy, or (2) more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of such Portfolio.

The Portfolios will not:

(1)  borrow money, except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, or any rules, exemptions or interpretations thereunder that may be adopted, granted or issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”);

(2)  make loans, except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, or any rules, exemptions or interpretations thereunder that may be adopted, granted or issued by the SEC; provided that in no event shall a Portfolio be permitted to make a loan to a natural person;

(3) purchase or sell real estate, unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments, and provided that this restriction does not prevent a Portfolio from: (i) purchasing or selling securities or instruments secured by real estate or interests therein, securities or instruments representing interests in real estate or securities or instruments of issuers that invest, deal or otherwise engage in transactions in real estate or interests therein; and (ii) purchasing or selling real estate mortgage loans;

(4)  purchase or sell physical commodities, unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments, and provided that this limitation does not prevent a Portfolio from (i)

2


purchasing or selling securities of companies that purchase or sell commodities or that invest in commodities; (ii) engaging in any transaction involving currencies, options, forwards, futures contracts, options on futures contracts, swaps, hybrid instruments or other derivatives; or (iii) investing in securities, or transacting in other instruments, that are linked to or secured by physical or other commodities;

(5) purchase the securities of any one issuer, if immediately after such investment, a Portfolio would not qualify as a “diversified company” as that term is defined by the 1940 Act, as amended, and as modified or interpreted by regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time;

(6) engage in the business of underwriting securities issued by others; or

(7) issue senior securities (as such term is defined in Section 18(f) of the 1940 Act), except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act.

The Dimensional US Equity Portfolio will not:

(8) acquire any securities of companies within one industry if, as a result of such acquisition, more than 25% of the value of the Portfolio’s total assets would be invested in securities of companies within such industry.

The Dimensional US Core Equity Market Portfolio will not:

(9) concentrate (invest more than 25% of its net assets) in securities of issuers in a particular industry (other than securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or any of its agencies or securities of other investment companies).

With respect to the investment limitation described in (1) above, each Portfolio will maintain asset coverage of at least 300% (as described in the 1940 Act), inclusive of any amounts borrowed, with respect to any borrowings made by such Portfolio. Under the 1940 Act, an open-end investment company may borrow up to 33⅓% of its total assets (including the amount borrowed) from banks, and may borrow up to an additional 5% of its total assets, for temporary purposes, from any other person. The Portfolios do not currently intend to borrow money for investment purposes.

Although the investment limitation described in (2) above prohibits loans, the Portfolios are authorized to lend portfolio securities under the conditions and restrictions described in the Portfolios’ Prospectus. Investment limitation (2) above also does not, among other things, prevent a Portfolio from engaging in repurchase agreements, acquiring debt or loan instruments in the future or participating in an interfund lending order granted by the SEC.

With respect to the investment limitation described in (7) above, the Portfolios will not issue senior securities, except that each Portfolio may borrow money as described above. Each Portfolio may also borrow money for temporary purposes, but not in excess of 5% of such Portfolio’s total assets. Further, a transaction or agreement that otherwise might be deemed to create leverage, such as a forward or futures contract, option, swap or when-issued security, delayed delivery or forward commitment transaction, will not be considered a senior security to the extent such investments are purchased and held in compliance with the requirements of the 1940 Act and the rules thereunder.

In applying the investment limitations described in (8) and (9) above, each Portfolio will consider the investments of other investment companies in which the Portfolio invests, if applicable, to the extent it has sufficient information about the holdings of such investment companies.

Pursuant to Rule 22e-4 under the 1940 Act (the “Liquidity Rule”), a Portfolio may not acquire any “illiquid investment” if, immediately after the acquisition, the Portfolio would have invested more than 15% of its net assets in illiquid investments that are assets. Illiquid investments are investments that the Portfolio reasonably expects cannot be sold or disposed of in current market conditions in seven calendar days or less without the sale or disposition significantly changing the market value of the investment, as determined pursuant to the Trust’s liquidity risk management program (the “Liquidity Program”). As required by the Liquidity Rule, the Trust has implemented

3


the Liquidity Program, and the Board, including a majority of the disinterested Trustees, has appointed a liquidity risk management program administrator (the “Liquidity Program Administrator”) to administer such program. The Liquidity Program Administrator’s responsibilities include, among others, determining the liquidity classification of a Portfolio’s investments, if applicable, and monitoring compliance with the 15% limit on illiquid investments.

Pursuant to Rule 144A under the 1933 Act, the Portfolios may purchase certain unregistered (i.e. restricted) securities upon a determination that a liquid institutional market exists for the securities. If it is determined that a liquid market does exist, the securities will not be subject to the 15% limitation on illiquid investments. Among other considerations, the Advisor may consider the number of dealers making a market in such securities when determining whether a liquid market exists. After purchase, the Portfolios will continue to monitor the liquidity of Rule 144A securities.

The investment limitations described above do not prohibit the Portfolios from purchasing or selling futures contracts and options on futures contracts, to the extent otherwise permitted under the Portfolios’ investment strategies.  Except with respect to a Portfolio’s limitation on borrowing, illiquid investments, or as otherwise indicated, with respect to the investment limitations described above, all limitations applicable to the Portfolios’ investments apply only at the time that a transaction is undertaken.

FUTURES CONTRACTS

Each Portfolio may purchase or sell futures contracts and options on futures contracts for equity securities and indices to increase or decrease market exposure based on actual or expected cash inflows to or outflows from the Portfolio. The Portfolios, however, do not intend to sell futures contracts to establish short positions in individual securities.

Futures contracts provide for the future sale by one party and purchase by another party of a specified amount of defined securities at a specified future time and at a specified price. Futures contracts that are standardized as to maturity date and underlying financial instrument are traded on national futures exchanges. Each Portfolio will be required to make a margin deposit in cash or government securities with a futures commission merchant (“FCM”) to initiate and maintain positions in futures contracts. Minimal initial margin requirements are established by the futures exchanges and FCMs may establish margin requirements which are higher than the exchange requirements. A Portfolio also will incur brokerage costs in connection with entering into futures contracts. After a futures contract position is opened, the value of the contract is marked to market daily. If the futures contract price changes, to the extent that the margin on deposit does not satisfy margin requirements, payment of additional “variation” margin to be held by the FCM will be required. Conversely, a reduction in the required margin would result in excess margin that can be refunded to the custodial accounts of the Portfolio. Variation margin payments may be made to and from the futures broker for as long as the contract remains open. Each Portfolio expects to earn income on its margin deposits.

At any time prior to the expiration of a futures contract, a Portfolio may elect to close the position by taking an opposite position, which will operate to terminate its existing position in the contract. Positions in futures contracts may be closed out only on the exchange on which they were entered into (or through a linked exchange). No secondary market for such contracts exists. Although a Portfolio may enter into futures contracts only if there is an active market for such contracts, there is no assurance that an active market will exist for any particular futures contract at any specific time. Most futures exchanges limit the amount of fluctuation permitted in futures contract prices during a single trading day. Once the daily limit has been reached in a particular contract, no trades may be made that day at a price beyond that limit or trading may be suspended for specified periods during the day. It is possible that futures contract prices could move to the daily limit for several consecutive trading days with little or no trading, thereby preventing prompt liquidation of futures positions at an advantageous price and subjecting a Portfolio to substantial losses. In such event, and in the event of adverse price movements, the Portfolio would be required to make daily cash payments of variation margin. In such situations, if the Portfolio had insufficient cash, it might have to sell securities to meet daily variation margin requirements at a time when it would be disadvantageous to do so. In addition, if the transaction is entered into for hedging purposes, in such circumstances a Portfolio may realize a loss on a futures contract or option that is not offset by an increase in the value of the hedged position. Losses incurred in futures transactions and the costs of these transactions will affect the performance of the Portfolio.

4


SWAPS

The Portfolios also may enter into equity swaps, including total return swaps and dynamic portfolio total return swaps (“DTRS”). In a standard swap transaction, two parties agree to exchange the returns, differentials in rates of return or some other amount earned or realized on a predetermined asset (or group of assets) which may be adjusted for transaction costs, interest payments, dividends paid on the reference asset or other factors. The gross returns to be exchanged or “swapped” between the parties are generally calculated with respect to a “notional amount,” for example, the increase or decrease in value of a particular dollar amount invested in the asset. The Portfolios may use equity swaps to invest in a market without owning or taking physical custody of securities, including in circumstances where direct investment may be restricted or is otherwise deemed impractical or disadvantageous.

Equity total return swaps can create long or short economic exposure to an underlying equity security, or to a basket of securities. Equity swap contracts may be structured in different ways. For example, under an equity total return swap contract, one party may agree to make payments to another based on the total economic performance of a notional amount of the underlying security or securities (including dividends and changes in market value) during a specified period, in return for periodic payments based on the application of a fixed or variable interest rate to the same notional amount. The purchaser of a long total return swap is paid the amount of any increase in value and pays the amount of any decrease in value, while the purchaser of a short total return swap is paid the amount of any decrease and pays the amount of any increase.

The Portfolios may enter into swaps, including DTRS, in order to access a specific equity market without purchasing or selling the underlying securities represented in the DTRS. DTRS are designed to replicate the performance of an underlying reference asset such as a portfolio of equities or ETFs. For example, the issuer of the DTRS agreement may agree to pay a Portfolio an amount equal to the performance of the underlying equities in a given period netted against a floating rate plus a spread or a fixed rate in the same period paid to the issuer by the Portfolio. The reference rate for the floating rate is typically based on an official interbank benchmark rate. The cash flows in a DTRS may be exchanged at maturity or periodically at each reset (e.g., monthly or quarterly). No notional amounts are exchanged at the start or at the maturity of the DTRS. In addition, pursuant to the terms of a DTRS, the underlying equities can be traded in the course of the day thereby changing the composition of the underlying equity portfolio, which provides a Portfolio with the ability to vary the market exposure obtained through investment in the DTRS. DTRS are subject to transaction costs, financing costs and other fees which will be borne by the Portfolio in connection with its investments in these instruments.

The swaps in which the Portfolios invest involve greater risks than if the Portfolios had invested in the reference assets directly, since, in addition to general market risks, these instruments are subject to counterparty risk, valuation risk, illiquidity risk and interest rate risk, among other risks. Adverse changes in market values, interest rates and currency exchange rates, or in the creditworthiness of swap counterparties and the issuers of the underlying assets may negatively affect the investment performance of a Portfolio and the investment performance of the Portfolio may be less favorable than it would have been if these investment techniques were not used. Swaps carry counterparty risks that cannot be fully anticipated. A Portfolio's ability to realize a profit from swaps transactions will depend on the ability of the financial institutions with which it enters into the transactions to meet their obligations to the Portfolio. If a counterparty’s creditworthiness declines, the value of the agreement would be likely to decline, potentially resulting in losses to a Portfolio. If a default occurs by the other party to such transaction, the Portfolio will have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreements related to the transaction, which may be limited by applicable law in the case of a counterparty’s insolvency. In addition, the Portfolios may experience difficulty in valuing the swap or in determining the amounts owed to or by the counterparty, regardless of whether the counterparty has defaulted. Some swap agreements entail complex terms and may require a greater degree of subjectivity in their valuation. Under certain circumstances, suitable transactions may not be available to a Portfolio, or the Portfolio may be unable to close out its position under such transactions at the same time, or at the same price, as if it had purchased comparable publicly traded securities. Moreover, participants in the swap markets are not required to make continuous markets in the swap contracts they trade. Participants could refuse to quote prices for swap contracts or quote prices with an unusually wide spread between the price at which they are prepared to buy and the price at which they are prepared to sell. The Advisor, under the supervision of the Board of Trustees, is responsible for determining and monitoring the liquidity of the Portfolios' swaps transactions in accordance with the Trust's Liquidity Program.

5


As described above, some types of swap agreements, including DTRS, are negotiated bilaterally with a swap dealer and traded OTC between the two parties (“uncleared swaps”), while other swaps are transacted through an FCM and cleared through a clearinghouse that serves as a central counterparty (“cleared swaps”), and may be traded on swap execution facilities (“exchanges”). Parties to uncleared swaps face greater counterparty credit risk than those engaging in cleared swaps since performance of uncleared swap obligations is the responsibility only of the swap counterparty rather than a clearing house, as is the case with cleared swaps. As a result, the Portfolio bears the risk of loss of the amount expected to be received under a swap agreement in the event of the default, insolvency or bankruptcy of a swap agreement counterparty beyond any collateral received. In such an event, as noted above, a Portfolio will have contractual remedies pursuant to the swap agreements, but bankruptcy and insolvency laws could affect the Portfolio's rights as a creditor.

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) and implementing rules adopted by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission ("CFTC") currently require the clearing and exchange-trading of the most common types of credit default index swaps and interest rate swaps, and it is expected that additional categories of swaps will in the future be designated as subject to mandatory clearing and trade execution requirements. Central clearing is intended to reduce counterparty credit risk and increase liquidity, but central clearing does not eliminate these risks completely. There is also a risk of loss by a Portfolio of the initial and variation margin deposits in the event of bankruptcy of the FCM with which the Portfolio has an open position, or the central counterparty in a swap contract. The assets of the Portfolio may not be fully protected in the event of the bankruptcy of the FCM or central counterparty because the Portfolio might be limited to recovering only a pro rata share of all available funds and margin segregated on behalf of an FCM’s customers. If an FCM does not provide accurate reporting, the Portfolio is also subject to the risk that the FCM could use the Portfolio's assets, which are held in an omnibus account with assets belonging to the FCM’s other customers, to satisfy its own financial obligations or the payment obligations of another customer to the central counterparty. Credit risk of cleared swap participants is concentrated in a few clearinghouses, and the consequences of insolvency of a clearinghouse are not clear.

The Advisor and the Trust do not consider a Portfolio's obligations under swap contracts senior securities and, accordingly, the Portfolios will not treat them as being subject to the Portfolios' borrowing or senior securities restrictions to the extent such investments are purchased and held in compliance with the requirements of the 1940 Act and the rules thereunder. To the extent that a Portfolio cannot dispose of a swap in the ordinary course of business within seven calendar days or less without the sale or disposition significantly changing the market value of the investment, the Portfolio will treat the swap as illiquid and subject to its overall limit on illiquid investments of 15% of the Portfolio's net assets.

The Dodd-Frank Act and related regulatory developments imposed comprehensive regulatory requirements on swaps and swap market participants. The regulatory framework includes: (1) registration and regulation of swap dealers and major swap participants; (2) requiring central clearing and execution of standardized swaps; (3) imposing margin requirements on swap transactions; (4) regulating and monitoring swap transactions through position limits and large trader reporting requirements; and (5) imposing record keeping and centralized and public reporting requirements, on an anonymous basis, for most swaps. The CFTC is responsible for the regulation of most swaps. The SEC has jurisdiction over a small segment of the market referred to as “security-based swaps,” which includes swaps on single securities or credits, or narrow-based indices of securities or credits.

The regulation of cleared and uncleared swaps, as well as other derivatives, is a rapidly changing area of law and is subject to modification by government and judicial action. In addition, the SEC, CFTC and the exchanges are authorized to take extraordinary actions in the event of a market emergency, including, for example, the implementation or reduction of speculative position limits, the implementation of higher margin requirements, the establishment of daily price limits and the suspension of trading. It is not possible to predict fully the effects of current or future regulation. The requirements, even if not directly applicable to the Portfolios, may increase the cost of the Portfolios' investments and cost of doing business. It is possible that developments in the swaps market, including potential government regulation, could adversely affect a Portfolio's ability to terminate existing swap agreements or to realize amounts to be received under such agreements.

6


EXCLUSION FROM COMMODITY POOL OPERATOR STATUS

The Advisor has claimed an exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” under the Commodity Exchange Act (“CEA”) with respect to the Portfolios described in this SAI, and, therefore, is not subject to registration or regulation as a pool operator under the CEA with respect to such Portfolios. The CFTC has neither reviewed nor approved the Advisor’s reliance on these exclusions, the investment strategies of the Portfolios, or this SAI.

The terms of the commodity pool operator (“CPO”) exclusion require that each Portfolio, among other things, adhere to certain limits on its investments in “commodity interests.” Commodity interests include commodity futures, commodity options and swaps, which in turn include non-deliverable foreign currency forward contracts. Generally, the exclusion from CPO regulation on which the Advisor relies requires each Portfolio to meet one of the following tests for its commodity interest positions, other than positions entered into for bona fide hedging purposes (as defined in the rules of the CFTC): either (1) the aggregate initial margin and premiums required to establish positions in commodity interests may not exceed 5% of the liquidation value of the portfolio of the Portfolio (after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such positions); or (2) the aggregate net notional value of the Portfolio’s commodity interest positions, determined at the time the most recent such position was established, may not exceed 100% of the liquidation value of the Portfolio’s portfolio (after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such positions). In addition to meeting one of these trading limitations, each Portfolio may not be marketed as a commodity pool or otherwise as a vehicle for trading in the commodity futures, commodity options or swaps markets. If, in the future, a Portfolio can no longer satisfy these requirements, the Advisor would withdraw its notice claiming an exclusion from the definition of a CPO, and the Advisor would be subject to registration and regulation as a CPO with respect to the Portfolio, in accordance with CFTC rules that apply to CPOs of registered investment companies. Generally, these rules allow for substituted compliance with CFTC disclosure and shareholder reporting requirements, based on the Advisor’s compliance with comparable SEC requirements. However, as a result of CFTC regulation with respect to a Portfolio, the Portfolio may incur additional compliance and other expenses.

GENERAL MARKET AND GEOPOLITICAL RISKS

The value of a Portfolio’s securities changes daily due to economic and other events that affect market prices generally, as well as those that affect particular regions, countries, industries, or issuers. Economies and financial markets throughout the world have become increasingly interconnected, which increases the likelihood that events or conditions in one region or country will adversely affect markets or issuers in other regions or countries. Portfolio securities may be negatively impacted by inflation (or expectations for inflation), interest rates, global demand for particular products/services or resources, supply chain disruptions, natural disasters, pandemics, epidemics, terrorism, war, military confrontations, economic sanctions and tariffs, regulatory events and governmental or quasi-governmental actions, among others. Natural and environmental disasters, including weather-related phenomena, also can be highly disruptive to economies and markets and can adversely affect individual issuers, sectors, industries, markets, countries or regions, currencies, interest and inflation rates, credit ratings, and investor sentiment. The occurrence of U.S. and global events similar to those in the last few decades (e.g., natural disasters, virus epidemics, social and political discord, and terrorist attacks around the world) may result in market volatility and/or overall market uncertainty or reduced liquidity with respect to particular issuers, countries or regions, and may have long term effects on both the U.S. and global economies and financial markets. The negative impacts may be particularly acute in certain sectors, countries or regions. The timing and duration of any such conflicts and tensions, resulting sanctions, related events and other impacts cannot be predicted. The risks associated with such events may be greater in developing or emerging market countries, many of which have less developed political, financial, healthcare, and/or emergency management systems. Negative global events also can disrupt the operations and processes of any of the service providers for a Portfolio. Similarly, negative global events, in some cases, could constitute a force majeure event under contracts with service providers or contracts entered into with counterparties for certain transactions.

POLITICAL, UNITED KINGDOM AND EUROPEAN MARKET RELATED RISKS

Portfolios that have significant exposure to certain countries can be expected to be impacted by the political and economic conditions within such countries. There is continuing uncertainty regarding the ramifications of the

7


United Kingdom’s (UK) vote to exit the European Union (EU) in June 2016 (Brexit). On January 31, 2020, the UK officially withdrew from the EU, subject to a transitional period that ended December 31, 2020. On May 1, 2021, the UK and EU formally entered into the EU-UK Trade and Cooperation Agreement, which principally relates to the trading of goods rather than services, including financial services. Many aspects of the future of the UK’s relationship with the EU, as well as with other countries and regions, remain subject to nascent memorandums of understanding, agreements and/or further negotiation, resulting in uncertainties relating to the UK’s future economic, trading and legal relationships. As the outcomes of such agreements and future negotiations remain unclear, the effects on the UK, EU and the broader global economy are difficult to determine at this time. While the full impact of Brexit is unknown, Brexit has already resulted in volatility in European and global markets, disruptions in supply chains and declines in UK imports and exports with EU countries. Brexit may continue to cause greater market volatility and illiquidity, currency fluctuations, impacts on arrangements for trading and on other existing cross-border cooperation arrangements (whether economic, tax, fiscal, legal, regulatory or otherwise), and in potentially lower growth for companies in the UK, EU and globally, which could adversely affect the value and liquidity of a Portfolio’s investments.

In addition, if one or more other countries were to exit the EU or abandon the use of the euro as a currency, the value of investments tied to those countries, or the euro could decline significantly and unpredictably. Other economic challenges facing the region include high levels of public debt, significant rates of unemployment, aging populations, and heavy regulation in certain economic sectors. European policy makers have taken unprecedented steps to respond to the economic crisis and to boost growth in the region. While certain measures have been proposed and/or implemented within the UK and EU which are designed to minimize disruption in the financial markets, it is not currently possible to determine whether such measures will achieve their intended effects, which could negatively affect the value of a Portfolio’s investments.

CASH MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

The Portfolios engage in cash management practices in order to earn income on uncommitted cash balances. Generally, cash is uncommitted pending investment in other securities, payment of redemptions, or in other circumstances where the Advisor believes liquidity is necessary or desirable. For example, a Portfolio may make cash investments for temporary defensive purposes during periods in which market, economic, or political conditions warrant. In addition, a Portfolio may enter into arrangements with its custodian whereby it may earn a credit on its cash balances maintained in its non-interest bearing U.S. Dollar custody cash account to be applied against fund service fees payable to the custodian or the custodian’s subsidiaries for fund services provided.

The Portfolios may invest cash in the following permissible investments:

  

Portfolios

Permissible Cash Investments*

Dimensional US Core Equity Market Portfolio

Dimensional US Core Equity Portfolio

Short-term repurchase agreements; fixed income securities, such as money market instruments; index futures contracts and options thereon; affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds**

* With respect to fixed income instruments, except in connection with corporate actions, the Portfolios will invest in fixed income instruments that at the time of purchase have an investment grade rating by a rating agency or are deemed to be investment grade by the Advisor.

** Investments in money market mutual funds may involve duplication of certain fees and expenses.

REFLOW REDEMPTION SERVICE

A Portfolio's Institutional Class shares may frequently participate in the ReFlow liquidity program, which is designed to provide an alternative liquidity source for mutual funds experiencing net redemptions of their shares.  Pursuant to the program, ReFlow Fund, LLC (“ReFlow”) provides participating mutual funds with a source of cash to meet net shareholder redemptions by standing ready each business day to purchase fund shares up to the value of the net shares redeemed by other shareholders that are to settle that business day. A fund is not guaranteed to receive cash from ReFlow on any given day as allocation of ReFlow’s cash is based on the results of ReFlow’s automated daily auction process among participating mutual funds. Following purchases of fund shares, ReFlow then generally

8


redeems those shares when the fund experiences net shareholder purchases at the end of a maximum holding period determined by ReFlow, or at other times at ReFlow’s discretion. While ReFlow holds fund shares, it will have the same rights and privileges with respect to those shares as any other shareholder.

For use of the ReFlow service, a fund pays a fee to ReFlow each time it purchases fund shares, calculated by applying to the purchase amount a fee rate determined through the auction process. The current minimum fee rate (which is subject to change) is 0.14% of the value of the fund shares purchased by ReFlow, although the fund may submit a bid at a higher fee rate if it determines that doing so is in the best interest of fund shareholders. ReFlow’s purchases of fund shares through the liquidity program are made on an investment-blind basis without regard to the fund's objective, policies, or anticipated performance. In accordance with federal securities laws, ReFlow is prohibited from acquiring more than 3% of the outstanding voting securities of a fund. ReFlow will periodically redeem its entire share position in a Portfolio's Institutional Class shares and may frequently request that such redemption be met in-kind in accordance with redemption in-kind policies described in the Prospectus. A Portfolio will ultimately determine whether to redeem ReFlow’s position in cash or in-kind based on the best interests of the Portfolio and its shareholders and in accordance with the Portfolio’s redemption in-kind policies. The Fund expects that in-kind redemptions will comprise a significant portion of redemptions paid to ReFlow. Purchases and redemptions of a Portfolio's Institutional Class shares by ReFlow under the program are not considered excessive short-term trading under the Institutional Class shares' Policy Regarding Excessive Short-Term Trading.

The Fund’s Board has approved the use of the ReFlow liquidity program. The Advisor believes that the program may benefit the Portfolios and their Institutional Class shareholders, although there is no guarantee that the program will do so. For example, redemptions in-kind may reduce the need for a Portfolio's Institutional Class shares to maintain cash reserves, reduce Portfolio transaction costs, reduce the need to sell Portfolio investments at inopportune times, and lower Portfolio capital gain recognition. To the extent that a the assets of a Portfolio's Institutional Class shares do not decline, the Advisor may also benefit.

INTERFUND BORROWING AND LENDING

The DFA Fund Complex (defined below) has received exemptive relief from the SEC which permits the registered investment companies to participate in an interfund lending program among portfolios and series managed by the Advisor (the “Portfolios/Series”) (portfolios that operate as feeder portfolios do not participate in the program). The interfund lending program allows the participating Portfolios/Series to borrow money from and loan money to each other for temporary or emergency purposes. The program is subject to a number of conditions designed to ensure fair and equitable treatment of the participating Portfolios/Series, including the following: (1) no Portfolio/Series may borrow money through the program unless it receives a more favorable interest rate than a rate approximating the lowest interest rate at which bank loans would be available to any of the participating Portfolios/Series under a loan agreement; and (2) no Portfolio/Series may lend money through the program unless it receives a more favorable return than that available from an investment in overnight repurchase agreements or the yield of any money market fund in which the Portfolio/Series could invest. In addition, a Portfolio/Series may participate in the program only if and to the extent that such participation is consistent with its investment objectives, policies and limitations. Interfund loans and borrowings have a maximum duration of seven days and loans may be called on one business day’s notice.

A participating Portfolio/Series may not lend to another Portfolio/Series under the interfund lending program if the interfund loan would cause its aggregate outstanding interfund loans to exceed 15% of its current net assets at the time of the loan. Interfund loans by a Portfolio/Series to any one Portfolio/Series may not exceed 5% of net assets of the lending Portfolio/Series.

The restrictions discussed above and the other conditions of the SEC exemptive order permitting interfund lending are designed to minimize the risks associated with interfund lending for both the lending Portfolio/Series and the borrowing Portfolio/Series. However, no borrowing or lending activity is without risk. If a Portfolio/Series borrows money from another Portfolio/Series, there is a risk that the interfund loan could be called on one business day’s notice or not renewed, in which case the Portfolio/Series may have to borrow from a bank at higher rates if an interfund loan were not available from another Portfolio/Series. A delay in repayment to a lending Portfolio/Series could result in a lost opportunity or additional lending costs, and interfund loans are subject to the risk that the borrowing Portfolio/Series could be unable to repay the loan when due.

9


WHEN-ISSUED SECURITIES, DELAYED DELIVERY, AND FORWARD COMMITMENT TRANSACTIONS

Each Portfolio may purchase eligible securities or sell securities it is entitled to receive on a when-issued basis.  When purchasing securities on a when-issued basis, the price or yield is agreed to at the time of purchase, but the payment and settlement dates are not fixed until the securities are issued.  It is possible that the securities will never be issued, and the commitment cancelled.  In addition, each Portfolio may purchase or sell eligible securities for delayed delivery or on a forward commitment basis where the Portfolio contracts to purchase or sell such securities at a fixed price at a future date beyond the normal settlement time.  Each Portfolio may renegotiate a commitment or sell a security it has committed to purchase prior to the settlement date, if deemed advisable.

While the payment obligation and, if applicable, interest rate are set at the time a Portfolio enters into a when-issued, delayed delivery, to-be-announced, or forward commitment transaction, no interest or dividends accrue to the purchaser prior to the settlement date.  In addition, the value of a security purchased or sold is subject to market fluctuations and may be worth more or less on the settlement date than the price a Portfolio committed to pay or receive for the security.  A Portfolio will lose money if the value of a purchased security falls below the purchase price and a Portfolio will not benefit from the gain if a security sold appreciates above the sales price during the commitment period.

EXCHANGE TRADED FUNDS

The Portfolios may invest in exchange traded funds (“ETFs”) and similarly structured pooled investments for the purpose of gaining exposure to the equity markets while maintaining liquidity. An ETF is an investment company classified as an open-end investment company or unit investment trust that is traded similar to a publicly traded company. ETFs in which the Portfolios invest may be passively managed and attempt to track or replicate a desired index, such as a sector, market or global segment. The goal of a passively managed ETF is to correspond generally to the price and yield performance, before fees and expenses, of its underlying index. The risk of not correlating to the index is an additional risk to the investors of such ETFs. The Portfolios also may invest in actively managed ETFs managed by the Advisor that seek to outperform a particular index, sector, market or global segment. Investment in an actively managed ETF is subject to the risk that the investment adviser to the ETF selects investments for the ETF that underperform and the ETF does not meet its investment objective. When a Portfolio invests in an ETF, shareholders of the Portfolio bear their proportionate share of the underlying ETF’s fees and expenses.

PORTFOLIO TURNOVER RATES

Generally, securities will be purchased by the Portfolios with the expectation that they will be held for longer than one year. In addition, variations in turnover rates occur because securities are sold when, in the Advisor’s judgment, the return will be increased as a result of portfolio transactions after taking into account the cost of trading.

TRUSTEES AND OFFICERS

Trustees

Organization of the Board

The Board of Trustees of the Trust (the “Board”) is responsible for establishing the Trust’s policies and for overseeing the management of the Trust. The Board elects the officers of the Trust, who, along with third party service providers, are responsible for administering the day-to-day operations of the Trust. The Board of the Trust is comprised of two interested Trustees and eight disinterested Trustees. Gerard K. O’Reilly, an interested Trustee, is Chairman of the Board. The disinterested Trustees of the Board designated Ingrid M. Werner as the lead disinterested Trustee. As the lead disinterested Trustee, Ms. Werner, among other duties: acts as a principal contact for management for communications to the disinterested Trustees in between regular Board meetings; assists in the coordination and preparation of quarterly Board meeting agendas; raises and discusses issues with counsel to the disinterested Trustees; raises issues and discusses ideas with management on behalf of the disinterested Trustees in

10


between regular meetings of the Board; and chairs executive sessions and separate meetings of the disinterested Trustees (other than Committee meetings, which are chaired by the respective Committee Chairperson, if applicable). The Board believes the existing Board structure for the Trust is appropriate because it provides the disinterested Trustees with adequate influence over the governance of the Board and the Trust, while also providing the Board with the invaluable insight of the interested Trustees, who, as both officers of the Trust and the Advisor, participate in the day-to-day management of the Trust’s affairs, including risk management.

The agenda for each quarterly meeting of the Board is provided prior to the meeting to the lead disinterested Trustee in order to provide an opportunity to contact Trust management and/or the disinterested Trustees’ independent counsel regarding agenda items. In addition, the disinterested Trustees regularly communicate with Mr. O’Reilly and Mr. Butler regarding items of interest to them in between regularly scheduled meetings of the Board. The Board of the Trust meets in person at least four times each year and by telephone at other times. At each in-person meeting, the disinterested Trustees meet in executive session with their independent counsel to discuss matters outside the presence of management.

The Board has four standing committees. The Audit Committee, Nominating and Governance Committee (the “Nominating Committee”), and Mutual Funds-ETF Relations Committee are composed entirely of disinterested Trustees. As described below, through these Committees, the disinterested Trustees have direct oversight of the Trust’s accounting and financial reporting policies, the selection and nomination of candidates to the Board, and the operation and expense allocations of the portfolios of the Trust. The Investment Strategy Committee (the “Strategy Committee”) assists the Board in carrying out its fiduciary duties with respect to the oversight of the Trust and the performance of its series.

The Board’s Audit Committee is comprised of Reena Aggarwal, Francis A. Longstaff, Abbie J. Smith, and Ingrid M. Werner. The Audit Committee for the Board oversees the Trust’s accounting and financial reporting policies and practices, the Trust’s internal controls, the Trust’s financial statements and the independent audits thereof, and performs other oversight functions as requested by the Board. The Audit Committee recommends the appointment of the Trust’s independent registered public accounting firm and also acts as a liaison between the Trust’s independent registered public accounting firm and the full Board.

The Board’s Nominating Committee is comprised of Ingrid M. Werner, Reena Aggarwal, Douglas W. Diamond, Francis A. Longstaff and Heather E. Tookes. The Nominating Committee for the Board makes recommendations for nominations of disinterested and interested members on the Board to the disinterested Trustees and to the full Board. The Nominating Committee works closely with the other disinterested Trustees to evaluate a candidate’s qualification for Board membership and the independence of such candidate from the Advisor and other principal service providers. The Nominating Committee also periodically reviews the Board governance practices, policies, procedures, and operations; reviews the membership of each committee of the Board; reviews and makes recommendations regarding the disinterested Trustees’ compensation; oversees the annual self-assessment of the Board and each committee; considers and recommends to the Board the selection of “independent legal counsel” (as that term is defined in the 1940 Act); and monitors and considers corporate governance issues that may arise from time to time.

The Strategy Committee is comprised of Gerard K. O’Reilly, Douglas W. Diamond, Darrell Duffie, Stefan Nagel, and Heather E. Tookes. At the request of the Board or the Advisor, the Strategy Committee (i) reviews the design of possible new series of the Trust, (ii) reviews performance of existing series of the Trust, and discusses and recommends possible enhancements to the series’ investment strategies, (iii) reviews proposals by the Advisor to modify or enhance the investment strategies or policies of each series, and (iv) considers issues relating to investment services for each series of the Trust.

The Mutual Funds-ETF Relations Committee is comprised of Reena Aggarwal, Darrell Duffie, Stefan Nagel, and Ingrid M. Werner. At the request of the Board, the Mutual Funds-ETF Relations Committee (i) reviews any newly-proposed expenses to be borne by the Portfolios or changes to the existing expense allocations among the ETFs in the Dimensional ETF Trust (“Dimensional ETFs”), portfolios in the DFA mutual fund complex (“Fund Complex”), and the Advisor, (ii) considers any conflicts of interest that may arise in the operations of the Dimensional ETFs and the portfolios in the Fund Complex, (iii) reviews and considers relevant information relating

11


to the operations of the Dimensional ETFs, and (iv) considers asset flows and performance differences between the similarly managed mutual funds and the ETFs in the DFA Fund Complex (defined below).

The Board of the Trust, including all of the disinterested Trustees, oversees and approves the contracts of the third party service providers that provide advisory, administrative, custodial and other services to the Trust.

Board Oversight of Risk Management

The Board, as a whole, considers risk management issues as part of its general oversight responsibilities throughout the year at regular board meetings, through regular reports that have been developed by Trust management and the Advisor. These reports address certain investment, valuation, liquidity, derivatives and compliance matters. The Board also may receive special written reports or presentations on a variety of risk issues, either upon the Board’s request or upon the initiative of the Advisor. In addition, the Audit Committee of the Board meets regularly with management of the Advisor to review reports on the Advisor’s examinations of functions and processes that affect the Trust.

With respect to investment risk, the Board receives regular written reports describing and analyzing the investment performance of the Trust’s series. The Board discusses these reports and the portfolios’ performance and investment risks with management of the Advisor at the Board’s regular meetings. The Investment Committee of the Advisor meets regularly to discuss a variety of issues, including the impact that the investment in particular securities or instruments, such as derivatives, may have on the series. To the extent that the Investment Committee of the Advisor decides to materially change an investment strategy or policy of a series and such change could have a significant impact on the series’ risk profile, the Advisor will present such change to the Board for its approval.

With respect to valuation, the Advisor and the Trust’s administrative and accounting agent provide regular written reports to the Board that enable the Board to review the Advisor’s fair valuation process. Such reports also include information concerning illiquid and any worthless securities held by each series. In addition, the Trust’s Audit Committee reviews valuation procedures and pricing results with the Trust’s independent registered public accounting firm in connection with such Committee’s review of the results of the audit of each series’ year-end financial statements.

With respect to liquidity risk, the Board oversees the Trust’s liquidity risk through, among other things, receiving periodic reporting and presentations by investment and other personnel of the Advisor. Additionally, as required by the Liquidity Rule, the Board, including a majority of the disinterested Trustees, approved the Trust’s Liquidity Program, which is reasonably designed to assess and manage the Trust’s liquidity risk, and appointed the Liquidity Program Administrator that is responsible for administering the Liquidity Program. The Board also reviews, no less frequently than annually, a written report prepared by the Liquidity Program Administrator that addresses, among other items, the operation of the Liquidity Program and assesses its adequacy and effectiveness of implementation.

With respect to derivatives risk, the Board approved the designation of the Derivatives Risk Manager (“DRM”), which is responsible for administering the derivatives risk management program (“DRMP”) for the portfolios that are required to adopt and implement a DRMP. The Board regularly receives written reports from the DRM regarding the implementation of the DRMP, including on a quarterly and annual basis, and meets with the DRM on a periodic basis.

With respect to compliance risks, the Board receives regular compliance reports prepared by the Advisor’s compliance group and meets regularly with the Trust’s Chief Compliance Officer (CCO) to discuss compliance issues, including compliance risks. As required under SEC rules, the disinterested Trustees meet in executive session with the CCO, and the CCO prepares and presents an annual written compliance report to the Board. The Trust’s Board adopts compliance policies and procedures for the Trust and receives information about the compliance procedures in place for the Trust’s service providers. The compliance policies and procedures are specifically designed to detect and prevent violations of the federal securities laws.

12


The Advisor periodically provides information to the Board relevant to enterprise risk management describing the way in which certain risks are managed at the complex-wide level by the Advisor. Such presentations include areas such as counter-party risk, material fund vendor or service provider risk, investment risk, reputational risk, personnel risk and business continuity risk.

Trustee Qualifications

When a vacancy occurs on the Board, the Nominating Committee of the Board evaluates a candidate’s qualification for Board membership and the independence of such candidate from the Advisor and other principal service providers. While the Nominating Committee believes that there are no specific minimum qualifications for a candidate to possess or any specific educational background, qualities, skills, or prior business and professional experience that are necessary, in considering a candidate’s qualifications, the Nominating Committee may consider the following factors, among others, which may change over time or have different weight: (1) whether or not the person is willing to serve and willing and able to commit the time necessary for the performance of the duties of a Board member; (2) the candidate’s judgment, skill, diversity, and experience with investment companies and other organizations of comparable purpose, complexity and size; (3) the business activities of the Trust, including any new marketing or investment initiatives, and whether the candidate possesses relevant experience in these areas; (4) whether the person’s business background or other business activities would be incompatible with the Trust’s and the Advisor’s business purposes; (5) the interplay of the candidate’s experience with the experience of other Board members and how the candidate and his or her academic or business experience will be perceived by the Trust’s shareholders; and (6) the extent to which the candidate would be a desirable addition to the Board and any committees thereof.

While the Nominating Committee is solely responsible for the selection and recommendation to the Board of disinterested Board candidates, the Nominating Committee will consider nominees recommended by Qualifying Fund Shareholders if a vacancy occurs among Board members. A Qualifying Fund Shareholder is a shareholder, or group of shareholders, that: (i) owns of record, or beneficially through a financial intermediary, 5% or more of the Trust’s outstanding shares, and (ii) has owned such shares for 12 months or more prior to submitting the recommendation to the Nominating Committee. Such recommendations shall be directed to the Secretary of the Trust at 6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One, Austin, Texas 78746. The Qualifying Fund Shareholder’s letter should include: (i) the name and address of the Qualifying Fund Shareholder making the recommendation; (ii) the number of shares of the Trust that are owned of record and beneficially by such Qualifying Fund Shareholder, and the length of time that such shares have been so owned by the Qualifying Fund Shareholder; (iii) a description of all arrangements and understandings between such Qualifying Fund Shareholder and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the recommendation is being made; (iv) the name and address of the nominee; and (v) the nominee’s resume or curriculum vitae. The Qualifying Fund Shareholder’s letter must be accompanied by a written consent of the individual to stand for election if nominated for the Board and to serve if elected by shareholders. The Nominating Committee also may seek such additional information about the nominee as the Nominating Committee considers appropriate, including information relating to such nominee that is required to be disclosed in solicitations or proxies for the election of Board members.

The Nominating Committee of the Board believes that it is in the best interests of the Trust and its shareholders to obtain highly-qualified individuals to serve as members of the Board. The Trust’s Board believes that each Trustee currently serving on the Board has the experience, qualifications, attributes and skills to allow the Board to effectively oversee the management of the Trust and protect the interests of shareholders. The Board noted that each Trustee had professional experience in areas of importance for investment companies. The Board considered that each disinterested Trustee held an academic position in the areas of finance or accounting. Reena Aggarwal, Douglas W. Diamond, Darrell Duffie, Francis A. Longstaff, Heather E. Tookes, Stefan Nagel, and Ingrid M. Werner are each Professors of Finance, while Abbie J. Smith is a Professor of Accounting. The Board also noted that Reena Aggarwal, Darrell Duffie, Abbie J. Smith, Heather E. Tookes, and Ingrid M. Werner each had experience serving as a director or trustee on the boards of operating companies and/or other investment companies. In addition, the Board considered that Gerard K. O’Reilly and David P. Butler contributed valuable experience due to their positions with the Advisor.

13


Certain biographical information for each disinterested Trustee and each interested Trustee of the Trust is set forth in the tables below, including a description of each Trustee’s experience as a Trustee of the Trust and as a director or trustee of other funds, as well as other recent professional experience.

Disinterested Trustees

      

Name, Address and Year of Birth

Position

Term of Office1 and Length of Service

Principal Occupation During At Least the Past 5 Years

Portfolios within the DFA Fund Complex2 Overseen

Other Directorships Held During At Least the Past 5 Years

Reena Aggarwal

c/o Dimensional Fund Advisors LP

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One

Austin, TX 78746

 

1957

Trustee

Since 2025

Robert E. McDonough Professor of Finance (since 2003) and Professor of Finance (since 2000), McDonough School of Business, Georgetown University and Director, Georgetown Center for Financial Markets and Policy (since 2010). Formerly, Vice Provost of Faculty, Georgetown University (2016-2020).

168 portfolios in 6 investment companies

Director, Cohen & Steers (asset management firm) (since 2016) and Director, Nuveen Churchill Direct Lending (business development company) (since 2019). Formerly, Director, New York Life Investment Management IndexIQ (2008-2021) (22 funds).

Douglas W. Diamond

c/o Dimensional Fund Advisors LP

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One

Austin, TX 78746

1953

Trustee

Since 2025

Merton H. Miller Distinguished Service Professor of Finance, University of Chicago Booth School of Business (since 1979).

168 portfolios in 6 investment companies

None

Darrell Duffie

c/o Dimensional Fund Advisors LP

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One

Austin, TX 78746

1954

Trustee

Since 2025

Adams Distinguished Professor of Management and Professor of Finance, Stanford University (since 1984). Formerly, Consultant, Keystone Strategy, LLC (litigation consulting firm) (2025).

168 portfolios in 6 investment companies

Formerly, Director, TNB Inc. (bank) (2020-2025).

Francis A. Longstaff

c/o Dimensional Fund Advisors LP

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One

Austin, TX 78746

1956

Trustee

Since 2025

Allstate Professor of Insurance and Finance and Distinguished Professor, UCLA, Anderson School of Management (since 1992); Consultant, NERA Economic Consulting (since 2018); Consultant, Charles River Associates (economic consulting firm) (since 2013); Consultant, Simplex Holdings, Inc. (technology firm) (since 1998); and Expert Witness, Analysis Group (economic consulting firm) (since 2012).

168 portfolios in 6 investment companies

None

14


      

Name, Address and Year of Birth

Position

Term of Office1 and Length of Service

Principal Occupation During At Least the Past 5 Years

Portfolios within the DFA Fund Complex2 Overseen

Other Directorships Held During At Least the Past 5 Years

Stefan Nagel

University of Chicago Booth School of Business

5807 S. Woodlawn Avenue

Chicago, IL 60637

1973

Trustee

Since 2025

Fama Family Distinguished Service Professor of Finance, University of Chicago Booth School of Business (since 2017); President (since 2025), and formerly, President-Elect (2024-2025) and Vice President (2022-2024), Western Finance Association (global association of academic researchers and practitioners in finance) (since 2022). Formerly, Executive Editor, Journal of Finance (2016-2022); and formerly, Consultant, The Northern Trust Company (2023-2025).

168 portfolios in 6 investment companies

Formerly, Director, Center for Research in Security Prices, LLC (provider of historical data on securities prices and investable indexes) (2024-2025).

Abbie J. Smith

University of Chicago Booth School of Business

5807 S. Woodlawn Avenue

Chicago, IL 60637

1953

Trustee

Since 2025

Boris and Irene Stern Distinguished Service Professor of Accounting, University of Chicago Booth School of Business (since 1980).

168 portfolios in 6 investment companies

Director, Audit Committee member, and formerly, Audit Committee Chair, Ryder System Inc. (transportation, logistics and supply-chain management) (since 2003); and Trustee (since 2009) and Audit Committee member (since 2022), UBS Funds (2 investment companies within the fund complex) (9 portfolios). Formerly, Director (2000-2025) and Audit Committee Chair (2019-2022), HNI Corporation (office furniture).

Heather E. Tookes

Yale School of Management

165 Whitney Avenue

New Haven, CT 06511

1974

Trustee

Since 2025

Deputy Dean for Faculty (since 2022) and Professor of Finance (since 2004), Yale School of Management.

168 portfolios in 6 investment companies

Director, Ariel Investments LLC (investment adviser) (since 2017); Director, Charles River Associates (economic consulting firm) (since 2022); and Director, Community Foundation of Greater New Haven (community foundation and grant-making) (since 2022). Formerly, Director, Payoneer Inc. (digital payments) (2021-2023).

15


      

Name, Address and Year of Birth

Position

Term of Office1 and Length of Service

Principal Occupation During At Least the Past 5 Years

Portfolios within the DFA Fund Complex2 Overseen

Other Directorships Held During At Least the Past 5 Years

Ingrid M. Werner

c/o Dimensional Fund Advisors LP

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One

Austin, TX 78746

1961

Trustee

Since 2025

Martin and Andrew Murrer Professor of Finance, Fisher College of Business, The Ohio State University (since 1998); Adjunct Member, the Prize Committee for the Swedish Riksbank Prize in Economic Sciences in Memory of Alfred Nobel (annual award for significant scientific research contribution) (since 2018); Chairman, Scientific Advisory Board, Swedish House of Finance (institute supporting academic research in finance) (since 2014); Member, Scientific Board, Danish Finance Institute (institute supporting academic research in finance) (since 2017); and Fellow, Center for Analytical Finance (academic research) (since 2015). Formerly, Member, Academic Board, Mistra Financial Systems (organization funding academic research on environment, governance and climate/sustainability in finance) (2016-2021); formerly, Director, American Finance Association (global association of academic researchers and practitioners in finance) (2019-2022); formerly, Associate Editor, Journal of Finance (2016-2022); formerly, Member, Scientific Board, Leibniz Institute for Financial Research (institute supporting academic research in finance) (2020-2023); and formerly, Chair, Economic Advisory Committee, FINRA (2017-2024).

168 portfolios in 6 investment companies

Director, Fourth Swedish AP Fund (pension fund asset management) (since 2017).

Interested Trustees

The following interested Trustees are described as such because each is deemed to be an “interested person,” as that term is defined under the 1940 Act, due to his position with the Advisor.

      

Name, Address and Year of Birth

Position

Term of Office1 and Length of Service

Principal Occupation During At Least the Past 5 Years

Portfolios within the DFA Fund Complex2 Overseen

Other Directorships Held During At Least the Past 5 Years

David P. Butler

c/o Dimensional Fund Advisors LP

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One,

Austin, TX 78746

1964

Trustee

Co-Chief Executive Officer

Trustee and Co-Chief Executive Officer since 2025

Co-Chief Executive Officer of Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund (“DEM”), DFA Investment Dimensions Group Inc. (“DFAIDG”), Dimensional Investment Group Inc. (“DIG”), The DFA Investment Trust Company (“DFAITC”), Dimensional Holdings Inc., Dimensional Fund Advisors LP, Dimensional Investment LLC, and DFA Securities LLC (collectively with DEM, DFAIDG, DIG and DFAITC, the “DFA Entities”) (since 2017), DFA Canada LLC (since 2018), Dimensional Holdings LLC (since 2017), and Dimensional ETF Trust (since 2020); Chief Executive Officer of Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC (since 2018), Director (since 2017) of Dimensional Holdings Inc., Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC, Dimensional Japan Ltd., Dimensional Advisors Ltd., and DFA Australia Limited; Director and Co-Chief Executive Officer (since 2017) of Dimensional Cayman Commodity Fund I Ltd.; Head of Global Financial Advisor Services for Dimensional Investment LLC (since 2017). Formerly, Director (2017-2021) of Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd.

168 portfolios in 8 investment companies

None

Gerard K. O’Reilly

Chairman and

Chairman, Trustee,

Co-Chief Executive Officer (since 2017), Co-Chief Investment Officer (since February 2024), and Chief

168 portfolios in

None

16


      

Name, Address and Year of Birth

Position

Term of Office1 and Length of Service

Principal Occupation During At Least the Past 5 Years

Portfolios within the DFA Fund Complex2 Overseen

Other Directorships Held During At Least the Past 5 Years

c/o Dimensional Fund Advisors LP

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One,

Austin, TX 78746

1976

Trustee

Co-Chief Executive Officer and Co-Chief Investment Officer

Co-Chief Executive Officer and Co-Chief Investment Officer since 2025

Investment Officer (2017 – February 2024) of the DFA Entities; Co-Chief Executive Officer (since 2020), Co-Chief Investment Officer (since February 2024), and Chief Investment Officer (2020 – February 2024) of Dimensional ETF Trust; Co-Chief Executive Officer of DFA Canada LLC (since 2018); Co-Chief Investment Officer (since February 2024), and Chief Investment Officer (2017 – February 2024) of Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC; Director (since 2017), Co-Chief Investment Officer (since February 2024), Chief Investment Officer (2017 – February 2024) and Vice President (since 2014) of DFA Australia Limited; Co-Chief Investment Officer (since February 2024), Chief Investment Officer (2018 – February 2024) and Vice President (since 2016) of Dimensional Japan Ltd.; Co-Chief Executive Officer (since 2017), Co-Chief Investment Officer (since February 2024), and Chief Investment Officer (2017 – February 2024) of Dimensional Holdings, LLC; Director and Co-Chief Executive Officer (since 2017), Co-Chief Investment Officer (since February 2024) and Chief Investment Officer (2017 – February 2024) of Dimensional Cayman Commodity Fund I Ltd.; Director of Dimensional Funds plc (since 2014), Dimensional Fund II plc (since 2014), Dimensional Holdings Inc. (since 2017), Dimensional Advisors Ltd. (since 2017), Dimensional Ireland Limited (since 2018), and Dimensional Funds ICAV (since 2025). Formerly, Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. (2018-2021).

6 investment companies

 

1  Each Trustee holds office for an indefinite term until his or her successor is elected and qualified. The Independent Trustees have, however, adopted a retirement policy that permits each Independent Trustee to serve until December 31st of the year in which the Independent Trustee turns 75. The Board may determine to extend the term of an Independent Trustee on a case-by-case basis, as appropriate.

2  Each Trustee is a director or trustee of each of the six registered investment companies within the DFA Fund Complex, which include: the Trust, Dimensional ETF Trust, DEM; DFAIDG; DIG; and DFAITC. Each disinterested Trustee also serves on the Independent Review Committee of the Dimensional Funds, mutual funds registered in the provinces of Canada and managed by the Advisor’s affiliate, Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC.

Information relating to each Trustee’s ownership (including the ownership of his or her immediate family) in each Portfolio of the Trust in this SAI and in all six registered investment companies in the DFA Fund Complex as of December 31, 2025 is set forth in the chart below. Because the Portfolios had not commenced operations prior to the date of this SAI, the Trustees do not own any shares of the Portfolios.

   

Name

Dollar Range of Portfolio Shares Owned

Aggregate Dollar Range of Shares Owned in All Funds Overseen by Trustee in Family of Investment Companies

Disinterested Trustees:

  

Reena Aggarwal

None

None Directly; Over $100,000 in Simulated Funds*

Douglas W. Diamond

None

None Directly; Over $100,000 in Simulated Funds*

Darrell Duffie

None

$10,001 - $50,000

17


   

Name

Dollar Range of Portfolio Shares Owned

Aggregate Dollar Range of Shares Owned in All Funds Overseen by Trustee in Family of Investment Companies

Francis A. Longstaff

None

None

Stefan Nagel

None

Over $100,000; $50,001 - $100,000 in Simulated Funds*

Abbie J. Smith

None

None Directly; Over $100,000 in Simulated Funds*

Heather E. Tookes

None

None Directly; Over $100,000 in Simulated Funds*

Ingrid M. Werner

None

Over $100,000; Over $100,000 in Simulated Funds*

Interested Trustees:

  

David P. Butler

None

Over $100,000

Gerard K. O’Reilly

None

Over $100,000

* As discussed below, the compensation to certain of the disinterested Trustees may be in amounts that correspond to a hypothetical investment in a cross-section of the DFA Funds. Thus, the disinterested Trustees who are so compensated experience the same investment returns that are experienced by shareholders of the DFA Funds although the disinterested Trustees do not directly own shares of the DFA Funds.

Set forth below is a table listing, for each Trustee entitled to receive compensation, the estimated compensation to be received from the Trust during its initial fiscal year ending October 31, 2026, and the total compensation received from the other five registered investment companies for which the Advisor served as investment advisor during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2025. The table also provides the estimated compensation paid by the Trust to the Trust’s Chief Compliance Officer for the initial fiscal year ending October 31, 2026.

18


              

Name and Position

 

Aggregate Compensation from the Trust

 

Pension or Retirement Benefits as Part of Expense

 

Estimated Annual Benefits upon Retirement

 

Deferred Amount1

Total Compensation from the DFA Fund Complex paid to the Directors1,2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reena Aggarwal

 

 

[ ] 

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

$212,500

 

$425,000

 

 

Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Douglas W. Diamond

 

 

[ ] 

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

$455,000

 

 

Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Darrell Duffie

 

 

[ ] 

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

$425,000

 

 

Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Francis A. Longstaff

 

 

[ ] 

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

$425,000

 

 

Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stefan Nagel

 

 

[ ] 

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

$79,000

 

$425,000

 

 

Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Abbie J. Smith

 

 

[ ] 

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

$455,000

 

 

Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Heather E. Tookes

 

 

[ ] 

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

$252,000

 

$425,000

 

 

Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ingrid M Werner

 

 

[ ] 

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

$85,000

 

$585,000

 

 

Lead Disinterested Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Randy C. Olson

 

 

[ ] 

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

 

Chief Compliance Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

Under a deferred compensation plan (the “Plan”) adopted effective January 1, 2002, the disinterested Trustees may defer receipt of all or a portion of the compensation for serving as members of the six Boards of Directors/Trustees of the investment companies in the DFA Fund Complex (the “DFA Funds”). Amounts deferred under the Plan are treated as though equivalent dollar amounts had been invested in shares of a cross-section of the DFA Funds (the “Reference Funds” or “Simulated Funds”). The amounts ultimately received by the disinterested Trustees under the Plan will be directly linked to the investment performance of the Reference Funds. Deferral of fees in accordance with the Plan will have a negligible effect on a fund’s assets, liabilities, and net income per share, and will not obligate a fund to retain the services of any disinterested Trustee or to pay any particular level of compensation to the disinterested Trustee. A disinterested Trustee’s deferred compensation will be distributed at the earlier of: (a) January in the year after the disinterested Trustee’s resignation from the Boards of Directors/Trustees of the DFA Funds, or death or disability, or (b) five years following the first deferral, in such amounts as the disinterested Trustee has specified. The obligations of the DFA Funds to make payments under the Plan will be unsecured general obligations of the DFA Funds, payable out of the general assets and property of the DFA Funds.

 

2

The term DFA Fund Complex refers to the six registered investment companies for which the Advisor performs advisory and administrative services and for which the individuals listed above serve as directors/trustees on the Boards of Directors/Trustees of such companies.

 

Officers

Below is the name, year of birth, information regarding positions with the Trust and the principal occupation for each officer of the Trust. The address of each officer is 6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One, Austin, TX 78746. Each of the officers listed below holds the same office (except as otherwise noted) in the DFA Entities.

19


    

Name and Year of

Birth

Position

Term of Office1 and Length of Service

Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years

Melissa Barker

1988

Assistant Treasurer

Since 2025

Assistant Treasurer of

· DFAIDG, DIG, DFAITC, DEM and Dimensional ETF Trust (since 2023)

· Dimensional Trust (since 2025)

Senior Tax Manager (since 2023) of

· Dimensional Fund Advisors LP

Investment Tax Manager (2020 – 2022) of

· Dimensional Fund Advisors LP

Assistant Vice President Tax Services (2013 – 2020) of

· SS&C ALPS Advisors

Ryan P. Buechner

1982

Vice President and Assistant Secretary

Since 2025

Vice President and Assistant Secretary of

· DFAIDG, DIG, DFAITC and DEM (since 2019)

· Dimensional ETF Trust (since 2020)

· Dimensional Trust (since 2025)

Vice President (since 2018) of

· Dimensional Fund Advisors LP

Formerly, Vice President of

· DFA Securities LLC (2018-2024)

· Dimensional Holdings Inc. (2018-2025)

· Dimensional Investment LLC (2018-2025)

Stephen A. Clark

1972

Executive Vice President

Since 2025

Executive Vice President of

· DFAIDG, DIG, DEM and DFAITC (since 2017)

· DFA Securities LLC (since 2017)

· Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since 2017)

· Dimensional ETF Trust (since 2020)

· Dimensional Exchange Fund GP LLC (since 2025)

· Dimensional US Equity Exchange Fund I LP (since 2025)

· Dimensional US Equity Exchange Fund I REIT LLC (since 2025)

· Dimensional Trust (since 2025)

Director and Vice President (since 2016) of

· Dimensional Advisors Ltd.

· Dimensional Fund Advisors Pte. Ltd.

· Dimensional Hong Kong Limited

· Dimensional Japan Ltd.

Vice President of

· DFA Australia Limited (since 2008)

· Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC (since 2024)

Chairman (since 2018) of

· Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC

Director (since 2016) of

· DFA Australia Limited

· Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC

Formerly, President (2016 – 2023) of

· Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC

Formerly, Director (2016-2021) of

20


    

Name and Year of

Birth

Position

Term of Office1 and Length of Service

Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years

   

· Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd.

Formerly, Interim Chief Executive Officer (2019 – 2020) of

· Dimensional Fund Advisors Pte. Ltd.

Formerly, Executive Vice President (2017 – 2025) of

· Dimensional Holdings Inc.

· Dimensional Investment LLC

Bernard J. Grzelak

1971

Vice President

Since 2025

Vice President of

· DFAIDG, DIG, DEM, DFAITC, and Dimensional ETF Trust (since 2021)

· Dimensional Trust (since 2025)

Chief Financial Officer, Director, Treasurer and Vice President (since 2025) of

· Dimensional Exchange Fund GP LLC

Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of

· DFA Australia Limited (since 2020)

· Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC (since 2020)

· DFA Canada LLC (since 2020)

· DFA Securities LLC (since 2020)

· Dimensional Advisors Ltd. (since 2020)

· Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since 2020)

· Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. (since 2020)

· Dimensional Fund Advisors Pte. Ltd. (since 2020)

· Dimensional Holdings Inc. (since 2020)

· Dimensional Hong Kong Limited (since 2020)

· Dimensional Investment LLC (since 2020)

· Dimensional US Equity Exchange Fund I LP (since 2025)

· Dimensional US Equity Exchange Fund I REIT LLC (since 2025)

Vice President (since 2021) of

· Dimensional Ireland Limited

Formerly, Chief Financial Officer, Vice President and Treasurer of

· Dimensional Holdings LLC (2020-2025)

Eric Hall

1978

Vice President and Assistant Treasurer

Since 2025

Vice President and Assistant Treasurer of

· DFAIDG, DIG, DEM, DFAITC and Dimensional ETF Trust (since 2021)

· Dimensional Trust (since 2025)

Vice President of

· Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC (since 2022)

· Dimensional US Equity Exchange Fund I LP (since 2025)

· Dimensional US Equity Exchange Fund I REIT LLC (since 2025)

Formerly, Data Integrity Team Lead (2019 – 2021) of

· Clearwater Analytics

Jeff J. Jeon

1973

Vice President

Since 2025

Vice President of

· DFAIDG, DIG, DEM and DFAITC (since 2004)

· DFA Securities LLC (since 2004)

21


    

Name and Year of

Birth

Position

Term of Office1 and Length of Service

Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years

   

· Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since 2004)

· Dimensional Holdings Inc. (since 2006)

· Dimensional Investment LLC (since 2009)

· Dimensional Cayman Commodity Fund I Ltd. (since 2010)

· Dimensional ETF Trust (since 2020)

· Dimensional Trust (since 2025)

· Dimensional Exchange Fund GP LLC (since 2025)

· Dimensional US Equity Exchange Fund I LP (since 2025)

· Dimensional US Equity Exchange Fund I REIT LLC (since 2025)

Carolyn S. Lee

1974

Vice President and Secretary

Since 2025

Vice President of

· DFAIDG, DIG, DEM and DFAITC (since 2010)

· DFA Securities LLC (since 2010)

· Dimensional Cayman Commodity Fund I Ltd. (since 2010)

· Dimensional Holdings Inc. (since 2010)

· Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since 2010)

· Dimensional Investment LLC (since 2010)

· Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC (since 2016)

· Dimensional ETF Trust (since 2020)

Vice President and Secretary of

· Dimensional ETF Trust (since 2020)

· Dimensional Trust (since 2025)

· Dimensional Exchange Fund GP LLC (since 2025)

· Dimensional US Equity Exchange Fund LLP (since 2025)

· Dimensional US Equity Exchange Fund I REIT LLC (since 2025)

Secretary (since 2017) of

· DFAIDG, DIG, DEM and DFAITC

Assistant Secretary (since 2016) of

· DFA Securities LLC

· Dimensional Holdings Inc.

· Dimensional Fund Advisors LP

· Dimensional Investment LLC

Director (since 2025) of

· Dimensional Funds ICAV

Joy Lopez

1971

Vice President and Assistant Treasurer

Since 2025

Vice President of

· DFAIDG, DIG, DFAITC and DEM (since 2015)

· Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since 2015)

· Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. (since 2015)

· Dimensional ETF Trust (since 2020)

· DFA Australia Limited (since 2020)

· Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC (since 2020)

· Dimensional Ireland Limited (since 2020)

· Dimensional Trust (since 2025)

Assistant Treasurer of

· DFAIDG, DIG, DFAITC and DEM (since 2017)

· Dimensional ETF Trust (since 2020)

· Dimensional Trust (since 2025)

Formerly, Vice President of

22


    

Name and Year of

Birth

Position

Term of Office1 and Length of Service

Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years

   

· DFA Securities LLC (2015-2024)

· Dimensional Holdings Inc. (2015-2025)

· Dimensional Investment LLC (2015-2025)

Kenneth M. Manell

1972

Vice President

Since 2025

Vice President of

· DFAIDG, DIG, DFAITC and DEM (since 2010)

· Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since 2010)

· Dimensional Cayman Commodity Fund I Ltd. (since 2010)

· Dimensional Holdings Inc. (since 2010)

· Dimensional Investment LLC (since 2010)

· Dimensional ETF Trust (since 2020)

· Dimensional US Equity Exchange Fund LLP (since 2025)

· Dimensional US Equity Exchange Fund I REIT LLC (since 2025)

· Dimensional Trust (since 2025)

Formerly, Vice President (2010-2024) of

· DFA Securities LLC

Jan Miller

1963

Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, and Treasurer

Since 2025

Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, and Treasurer of

· DFAIDG, DIG, DEM, DFAITC, and Dimensional ETF Trust (since 2021)

· Dimensional Trust (since 2025)

Vice President and Treasurer (since 2025) of

· Dimensional US Equity Exchange Fund LLP

· Dimensional US Equity Exchange Fund I REIT LLC

Vice President of

· Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC (since 2022)

· Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since 2023)

· Dimensional Exchange Fund GP LLC (since 2025)

Formerly, Vice President

· DFA Securities LLC (2023-2024)

· Dimensional Holdings Inc. (2023-2025)

· Dimensional Investment LLC (2023-2025)

Formerly, Director (2019 – 2021) at

· INVESCO, U.S. (formerly, OppenheimerFunds, Inc.)

Catherine L. Newell

1964

President and General Counsel

Since 2025

President of

· DFAIDG, DIG, DEM and DFAITC (since 2017)

· Dimensional ETF Trust (since 2020)

· Dimensional Trust (since 2025)

General Counsel of

· DFAIDG, DIG, DEM and DFAITC (since 2001)

· DFA Securities LLC (since 2006)

· Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since 2006)

· Dimensional Holdings Inc. (since 2006)

· DFA Canada LLC (since 2009)

· Dimensional Investment LLC (since 2009)

· Dimensional ETF Trust (since 2020)

· Dimensional Exchange Fund GP LLC (since 2025)

23


    

Name and Year of

Birth

Position

Term of Office1 and Length of Service

Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years

   

· Dimensional US Equity Exchange Fund LLP (since 2025)

· Dimensional US Equity Exchange Fund I REIT LLC (since 2025)

· Dimensional Trust (since 2025)

Executive Vice President of

· DFA Securities LLC (since 2017)

· Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since 2017)

· Dimensional Holdings Inc. (since 2017)

· Dimensional Investment LLC (since 2017)

· Dimensional Exchange Fund GP LLC (since 2025)

· Dimensional US Equity Exchange Fund LLP (since 2025)

· Dimensional US Equity Exchange Fund I REIT LLC (since 2025)

Vice President of

· DFA Australia Limited (since 1997)

· Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. (since 1997)

· Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC (since 2003)

· DFA Canada LLC (since 2009)

· Dimensional Cayman Commodity Fund I Ltd. (since 2010)

· Dimensional Fund Advisors Pte. Ltd. (since 2012)

· Dimensional Hong Kong Limited (since 2012)

· Dimensional Japan Ltd. (since 2012)

· Dimensional Advisors Ltd. (since 2014)

Secretary of

· DFA Australia Limited (since 2001)

· Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. (since 2001)

· Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC (since 2003)

· DFA Securities LLC (since 2006)

· Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since 2006)

· Dimensional Holdings Inc. (since 2006)

· DFA Canada LLC (since 2009)

· Dimensional Investment LLC (since 2009)

· Dimensional Cayman Commodity Fund I Ltd. (since 2010)

· Dimensional Fund Advisors Pte. Ltd. (since 2012)

· Dimensional Japan Ltd. (since 2012)

· Dimensional Advisors Ltd. (since 2014)

Assistant Secretary of

· Dimensional Hong Kong Limited (since 2012)

Director of

· Dimensional Funds plc (since 2002)

· Dimensional Funds II plc (since 2006)

· DFA Australia Limited (since 2007)

· Dimensional Advisors Ltd. (since 2012)

· Dimensional Fund Advisors Pte. Ltd. (since 2012)

· Dimensional Japan Ltd. (since 2012)

· Dimensional Hong Kong Limited (since 2012)

· Dimensional Ireland Limited (since 2018)

Formerly, Director (2002 – 2021) of

· Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd.

Formerly, Secretary and General Counsel (2006 – 2025), and Executive Vice President (2006 – 2025) of

· Dimensional Holdings LLC

Selwyn J. Notelovitz

Vice President

Since

Vice President of

24


    

Name and Year of

Birth

Position

Term of Office1 and Length of Service

Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years

1961

 

2025

· DFAIDG, DIG, DEM, DFAITC, and Dimensional ETF Trust (since 2021)

· Dimensional Trust (since 2025)

Vice President (since 2012) and Chief Compliance Officer (since 2020) of

· DFA Securities LLC

· Dimensional Fund Advisors LP

Chief Compliance Officer (since 2020) of:

· DFA Australia Limited

· Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd.

Formerly, Director (2019-2021) of:

· Dimensional Ireland Limited

Formerly, Chief Compliance Officer of

· Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC (2020-2025)

· Dimensional Holdings Inc. (2020-2025)

· Dimensional Investment LLC (2020-2025)

Formerly, Vice President of

· Dimensional Investment LLC (2012-2025)

Randy C. Olson
1980

Chief Compliance Officer

Since 2025

Chief Compliance Officer of

· DFAIDG, DIG, DEM, DFAITC, and Dimensional ETF Trust (since 2020)

· Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC (since 2025)

· Dimensional Trust (since 2025)

Vice President (since 2016) of

· DFA Securities LLC (since 2016)

· Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since 2016)

· Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC (since 2023)

Formerly, Vice President (2016-2025) of

· Dimensional Holdings Inc.

· Dimensional Investment LLC

Savina B. Rizova

1981

Co-Chief Investment Officer

Since 2025

Co-Chief Investment Officer of

· DFAIDG, DIG, DEM, DFAITC, and Dimensional ETF Trust(since 2024)

· DFA Australia Limited (since 2024)

· DFA Securities LLC (since 2024)

· Dimensional Cayman Commodity Fund I Ltd. (since 2024)

· Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC (since 2024)

· Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since 2024)

· Dimensional Japan Ltd. (since 2024)

· Dimensional Trust (since 2025)

Global Head of Research (since 2020) of

· Dimensional Fund Advisors LP

Vice President (since 2012) of

· Dimensional Fund Advisors LP

25


    

Name and Year of

Birth

Position

Term of Office1 and Length of Service

Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years

   

· DFA Securities LLC

Formerly, Co-Chief Investment Officer (2024-2025) of

· Dimensional Holdings Inc.

· Dimensional Holdings LLC

· Dimensional Investment LLC

Formerly, Vice President (2012-2025) of

· Dimensional Holdings Inc.

· Dimensional Investment LLC

James J. Taylor

1983

Vice President and Assistant Treasurer

Since 2025

Vice President and Assistant Treasurer of

· DFAIDG, DIG, DEM, DFAITC, and Dimensional ETF Trust (since 2020)

· Dimensional Trust (since 2025)

Vice President of

· Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since 2016)

· Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC (since 2020)

· Dimensional US Equity Exchange Fund LLP (since 2025)

· Dimensional US Equity Exchange Fund I REIT LLC (since 2025)

Formerly, Vice President (2016-2024) of

· DFA Securities LLC (2016-2024)

· Dimensional Holdings Inc. (2016-2025)

· Dimensional Investment LLC (2016-2025)

1 Each officer holds office for an indefinite term at the pleasure of the Board and until his or her successor is elected and qualified.

Because the Portfolios had not commenced operations prior to the date of this SAI, the Trustees and officers as a group owned less than 1% of the outstanding shares of the Portfolios as of the date of this SAI.

SERVICES TO THE TRUST

Administrative Services

[                                        ], serves as the accounting and administration services agent for each Portfolio. The services provided by [         ] are subject to supervision by the executive officers and the Board of Trustees, and include day-to-day keeping and maintenance of certain records, calculation of the offering price of the shares, preparation of reports, and liaison with its custodians. For the administrative and accounting services provided by [        ], each Portfolio pays [         ] an annual fee that is calculated daily and paid monthly according to a fee schedule based on the applicable aggregate average net assets of the DFA mutual fund complex (“Fund Complex”), which includes five registered investment companies. The fee schedule is set forth in the table below:

26


  

Net Asset Value of the Fund Complex (Excluding Fund of Funds)

Annual Basis Point Rate

[ ]

[ ]

[ ]

[ ]

[ ]

[ ]

[ ]

[ ]

The fees charged to a Portfolio under the fee schedule are allocated to each such Portfolio based on the Portfolio's pro-rata portion of the applicable aggregate average net assets of the Fund Complex. Under the unitary fee structure in place for the Dimensional US Core Equity Market Portfolio, fees for administrative services are paid by the Advisor from its management fee.

Transfer Agent

[ ], serves as the transfer agent and dividend disbursing agent for the Institutional Class shares of the Portfolios.

Custodian

Citibank, N.A., serves as the custodian for the Portfolios. The custodian maintains a separate account or accounts for a Portfolio; receives, holds, and releases portfolio securities on account of the Portfolio; makes receipts and disbursements of money on behalf of the Portfolio; and collects and receives income and other payments and distributions on account of the Portfolio’s portfolio securities. Under the unitary fee structure in place for the Dimensional US Core Equity Market Portfolio, fees for custody services are paid by the Advisor from its management fee.

Distributor

The Trust’s shares are distributed by DFA Securities LLC. DFAS is registered as a limited purpose broker-dealer under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority. The principal business address of DFAS is 6300 Bee Cave Road, Austin, TX 78746.

DFAS acts as an agent of the Trust by serving as the principal underwriter of the Trust’s shares. Pursuant to the Distribution Agreement with the Trust, DFAS uses its best efforts to seek or arrange for the sale of shares of the Trust, which are continuously offered. No sales charges are paid by investors or the Trust. No compensation is paid by the Trust to DFAS under the Distribution Agreement.

Legal Counsel

Stradley Ronon Stevens & Young, LLP serves as legal counsel to the Trust. Its address is 2600 One Commerce Square, Philadelphia, PA 19103-7098.

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

[ ] is the independent registered public accounting firm to the Trust and audits the annual financial statements of each Portfolio. [ ]’s address is [ ].

Investment Management

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP, located at 6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One, Austin, TX 78746, serves as investment advisor to the Portfolios. Pursuant to an Investment Management Agreement with each Portfolio, the Advisor is responsible for the management of its respective assets.

27


Payments by the Advisor to Certain Third Parties Not Affiliated with the Advisor

The Advisor and its advisory affiliates have entered into arrangements with certain unaffiliated third parties pursuant to which the Advisor or its advisory affiliates make payments from their own assets or provide services to such unaffiliated third parties as further described below. Certain of the unaffiliated third parties who have entered into such arrangements with the Advisor or its advisory affiliates are affiliated with independent financial advisors (“FAs”) whose clients may invest in the Portfolios or other investment companies advised by the Advisor (“DFA Advised Funds”). Generally, the Advisor does not consider the existence of such arrangements with an affiliate, by itself, to be determinative in assessing whether an FA is independent.

Training and Education Related Benefits Provided by the Advisor

From time to time, the Advisor or its affiliates provide certain non-advisory services (such as data collection and analysis or other consulting services) to financial intermediaries (“Intermediaries”) that may be involved in the distribution of DFA Advised Funds and may recommend the purchase of such DFA Advised Funds for their clients. Intermediaries may include, without limitation, FAs, broker-dealers, institutional investment consultants, and plan service providers (such as recordkeepers). The Advisor or its affiliates also may provide services to Intermediaries, including: (i) personnel and outside consultants for purposes of continuing education, internal strategic planning and, for FAs, practice management; (ii) analysis, including historical market analysis and risk/return analysis; (iii) continuing education to investment advisers (some of whom may be dual registered investment advisers/broker-dealers); and (iv) other services.

The Advisor regularly provides educational speakers and facilities for conferences or events for Intermediaries, customers or clients of the Intermediaries, or such customers’ or clients’ service providers, and also may sponsor such events. For its sponsored events, the Advisor typically pays any associated food, beverage, and facilities-related expenses and speakers’ fees. The Advisor has consulting arrangements with certain speakers, who may be affiliated with a client of the Advisor. The Advisor or its affiliates sometimes pay a fee to attend, speak at or assist in sponsoring conferences or events organized by others, and on occasion, pay travel accommodations of certain participants attending such conferences or events. The Advisor’s sponsorship of conferences or events organized by others from time to time includes direct payments to vendors on behalf of, and/or reimbursement of expenses incurred by, the organizers of such events. Also, from time to time, the Advisor makes direct payments to vendors on behalf of, and/or reimbursement of expenses incurred by, Intermediaries in connection with the Intermediaries hosting educational, training, customer appreciation, or other events for such Intermediaries and/or their customers. Personnel of the Advisor may or may not be present at any of the conferences or events hosted by third parties described above. The Advisor generally will promote its participation in or sponsorship of such conferences or events in marketing or advertising materials. At the request of a client or potential client, the Advisor or its affiliates may also refer such client to one or more Intermediaries.

The provision of these services, arrangements and payments described above by the Advisor present conflicts of interest because they provide incentives for Intermediaries, customers or clients of Intermediaries, or such customers’ or clients’ service providers to recommend, or otherwise make available, the Advisor’s strategies or DFA Advised Funds to their clients in order to receive or continue to benefit from these arrangements from the Advisor or its affiliates. However, the provision of these services, arrangements and payments by the Advisor or its affiliates is not dependent on the amount of DFA Advised Funds or strategies sold or recommended by such Intermediaries, customers or clients of Intermediaries, or such customers’ or clients’ service providers.

Consultation Referral Fees Paid by the Advisor

From time to time, consultants of the Advisor are paid a commission for client referrals. Such commissions typically are calculated based on a flat fee, percentage of total fees received by the Advisor as a result of such referrals, or other means agreed to between the Advisor and the consultants.

28


Payments to Intermediaries by the Advisor

Additionally, the Advisor or its advisory affiliates may enter into arrangements with, and/or make payments from their own assets to, certain Intermediaries to enable access to DFA Advised Funds, or model portfolios that use the DFA Advised Funds, on platforms and through programs or products made available by such Intermediaries or to assist such Intermediaries to upgrade existing technology systems, or implement new technology systems, platforms, programs, or products in order to improve the methods through which the Intermediaries provide services to the Advisor and its advisory affiliates, and/or their clients. The Advisor or its advisory affiliates may also make payments to Intermediaries related to marketing activities and presentations, educational training programs, conferences, data provision services, or making shares of the DFA Advised Funds available to their customers generally and in certain investment programs. The Advisor may make payments to Intermediaries and other financial service providers for data regarding DFA Advised Funds, such as statistical information regarding sales of shares of DFA Advised Funds through Intermediaries. Such arrangements or payments may establish contractual obligations on the part of such Intermediaries to provide DFA Advised Funds, the Advisor, or their clients with certain exclusive or preferred access to the use of the subject technology or programs or preferable placement or inclusion with such Intermediaries’ platforms, programs or products. Payments of this type are sometimes referred to as revenue-sharing payments. Any payments made pursuant to such arrangements may vary in any year and may be different for different Intermediaries. In certain cases, the payments described here may be subject to certain minimum payment levels, be a fixed amount, and/or depend on assets invested in a particular fund through such Intermediary.

The services, arrangements, and payments described above, which may be significant to the Intermediaries, present conflicts of interest because they provide incentives for Intermediaries, customers or clients of Intermediaries, or such customers’ or clients’ service providers, to recommend, or otherwise make available, DFA Advised Funds to their clients in order to receive or continue to benefit from these arrangements from the Advisor or its affiliates.

As of January 31, 2026, the Intermediaries receiving such payments include: Advyzon, Charles Schwab & Co. Inc., Envestnet Asset Management, Inc., Fidelity Brokerage Services LLC, Great-West Life & Annuity Insurance Company, LPL Financial LLC, National Financial Services, LLC, Orion Portfolio Solutions, LLC, Principal Life Insurance Company, Raymond James & Associates, Inc., Standard Retirement Services, Transamerica Retirement Solutions, LLC, and UBS Financial Services Inc. Any additions, modifications, or deletions to this list of financial intermediaries that have occurred since January 31, 2026 are not included in this list. Please contact your salesperson, advisor, broker or other investment professional for more information regarding any such payments or financial incentives his or her intermediary firm may receive.

Any payments described above made by the Advisor, or an affiliate of the Advisor, will be made from their own assets and not from the assets of the Portfolios. As a result, such payments are not reflected in the fees and expenses listed in the fees and expenses sections of the Portfolios' prospectuses.

Data Services Purchased by the Advisor

The Advisor purchases certain data services and products used by the Advisor for sales, distribution and research purposes. In limited circumstances, a data vendor or its affiliate also provides investment consulting services, and such vendor or affiliated entity may refer one or more of its consulting clients to DFA Advised Funds. Any investment consulting services and referrals are unrelated to the Advisor’s process for the review and purchase of certain data services.

MANAGEMENT FEES

David G. Booth, as a director and officer of the Advisor and shareholder of the Advisor’s general partner, and Rex A. Sinquefield, as a shareholder of the Advisor’s general partner, acting together, could be deemed controlling persons of the Advisor. For the services it provides as investment advisor to the Portfolio, the Advisor is paid a monthly fee calculated as a percentage of average net assets of the Portfolio.

29


The Dimensional US Core Equity Market Portfolio (the “Unitary Portfolio”) pays the Advisor a unified management fee for managing the Unitary Portfolio’s assets. Pursuant to the investment management agreement with the Trust, on behalf of the Unitary Portfolio, the Advisor is responsible for substantially all ordinary fund operating expenses, except for (i) the fee payment under the agreement; (ii) payments under the Unitary Portfolio's Rule 12b-1 plan (if any); (iii) brokerage expenses (including any costs incidental to transactions in portfolio securities, instruments and other investments); (iv) taxes; (v) interest expenses (including borrowing costs and dividend expenses on securities sold short and overdraft charges); (vi) litigation expenses (including litigation to which the Trust or the Unitary Portfolio may be a party and indemnification of the Portfolio's trustees and officers with respect thereto); (vii) acquired fund fees and expenses; (viii) Trustees’ fees and expenses; (ix) legal expenses of counsel to the Independent Trustees; (x) Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”) compensation; (xi) third party shareholder servicing fees for non-exchange traded share classes; and (xii) other non-routine or extraordinary expenses. The fee is equal to the following annual rate based on the net assets of the Unitary Portfolio:

  

 

 

Dimensional US Core Equity Market Portfolio

0.12%

Pursuant to a separate contractual arrangement, the Advisor arranges for the provision of CCO services with respect to the Unitary Portfolio, and is liable and responsible for, and administers, payments to the CCO, the Independent Trustees and counsel to the Independent Trustees. The Advisor receives a fee of up to 0.0044% of the Unitary Portfolio’s average daily net assets for providing such services and paying such expenses. The Advisor provides CCO services to the Trust.

Pursuant to an investment management agreement with the Trust, on behalf of the Dimensional U.S. Equity Market Portfolio, the Dimensional U.S. Equity Market Portfolio pays the Advisor a fee computed on the aggregate net asset value of the Portfolio as of the close of each business day and payable monthly at the annual rate of 0.08%.

As of October 31, 2025, the Portfolios had not commenced operations, so the Portfolios did not pay any management fees.

FEE WAIVER AND EXPENSE ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

Pursuant to a Fee Waiver and/or Expense Assumption Agreement for Institutional Share class of the Portfolio listed below (the “Fee Waiver Agreement”), the Advisor has contractually agreed to waive certain fees, and in certain instances, assume certain expenses of the Portfolio's Institutional Share class, as described in the notes below. The Fee Waiver Agreement for the Portfolio below will remain in effect through February 28, 2028, and may only be terminated by the Trust’s Board of Trustees prior to that date. The Fee Waiver Agreement for such Portfolio shall continue in effect from year to year thereafter unless terminated by the Trust or the Advisor. With respect to the Fee Waiver Agreement, prior year waived fees and/or assumed expenses can be recaptured only if the expense ratio of the Institutional Share class of the Portfolio following such recapture would be less than the expense cap that was in place when such prior year fees were waived and/or expenses assumed, and less than the current expense cap in place for the Portfolio's Institutional Share class. The Portfolio listed below is not obligated to reimburse the Advisor for fees previously waived or expenses previously assumed by the Advisor more than thirty-six months before the date of such reimbursement.

The Advisor has contractually agreed to waive all or a portion of its management fee and assume the ordinary operating expenses of the Institutional Class of the following Portfolio (excluding the expenses that the Portfolio incurs indirectly through its investment in other investment companies) (“Portfolio Expenses”) to the extent necessary to limit the Portfolio Expenses of the Institutional Class of the Portfolio, on an annualized basis, to the rate listed below as a percentage of the average net assets of the Portfolio’s Institutional Class shares (the “Expense Limitation Amount”). At any time that the Portfolio Expenses of the Institutional Class of the Portfolio are less than the applicable Expense Limitation Amount for such class of shares of the Portfolio, the Advisor retains the right to recover any fees previously waived and/or expenses previously assumed to the extent that such recovery will not cause the annualized Portfolio Expenses for such class of the Portfolio to exceed the applicable Expense Limitation Amount identified below.

  

Portfolio

Expense Limitation Amount

30


  

Dimensional US Equity Market Portfolio

0.22%

PORTFOLIO MANAGERS

In accordance with the team approach used to manage the Portfolios, the portfolio managers and portfolio traders implement the policies and procedures established by the Investment Committee. The portfolio managers and portfolio traders also make daily investment decisions regarding the Portfolios based on the parameters established by the Investment Committee. The individuals named below are the portfolio managers that coordinate the efforts of all other portfolio managers or trading personnel with respect to the day-to-day management of the Portfolios indicated.

  

Dimensional US Core Equity Market Portfolio
Dimensional US Equity Market Portfolio

Jed S. Fogdall, Joseph F. Hohn and Joel P. Schneider

Other Managed Accounts

In addition to the Portfolios, each portfolio manager manages: (i) other U.S. registered investment companies advised or sub-advised by the Advisor; (ii) other pooled investment vehicles that are not U.S. registered investment companies; and (iii) other accounts managed for organizations and individuals. The following table sets forth information regarding the total accounts for which each portfolio manager has the primary responsibility for coordinating the day-to-day management responsibilities.

  

Name of Portfolio Manager

Number of Accounts Managed and Total Assets by Category

As of October 31, 2025

  

Jed S. Fogdall

· 130 U.S. registered mutual funds with $639,053 million in total assets under management.

· 29 unregistered pooled investment vehicles with $38,291 million in total assets under management, of which 1 account with $186 million in assets may be subject to a performance fee.

· 1,799 other accounts with $41,471 million in total assets under management, of which 4 accounts with $1,470 million in assets may be subject to a performance fee.

  

Joseph F. Hohn

· 32 U.S. registered mutual funds with $211,168 million in total assets under management.

· 7 unregistered pooled investment vehicles with $1,153 million in total assets under management.

· 2 other accounts with $4,355 million in total assets under management.

  

Joel P. Schneider

· 43 U.S. registered mutual funds with $244,419 million in total assets under management.

· 0 unregistered pooled investment vehicles.

· 4 other accounts with $4,771 million in total assets under management.

Description of Compensation Structure

Portfolio managers receive a base salary and bonus. Compensation of a portfolio manager is determined at the discretion of the Advisor and is based on a portfolio manager’s experience, responsibilities, the perception of the quality of his or her work efforts, and other subjective factors. The compensation of portfolio managers is not directly based upon the performance of the Portfolios or other accounts that the portfolio managers manage. The Advisor reviews the compensation of each portfolio manager annually and may make modifications in compensation as its Compensation Committee deems necessary to reflect changes in the market. Each portfolio manager’s compensation consists of the following:

· Base salary. Each portfolio manager is paid a base salary. The Advisor considers the factors described above to determine each portfolio manager’s base salary.

31


· Annual Bonus. Each portfolio manager may receive an annual bonus. The amount of the bonus paid to each portfolio manager is based upon the factors described above.

Portfolio managers may be awarded the right to purchase restricted shares of the stock of the Advisor, as determined from time to time, by the Board of Directors of the Advisor or its delegates. Portfolio managers also participate in benefit and retirement plans and other programs available generally to all employees.

In addition, portfolio managers may be given the option of participating in the Advisor’s Long Term Incentive Plan. The level of participation for eligible employees may be dependent on overall level of compensation, among other considerations. Participation in this program is not based on or related to the performance of any individual strategies or any particular client accounts.

Potential Conflicts of Interest

Conflicts of interest may arise in the portfolio managers' management of the Portfolios, along with other investment companies within the DFA Fund Complex (herein referred to as “portfolios”). Actual or apparent conflicts of interest may arise when a portfolio manager has the primary day-to-day responsibilities with respect to more than one portfolio and account. Other accounts include registered mutual funds and exchange-traded funds (other than the portfolios), other unregistered pooled investment vehicles, and other accounts managed for organizations and individuals (“Accounts”). An Account may have similar investment objectives to a portfolio, or may purchase, sell or hold securities that are eligible to be purchased, sold or held by a portfolio. Actual or apparent conflicts of interest include:

 Time Management. The management of multiple portfolios and/or Accounts may result in a portfolio manager devoting unequal time and attention to the management of each portfolio and/or Account. The Advisor seeks to manage such competing interests for the time and attention of portfolio managers by having portfolio managers focus on a particular investment discipline. Most Accounts managed by a portfolio manager are managed using the same investment approaches that are used in connection with the management of the portfolios.

 Investment Opportunities. It is possible that at times identical securities will be held by more than one portfolio and/or Account. However, positions in the same security may vary and the length of time that any portfolio or Account may choose to hold its investment in the same security may likewise vary. If a portfolio manager identifies a limited investment opportunity that may be suitable for more than one portfolio or Account, a portfolio may not be able to take full advantage of that opportunity due to an allocation of filled purchase or sale orders across all eligible portfolios and Accounts. To deal with these situations, the Advisor has adopted procedures for allocating portfolio transactions across multiple portfolios and Accounts.

 Broker Selection. With respect to securities transactions for the portfolios, the Advisor determines which broker to use to execute each order, consistent with its duty to seek best execution of the transaction. However, with respect to certain Accounts (such as separate accounts), the Advisor may be limited by the client with respect to the selection of brokers or may be instructed to direct trades through a particular broker. In these cases, the Advisor or its affiliates may place separate, non-simultaneous, transactions for a portfolio and another Account that may temporarily affect the market price of the security or the execution of the transaction, or both, to the detriment of the portfolio or the Account.

 Performance-Based Fees. For some Accounts, the Advisor may be compensated based on the profitability of the Account, such as by a performance-based management fee. These incentive compensation structures may create a conflict of interest for the Advisor with regard to Accounts where the Advisor is paid based on a percentage of assets because the portfolio manager may have an incentive to allocate securities preferentially to the Accounts where the Advisor might share in investment gains.

 Investment in an Account. A portfolio manager or his/her relatives may invest in an Account that he or she manages and a conflict may arise where he or she may therefore have an incentive to treat the

32


Account in which the portfolio manager or his/her relatives invest preferentially as compared to a portfolio or other Accounts for which he or she has portfolio management responsibilities.

The Advisor and the Trust have adopted certain compliance procedures that are reasonably designed to address these types of conflicts. However, there is no guarantee that such procedures will detect each and every situation in which a conflict arises. For more information regarding the potential conflicts of interest with respect to the Portfolios operating a multi-class ETF fund structure, please see the "Other Information-Multi-Class ETF Fund Structure" section of the Prospectus.

Investments in Each Portfolio

Because the Portfolios had not commenced operations prior to the date of this SAI, the portfolio managers did not own any shares of the Portfolios as of the date of this SAI.

CODE OF ETHICS

The Trust and the Advisor have adopted a Code of Ethics, under Rule 17j-1 of the 1940 Act, for certain access persons of the Portfolios. The Code of Ethics is designed to ensure that access persons act in the interest of the Portfolios and their shareholders with respect to any personal trading of securities. Under the Code of Ethics, access persons are generally prohibited from knowingly buying or selling securities (except for mutual funds, U.S. government securities and money market instruments) which are being purchased, sold or considered for purchase or sale by a Portfolio unless their proposed purchases are approved in advance. The Code of Ethics also contains certain reporting requirements and securities trading clearance procedures.

SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS

The shares of each Portfolio, when issued and paid for in accordance with the Portfolio’s Prospectus, will be fully paid and non-assessable shares. Each share of common stock of a Portfolio represents an equal proportional interest in the assets and liabilities of the Portfolio and has generally identical, non-cumulative voting, dividend, redemption liquidation, and other rights and preferences as each other class of the Portfolio, except that on a matter affecting a single class only shares of that class of the Portfolio are permitted to vote on the matter. In addition, in contrast to the Institutional Class shares, the ETF Class shares are exchange traded, not individually redeemable, and do not have conversion rights. Further, due to the structural and operational differences of mutual funds and ETFs, the declaration and payment dates of dividends, and the ability to automatically reinvest such dividends, differ between Institutional and ETF Class shares, as described in the Prospectus.

With respect to matters which require shareholder approval, shareholders are entitled to vote only with respect to matters which affect the interest of the Portfolio or class of shares of the Portfolio which they hold, except as otherwise required by applicable law. If liquidation of the Fund should occur, the Fund’s shareholders would be entitled to receive, on a per class basis, the assets of the particular Portfolio whose shares they own, as well as a proportionate share of Fund assets not attributable to any particular Portfolio. Ordinarily, the Fund does not intend to hold annual meetings of shareholders, except as required by the 1940 Act or other applicable law. The Fund’s bylaws provide that special meetings of shareholders shall be called at the written request of shareholders entitled to cast not less than a majority of the votes entitled to be cast at such meeting. Such meeting may be called to consider any matter, including the removal of one or more directors. Shareholders will receive shareholder communications with respect to such matters as required by the 1940 Act, including semi-annual and annual financial statements of the Fund, the latter being audited.

Shareholder inquiries may be made by writing or calling the Fund at the address or telephone number appearing on the cover of this SAI. Only those individuals whose signatures are on file for the account in question may receive specific account information or make changes in the account registration.

PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES

Because the Institutional Class shares of the Portfolios have not commenced operations prior to the date of this SAI, no person beneficially owned 5% or more of the outstanding shares of the Institutional Class shares of the Portfolios as of the date of this SAI.

33


PURCHASE OF SHARES

The following information supplements the information set forth in the Prospectus under the caption “PURCHASE OF SHARES.”

The Fund will accept purchase and redemption orders on each day that the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) is scheduled to be open for business. However, no purchases by wire may be made on any day that the Federal Reserve System is closed. The Fund generally will be closed on days that the NYSE is closed. The NYSE generally is scheduled to be open Monday through Friday throughout the year except for days closed to recognize New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents’ Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Juneteenth National Independence Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. The Federal Reserve System is closed on the same days as the NYSE, except that it is open on Good Friday and closed on Columbus Day and Veterans’ Day. Orders for redemptions and purchases will not be processed if the Fund is closed.

The Fund reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to suspend the offering of shares of the Portfolios or reject purchase orders when, in the judgment of management, such suspension or rejection is in the best interest of the Fund or a Portfolio. Securities accepted in exchange for shares of a Portfolio will be acquired for investment purposes and will be considered for sale under the same circumstances as other securities in the Portfolio.

The Fund or its transfer agent may, from time to time, appoint a sub-transfer agent, such as a broker, for the receipt of purchase and redemption orders and funds from certain investors. With respect to purchases and redemptions through a sub-transfer agent, the Fund will be deemed to have received a purchase or redemption order when the sub-transfer agent receives the order. Shares of a Portfolio will be priced at the public offering price next calculated after receipt of the purchase or redemption order by the sub-transfer agent.

REDEMPTION AND TRANSFER OF SHARES

The following information supplements the information set forth in the Prospectus under the caption “REDEMPTION OF SHARES.”

The Fund may suspend redemption privileges or postpone the date of payment: (1) during any period when the NYSE is closed, or trading on the NYSE is restricted as determined by the SEC; (2) during any period when an emergency exists as defined by the rules of the SEC as a result of which it is not reasonably practicable for the Fund to dispose of securities owned by it, or fairly to determine the value of its assets; and (3) for such other periods as the SEC may permit.

Shareholders may, subject to the Fund’s sole discretion, transfer shares of any Portfolio to another person by making a written request to the Portfolio’s transfer agent. The request should clearly identify the account and number of shares to be transferred and include the signature of all registered owners. The signature on the letter of request must be guaranteed in the same manner as described in the Prospectus under “REDEMPTION OF SHARES.” As with redemptions, the written request must be received in good order before any transfer can be made.

The Fund has filed a notice of election under Rule 18f-1 of the 1940 Act that allows a Portfolio to redeem in-kind redemption requests of a certain amount. Specifically, if the amount being redeemed is over the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of a Portfolio’s net assets, the Portfolio has the right to redeem the shares by providing the amount that exceeds $250,000 or 1% of the Portfolio’s net assets in securities instead of cash. The securities distributed in-kind would be readily marketable and would be valued for this purpose using the same method employed in calculating the Portfolio’s net asset value per share. If a shareholder receives redemption proceeds in-kind, the shareholder should expect to incur transaction costs upon the disposition of the securities received in the redemption.

Conversions

A shareholder holding Institutional Class shares of a Portfolio may convert those shares to ETF Class shares issued by the same Portfolio to the extent supported by the shareholder's financial intermediary. Shareholders should contact their financial intermediary to determine the eligibility of their account for such a conversion. ETF

34


Class shares, whether acquired through a conversion or purchased on the secondary market, cannot be converted to Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio or exchanged for ETF Class shares of another Portfolio.

In contrast to the Institutional Class shares, however, ETF Class shares must be held in a brokerage account. Accordingly, shareholders that hold Institutional Class shares in an account directly with a Portfolio through its transfer agent, or in a brokerage account that only allows the shareholder to hold mutual fund shares, will need to independently designate an eligible brokerage account for holding the ETF Class shares prior to a conversion. Shareholders that hold Institutional Class shares in a 401(k) plan or other employer-sponsored retirement or benefit plan generally may not convert those shares to ETF Class shares and should check with their plan sponsor or recordkeeper regarding eligibility.

A conversion from Institutional Class shares to ETF Class shares of a Portfolio will be processed at the relative NAVs of the respective share classes at the time of conversion. Since Depository Trust Company (DTC) (or its nominee) serves as the record owner of, and holds legal title to, the ETF Class shares of a Portfolio and does not support the distribution and transfer of fractional shares, a shareholder may be unable to convert a small portion of their Institutional Class shares into ETF Class shares.

For example, if a shareholder’s Institutional Class shares were equal to 15.25 ETF Class shares based on the relative NAVs of the classes, DTC’s system would only account for the transfer of 15 whole ETF Class shares. If a shareholder’s financial intermediary does not accommodate the ownership of fractional shares of ETFs (e.g., while DTC’s systems do not allow for the distribution and transfer of fractional shares of ETFs, a financial intermediary may acquire whole shares of an ETF and allocate fractional shares of such ETF to its clients that are recorded on the intermediary’s books), a shareholder would be required to redeem the portion of their Institutional Class shares investment equal to 0.25 fractional ETF Class shares. Albeit small, such redemption would be a taxable event. Shareholders will not otherwise recognize a taxable gain (or loss) on the conversion of Institutional Class shares of a Portfolio into ETF Class shares.

Shareholders should contact their financial intermediary to determine whether a conversion or the redemption of fractional shares may be subject to fees and expenses. The Portfolios do not impose a transaction fee on conversions but reserve the right to change such policy or to limit, temporarily suspend, or terminate the conversion privilege in the future.

Investors owning Institutional Class shares in an account directly with a Portfolio through its transfer agent should first contact the Portfolio’s transfer agent at (888) 576-1167 to notify the transfer agent of the proposed conversion and then send a letter of instruction to the transfer agent by an approved method. Shareholders that invest in a Portfolio through a financial intermediary should contact their financial intermediary for information regarding conversions. The length of the conversion process will depend on a shareholder’s financial intermediary, but may take several days from the date of the request. Shareholders will remain fully invested in their Institutional Class shares until the conversion process is complete.

A blackout period for conversions into ETF Class shares may be imposed by a Portfolio around the dates the Portfolio declares dividends. This may be necessary to accommodate the operational requirements of certain financial intermediaries.

TAXATION OF THE PORTFOLIOS AND THEIR SHAREHOLDERS

The following is a summary of some of the federal income tax consequences of investing in a Portfolio (sometimes referred to as "the Portfolio"). Unless you are invested in the Portfolio through a qualified retirement plan, you should consider the tax implications of investing and consult your own tax advisor. No attempt is made to present a detailed explanation of the tax treatment of the Portfolio or its shareholders, and the discussion here and in the Prospectus is not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning.

This “TAXATION OF THE PORTFOLIOS AND THEIR SHAREHOLDERS” section is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and applicable regulations in effect on the date of this SAI. Future legislative, regulatory or administrative changes, including provisions of current law that sunset and

35


thereafter no longer apply, or court decisions may significantly change the tax rules applicable to the Portfolio and its shareholders. Any of these changes or court decisions may have a retroactive effect.

This is for general information only and not tax advice and does not purport to deal with all federal tax consequences applicable to all categories of investors, some of which may be subject to special rules. You should consult your own tax advisor regarding your particular circumstances before making an investment in the Portfolio.

Taxation of the Portfolio

The Portfolio has elected and intends to qualify (or, if newly organized, intends to elect and qualify) each year as a regulated investment company (sometimes referred to as a “regulated investment company,” “RIC” or “portfolio”) under Subchapter M of the Code. If the Portfolio qualifies, the Portfolio will not be subject to federal income tax on the portion of its investment company taxable income (that is, generally, taxable interest, dividends, net short-term capital gains, and other taxable ordinary income, net of expenses, without regard to the deduction for dividends paid) and net capital gain (that is, the excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses) that it distributes.

Qualification as a regulated investment company. In order to qualify for treatment as a regulated investment company, the Portfolio must satisfy the following requirements:

 Distribution Requirement the Portfolio must distribute an amount equal to the sum of at least 90% of its investment company taxable income and 90% of its net tax-exempt income, if any, for the tax year (including, for purposes of satisfying this distribution requirement, certain distributions made by the Portfolio after the close of its taxable year that are treated as made during such taxable year).

 Income Requirement the Portfolio must derive at least 90% of its gross income from dividends, interest, certain payments with respect to securities loans, and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including, but not limited to, gains from options, futures or forward contracts) derived from its business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies and net income derived from qualified publicly traded partnerships (“QPTPs”).

 Asset Diversification Test the Portfolio must satisfy the following asset diversification test at the close of each quarter of the Portfolio’s tax year: (1) at least 50% of the value of the Portfolio’s assets must consist of cash and cash items, U.S. Government securities, securities of other regulated investment companies, and securities of other issuers (as to which the Portfolio has not invested more than 5% of the value of the Portfolio’s total assets in securities of an issuer and as to which the Portfolio does not hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of the issuer); and (2) no more than 25% of the value of the Portfolio’s total assets may be invested in the securities of any one issuer (other than U.S. Government securities or securities of other regulated investment companies) or of two or more issuers which the Portfolio controls and which are engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses, or, collectively, in the securities of one or more QPTPs.

In some circumstances, the character and timing of income realized by the Portfolio for purposes of the Income Requirement or the identification of the issuer for purposes of the Asset Diversification Test is uncertain under current law with respect to a particular investment, and an adverse determination or future guidance by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) with respect to such type of investment may adversely affect the Portfolio’s ability to satisfy these requirements. See “Tax Treatment of Portfolio Transactions” below with respect to the application of these requirements to certain types of investments. In other circumstances, the Portfolio may be required to sell portfolio holdings in order to meet the Income Requirement, Distribution Requirement, or Asset Diversification Test which may have a negative impact on the Portfolio’s income and performance.

The Portfolio may use “equalization accounting” (in lieu of making some cash distributions) in determining the portion of its income and gains that has been distributed. If the Portfolio uses equalization accounting, it will allocate a portion of its undistributed investment company taxable income and net capital gain to redemptions of Portfolio shares and will correspondingly reduce the amount of such income and gains that it distributes in cash. If the IRS determines that the Portfolio’s allocation is improper and that the Portfolio has under-distributed its income

36


and gain for any taxable year, the Portfolio may be liable for federal income and/or excise tax. If, as a result of such adjustment, the Portfolio fails to satisfy the Distribution Requirement, the Portfolio will not qualify that year as a regulated investment company, the effect of which is described in the following paragraph.

If for any taxable year the Portfolio does not qualify as a regulated investment company, all of its taxable income (including its net capital gain) would be subject to tax at the corporate income tax rate without any deduction for dividends paid, and the dividends would be taxable to the shareholders as ordinary income (or possibly as qualified dividend income) to the extent of the Portfolio’s current and accumulated earnings and profits. Failure to qualify as a regulated investment company would thus have a negative impact on the Portfolio’s income and performance. Subject to savings provisions for certain inadvertent failures to satisfy the Income Requirement or Asset Diversification Test which, in general, are limited to those due to reasonable cause and not willful neglect, it is possible that the Portfolio will not qualify as a regulated investment company in any given tax year. Even if such savings provisions apply, the Portfolio may be subject to a monetary sanction of $50,000 or more. Moreover, the Board reserves the right not to maintain the qualification of the Portfolio as a regulated investment company if it determines such a course of action to be beneficial to shareholders.

Portfolio turnover. For investors that hold their Portfolio shares in a taxable account, a high portfolio turnover rate may result in higher taxes. This is because a portfolio with a high turnover rate is likely to accelerate the recognition of capital gains and more of such gains are likely to be taxable as short-term rather than long-term capital gains in contrast to a comparable portfolio with a low turnover rate. Any such higher taxes would reduce the Portfolio’s after-tax performance. See “Taxation of Portfolio DistributionsDistributions of capital gains” below. For non-U.S. investors, any such acceleration of the recognition of capital gains that results in more short-term and less long-term capital gains being recognized by the Portfolio may cause such investors to be subject to increased U.S. withholding taxes. See “Non-U.S. Investors Capital gain dividends and short-term capital gain dividends” below.

Capital loss carryovers. The capital losses of the Portfolio, if any, do not flow through to shareholders. Rather, the Portfolio may use its capital losses, subject to applicable limitations, to offset its capital gains without being required to pay taxes on or distribute such gains that are offset by the losses. If the Portfolio has a “net capital loss” (that is, capital losses in excess of capital gains), the excess (if any) of the Portfolio’s net short-term capital losses over its net long-term capital gains is treated as a short-term capital loss arising on the first day of the Portfolio’s next taxable year, and the excess (if any) of the Portfolio’s net long-term capital losses over its net short-term capital gains is treated as a long-term capital loss arising on the first day of the Portfolio’s next taxable year. Any such net capital losses of the Portfolio that are not used to offset capital gains may be carried forward indefinitely to reduce any future capital gains realized by the Portfolio in succeeding taxable years. The amount of capital losses that can be carried forward and used in any single year is subject to an annual limitation if there is a more than 50% “change in ownership” of the Portfolio. An ownership change generally results when shareholders owning 5% or more of the Portfolio increase their aggregate holdings by more than 50% over a three-year look-back period. An ownership change could result in capital loss carryovers being used at a slower rate, thereby reducing the Portfolio’s ability to offset capital gains with those losses. An increase in the amount of taxable gains distributed to the Portfolio’s shareholders could result from an ownership change. The Portfolio undertakes no obligation to avoid or prevent an ownership change, which can occur in the normal course of shareholder purchases and sales or as a result of engaging in a tax-free reorganization with another portfolio. Moreover, because of circumstances beyond the Portfolio’s control, there can be no assurance that the Portfolio will not experience, or has not already experienced, an ownership change.

Deferral of late year losses. The Portfolio may elect to treat part or all of any “qualified late year loss” as if it had been incurred in the succeeding taxable year in determining the Portfolio’s taxable income, net capital gain, net short-term capital gain, and earnings and profits. The effect of this election is to treat any such “qualified late year loss” as if it had been incurred in the succeeding taxable year in characterizing Portfolio distributions for any calendar year (see “Taxation of Portfolio DistributionsDistributions of capital gains” below). A “qualified late year loss” includes:

 any net capital loss incurred after October 31 of the current taxable year, or, if there is no such loss, any net long-term capital loss or any net short-term capital loss incurred after October 31 of the current taxable year (“post-October capital losses”), and

37


 the sum of (1) the excess, if any, of (a) specified losses incurred after October 31 of the current taxable year, over (b) specified gains incurred after October 31 of the current taxable year and (2) the excess, if any, of (a) ordinary losses incurred after December 31 of the current taxable year, over (b) the ordinary income incurred after December 31 of the current taxable year.

The terms “specified losses” and “specified gains” mean ordinary losses and gains from the sale, exchange, or other disposition of property (including the termination of a position with respect to such property), foreign currency losses and gains, and losses and gains resulting from holding stock in a passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”) for which a mark-to-market election is in effect. The terms “ordinary losses” and “ordinary income” mean other ordinary losses and income that are not described in the preceding sentence.  Since the Portfolio has a fiscal year ending in October, the amount of qualified late-year losses (if any) is computed without regard to any items of income, gain, or loss that are (a) post-October capital losses, (b) specified losses, and (c) specified gains.

Undistributed capital gains. The Portfolio may retain or distribute its net capital gain for each taxable year. The Portfolio currently intends to distribute net capital gains. If the Portfolio elects to retain its net capital gain, the Portfolio will be taxed thereon (except to the extent of any available capital loss carryovers) at the corporate income tax rate. If the Portfolio elects to retain its net capital gain, it is expected that the Portfolio also will elect to have shareholders treated as if each received a distribution of its pro rata share of such gain, with the result that each shareholder will be required to report its pro rata share of such gain on its tax return as long-term capital gain, will receive a refundable tax credit for its pro rata share of tax paid by the Portfolio on the gain, and will increase the tax basis for its shares by an amount equal to the deemed distribution less the tax credit.

Excise tax distribution requirements. To avoid a 4% nondeductible federal excise tax, the Portfolio must distribute by December 31 of each year an amount equal to at least: (1) 98% of its ordinary income for the calendar year, (2) 98.2% of capital gain net income (that is, the excess of the gains from sales or exchanges of capital assets over the losses from such sales or exchanges) for the one-year period ended on October 31 of such calendar year, and (3) any prior year undistributed ordinary income and capital gain net income. The Portfolio may elect to defer to the following year any net ordinary loss incurred for the portion of the calendar year which is after the beginning of the Portfolio’s taxable year. Also, the Portfolio will defer any “specified gain” or “specified loss” which would be properly taken into account for the portion of the calendar year after October 31. Any net ordinary loss, specified gain, or specified loss deferred shall be treated as arising on January 1 of the following calendar year. Generally, the Portfolio intends to make sufficient distributions prior to the end of each calendar year to avoid any material liability for federal income and excise tax, but can give no assurances that all or a portion of such liability will be avoided. In addition, under certain circumstances, temporary timing or permanent differences in the realization of income and expense for book and tax purposes can result in the Portfolio having to pay an excise tax.

Foreign income tax. Investment income received by the Portfolio from sources within foreign countries may be subject to foreign income tax withheld at the source and the amount of tax withheld generally will be treated as an expense of the Portfolio. Any foreign withholding taxes could reduce the Portfolio’s distributions. The United States has entered into tax treaties with many foreign countries which entitle the Portfolio to a reduced rate of, or exemption from, tax on such income. Some countries require the filing of a tax reclaim or other forms to receive the benefit of the reduced tax rate; whether or when the Portfolio will receive the tax reclaim is within the control of the individual country. Information required on these forms may not be available such as shareholder information; therefore, the Portfolio may not receive the reduced treaty rates or potential reclaims. Other countries have conflicting and changing instructions and restrictive timing requirements which may cause the Portfolio not to receive the reduced treaty rates or potential reclaims. Other countries may subject capital gains realized by the Portfolio on sale or disposition of securities of that country to taxation. It is impossible to determine the effective rate of foreign tax in advance since the amount of the Portfolio’s assets to be invested in various countries is not known. Under certain circumstances, the Portfolio may elect to pass-through foreign tax credits, although it reserves the right not to do so. In some instances it may be more costly to pursue tax reclaims than the value of the benefits received by the Portfolio. If the Portfolio makes such an election and obtains a refund of foreign taxes paid by the Portfolio in a prior year, the Portfolio may be eligible to reduce the amount of foreign taxes reported by the Portfolio to its shareholders, generally by the amount of the foreign taxes refunded, for the year in which the refund is received. See “Taxation of Portfolio DistributionsPass-through of foreign tax credits” below.

38


Purchase of shares. As a result of tax requirements, the Trust on behalf of the Portfolio has the right to reject an order to purchase shares if the purchaser (or group of purchasers acting in concert with each other) would, upon obtaining the shares so ordered, own 80% or more of the outstanding shares of the Portfolio and if, pursuant to Sections 351 and 362 of the Code, the Portfolio would have a basis in the deposit securities different from the market value of such securities on the date of deposit. The Trust also has the right to require information necessary to determine beneficial share ownership for purposes of the 80% determination.

Taxation of Portfolio Distributions

Distributions of net investment income. The Portfolio receives ordinary income generally in the form of dividends and/or interest on its investments. The Portfolio may also recognize ordinary income from other sources, including, but not limited to, certain gains on foreign currency-related transactions. This income, less expenses incurred in the operation of the Portfolio, constitutes the Portfolio’s net investment income from which dividends may be paid. If you are a taxable investor, distributions of net investment income generally are taxable as ordinary income to the extent of the Portfolio’s earnings and profits. In the case of a Portfolio whose strategy includes investing in stocks of corporations, a portion of the income dividends paid by the Portfolio may be qualified dividends eligible to be taxed at reduced rates.

Distributions of capital gains. The Portfolio may realize a capital gain or loss in connection with sales or other dispositions of its portfolio securities. Distributions derived from the excess of net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss will be taxable to you as ordinary income. Distributions from the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss will be taxable to you as long-term capital gain, regardless of how long you have held your shares in the Portfolio. Any net capital gain of the Portfolio generally will be distributed once each year, and may be distributed more frequently, if necessary, to reduce or eliminate federal excise or income taxes on the Portfolio.

Returns of capital. Distributions by the Portfolio that are not paid from earnings and profits will be treated as a return of capital to the extent of (and in reduction of) the shareholder’s tax basis in his shares; any excess will be treated as gain from the sale of his shares. Thus, the portion of a distribution that constitutes a return of capital will decrease the shareholder’s tax basis in his Portfolio shares (but not below zero), and will result in an increase in the amount of gain (or decrease in the amount of loss) that will be recognized by the shareholder for tax purposes on the later sale of such Portfolio shares. Return of capital distributions can occur for a number of reasons including, among others, the Portfolio over-estimates the income to be received from certain investments such as those classified as partnerships or equity real estate investment trusts (“REITs”).

Qualified dividend income for individuals. Amounts reported by the Portfolio as derived from qualified dividend income will be taxed in the hands of individuals and other noncorporate shareholders at the rates applicable to long-term capital gain. “Qualified dividend income” means dividends paid to the Portfolio (a) by domestic corporations, (b) by foreign corporations that are either (i) incorporated in a possession of the United States, or (ii) are eligible for benefits under certain income tax treaties with the United States that include an exchange of information program, or (c) with respect to stock of a foreign corporation that is readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States. Both the Portfolio and the investor must meet certain holding period requirements to qualify Portfolio dividends for this treatment. Specifically, the Portfolio must hold the stock for at least 61 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the stock becomes ex-dividend. Similarly, investors must hold their Portfolio shares for at least 61 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the Portfolio distribution goes ex-dividend. Income derived from investments in derivatives, fixed-income securities, U.S. REITs, PFICs, and income received “in lieu of” dividends in a securities lending transaction generally is not eligible for treatment as qualified dividend income.

Dividends-received deduction for corporations. For corporate shareholders, a portion of the dividends paid by the Portfolio may qualify for the 50% corporate dividends-received deduction. The portion of dividends paid by the Portfolio that so qualifies will be reported by the Portfolio each year and cannot exceed the gross amount of dividends received by the Portfolio from domestic (U.S.) corporations. The availability of the dividends-received deduction is subject to certain holding period and debt financing restrictions that apply to both the Portfolio and the investor. Specifically, the amount that the Portfolio may report as eligible for the dividends-received deduction will be reduced or eliminated if the shares on which the dividends earned by the Portfolio were debt-financed or held by

39


the Portfolio for less than a minimum period of time, generally 46 days during a 91-day period beginning 45 days before the stock becomes ex-dividend. Similarly, if your Portfolio shares are debt-financed or held by you for less than a 46-day period then the dividends-received deduction for Portfolio dividends on your shares may also be reduced or eliminated. Income derived by the Portfolio from investments in derivatives, fixed-income and foreign securities generally is not eligible for this treatment.

Impact of realized but undistributed income and gains, and net unrealized appreciation of portfolio securities. At the time of your purchase of shares, the Portfolio’s NAV may reflect undistributed income, undistributed capital gains, or net unrealized appreciation of portfolio securities held by the Portfolio. A subsequent distribution of such amounts, although constituting a return of your investment, would be taxable, and would be taxed as ordinary income (some portion of which may be taxed as qualified dividend income), capital gains, or some combination of both, unless you are investing through a tax-advantaged arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account. The Portfolio may be able to reduce the amount of such distributions from capital gains by utilizing its capital loss carryovers, if any.

Pass-through of foreign tax credits. If at the end of the fiscal year, more than 50% in value of the total assets of the Portfolio are invested in securities of foreign corporations, the Portfolio may elect to pass through to its shareholders their pro rata share of foreign income taxes paid by the Portfolio. If this election is made, the Portfolio may report more taxable income to you than it actually distributes. You will then be entitled either to deduct your share of these taxes in computing your taxable income or to claim a foreign tax credit for these taxes against your U.S. federal income tax (subject to limitations for certain shareholders). The Portfolio will provide the information necessary to claim this deduction or credit if it makes this election. No deduction for foreign tax may be claimed by a noncorporate shareholder who does not itemize deductions or who is subject to the alternative minimum tax. The Portfolio reserves the right not to pass through the amount of foreign income taxes paid by the Portfolio. Additionally, any foreign tax withheld on payments made “in lieu of” dividends or interest will not qualify for the pass-through of foreign tax credits. See “Tax Treatment of Portfolio TransactionsSecurities lending” below.

U.S. Government securities. To the extent the Portfolio invests in certain U.S. Government obligations, dividends paid by the Portfolio that are derived from interest on these obligations should be exempt from state and local personal income taxes, subject in some states to minimum investment or reporting requirements that must be met by the Portfolio. The income on portfolio investments in certain securities, such as repurchase agreements, commercial paper and federal agency-backed obligations (e.g., Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”) or Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”) securities), generally does not qualify for tax-free treatment. The rules on exclusion of this income are different for corporate shareholders.

Information on the amount and tax character of distributions. You will be informed of the amount and character of distributions and the tax status of such distributions for federal income tax purposes shortly after the close of each calendar year. If you have not held Portfolio shares for a full year, the Portfolio may report and distribute, as ordinary income, qualified dividends, or capital gains, and in the case of non-U.S. shareholders the Portfolio may further report and distribute as interest-related dividends and short-term capital gain dividends, a percentage of income that is not equal to the actual amount of such income earned during the period of your investment in the Portfolio. Taxable distributions declared by the Portfolio in October, November, or December to shareholders of record in such month, but paid in January, are taxable as if they were paid in December.

Medicare tax. A 3.8% Medicare tax is imposed on net investment income earned by certain individuals, estates and trusts. “Net investment income,” for these purposes, means investment income, including ordinary dividends and capital gain distributions received from the Portfolio and net gains from taxable dispositions of Portfolio shares, reduced by the deductions properly allocable to such income. In the case of an individual, the tax will be imposed on the lesser of (1) the shareholder’s net investment income or (2) the amount by which the shareholder’s modified adjusted gross income exceeds $250,000 (if the shareholder is married and filing jointly or a surviving spouse), $125,000 (if the shareholder is married and filing separately) or $200,000 (in any other case). This Medicare tax, if applicable, is reported by you on, and paid with, your federal income tax return.

40


Sales, Exchanges and Redemptions of Portfolio Shares

In general. If you are a taxable investor, sales, exchanges and redemptions (including redemptions in kind) of Portfolio shares are taxable transactions for federal and state income tax purposes. If you redeem your Portfolio shares, the IRS requires you to report any gain or loss on your redemption. If you held your shares as a capital asset, the gain or loss that you realize will be capital gain or loss and will be long-term or short-term, generally depending on how long you have held your shares. Capital losses in any year are deductible only to the extent of capital gains plus, in the case of a noncorporate taxpayer, $3,000 of ordinary income.

Redemptions at a loss within six months of purchase. Any loss incurred on a redemption of shares of the Portfolio held for six months or less will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of any long-term capital gain distributed to you by the Portfolio on those shares.

Wash sales. All or a portion of any loss that you realize on a redemption of your Portfolio shares will be disallowed to the extent that you buy other shares in the Portfolio (through reinvestment of dividends or otherwise) within 30 days before or after your share redemption. Any loss disallowed under these rules will be added to your tax basis in the new shares.

Tax basis information. The Portfolio is required to report to you and the IRS annually on Form 1099-B the cost basis of shares purchased or acquired on or after January 1, 2012 where the cost basis of the shares is known by the Portfolio (referred to as “covered shares”) and which are disposed of after that date. However, cost basis reporting is not required for certain shareholders, including shareholders investing in the Portfolio through a tax-advantaged retirement account, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account. When required to report cost basis, the Portfolio will calculate it using the Portfolio’s default method of average cost, unless you instruct the Portfolio in writing to use a different calculation method. In general, average cost is the total cost basis of all your shares in an account divided by the total number of shares in the account. To determine whether short-term or long-term capital gains taxes apply, the IRS presumes you redeem your oldest shares first.

The IRS permits the use of several methods to determine the cost basis of mutual fund shares. The method used will determine which specific shares are deemed to be sold when there are multiple purchases on different dates at differing share prices, and the entire position is not sold at one time. The Portfolio does not recommend any particular method of determining cost basis, and the use of other methods may result in more favorable tax consequences for some shareholders. It is important that you consult with your tax advisor to determine which method is best for you and then notify the Portfolio in writing if you intend to utilize a method other than average cost for covered shares.

In addition to the Portfolio’s default method of average cost, other cost basis methods offered by the Advisor, which you may elect to apply to covered shares, include:

 FIFO (First In, First Out) Shares acquired first are sold first.

 LIFO (Last In, First Out) Shares acquired last are sold first.

 HIFO (Highest Cost, First Out) Shares with the highest cost basis are sold first.

 LOFO (Lowest Cost, First Out) Shares with the lowest cost basis are sold first.

 LGUT (Loss/Gain Utilization) A method that evaluates losses and gains and then strategically selects lots based on that gain/loss in conjunction with a holding period.

 Specific Lot Identification Identification by the shareholder of the shares the shareholder wants to sell or exchange at the time of each sale or exchange on the trade request. The original purchase dates and prices of the shares identified will determine the cost basis and holding period.

You may elect any of the available methods detailed above for your covered shares. If you do not notify the Portfolio in writing of your elected cost basis method upon the initial purchase into your account, the default method of average cost will be applied to your covered shares. The cost basis for covered shares will be calculated separately from any “noncovered shares” (defined below) you may own. You may change from average cost to

41


another cost basis method for covered shares at any time by notifying the Portfolio in writing, but only for shares acquired after the date of the change (the change is prospective). The basis of the shares that were averaged before the change will remain averaged after the date of the change.

The Portfolio may also provide Portfolio shareholders (but not the IRS) with information concerning the average cost basis of their shares purchased prior to January 1, 2012 or shares acquired on or after January 1, 2012 for which cost basis information is not known by the Portfolio (“noncovered shares”) in order to assist you with the calculation of gain or loss from a sale or redemption of noncovered shares. With the exception of the specific lot identification method, DFA first depletes noncovered shares with unknown cost basis in first in, first out order and then noncovered shares with known basis in first in, first out order before applying your elected method to your remaining covered shares. If you want to deplete your shares in a different order, then you must elect specific lot identification and choose the lots you wish to deplete first. Shareholders that use the average cost method for noncovered shares must make the election to use the average cost method for these shares on their federal income tax returns in accordance with Treasury regulations. This election for noncovered shares cannot be made by notifying the Portfolio.

The Portfolio will compute and report the cost basis of your Portfolio shares sold or exchanged by taking into account all of the applicable adjustments to cost basis and holding periods as required by the Code and Treasury regulations for purposes of reporting these amounts to you and, in the case of covered shares, to the IRS. However, the Portfolio is not required to, and in many cases the Portfolio does not possess the information to, take all possible basis, holding period or other adjustments into account in reporting cost basis information to you. Therefore, shareholders should carefully review the cost basis information provided by the Portfolio, whetherthis information isprovided pursuant to compliance with cost basis reporting requirements for shares acquired on or after January 1, 2012, or is provided by the Portfolio as a service to shareholders for shares acquired prior to that date, and make any additional basis, holding period or other adjustments that are required by the Code and Treasury regulations when reporting these amounts on their federal income tax returns. Shareholders remain solely responsible for complying with all federal income tax laws when filing their federal income tax returns.

If you hold your Portfolio shares through a broker (or other nominee), please contact that broker (nominee) with respect to reporting of cost basis and available elections for your account.

Tax shelter reporting. Under Treasury regulations, if a shareholder recognizes a loss with respect to the Portfolio’s shares of $2 million or more for an individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder (or certain greater amounts over a combination of years), the shareholder must file with the IRS a disclosure statement on Form 8886. The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper. Shareholders should consult their tax advisors to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their individual circumstances.

Tax Treatment of Portfolio Transactions

Set forth below is a general description of the tax treatment of certain types of securities, investment techniques and transactions that may apply to a portfolio and, in turn, affect the amount, character and timing of dividends and distributions payable by the portfolio to its shareholders. This section should be read in conjunction with the discussion in the Prospectus under “Principal Investment Strategies” and “Principal Risks” for a detailed description of the various types of securities and investment techniques that apply to the Portfolio.

In general. In general, gain or loss recognized by a portfolio on the sale or other disposition of portfolio investments will be a capital gain or loss. Such capital gain and loss may be long-term or short-term depending, in general, upon the length of time a particular investment position is maintained and, in some cases, upon the nature of the transaction. Property held for more than one year generally will be eligible for long-term capital gain or loss treatment. The application of certain rules described below may serve to alter the manner in which the holding period for a security is determined or may otherwise affect the characterization as long-term or short-term, and also the timing of the realization and/or character, of certain gains or losses.

Certain fixed-income investments. Gain recognized on the disposition of a debt obligation purchased by a portfolio at a market discount (generally, at a price less than its principal amount) will be treated as ordinary income

42


to the extent of the portion of the market discount that accrued during the period of time the portfolio held the debt obligation unless the portfolio made a current inclusion election to accrue market discount into income as it accrues. If a portfolio purchases a debt obligation (such as a zero coupon security or pay-in-kind security) that was originally issued at a discount, the portfolio generally is required to include in gross income each year the portion of the original issue discount that accrues during such year. Therefore, a portfolio’s investment in such securities may cause the portfolio to recognize income and make distributions before it receives any cash payments on the securities. To generate cash to satisfy those distribution requirements, a portfolio may have to sell portfolio securities that it otherwise might have continued to hold or to use cash flows from other sources such as the sale of portfolio shares.

Investments in debt obligations that are at risk of or in default present tax issues for a portfolio. Tax rules are not entirely clear about issues such as whether and to what extent a portfolio should recognize market discount on a debt obligation, when a portfolio may cease to accrue interest, original issue discount or market discount, when and to what extent a portfolio may take deductions for bad debts or worthless securities and how a portfolio should allocate payments received on obligations in default between principal and income. These and other related issues will be addressed by a portfolio in order to ensure that it distributes sufficient income to preserve its status as a regulated investment company.

Options, futures, forward contracts, swap agreements and hedging transactions. In general, option premiums received by a portfolio are not immediately included in the income of the portfolio. Instead, the premiums are recognized when the option contract expires, the option is exercised by the holder, or the portfolio transfers or otherwise terminates the option (e.g., through a closing transaction). If an option written by a portfolio is exercised and the portfolio sells or delivers the underlying stock, the portfolio generally will recognize capital gain or loss equal to (a) sum of the strike price and the option premium received by the portfolio minus (b) the portfolio’s basis in the stock. Such gain or loss generally will be short-term or long-term depending upon the holding period of the underlying stock. If securities are purchased by a portfolio pursuant to the exercise of a put option written by it, the portfolio generally will subtract the premium received from its cost basis in the securities purchased. The gain or loss with respect to any termination of a portfolio’s obligation under an option other than through the exercise of the option and related sale or delivery of the underlying stock generally will be short-term gain or loss depending on whether the premium income received by the portfolio is greater or less than the amount paid by the portfolio (if any) in terminating the transaction. Thus, for example, if an option written by a portfolio expires unexercised, the portfolio generally will recognize short-term gain equal to the premium received.

The tax treatment of certain futures contracts entered into by a portfolio as well as listed non-equity options written or purchased by the portfolio on U.S. exchanges (including options on futures contracts, broad-based equity indices and debt securities) may be governed by section 1256 of the Code (“section 1256 contracts”). Gains or losses on section 1256 contracts generally are considered 60% long-term and 40% short-term capital gains or losses (“60/40”), although certain foreign currency gains and losses from such contracts may be treated as ordinary in character. Also, any section 1256 contracts held by a portfolio at the end of each taxable year (and, for purposes of the 4% excise tax, on certain other dates as prescribed under the Code) are “marked to market” with the result that unrealized gains or losses are treated as though they were realized and the resulting gain or loss is treated as ordinary or 60/40 gain or loss, as applicable. Section 1256 contracts do not include any interest rate swap, currency swap, basis swap, interest rate cap, interest rate floor, commodity swap, equity swap, equity index swap, credit default swap, or similar agreement.

In addition to the special rules described above in respect of options and futures transactions, a portfolio’s transactions in other derivative instruments (including options, forward contracts and swap agreements) as well as its other hedging, short sale, or similar transactions, may be subject to one or more special tax rules (including the constructive sale, notional principal contract, straddle, wash sale and short sale rules). These rules may affect whether gains and losses recognized by a portfolio are treated as ordinary or capital or as short-term or long-term, accelerate the recognition of income or gains to the portfolio, defer losses to the portfolio, and cause adjustments in the holding periods of the portfolio’s securities. These rules, therefore, could affect the amount, timing and/or character of distributions. Moreover, because the tax rules applicable to derivative financial instruments are in some cases uncertain under current law, an adverse determination or future guidance by the IRS with respect to these rules (which determination or guidance could be retroactive) may affect whether a portfolio has made sufficient

43


distributions and otherwise satisfied the relevant requirements to maintain its qualification as a regulated investment company and avoid a portfolio-level tax.

Certain of a portfolio’s investments in derivatives and foreign currency-denominated instruments, and the portfolio’s transactions in foreign currencies and hedging activities, may produce a difference between its book income and its taxable income. If a portfolio’s book income is less than the sum of its taxable income and net tax-exempt income (if any), the portfolio could be required to make distributions exceeding book income to qualify as a regulated investment company. If a portfolio’s book income exceeds the sum of its taxable income and net tax-exempt income (if any), the distribution of any such excess will be treated as (i) a dividend to the extent of the portfolio’s remaining earnings and profits (including current earnings and profits arising from tax-exempt income, reduced by related deductions), (ii) thereafter, as a return of capital to the extent of the recipient’s basis in the shares, and (iii) thereafter, as gain from the sale or exchange of a capital asset.

Foreign currency transactions. A portfolio’s transactions in foreign currencies, foreign currency-denominated debt obligations and certain foreign currency options, futures contracts and forward contracts (and similar instruments) may give rise to ordinary income or loss to the extent such income or loss results from fluctuations in the value of the foreign currency concerned. This treatment could increase or decrease a portfolio’s ordinary income distributions, and may cause some or all of the portfolio’s previously distributed income to be classified as a return of capital. In certain cases, a portfolio may make an election to treat such gain or loss as capital.

PFIC securities. The Portfolio may invest in securities of foreign entities that could be deemed for tax purposes to be PFICs. In general, a PFIC is any foreign corporation if 75% or more of its gross income for its taxable year is passive income, or 50% or more of its average assets (by value) are held for the production of passive income. When investing in PFIC securities, the Portfolio intends to mark-to-market these securities and recognize any unrealized gains as ordinary income at the end of its fiscal year. Deductions for losses are allowable only to the extent of any current or previously recognized gains. These gains (reduced by allowable losses) are treated as ordinary income that the Portfolio is required to distribute, even though it has not sold or received dividends from these securities. You should also be aware that the designation of a foreign security as a PFIC security will cause its income dividends to fall outside of the definition of qualified foreign corporation dividends. These dividends generally will not qualify for the reduced rate of taxation on qualified dividends when distributed to you by the Portfolio. Due to various complexities in identifying PFICs, the Portfolio can give no assurances that it will be able to identify portfolio securities in foreign corporations that are PFICs in time for the Portfolio to make a mark-to-market election. If the Portfolio is unable to identify an investment as a PFIC and thus does not make a mark-to-market election, the Portfolio may be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a portion of any “excess distribution” or gain from the disposition of such shares even if such income is distributed as a taxable dividend by the Portfolio to its shareholders. Additional charges in the nature of interest may be imposed on the Portfolio in respect of deferred taxes arising from such distributions or gains. Any such taxes or interest charges could in turn reduce the Portfolio’s distributions paid.

Investments in partnerships and qualified publicly traded partnerships (“QPTP”). For purposes of the Income Requirement, income derived by a portfolio from a partnership that is not a QPTP will be treated as qualifying income only to the extent such income is attributable to items of income of the partnership that would be qualifying income if realized directly by the portfolio. While the rules are not entirely clear with respect to a portfolio investing in a partnership outside a master-feeder structure, for purposes of testing whether a portfolio satisfies the Asset Diversification Test, the portfolio generally is treated as owning a pro rata share of the underlying assets of a partnership. See “Taxation of the PortfolioQualification as a regulated investment company.” In contrast, different rules apply to a partnership that is a QPTP. A QPTP is a partnership (a) the interests in which are traded on an established securities market, (b) that is treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes, and (c) that derives less than 90% of its income from sources that satisfy the Income Requirement (e.g., because it invests in commodities). All of the net income derived by a portfolio from an interest in a QPTP will be treated as qualifying income but the portfolio may not invest more than 25% of its total assets in one or more QPTPs. However, there can be no assurance that a partnership classified as a QPTP in one year will qualify as a QPTP in the next year. Any such failure to annually qualify as a QPTP might, in turn, cause a portfolio to fail to qualify as a regulated investment company. Although, in general, the passive loss rules of the Code do not apply to RICs, such rules do apply to a portfolio with respect to items attributable to an interest in a QPTP. Portfolio investments in partnerships,

44


including in QPTPs, may result in the portfolio’s being subject to state, local or foreign income, franchise or withholding tax liabilities.

Securities lending. While securities are loaned out by a portfolio, the portfolio generally will receive from the borrower amounts equal to any dividends or interest paid on the borrowed securities. For federal income tax purposes, payments made “in lieu of” dividends are not considered dividend income. These distributions will neither qualify for the reduced rate of taxation for individuals on qualified dividends nor the 50% dividends-received deduction for corporations. Also, any foreign tax withheld on payments made “in lieu of” dividends or interest will not qualify for the pass-through of foreign tax credits to shareholders.

Investments in convertible securities. Convertible debt is ordinarily treated as a “single property” consisting of a pure debt interest until conversion, after which the investment becomes an equity interest. If the security is issued at a premium (i.e., for cash in excess of the face amount payable on retirement), the creditor-holder may amortize the premium over the life of the bond. If the security is issued for cash at a price below its face amount, the creditor-holder must accrue original issue discount in income over the life of the debt. The creditor-holder’s exercise of the conversion privilege is treated as a nontaxable event. Mandatorily convertible debt (e.g., an exchange-traded note or ETN issued in the form of an unsecured obligation that pays a return based on the performance of a specified market index, exchange currency, or commodity) is often, but not always, treated as a contract to buy or sell the reference property rather than debt. Similarly, convertible preferred stock with a mandatory conversion feature is ordinarily, but not always, treated as equity rather than debt. Dividends received generally are qualified dividend income and eligible for the corporate dividends-received deduction. In general, conversion of preferred stock for common stock of the same corporation is tax-free. Conversion of preferred stock for cash is a taxable redemption. Any redemption premium for preferred stock that is redeemable by the issuing company might be required to be amortized under original issue discount principles.

Investments in securities of uncertain tax character. A portfolio may invest in securities the U.S. federal income tax treatment of which may not be clear or may be subject to recharacterization by the IRS. To the extent the tax treatment of such securities or the income from such securities differs from the tax treatment expected by a portfolio, it could affect the timing or character of income recognized by the fund, requiring the portfolio to purchase or sell securities, or otherwise change its portfolio, in order to comply with the tax rules applicable to regulated investment companies under the Code.

Backup Withholding

By law, a withholding of tax may apply to your taxable dividends and sales proceeds unless you:

 provide your correct social security or taxpayer identification number,

 certify that this number is correct,

 certify that you are not subject to backup withholding, and

 certify that you are a U.S. person (including a U.S. resident alien).

Withholding also is imposed if the IRS requires it. When withholding is required, the amount will be 24% of any distributions or proceeds paid. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld may be credited against the shareholder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the appropriate information is furnished to the IRS. Certain payees and payments are exempt from backup withholding and information reporting. The special U.S. tax certification requirements applicable to non-U.S. investors to avoid backup withholding are described under the “Non-U.S. Investors” heading below.

Non-U.S. Investors

Non-U.S. investors (shareholders who, as to the United States, are nonresident alien individuals, foreign trusts or estates, foreign corporations, or foreign partnerships) may be subject to U.S. withholding and estate tax and are subject to special U.S. tax certification requirements. Non-U.S. investors should consult their tax advisors about the applicability of U.S. tax withholding and the use of the appropriate forms to certify their status.

45


In general. The United States imposes a withholding tax at the 30% statutory rate (or at a lower rate if you are a resident of a country that has a tax treaty with the U.S.) on U.S. source dividends, including on income dividends paid to you by the Portfolio. Exemptions from this U.S. withholding tax are provided for capital gain dividends paid by the Portfolio from its net long-term capital gains, interest-related dividends paid by the Portfolio from its qualified net interest income from U.S. sources and short-term capital gain dividends. However, notwithstanding such exemptions from U.S. withholding at the source, any dividends and distributions of income and capital gains, including the proceeds from the sale of your Portfolio shares, will be subject to backup withholding at a rate of 24% if you fail to properly certify that you are not a U.S. person.

Capital gain dividends and short-term capital gain dividends. In general, (i) a capital gain dividend reported by the Portfolio to shareholders as paid from its net long-term capital gains or (ii) a short-term capital gain dividend reported by the Portfolio to shareholders as paid from its net short-term capital gains, other than long- or short-term capital gains realized on the disposition of certain U.S. real property interests (see the discussion below), are not subject to U.S. withholding tax unless you are a nonresident alien individual present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the calendar year.

Interest-related dividends. Dividends reported by the Portfolio to shareholders as interest-related dividends and paid from its qualified net interest income from U.S. sources are not subject to U.S. withholding tax. “Qualified interest income” includes, in general, U.S. source (1) bank deposit interest, (2) short-term original discount, (3) interest (including original issue discount, market discount, or acquisition discount) on an obligation which is in registered form, unless it is earned on an obligation issued by a corporation or partnership in which the Portfolio is a 10-percent shareholder or is contingent interest, and (4) any interest-related dividend from another regulated investment company. On any payment date, the amount of an income dividend that is reported by the Portfolio to shareholders as an interest-related dividend may be more or less than the amount that is so qualified. This is because the reporting of interest-related dividends is based on an estimate of the Portfolio’s qualified net interest income for its entire fiscal year, which can only be determined with exactness at fiscal year-end. As a consequence, the Portfolio may over withhold a small amount of U.S. tax from a dividend payment. In this case, the non-U.S. investor’s only recourse may be to either forgo recovery of the excess withholding or to file a United States nonresident income tax return to recover the excess withholding.

Further limitations on tax reporting for interest-related dividends and short-term capital gain dividends for non-U.S. investors. It may not be practical in every case for the Portfolio to report to shareholders, and the Portfolio reserves the right in these cases to not report, small amounts of interest-related dividends or short-term capital gain dividends. Additionally, the Portfolio’s reporting of interest-related dividends or short-term capital gain dividends may not be passed through to shareholders by intermediaries who have assumed tax reporting responsibilities for this income in managed or omnibus accounts due to systems limitations or operational constraints.

Net investment income from dividends on stock and foreign source interest income continue to be subject to withholding tax; foreign tax credits. Ordinary dividends paid by the Portfolio to non-U.S. investors on the income earned on portfolio investments in (i) the stock of domestic and foreign corporations, and (ii) the debt of foreign issuers continue to be subject to U.S. withholding tax. Foreign shareholders may be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a rate of 30% on the income resulting from an election to pass-through foreign tax credits to shareholders, but may not be able to claim a credit or deduction with respect to the withholding tax for the foreign tax treated as having been paid by them.

Income effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business. If the income from the Portfolio is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business carried on by a foreign shareholder, then ordinary income dividends, capital gain dividends and any gains realized upon the sale of shares of the Portfolio will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the rates applicable to U.S. citizens or domestic corporations and require the filing of a nonresident U.S. income tax return.

U.S. estate tax. Transfers by gift of shares of the Portfolio by a foreign shareholder who is a nonresident alien individual will not be subject to U.S. federal gift tax. An individual who, at the time of death, is a non-U.S. shareholder will nevertheless be subject to U.S. federal estate tax with respect to Portfolio shares at the graduated rates applicable to U.S. citizens and residents, unless a treaty exemption applies. If a treaty exemption is available, a decedent’s estate may nonetheless need to file a U.S. estate tax return to claim the exemption in order to obtain a

46


U.S. federal transfer certificate. The transfer certificate will identify the property (i.e., Portfolio shares) as to which the U.S. federal estate tax lien has been released. In the absence of a treaty, there is a $13,000 statutory estate tax credit (equivalent to U.S. situs assets with a value of $60,000). For estates with U.S. situs assets of not more than $60,000, an affidavit from an appropriate individual evidencing that decedent’s U.S. situs assets are below this threshold amount may be sufficient to transfer Portfolio shares.

U.S. tax certification rules. Special U.S. tax certification requirements may apply to non-U.S. shareholders both to avoid U.S. backup withholding imposed at a rate of 24% and to obtain the benefits of any treaty between the United States and the shareholder’s country of residence. In general, if you are a non-U.S. shareholder, you must provide a Form W-8BEN (or other applicable Form W-8) to establish that you are not a U.S. person, to claim that you are the beneficial owner of the income and, if applicable, to claim a reduced rate of, or exemption from, withholding as a resident of a country with which the United States has an income tax treaty. A Form W-8BEN provided without a U.S. taxpayer identification number will remain in effect for a period beginning on the date signed and ending on the last day of the third succeeding calendar year unless an earlier change of circumstances makes the information on the form incorrect. Certain payees and payments are exempt from backup withholding.

The tax consequences to a non-U.S. shareholder entitled to claim the benefits of an applicable tax treaty may be different from those described herein. Non-U.S. shareholders are urged to consult their own tax advisors with respect to the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in the Portfolio, including the applicability of foreign tax.

Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (“FATCA”). Under FATCA, a 30% withholding tax is imposed on the income dividends made by the Portfolio to certain foreign entities, referred to as foreign financial institutions (“FFI”) or non-financial foreign entities (“NFFE”). After December 31, 2018, FATCA withholding also would have applied to certain capital gain distributions, return of capital distributions, and the proceeds arising from the sale of Portfolio shares; however, based on proposed regulations issued by the IRS, which can be relied upon currently, such withholding is no longer required unless final regulations provide otherwise (which is not expected). The FATCA withholding tax generally can be avoided: (a) by an FFI, if it reports certain direct and indirect ownership of foreign financial accounts held by U.S. persons with the FFI and (b) by an NFFE, if it: (i) certifies that it has no substantial U.S. persons as owners or (ii) if it does have such owners, reporting information relating to them. The U.S. Treasury has negotiated intergovernmental agreements (“IGA”) with certain countries and is in various stages of negotiations with a number of other foreign countries with respect to one or more alternative approaches to implement FATCA; an entity in one of those countries may be required to comply with the terms of an IGA instead of U.S. Treasury regulations.

An FFI can avoid FATCA withholding if it is deemed compliant or by becoming a “participating FFI,” which requires the FFI to enter into a U.S. tax compliance agreement with the IRS under section 1471(b) of the Code (“FFI agreement”) under which it agrees to verify, report and disclose certain of its U.S. accountholders and meet certain other specified requirements. The FFI will either report the specified information about the U.S. accounts to the IRS, or, to the government of the FFI’s country of residence (pursuant to the terms and conditions of applicable law and an applicable IGA entered into between the U.S. and the FFI’s country of residence), which will, in turn, report the specified information to the IRS. An FFI that is resident in a country that has entered into an IGA with the U.S. to implement FATCA will be exempt from FATCA withholding provided that the FFI shareholder and the applicable foreign government comply with the terms of such agreement.

An NFFE that is the beneficial owner of a payment from the Portfolio can avoid the FATCA withholding tax generally by certifying that it does not have any substantial U.S. owners or by providing the name, address and taxpayer identification number of each substantial U.S. owner. The NFFE will report the information to the Portfolio or other applicable withholding agent, which will, in turn, report the information to the IRS.

Such foreign shareholders also may fall into certain exempt, excepted or deemed compliant categories as established by U.S. Treasury regulations, IGAs, and other guidance regarding FATCA. An FFI or NFFE that invests in the Portfolio will need to provide documentation properly certifying the entity’s status under FATCA in order to avoid FATCA withholding. Non-U.S. investors should consult their own tax advisors regarding the impact of these requirements on their investment in the Portfolio. The requirements imposed by FATCA are different from,

47


and in addition to, the U.S. tax certification rules to avoid backup withholding described above. Shareholders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the application of these requirements to their own situation.

Effect of Future Legislation; Local Tax Considerations

The foregoing general discussion of U.S. federal income tax consequences is based on the Code and the regulations issued thereunder as in effect on the date of this SAI. Future legislative or administrative changes, including provisions of current law that sunset and thereafter no longer apply, or court decisions may significantly change the conclusions expressed herein, and any such changes or decisions may have a retroactive effect with respect to the transactions contemplated herein. Rules of state and local taxation of ordinary income, qualified dividend income and capital gain dividends may differ from the rules for U.S. federal income taxation described above. Distributions may also be subject to additional state, local and foreign taxes depending on each shareholder’s particular situation. Non-U.S. shareholders may be subject to U.S. tax rules that differ significantly from those summarized above. Shareholders are urged to consult their tax advisors as to the consequences of these and other state and local tax rules affecting investment in the Portfolio.

PROXY VOTING POLICIES

The Board of the Trust has delegated the authority to vote proxies for the portfolio securities held by the Portfolios to the Advisor in accordance with the Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures (the “Voting Policies”) and Proxy Voting Guidelines (“Voting Guidelines”) adopted by the Advisor applicable to the Portfolios. A concise summary of the Voting Guidelines is provided in an Appendix to this SAI.

The Investment Committee at the Advisor is generally responsible for overseeing the Advisor’s proxy voting process. The Investment Committee has formed the Investment Stewardship Committee (the “Committee”) composed of certain officers, directors and other personnel of the Advisor and has delegated to its members authority to (i) oversee the voting of proxies and third-party proxy service providers, (ii) make determinations as to how to vote certain specific proxies, (iii) verify ongoing compliance with the Voting Policies, (iv) receive reports on the review of the third-party proxy service providers, and (v) review the Voting Policies from time to time and recommend changes to the Investment Committee. The Committee may designate one or more of its members to oversee specific, ongoing compliance with respect to the Voting Policies and may designate personnel of the Advisor to vote proxies on behalf of the Portfolios, such as authorized traders of the Advisor.

The Advisor seeks to vote (or refrains from voting) proxies for the Portfolios in a manner that the Advisor determines is in the best interests of the Portfolios and which seeks to maximize the value of the Portfolios’ investments, subject to the standards of legal and regulatory regimes, applicable to the Advisor or the Portfolios, and any particular investment or voting guidelines of specific funds or accounts. Generally, the Advisor analyzes proxy statements on behalf of the Portfolios and instructs the vote (or refrains from voting) in accordance with the Voting Policies, Voting Guidelines or procedures. Most proxies the Advisor receives are instructed to be voted in accordance with the Voting Guidelines, and when proxies are voted consistently with such guidelines or procedures, the Advisor considers such votes not to be affected by conflicts of interest. However, the Voting Policies do address the procedures to be followed if a potential or actual conflict of interest arises between the interests of the Portfolios, and the interests of the Advisor or its affiliates. If a Committee member has actual knowledge of a conflict of interest and recommends a vote contrary to the Voting Guidelines or procedures (or in the case where the Voting Guidelines or procedures do not prescribe a particular vote and the proposed vote is contrary to the recommendation of third-party proxy service providers), the Committee member will bring the vote to the Committee which will (a) determine how the vote should be cast keeping in mind the principle of preserving shareholder value, or (b) determine to abstain from voting, unless abstaining would be materially adverse to the interest of the Portfolios. The Advisor may face a conflict of interest in determining whether to vote or refrain from voting proxies for a Portfolio where the Advisor has agreed to assume the costs of the Portfolio’s voting expenses because, for such Portfolio, the costs of voting proxies are effectively paid by the Advisor. The Advisor believes such conflicts of interest are addressed by applying the same cost-benefit analysis across all clients, without regard to whether the Advisor has a conflict, such as by assuming the costs of voting on behalf of a client. To the extent a conflict arises in connection with a proposed engagement with a portfolio company, the proposed engagement will be brought to the Investment Stewardship Committee for consideration of how to proceed. To the extent the Committee makes a determination

48


regarding how to vote or to abstain for a proxy on behalf of a Portfolio in the circumstances described in this paragraph, the Advisor will report annually on such determinations to the Board of the Trust.

To avoid certain potential conflicts of interest, the Advisor generally will employ mirror voting, if possible, when a Portfolio invests in another portfolio (an “Acquired Fund”) in reliance on any one of Sections 12(d)(1)(E), 12(d)(1)(F) or 12(d)(1)(G) of the 1940 Act, related rules thereunder (including Rule 12d1-1 or Rule 12d1-4 under the 1940 Act), or pursuant to an SEC exemptive order thereunder, unless otherwise required by applicable law or regulation. Mirror voting means that the Advisor will vote the shares in the same proportion as the vote of all of the other holders of the Acquired Fund’s shares. With respect to instances when a Portfolio invests in an Acquired Fund in reliance on Section 12(d)(1)(G) of the 1940 Act, related rules thereunder (including Rule 12d1-1 or Rule 12d1-4), or pursuant to an SEC exemptive order thereunder, and there are no other unaffiliated shareholders also invested in the Acquired Fund, the Advisor will vote in accordance with the recommendation of such Acquired Fund’s board of trustees or directors, unless otherwise required by applicable law or regulation. With respect to instances when a Portfolio invests in an Acquired Fund in reliance on Sections 12(d)(1)(E) or 12(d)(1)(F) of the 1940 Act and there are no other unaffiliated shareholders also invested in the Acquired Fund, the Advisor will employ pass-through voting, unless otherwise required by applicable law or regulation. In “pass-through voting,” the investing Portfolio will solicit voting instructions from its shareholders as to how to vote on the Acquired Fund’s proposals.

The Advisor will usually instruct voting of proxies in accordance with the Voting Guidelines. The Voting Guidelines provide a framework for analysis and decision making, however, the Voting Guidelines do not address all potential issues. In order to be able to address all the relevant facts and circumstances related to a proxy vote, the Advisor reserves the right to instruct votes that deviate from the Voting Guidelines if, after a review of the matter, the Advisor believes that the best interests of a Portfolio would be served by, or applicable legal and fiduciary standards require, such a vote. In such a circumstance, the analysis will be documented in writing and periodically presented to the Committee for review. To the extent that the Voting Guidelines do not cover potential voting issues, the Advisor may consider the spirit of the Guidelines and applicable legal standards and instruct the vote on such issues in a manner that the Advisor believes would be in the best interests of a Portfolio. Irrespective of the foregoing, the Advisor’s decision-making to vote or refrain from voting will be made following a cost-benefit analysis described below.

In some cases, the Advisor may determine that it is in the best interests of a Portfolio to refrain from exercising proxy voting rights. For example, the Advisor will generally refrain from voting proxies where the Advisor anticipates that the costs to a Portfolio of voting could exceed the expected benefits of voting. Note that securities issued in non-U.S. jurisdictions can be subject both to direct costs and opportunity costs which are not associated with voting U.S. proxies. As a result, were the Advisor to refrain from voting proxies, it would be more likely to do so for votes for matters related to non-U.S. issuers rather than U.S. issuers. The Advisor considers updates on proxy voting costs and voting impediments and its overall cost-benefit analysis for each Portfolio and country periodically, no less frequently than annually. In certain circumstances, for example, for a Portfolio with a relatively small amount of assets under management that invests significantly in non-U.S. issuers and has a large number of holdings, the Advisor’s cost-benefit analysis may result in the Advisor refraining from voting all proxies for such Portfolio. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event the Advisor is made aware of and believes an issue to be voted is likely to materially affect the economic value of a Portfolio, that the Portfolio’s vote is reasonably likely to be determinative of the outcome of the contest, and the expected benefits of voting a particular proxy vote exceed the costs, the Advisor will make reasonable efforts to vote that proxy.

For securities on loan, the Advisor will balance the revenue-producing value of loans against the difficult-to-assess value of casting votes. It is generally the Advisor’s belief that the expected value of casting a vote generally will be less than the securities lending income, either because the votes will not have significant economic consequences or because the outcome of the vote would not be affected by the Advisor recalling loaned securities for voting. In certain countries, including the United States, the specific terms of the proposals to be voted on by shareholders will generally not be known until after the record date, which determines the shares eligible to be voted. In this situation, the Advisor may not be aware of the subject of a proxy in time to make a decision as to whether the materiality of the voting proposals warrants recalling a security on loan to vote. In addition, because specific record dates may not be known, if the Advisor were to seek to recall securities on loan, the Advisor would need to estimate the record date which would result in the securities being recalled for a longer period of time than otherwise required and may create a greater potential loss of income. The Advisor does intend to recall securities on

49


loan if based upon information in the Advisor’s possession, it determines that voting the securities is likely to materially affect the value of a Portfolio’s investment and that it is in the Portfolio’s best interests to do so. In cases where the Advisor does not receive a solicitation or enough information within a sufficient time (as reasonably determined by the Advisor) prior to the proxy-voting deadline, the Advisor or its service provider may be unable to vote and this may also inform the Advisor’s voting decision.

Holders of fixed income securities are generally not entitled to an annual vote and therefore do not have such a mechanism to influence an issuer’s governance. From time-to-time holders of fixed income securities can receive proxy ballots or corporate action-consents at the discretion of the issuer/custodian. In such circumstances the Advisor’s fixed income portfolio management team is generally responsible for providing recommendations on how to vote proxy ballots and corporation action-consents and they may consult with members of the Committee, with the aim of applying the same general principles as are set out in the Guidelines.

The Advisor may take social or sustainability issues into account when voting proxies for portfolios that do not incorporate social or sustainability considerations in their design, such as the Portfolios, if the Advisor believes that doing so is in the best interest of the portfolio and is otherwise consistent with applicable law and the Advisor’s duties, such as where material environmental or social risks may have economic ramifications for shareholders.

The Advisor has retained certain third-party proxy voting service providers (“Proxy Service Firms”) to provide information on shareholder meeting dates and proxy materials; translate proxy materials printed in a foreign language; provide research on proxy proposals; operationally process votes in accordance with the Voting Guidelines on behalf of a Portfolio; and provide reports concerning the proxies voted (“Proxy Voting Services”). Although the Advisor retains third-party service providers for Proxy Voting Services, the Advisor remains responsible for proxy voting decisions and making such decisions in accordance with its fiduciary duties. The Advisor has designed Voting Policies to prudently select, oversee and evaluate Proxy Service Firms consistent with the Advisor’s fiduciary duties, including with respect to the matters described below, which Proxy Service Firms have been engaged to provide Proxy Voting Services to support the Advisor’s voting in accordance with the Voting Policies. Prior to the selection of a new Proxy Service Firm and annually thereafter or more frequently if deemed necessary by the Advisor, the Committee will consider whether the Proxy Service Firm (i) has the capacity and competency to timely and adequately analyze proxy issues and provide the Proxy Voting Services the Proxy Service Firm has been engaged to provide and (ii) can make its recommendations in an impartial manner and in the best interests of the Advisor’s clients, and consistent with the Advisor’s Voting Policies and fiduciary duties. In the event that the Voting Guidelines are not implemented precisely as the Advisor intends because of the actions or omissions of any third party service providers, custodians or sub-custodians or other agents or any such persons experience any irregularities (e.g., misvotes or missed votes), then such instances will not necessarily be deemed by the Advisor as a breach of the Voting Policies.

Information regarding how a Portfolio voted proxies related to its portfolio securities during the 12 month period ended June 30 of each year is available, no later than August 31 of each year, without charge, (i) by contacting the Trust at the address or telephone number appearing on the cover of this SAI, (ii) on the Advisor’s website at https://www.dimensional.com/who-we-are/investment-stewardship and (iii) on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

The Advisor and the Board of Trustees have adopted a policy (the “Policy”) to govern disclosure of the portfolio holdings of each Portfolio (“Holdings Information”), and to prevent the misuse of material non-public Holdings Information. The Advisor has determined that the Policy and its procedures: (1) are reasonably designed to ensure that disclosure of Holdings Information is in the best interests of the shareholders of the Portfolios, and (2) appropriately address the potential for material conflicts of interest.

Disclosure of Holdings Information as Required by Applicable Law. Holdings Information (whether a partial listing of portfolio holdings or a complete listing of portfolio holdings) shall be disclosed to any person as required by applicable law, rules, and regulations.

50


Online Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings Information. Each Portfolio generally discloses its complete Holdings Information (other than cash and cash equivalents), as of month-end, online at the Advisor’s public website, https://www.dimensional.com/us-en/funds, 30 days following the month-end.

From time to time, the Advisor and/or a Portfolio may provide a list of securities that the Portfolio would expect to distribute in-kind upon a request by a shareholder to redeem shares in-kind (the “Redemption Basket”) on the Advisor’s public website. Any such Redemption Basket may be posted daily on its public website as disclosed in the prospectus of the Portfolio.

Disclosure of Holdings Information to Recipients.  The Advisor’s Head of Global Institutional Services and Global Chief Compliance Officer (“Chief Compliance Officer”), or a delegate of the same, respectively (collectively, the “Designated Persons”), together may authorize disclosing non-public Holdings Information more frequently or at different periods than as described above solely to those financial advisors, registered accountholders, authorized consultants, authorized custodians, or third-party data service providers (each a “Recipient”) who: (i) specifically request the more current non-public Holdings Information and (ii) execute a Use and Nondisclosure Agreement (each a “Nondisclosure Agreement”). Each Nondisclosure Agreement subjects the Recipient to a duty of confidentiality with respect to the non-public Holdings Information, and prohibits the Recipient from trading based on the non-public Holdings Information, except that a Recipient of non-public Holdings Information received in connection with certain redemptions in-kind pursuant to contractual arrangements will not be prohibited from hedging or otherwise managing its risk exposure from the expected distribution of portfolio securities to be received in the redemptions-in-kind. Any non-public Holdings Information that is disclosed shall not include any material information about the trading strategies or pending portfolio transactions of the Portfolio. The non-public Holdings Information provided to a Recipient under a Nondisclosure Agreement, unless indicated otherwise, is not subject to a time delay before dissemination.

As of the date of this SAI, the Advisor and the Portfolios had ongoing arrangements with the following Recipients to make available non-public Holdings Information:

   

[TO BE UPDATED IN N-1A/A FILING]

  

Recipient

Business Purpose

Frequency

   

In addition, certain employees of the Advisor and its subsidiaries receive Holdings Information on a quarterly, monthly or daily basis, or upon request, in order to perform their business functions. None of the Portfolios, the Advisor or any other party receives any compensation in connection with these arrangements.

The Policy includes the following procedures to ensure that disclosure of Holdings Information is in the best interests of shareholders, and to address any conflicts between the interests of shareholders, on the one hand, and the interests of the Advisor, DFAS or any affiliated person of the Trust, the Advisor or DFAS, on the other. In order to protect the interests of shareholders and each Portfolio, and to ensure no adverse effect on shareholders in the limited circumstances where a Designated Person is considering making non-public Holdings Information available to a Recipient, the Advisor’s Director of Institutional Services and the Chief Compliance Officer will consider any conflicts of interest. If the Chief Compliance Officer, following appropriate due diligence, determines in his or her reasonable judgment that (1) the Portfolio has a legitimate business purpose for providing the non-public Holdings Information to a Recipient, and (2) disclosure of non-public Holdings Information to the Recipient would be in the interests of the shareholders and outweighs the possible reasonably anticipated adverse effects, then the Chief Compliance Officer may approve the proposed disclosure.

The Chief Compliance Officer documents all disclosures of non-public Holdings Information (including the legitimate business purpose for the disclosure), and periodically reports to the Board on such arrangements. The Chief Compliance Officer is also responsible for ongoing monitoring of the distribution and use of non-public

51


Holdings Information. Such arrangements are reviewed by the Chief Compliance Officer on an annual basis. Specifically, the Chief Compliance Officer requests an annual certification from each Recipient that the Recipient has complied with all terms contained in the Nondisclosure Agreement. Recipients who fail to provide the requested certifications are prohibited from receiving non-public Holdings Information.

The Board exercises continuing oversight of the disclosure of Holdings Information by: (1) overseeing the implementation and enforcement of the Policy by the Chief Compliance Officer of the Advisor and of the Fund; (2) considering reports and recommendations by the Chief Compliance Officer concerning the implementation of the Policy and any material compliance matters that may arise in connection with the Policy; and (3) considering whether to approve or ratify any amendments to the Policy. The Advisor and the Board reserve the right to amend the Policy at any time, and from time to time without prior notice, in their sole discretion.

Prohibitions on Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings and Receipt of Compensation. No person is authorized to disclose Holdings Information or other investment positions (whether online at https://www.dimensional.com/us-en/funds, in writing, by fax, by e-mail, orally, or by other means) except in accordance with the Policy. In addition, no person is authorized to make disclosure pursuant to the Policy if such disclosure is otherwise in violation of the antifraud provisions of the federal securities laws.

The Policy prohibits the Portfolio, the Advisor, or an affiliate thereof from receiving any compensation or other consideration of any type for the purpose of obtaining disclosure of non-public Holdings Information or other investment positions. “Consideration” includes any agreement to maintain assets in the Portfolio or in other investment companies or accounts managed by the Advisor or by any affiliated person of the Advisor.

The Policy and its procedures are intended to provide useful information concerning the Portfolios to existing and prospective shareholders, while at the same time preventing the improper use of Holdings Information. However, there can be no assurance that the furnishing of any Holdings Information is not susceptible to inappropriate uses, particularly in the hands of sophisticated investors, or that the Holdings Information will not in fact be misused in other ways, beyond the control of the Advisor.

Disclosure of Non-Material Information. To the extent permitted under the Policy, Designated Persons, officers of the Fund,  portfolio managers, other representatives of the Advisor, and anyone employed by or associated with the Advisor who has been authorized by the Advisor’s Legal Department or the Designated Persons (collectively, “Approved Representatives”) may disclose any views, opinions, judgments, advice or commentary, or any analytical, statistical, performance or other information, in connection with or relating to the Portfolios or its Holdings Information and/or other investment positions (collectively, commentary and analysis) or any changes in the Holdings Information of the Portfolios that occurred after the most recent publicly disclosed Holdings Information (recent portfolio changes) to any person if such information does not constitute material non-public information.

With respect to each instance of such disclosure, an Approved Representative will make a good faith determination whether the information constitutes material non-public information, which involves an assessment of the particular facts and circumstances. The Advisor believes that in most cases recent portfolio changes that involve a few or even several securities in a diversified portfolio and/or commentary and analysis would be immaterial and would not convey any advantage to a recipient in making an investment decision concerning the Portfolio. Nonexclusive examples of commentary and analysis include: (i) the allocation of the Portfolio’s portfolio holdings and other investment positions among various asset classes, sectors, industries and countries; (ii) the characteristics of the equity and fixed income components of the Portfolio’s portfolio holdings and other investment positions; (iii) the attribution of Portfolio returns by asset class, sector, industry and country; and (iv) the volatility characteristics of the Portfolio. An Approved Representative may in his or her sole discretion determine whether to deny any request for information made by any person, and may do so for any reason or no reason.

 Such information, if made available to anyone, will be made available to any person upon request, but, because such information is generally not material to investors, it may or may not be posted on the Portfolio’s website.

52


FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

[ ] is the independent registered public accounting firm to the Trust and audits the annual financial statements of the Portfolio.  [ ]’s address is [ ].

[SEED AUDIT FINANCIALS TO BE PROVIDED IN A SUBSEQUENT FILING]

PERFORMANCE DATA

The Portfolios may compare their investment performance to appropriate market and peer fund indices and investments for which reliable performance data is available. Such indices are generally unmanaged and are prepared by entities and organizations which track the performance of investment companies or investment advisors. Unmanaged indices often do not reflect deductions for administrative and management costs and expenses. The performance of the Portfolios may also be compared in publications to averages, performance rankings, or other information prepared by recognized investment company statistical services. Any performance information, whether related to the Portfolios or to the Advisor, should be considered in light of a Portfolio's investment objectives and policies, characteristics and the quality of the portfolio and market conditions during the time period indicated and should not be considered to be representative of what may be achieved in the future. Because the Portfolios had not commenced operations as of the date of this SAI, the Portfolios do not have performance data.

53


Exhibit A

Summary of Proxy Voting Guidelines

General Approach to Corporate Governance and Proxy Voting

When voting (or refraining from voting) proxies, Dimensional1 seeks to act in the best interests of the funds and accounts Dimensional manages and consistent with applicable legal and fiduciary standards. Dimensional seeks to maximize shareholder value subject to the standards of legal and regulatory regimes (applicable to the Advisor or the client), listing requirements, corporate governance and stewardship codes, and the investment or voting guidelines of the fund or account. 2

Dimensional expects the members of a portfolio company’s board to act in the interests of their shareholders. Each portfolio company’s board should implement policies and adopt practices that align the interests of the board and management with those of its shareholders. Since a board’s main responsibility is to oversee management and to manage and mitigate risk, it is important that board members have the experience and skills to carry out that responsibility.

This summary outlines Dimensional’s global approach to key proxy voting issues and highlights particular considerations in specific markets.

Global Evaluation Framework

Dimensional’s Global Evaluation Framework sets out Dimensional’s general expectations for all portfolio companies. When implementing the principles contained in Dimensional’s Global Evaluation Framework in a given market, in addition to the relevant legal and regulatory requirements, Dimensional will consider local market practices. Additionally, for portfolio companies in the United States, Europe, the Middle East, Africa, Japan, Australia and other select Asia markets, Dimensional will apply the market-specific considerations contained in the relevant subsection in these Guidelines.

Uncontested Director Elections

Dimensional may vote against individual directors, committee members, or the full board of a portfolio company, such as in the following situations:

1. There are problematic audit-related practices;

2. There are problematic compensation practices or persistent pay for performance misalignment;

3. There are problematic anti-takeover provisions;

4. There have been material failures of governance, risk oversight, or fiduciary responsibilities;

5. The board has failed to adequately respond to shareholder concerns;

6. The board has demonstrated a lack of accountability to shareholders;

7. There is an ineffective board refreshment process3;

If a director is a member of multiple boards of various portfolio companies, and one of those boards has one of the issues listed in 1-7 above, Dimensional may vote against that director with respect to the board of the portfolio company with the issue as well as any other portfolio company boards.

Dimensional also considers the following when voting on directors of portfolio companies:

    
   

1

“Dimensional” refers to any of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP, Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd., DFA Australia Limited, Dimensional Ireland Limited, Dimensional Fund Advisors Pte. Ltd. or Dimensional Japan Ltd.

2

For considerations in connection with ERISA-covered clients, see the Policy and its references to requirements under ERISA.

3

As used in these guidelines “board refreshment process” means the method for reviewing and establishing the composition of the board of the portfolio company (e.g., assessments or self-evaluation, succession planning, approach for searches for board members, criteria for qualification of board members).

 

A-1


1. Board and committee independence;

2. Director attendance: Dimensional generally expects directors to attend at least 75% of board and committee meetings;

3. Director capacity to serve;

4. Board composition.

Board Refreshment

An effective board refreshment process for a portfolio company can include the alignment of directors’ skills with business needs, assessment of individual director performance and feedback, and a search process for new directors that appropriately incorporates qualification criteria. Dimensional believes information about a portfolio company’s assessment and refreshment process should be disclosed and should generally include:

· The processes and procedures by which the portfolio company identifies the key competencies that directors should possess in order to ensure the board is able to appropriately oversee the risks and opportunities associated with the portfolio company’s strategy and operations;

· How the performance of individual directors and the board as a whole is assessed;

· The alignment between the skills and expertise of each board member and the key competencies identified in the board assessment process;

· Board refreshment mechanisms;

· Director recruitment policies and procedures; and

· The extent to which diversity considerations are incorporated into board assessment and refreshment practices and director recruitment policies.

In evaluating a portfolio company’s refreshment process, Dimensional may consider, among other information:

· Whether the portfolio company’s board assessment process meets market best practices in terms of objectiveness, rigor, disclosure, and other criteria;

· Whether the portfolio company complies with market best practice with regards to refreshment mechanisms, including tenure limits; and

· Whether the portfolio company has board entrenchment devices, such as a classified board or plurality vote standard.

Dimensional may consider a board’s diversity when evaluating the effectiveness of a portfolio company’s board refreshment process. Dimensional may consider whether a portfolio company seeks to follow market best practices as the portfolio company nominates new directors and assesses the performance of existing directors who have the diversity of backgrounds, experiences, and skill-sets needed to effectively oversee management and manage risk.

If Dimensional believes that a portfolio company’s board assessment and refreshment process is not sufficiently rigorous, or if the portfolio company fails to disclose adequate information for Dimensional to assess the rigor of the process, Dimensional may vote against members of the Nominating Committee, or other relevant directors.

Bundled/Slate Director Elections

Dimensional generally opposes bundled director elections at portfolio companies; however, in markets where individual director elections are not an established practice, bundled elections are acceptable as long as the full list of candidates is disclosed in a timely manner.

Contested Director Elections

In the case of contested board elections at portfolio companies, Dimensional takes a case-by-case approach. With the goal of maximizing shareholder value, Dimensional considers the qualifications of the nominees, the likelihood

A-2


that each side can accomplish their stated plans, the portfolio company’s corporate governance practices, and the incumbent board’s history of responsiveness to shareholders.

Board Size

Dimensional believes that portfolio company boards are responsible for determining an appropriate size of the board of directors within the confines of relevant corporate governance codes and best practice standards. However, Dimensional will generally oppose proposals to alter board structure or size in the context of a fight for control of the portfolio company or the board.

Auditors

Dimensional will typically support the ratification of auditors unless there are concerns with the auditor's independence, the accuracy of the auditor’s report, the level of non-audit fees, or if lack of disclosure makes it difficult for us to assess these factors.

In addition to voting against the ratification of the auditors, Dimensional may also vote against or withhold votes from audit committee members at portfolio companies in instances of fraud, material weakness, or significant financial restatements.

Anti-Takeover Provisions

Dimensional believes that the market for corporate control, which often results in acquisitions which increase shareholder value, should be able to function without undue restrictions. Takeover defenses such as shareholder rights plans (poison pills) can lead to entrenchment of management and reduced accountability at the board level. Dimensional will generally vote against the adoption of anti-takeover provisions. Dimensional may vote against directors at portfolio companies that adopt or maintain anti-takeover provisions without shareholder approval post-initial public offering (“IPO”) or adopted such structures prior to, or in connection with, an IPO. Dimensional may vote against such directors not just at the portfolio company that adopted the anti-takeover provision, but at all other portfolio company boards they serve on.

Related-Party Transactions

Dimensional believes portfolio company related-party transactions should be minimized. When such transactions are determined to be fair to the portfolio company and its shareholders in accordance with the portfolio company’s policies and governing law, they should be thoroughly disclosed in public filings.

Amendments to Articles of Association/Incorporation

Dimensional expects the details of proposed amendments to articles of association or incorporation, or similar portfolio company documents, to be clearly disclosed. Dimensional will typically support such amendments that are routine in nature or are required or prompted by regulatory changes. Dimensional may vote against amendments that negatively impact shareholder rights or diminish board oversight.

Equity Based Remuneration

Dimensional supports the adoption of equity plans that align the interests of the portfolio company board, management, and portfolio company employees with those of shareholders.

Dimensional will evaluate equity plans on a case-by-case basis, taking into account the potential dilution to shareholders, the portfolio company’s historical use of equity, and the particular plan features.

Executive Remuneration

Dimensional supports remuneration for executives that is clearly linked to the portfolio company’s performance. Remuneration should be designed to attract, retain and appropriately motivate and serve as a means to align the interests of executives with those of shareholders.

Dimensional expects portfolio companies to structure executive compensation in a manner that does not insulate management from the consequences of failures of risk oversight and management. Dimensional typically supports clawback provisions in executive compensation plans as a way to mitigate risk of excessive risk taking by executives at portfolio companies.

Dimensional supports remuneration plan metrics that are quantifiable and clearly tied to company strategy and the creation of shareholder value. The use of standard financial metrics, for example, metrics based on generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) or international financial reporting standards, when determining executive

A-3


pay is generally considered by Dimensional to be preferable. The use of non-standard metrics, including those involving large non-GAAP adjustments, result in less transparency for investors and may lead to artificially high executive pay. In evaluating a portfolio company’s executive compensation, Dimensional considers whether the portfolio company is disclosing what each metric is intended to capture, how performance is measured, what targets have been set, and performance against those targets. While environmental and social (E&S) issues may be material for shareholder value, Dimensional believes linking E&S metrics to executive pay in a quantifiable and transparent manner can present particular challenges. Dimensional will seek to focus on the rigor of E&S metrics and will seek to scrutinize payouts made under these metrics, particularly when there has been underperformance against other metrics tied to financial performance or shareholder value.

To the extent that remuneration is clearly excessive and not aligned with the portfolio company’s performance or other factors, Dimensional would not support such remuneration. Additionally, Dimensional expects portfolio companies to strive to follow local market practices with regards to the specific elements of remuneration and the overall structure of the remuneration plan.

Therefore, Dimensional reviews proposals seeking approval of a portfolio company’s executive remuneration plan closely, taking into account the quantum of pay, portfolio company performance, and the structure of the plan.

In markets where components of executive remuneration, such as performance rights or options, are required to be subject to a separate shareholder vote, Dimensional will consider these proposals in line with the principles above.

Director Remuneration

Dimensional will generally support director remuneration at portfolio companies that is reasonable in both size and composition relative to industry and market norms.

Mergers & Acquisitions (M&A)

Dimensional’s primary consideration in evaluating mergers and acquisitions is maximizing shareholder value. Given that Dimensional believes market prices reflect future expected cash flows, an important consideration is the price reaction to the announcement, and the extent to which the deal represents a premium to the pre-announcement price. Dimensional will also consider the strategic rationale, potential conflicts of interest, and the possibility of competing offers.

Dimensional may vote against deals where there are concerns with the acquisition process or where there appear to be significant conflicts of interest.

Capitalization

Dimensional will vote case-by-case on proposals related to portfolio company share issuances, taking into account the purpose for which the shares will be used, the risk to shareholders of not approving the request, and the dilution to existing shareholders.

Unequal Voting Rights

Dimensional opposes the creation of share structures that provide for unequal voting rights, including dual class stock with unequal voting rights or mechanisms such as loyalty shares that may skew economic ownership and voting rights within the same class of shares, and will generally vote against proposals to create or continue such structures. On a case-by-case basis, Dimensional may also vote against directors at portfolio companies that adopt or maintain such structures without shareholder approval post-IPO or adopted such structures prior to, or in connection with, an IPO.

Say on Climate

Dimensional will generally vote against management and shareholder proposals to introduce say on climate votes, which propose that companies’ climate-risk management plans are put to a recurring advisory shareholder vote. Dimensional believes that strategic planning, including mitigation of climate-related risks and oversight of opportunities presented by potential climate change is the responsibility of the portfolio company board and should not be delegated or transferred to shareholders. If a portfolio company’s climate-risk management plan is put to a shareholder vote then Dimensional will generally vote against the plan, regardless of the level of detail contained in the plan, to indicate our opposition to the delegation of oversight implied by such votes. If Dimensional observes that a portfolio company board is failing to adequately guard shareholder value through strategic planning, Dimensional may vote against directors.

A-4


Shareholder Proposals

Dimensional’s goal when voting on portfolio company shareholder proposals is to support those proposals that protect or enhance shareholder value through improved board accountability, improved policies and procedures, or improved disclosure.

Dimensional will typically vote with management on environmental and social (E&S) shareholder proposals. In certain circumstances, including if the E&S matter may have a material impact on the portfolio company, Dimensional may determine a case-by-case analysis is warranted, in which case we will consider if supporting the proposal is likely to provide shareholders with meaningful information about a portfolio company’s handling of environmental or social risk through improved board accountability, improved policies or procedures, or improved disclosures.

Virtual Meetings

Dimensional does not oppose the use of virtual-only meetings if shareholders are provided with the same rights and opportunities as available during a physical meeting, including:

· The ability to see and hear portfolio company representatives;

· The ability to ask questions of portfolio company representatives; and

· The ability to see or hear questions submitted to portfolio company representatives by other shareholders, including those questions not answered by portfolio company representatives.

Disclosure of Vote Results

Dimensional expects detailed disclosure of voting results. In cases where vote results have not been disclosed within a reasonable time frame, Dimensional may vote against individual directors, committee members, or the full board of a portfolio company.

Disclosure of Meeting Materials

Dimensional expects timely disclosure of meeting notice and materials. Dimensional may vote against individual directors or committee members if disclosure is not made with sufficient time for shareholders to consider the materials prior to the shareholder meeting.

Voting Guidelines for Environmental and Social Matters

Dimensional believes that portfolio company boards are responsible for addressing material environmental and social risks within their duties. If a portfolio company is unresponsive to environmental or social risks that may have material economic ramifications for shareholders, Dimensional may vote against directors individually, committee members, or the entire board, or may vote in favor of related shareholder proposals consistent with Dimensional’s general approach to such E&S proposals. Dimensional may communicate with portfolio companies to better understand the alignment of the interests of boards and management with those of shareholders on these topics.

Evaluating Disclosure of Material Environmental or Social Risks

Dimensional generally believes that information about the oversight and mitigation of material environmental or social risks should be disclosed by portfolio companies. Dimensional generally expects the disclosure regarding oversight and mitigation to include:

· A description of material risks.

· A description of the process for identifying and prioritizing such risks and how frequently it occurs.

· The policies and procedures governing the handling of each material risk.

· A description of the management-level roles/groups involved in oversight and mitigation of each material risk.

A-5


· A description of the metrics used to assess the effectiveness of mitigating each material risk, and the frequency at which performance against these metrics is assessed.

· A description of how the board is informed of material risks and the progress against relevant metrics.

In certain instances where Dimensional determines that disclosure by a portfolio company is insufficient for a shareholder to be able to adequately assess the relevant risks facing a portfolio company, or where a portfolio company has faced a material controversy in relation to the issue, Dimensional may, on a case-by-case basis, vote against individual directors, committee members, or the entire board, or may vote in favor of related shareholder proposals consistent with Dimensional’s general approach to such proposals.

Political and Lobbying Activities

Dimensional expects boards of portfolio companies to exercise oversight of political and lobbying-related expenditures and ensure that such spending is in line with shareholder interests.

In evaluating a portfolio company’s policies related to political and lobbying expenditure, Dimensional expects the following practices:

· The board to adopt policies and procedures to oversee political and lobbying expenditures;

· The details of the board oversight, including the policies and procedures governing such expenditures, to be disclosed publicly; and

· That board oversight of political and lobbying activities, such as spending, should include ensuring that the portfolio company’s publicly stated positions are in alignment with its related activities and spending.

Human Capital Management

Dimensional expects boards of portfolio companies to exercise oversight of human capital management issues. Dimensional expects portfolio companies to disclose sufficient information for shareholders to understand the policies, procedures, and personnel a portfolio company has in place to address issues related to human capital management. This disclosure should include the portfolio company’s human capital management goals in key areas, such as compensation, employee health and wellness, employee training and development, and workforce composition, as well as the metrics by which the portfolio company assesses performance against these goals.

Climate-Related Risks

Dimensional expects boards of portfolio companies to exercise oversight of climate-related risks that may have a material impact on the portfolio company. Climate-related risks may include physical risks from changing weather patterns and/or transitional risks from changes in regulation or consumer preferences. Dimensional expects portfolio companies to disclose information on their handling of these risks, to the extent those risks may have a material impact on the portfolio company. Disclosure should include:

· The specific risks identified.

· The potential impact these risks could have on the portfolio company’s business, operations, or strategy.

· Whether the risks are overseen by a specific committee or the full board.

· The frequency with which the board or responsible board committee receives updates on the risks and the types of information reviewed.

· The management-level roles/groups responsible for managing these risks.

· The metrics used to assess the handling of these risks, how they are calculated, and the reason for their selection, particularly when the metrics recommended by a recognized third-party framework, such as Task Force for Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD), International Sustainability Standards Board (ISSB), or Sustainability Accounting Standards Board (SASB) Standards, are not being used.

· Targets used by the portfolio company to manage climate-related risks and performance against those targets.

A-6


Human Rights

Dimensional expects portfolio company boards to exercise oversight of human rights issues that could pose a material risk to the business, including forced labor, child labor, privacy, freedom of expression, and land and water rights. Dimensional expects portfolio companies to disclose information on their handling of these risks, to the extent those risks may have a material impact on the portfolio company. Disclosure should include:

· The specific risks identified

· The potential impact these risks could have on the portfolio company’s business, operations, or strategy

· Whether the risks are overseen by a specific committee or the full board

· The frequency with which the board or responsible board committee receives updates on the risks and the types of information reviewed

· Details on how the portfolio company monitors human rights throughout the organization and supply chain, including the scope and frequency of audits and how instances of non-compliance are resolved

· The policies governing human rights throughout the organization and supply chain and the extent to which the policy aligns with recognized global frameworks such as the UN’s Guiding Principles on Human Rights and the OECD’s Guidelines for Multinational Enterprises

· Details of violations of the policy and corrective action taken

Technology

Dimensional expects portfolio company boards to exercise oversight of the use of technology, including artificial intelligence (AI), throughout and disclose information of their handling of any associated risks, to the extent such risks could be material to the business. With respect to cybersecurity risks in particular, disclosure should include:

· Policies and procedures to manage cybersecurity risk and identify cybersecurity incidents

· The role of management in implementing cybersecurity policies and procedures

· The role of the board in overseeing cybersecurity risk and the process by which the board is informed of incidents.

· Material cybersecurity incidents and remedial actions taken.

Evaluation Framework for U.S. Listed Companies

Director Elections:

Uncontested Director Elections

Shareholders elect the board of a portfolio company to represent their interests and oversee management and expect boards to adopt policies and practices that align the interests of the board and management with those of shareholders and limit the potential for conflicts of interest.

One of the most important measures aimed at ensuring that portfolio company shareholders’ interests are represented is an independent board of directors, made up of individuals with the diversity of backgrounds, experiences, and skill-sets needed to effectively oversee management and manage risk. Dimensional expects portfolio company boards to be majority independent and key committees to be fully independent.

Dimensional believes shareholders should have a say in who represents their interests and portfolio companies should be responsive to shareholder concerns. Dimensional may vote against or withhold votes from individual directors, committee members, or the full board, and may also vote against such directors when they serve on other portfolio company boards, in the following situations:

· The continued service of directors who failed to receive the support of a majority of shareholders (regardless of whether the portfolio company uses a majority or plurality vote standard).

A-7


· Failure to adequately respond to majority-supported shareholder proposals.

Contested Director Elections

In the case of contested board elections at portfolio companies, Dimensional takes a case-by-case approach. With the goal of maximizing shareholder value, Dimensional considers the qualifications of the nominees, the likelihood that each side can accomplish their stated plans, the portfolio company’s corporate governance practices, the incumbent board’s history of responsiveness to shareholders, and the market’s reaction to the contest.

Board Structure and Composition:

Age and Term Limits

Dimensional believes it is the responsibility of a portfolio company’s nominating committee to ensure that the portfolio company’s board of directors is composed of individuals with the skills needed to effectively oversee management and will generally oppose proposals seeking to impose age or term limits for directors.

That said, portfolio companies should clearly disclose their director evaluation and board refreshment policies in their proxy. Lack of healthy turnover on the board of a portfolio company or lack of observable diversity on a portfolio company board may lead Dimensional to scrutinize the rigor of a portfolio company’s board refreshment process.

CEO/Chair

Dimensional believes that the portfolio company boards are responsible for determining whether the separation of roles is appropriate and adequately protects the interests of shareholders.

At portfolio companies with a combined CEO/Chair, Dimensional expects the board to appoint a lead independent director with specific responsibilities, including the setting of meeting agendas, to seek to ensure the board is able to act independently.

Recent environmental, social, and governance controversies resulting from inadequate board oversight may be taken into account when voting on shareholder proposals seeking the separation of the roles of CEO and Chair at a portfolio company.

Governance Practices:

Classified Boards

Dimensional believes director votes are an important mechanism to increase board accountability to shareholders. Dimensional therefore advocates for boards at portfolio companies to give shareholders the right to vote on the entire slate of directors on an annual basis.

Dimensional will generally support proposals to declassify existing boards at portfolio companies and will generally oppose efforts by portfolio companies to adopt classified board structures, in which only part of the board is elected each year.

Dimensional will generally vote against or withhold votes from incumbent directors at portfolio companies that adopt a classified board without shareholder approval. Dimensional may also vote against or withhold votes from directors at portfolio companies that adopt classified boards prior to or in connection with an IPO, unless accompanied by a reasonable sunset provision.

Dual Classes of Stock

Dual class share structures are generally seen as detrimental to shareholder rights, as they are accompanied by unequal voting rights. Dimensional believes in the principle of one share, one vote.

Dimensional opposes the creation of dual-class share structures with unequal voting rights at portfolio companies and will generally vote against proposals to create or continue dual-class capital structures.

Dimensional will generally vote against or withhold votes from directors at portfolio companies that adopt a dual-class structure without shareholder approval after the portfolio company’s IPO. Dimensional will generally vote against or withhold votes from directors for implementation of a dual-class structure prior to or in connection with an IPO, unless accompanied by a reasonable sunset provision.

A-8


Supermajority Vote Requirements

Dimensional believes that the affirmative vote of a majority of shareholders of a portfolio company should be sufficient to approve items such as bylaw amendments and mergers. Dimensional will generally vote against proposals seeking to implement a supermajority vote requirement and for shareholder proposals seeking the adoption of a majority vote standard.

Dimensional will generally vote against or withhold votes from incumbent directors at portfolio companies that adopt a supermajority vote requirement without shareholder approval. Dimensional may also vote against or withhold votes from directors at portfolio companies that adopt supermajority vote requirements prior to or in connection with an IPO, unless accompanied by a reasonable sunset provision.

Shareholder Rights Plans (Poison Pills)

Dimensional generally opposes poison pills. As a result, Dimensional may vote against the adoption of a pill and all directors at a portfolio company that put a pill in place without first obtaining shareholder approval. Votes against (or withheld votes from) directors may extend beyond the portfolio company that adopted the pill, to all boards the directors serve on.

Cumulative Voting

Under cumulative voting, each shareholder is entitled to the number of his or her shares multiplied by the number of directors to be elected. Shareholders have the flexibility to allocate their votes among directors in the proportion they see fit, including casting all their votes for one director. This is particularly impactful in the election of dissident candidates to the board in the event of a proxy contest.

Dimensional will typically support proposals that provide for cumulative voting and against proposals to eliminate cumulative voting unless the portfolio company has demonstrated that there are adequate safeguards in place, such as proxy access and majority voting.

Majority Voting

For the election of directors, portfolio companies may adopt either a majority or plurality vote standard. In a plurality vote standard, the directors with the most votes are elected. If the number of directors up for election is equal to the number of board seats, each director only needs to receive one vote in order to be elected. In a majority vote standard, in order to be elected, a director must receive the support of a majority of shares voted or present at the meeting.

Dimensional supports a majority (rather than plurality) voting standard for uncontested director elections at portfolio companies. The majority vote standard should be accompanied by a director resignation policy to address failed elections.

To account for contested director elections, portfolio companies with a majority vote standard should include a carve-out for plurality voting in situations where there are more nominees than seats.

Right to Call Meetings and Act by Written Consent

Dimensional will generally support the right of shareholders to call special meetings of a portfolio company board (if they own 25% of shares outstanding) and take action by written consent.

Proxy Access

Dimensional will typically support management and shareholder proposals for proxy access that allow a shareholder (or group of shareholders) holding three percent of voting power for three years to nominate up to 25 percent of a portfolio company board. Dimensional will typically vote against proposals that are more restrictive than these guidelines.

Amend Bylaws/Charters

Dimensional believes that shareholders should have the right to amend a portfolio company’s bylaws. Dimensional will generally vote against or withhold votes from incumbent directors at portfolio companies that place substantial restrictions on shareholders’ ability to amend bylaws through excessive ownership requirements for submitting proposals or restrictions on the types of issues that can be amended.

A-9


Exclusive Forum

Dimensional is generally supportive of management proposals at portfolio companies to adopt an exclusive forum for shareholder litigation.

Indemnification and Exculpation of Directors and Officers

Dimensional intends to evaluate proposals seeking to enact or expand indemnification or exculpation provisions on a case-by-case basis considering board rationale and specific provisions being proposed.

Advance Notice Provisions

Portfolio company bylaw amendments known as “advance notice provisions” set out the steps shareholders must follow when submitting an item for inclusion on the agenda of a shareholder meeting. These provisions may serve as an entrenchment device that can result in reduced accountability at the board level in cases where they impose onerous requirements on shareholders wishing to submit a nominee for the board of directors. When evaluating advanced notice provisions, whether for the submission of a shareholder candidate or the submission of other permissible proposals, Dimensional generally does not support provisions that:

· Require shareholder-nominated candidates to disclose information that is not required for new board-nominated candidates

· Impose unduly burdensome disclosure requirements on shareholder proponents

· Significantly limit the time period shareholders have to submit proposals or nominees

Dimensional may vote against or withhold votes from directors who adopt such provisions without shareholder approval.

Executive and Director Compensation:

Equity-Based Compensation

Dimensional supports the adoption of equity plans that align the interests of portfolio company board, management, and portfolio company employees with those of shareholders.

Dimensional will evaluate equity plans on a case-by-case basis, taking into account the potential dilution to shareholders, the portfolio company’s historical use of equity, and the particular plan features.

Dimensional will typically vote against plans that have features that have a negative impact on shareholders of portfolio companies. Such features include single-trigger or discretionary vesting, an overly broad definition of change in control, a lack of minimum vesting periods for grants, evergreen provisions, and the ability to reprice shares without shareholder approval.

Dimensional may also vote against equity plans if problematic equity grant practices have contributed to a pay for performance misalignment at the portfolio company.

Employee Stock Purchase Plans

Dimensional will generally support qualified employee stock purchase plans (as defined by Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code), provided that the purchase price is no less than 85 percent of market value, the number of shares reserved for the plan is no more than ten percent of outstanding shares, and the offering period is no more than 27 months.

Advisory Votes on Executive Compensation (Say on Pay)

Dimensional supports reasonable compensation for executives that is clearly linked to the portfolio company’s performance. Compensation should serve as a means to align the interests of executives with those of shareholders. To the extent that compensation is excessive, it represents a transfer to management of shareholder wealth. Therefore, Dimensional reviews proposals seeking approval of a portfolio company’s executive compensation plan closely, taking into account the quantum of pay, portfolio company performance, and the structure of the plan.

Certain practices, such as:

· multi-year guaranteed bonuses

A-10


· excessive severance agreements (particularly those that vest without involuntary job loss or diminution of duties or those with excise-tax gross-ups)

· single, or the same, metrics used for both short-term and long-term executive compensation plans

may encourage excessive risk-taking by executives at portfolio companies and are generally opposed by Dimensional.

At portfolio companies that have a history of problematic pay practices or excessive compensation, Dimensional will consider the portfolio company’s responsiveness to shareholders’ concerns and may vote against or withhold votes from members of the Compensation Committee if these concerns have not been addressed.

Frequency of Say on Pay

Executive compensation in the United States is typically composed of three parts: 1) base salary; 2) cash bonuses based on annual performance (short-term incentive awards); 3) and equity awards based on performance over a multi-year period (long-term incentive awards).

Dimensional supports triennial say on pay because it allows for a longer-term assessment of whether compensation was adequately linked to portfolio company performance. This is particularly important in situations where a portfolio company makes significant changes to their long-term incentive awards, as the effectiveness of such changes in aligning pay and performance cannot be determined in a single year.

If there are serious concerns about a portfolio company’s compensation plan in a year where the plan is not on the ballot, Dimensional may vote against or withhold votes from members of the Compensation Committee.

Executive Severance Agreements (Golden Parachutes)

Dimensional analyzes golden parachute proposals on a case-by-case basis.

Dimensional expects payments to be reasonable on both an absolute basis and relative to the value of the transaction. Dimensional will typically vote against agreements with cash severance of more than 3x salary and bonus.

Dimensional expects vesting of equity to be contingent on both a change in control and a subsequent involuntary termination of the employee (“double-trigger change in control”).

Corporate Actions:

Reincorporation

Dimensional will evaluate reincorporation proposals on a case-by-case basis.

Dimensional may vote against reincorporations if the move would result in a substantial diminution of shareholder rights at the portfolio company.

Capitalization:

Increase Authorized Shares

Dimensional will vote case-by-case on proposals seeking to increase common or preferred stock of a portfolio company, taking into account the purpose for which the shares will be used and the risk to shareholders of not approving the request.

Dimensional will typically vote against requests for common or preferred stock issuances that are excessively dilutive relative to common market practice.

Dimensional will typically vote against proposals at portfolio companies with multiple share classes to increase the number of shares of the class with superior voting rights.

Blank Check Preferred Stock

Blank check preferred stock is stock that can be issued at the discretion of the board, with the voting, conversion, distribution, and other rights determined by the board at the time of issue. Therefore, blank check preferred stock can potentially serve as means to entrench management and prevent takeovers at portfolio companies.

A-11


To mitigate concerns regarding what Dimensional believes is the inappropriate use of blank check preferred stock, Dimensional expects portfolio companies seeking approval for blank preferred stock to clearly state that the shares will not be used for anti-takeover purposes.

Share Repurchases

Dimensional will generally support open-market share repurchase plans that allow all shareholders to participate on equal terms. Portfolio companies that use metrics such as earnings per share (EPS) in their executive compensation plans should ensure that the impact of such repurchases are taken into account when determining payouts.

Shareholder Proposals:

In instances where a shareholder proposal is excluded from the meeting agenda, Dimensional expects the portfolio company to provide shareholders with substantive disclosure concerning this exclusion. In certain instances, Dimensional may vote against or withhold votes from certain directors on a case-by-case basis if such disclosure is lacking.

Evaluation Framework for Europe, the Middle East, and Africa (EMEA) Listed Companies

Continental Europe:

Director Election Guidelines 

· Portfolio company boards should be majority independent (excluding shareholder or employee representatives as provided by law); however, lower levels of board independence may be acceptable in controlled companies and in those markets where local best practice indicates that at least one-third of the board be independent. 

· A majority of audit and remuneration committee members (excluding shareholder or employee representatives as provided by law) should be independent; the committees overall should be at least one-third independent. 

· Executives should generally not serve on audit and remuneration committees.

· The CEO and board chair roles should generally be separate.

· Portfolio companies should comply with Directive (EU) 2022/2381 (Gender Balance on Boards of Certain Companies) Regulation 2025 to the extent transposed into national law, relevant listing rules, corporate governance codes, and market best practices with regards to board composition.

Remuneration Guidelines 

Dimensional expects annual remuneration reports published by portfolio companies pursuant to the Shareholder Rights Directive II to disclose, at a minimum:

· The amount paid to executives;

· Alignment between pay and performance;  

· The targets used for variable incentive plans and the ex-post levels achieved; and

· The rationale for any discretion applied. 

Other Market Specific Guidelines for Continental Europe

· In Austria, Germany, and the Netherlands, Dimensional will generally vote against the appointment of a former CEO as chairman of the board of directors or supervisory board of a portfolio company.

United Kingdom:

Dimensional expects portfolio companies to follow the applicable requirements of the FCA Listing Rules, the UK Corporate Governance Code, and market best practice with regards to board and committee composition. When evaluating portfolio company boards Dimensional will also consider the recommendations of the FTSE Women Leaders and Parker Reviews with regards to board composition.

A-12


Dimensional expects companies to align their remuneration with the requirements of the UK Corporate Governance Code and to consider best practices such as those set forth in the Investment Association Principles of Remuneration.

With respect to capital structure, Dimensional will consider expectations set forth in the Investment Association’s Share Capital Management Guidelines and the Pre-Emption Group Statement of Principles and the Pensions and Lifetime Savings Association Guidelines.

Ireland:

Dimensional expects Irish-incorporated portfolio companies with their primary listing on Euronext Dublin to follow the requirements of the Irish Corporate Governance Code.

Dimensional expects Irish-incorporated companies to follow the requirements of S.I. No. 215/2015 – European Union (Gender Balance on Boards of Certain Companies) Regulations 2025 with respect to evaluating board composition.

South Africa:

Dimensional expects portfolio companies to follow the recommendations of the King Report on Corporate Governance (King Code IV) with regards to board and committee composition.

Framework for Evaluating Australia and New Zealand-Listed Companies

Uncontested Director Elections

Shareholders elect the board of a portfolio company to represent their interests and oversee management and expect portfolio company boards to adopt policies and practices that align the interests of the board and management with those of shareholders and limit the potential for conflicts of interest.

One of the most important measures aimed at ensuring that portfolio company shareholders’ interests are represented is an independent board of directors, made up of individuals with the diversity of backgrounds, experiences, and skill-sets needed to effectively oversee management and manage risk. Dimensional expects portfolio company boards to be majority independent.

Dimensional believes that key audit and remuneration committees should be composed of independent directors. Dimensional will generally vote against executive directors of the portfolio company who serve on the audit committee or who serve on the remuneration committee if the remuneration committee is not majority independent.

When evaluating portfolio company boards, Dimensional will consider the ASX Corporate Governance Council Principles and Recommendations and the NZX Corporate Governance Code, respectively, with respect to board composition. Additionally, Dimensional will generally vote against individual directors or committee members at portfolio companies with no female representation on the board. At companies listed on the S&P/NZX 20, Dimensional generally expects at least 30 percent board female representation.

CEO/Chair

Dimensional expects Australian and New Zealand portfolio companies to separate the CEO and board chair roles, with the board chair being an independent director, in line with the expectations set forth in the ASX Corporate Governance Council Principles and Recommendations and the NZX Corporate Governance Code, respectively.

Auditors

Neither Australian nor New Zealand law requires the annual ratification of auditors; therefore, concerns with a portfolio company's audit practices will be reflected in votes against members of the audit committee in both markets.

Dimensional may vote against audit committee members at a portfolio company if there are concerns with the auditor's independence, the accuracy of the auditor’s report, the level of non-audit fees, or if lack of disclosure makes it difficult to assess these factors.

Dimensional may also vote against audit committee members in instances of fraud or material failures in oversight of audit functions.

A-13


Share Issuances

Dimensional will evaluate requests for share issuances on a case-by-case basis, taking into account factors such as the impact on current shareholders and the rationale for the request.

When voting on approval of prior share distributions, at Australian and New Zealand portfolio companies, Dimensional will generally support prior issuances that conform to the dilution guidelines set out in ASX Listing Rule 7.1 and NZX Listing Rule 4, respectively.

Share Repurchase

Dimensional will evaluate requests for share repurchases on a case-by-case basis, taking into account factors such as the impact on current shareholders, the rationale for the request, and the portfolio company’s history of repurchases. Dimensional expects repurchases to be made in arms-length transactions using independent third parties.

Dimensional may vote against portfolio company plans that do not include limitations on the portfolio company’s ability to use the plan to repurchase shares from third parties at a premium and limitations on the use of share purchases as an anti-takeover device.

Constitution Amendments

Dimensional will evaluate requests for amendments to a portfolio company’s constitution on a case-by-case basis. The primary consideration will be the impact on the rights of shareholders.

Non-Executive Director Remuneration

Dimensional will support non-executive director remuneration at portfolio companies that is reasonable in both size and composition relative to industry and market norms.

Dimensional will generally vote against components of non-executive director remuneration that are likely to impair a director’s independence, such as options or performance-based remuneration.

Equity-Based Remuneration

Dimensional supports the adoption of equity plans that align the interests of the portfolio company board, management, and portfolio company employees with those of shareholders.

Companies should clearly disclose components of the plan, including vesting periods and performance hurdles.

Dimensional may vote against plans that are exceedingly dilutive to existing shareholders. Plans that permit retesting or repricing will generally be viewed unfavorably.

Dimensional may vote against the granting of equity-based awards, such as performance rights, stock options, and stock appreciation rights, to specific executives, including CEOs and Managing Directors, if also voting against the portfolio company’s remuneration report under the analysis set forth in the Executive Remuneration section of the Global Framework.

Framework for Evaluating Japan-Listed Securities

Uncontested Director Elections

Shareholders elect the board of a portfolio company to represent their interests and oversee management and expect portfolio company boards to adopt policies and practices that align the interests of the board and management with those of shareholders and limit the potential for conflicts of interest.

One of the most important measures aimed at ensuring that portfolio company shareholders’ interests are represented is an independent board of directors, made up of individuals with the diversity of backgrounds, experiences, and skill sets needed to effectively oversee management and manage risk. With respect to board composition, Dimensional may consider local market practice, including requirements under the Japan Corporate Governance Code, and may vote against directors if the board does not meet established market norms.

At portfolio companies with a three-committee structure, Dimensional expects at least one-third of the board to be outsiders. Ideally, the board should be majority independent. At portfolio companies with a three-committee structure that have a controlling shareholder, at least two directors and at least one-third of the board should be independent outsiders.

A-14


At portfolio companies with an audit committee structure, Dimensional expects at least one-third of the board to be outsiders. Ideally, the audit committee should be entirely independent; at minimum, any outside directors who serve on the committee should be independent. At portfolio companies with an audit committee structure that have a controlling shareholder, at least two directors and at least one-third of the board should be independent outsiders.

At portfolio companies with a statutory auditor structure, Dimensional expects at least two directors and at least one-third of the board to be outsiders. At portfolio companies with a statutory auditor structure that have a controlling shareholder, the board should be majority independent.

Statutory Auditors

Statutory auditors are responsible for effectively overseeing management and ensuring that decisions made are in the best interest of shareholders. Dimensional may vote against statutory auditors who are remiss in their responsibilities.

When voting on outside statutory auditors, Dimensional expects nominees to be independent and to have the capacity to fulfill the requirements of their role as evidenced by attendance at meetings of the board of directors or board of statutory auditors.

Director and Statutory Auditor Compensation

Dimensional will support compensation for portfolio company directors and statutory auditors that is reasonable in both size and composition relative to industry and market norms.

When requesting an increase to the level of director fees, Dimensional expects portfolio companies to provide a specific reason for the increase. Dimensional will generally support an increase of director fees if it is in conjunction with the introduction of performance-based compensation, or where the ceiling for performance-based compensation is being increased. Dimensional will generally not support an increase in director fees if there is evidence that the directors have been remiss in effectively overseeing management or ensuring that decisions made are in the best interest of shareholders.

Dimensional will typically support an increase to the statutory auditor compensation ceiling unless there is evidence that the statutory auditors have been remiss in effectively overseeing management or ensuring that decisions made are in the best interest of shareholders.

Dimensional will generally support the granting of annual bonuses to portfolio company directors and statutory auditors unless there is evidence the board or the statutory auditors have been remiss in effectively overseeing management or ensuring that decisions made are in the best interest of shareholders.

Dimensional generally supports the granting of retirement benefits to portfolio company insiders, so long as the individual payments, and aggregate amount of such payments, is disclosed.

Dimensional will generally vote against the granting of retirement bonuses if there is evidence the portfolio company board or statutory auditors have been remiss in effectively overseeing management or ensuring that decisions made are in the best interest of shareholders.

Equity Based Compensation

Dimensional supports the adoption of equity plans that align the interests of the portfolio company board, management, and portfolio company employees with those of shareholders.

Dimensional will typically support stock option plans to portfolio company executives and employees if total dilution from the proposed plans and previous plans does not exceed 5 percent for mature companies or 10 percent for growth companies.

Dimensional will generally vote against stock plans if upper limit of options that can be issued per year is not disclosed.

For deep-discounted stock option plans, Dimensional typically expects portfolio companies to disclose specific performance hurdles.

A-15


Capital Allocation

Dimensional will typically support well-justified dividend payouts that do not negatively impact the portfolio company's overall financial health.

Share Repurchase

Dimensional is typically supportive of portfolio company boards having discretion over share repurchases absent concerns with the portfolio company’s balance sheet management, capital efficiency, buyback and dividend payout history, board composition, or shareholding structure.

Dimensional will typically support proposed repurchases that do not have a negative impact on shareholder value.

For repurchases of more than 10 percent of issue share capital, Dimensional expects the portfolio company to provide a robust explanation for the request.

Cross-Shareholding

Dimensional generally believes that portfolio companies should not allocate significant portions of their net assets to investments in companies for non-investment purposes. For example, in order to strengthen relationships with customers, suppliers, or borrowers. Such cross-shareholding, whether unilateral or reciprocal, can compromise director independence, entrench management, and reduce director accountability to uninterested shareholders. Dimensional may vote against certain directors at companies with excessive cross-shareholdings.

Shareholder Rights Plans (Poison Pills)

Dimensional believes the market for corporate control, which can result in acquisitions that are accretive to shareholders, should be able to function without undue restrictions. Takeover defenses such as poison pills can lead to entrenchment and reduced accountability at the board level.

Indemnification and Limitations on Liability

Dimensional generally supports limitations on liability for directors and statutory auditors in ordinary circumstances.

Limit Legal Liability of External Auditors

Dimensional generally opposes limitations on the liability of external auditors.

Increase in Authorized Capital

Dimensional will typically support requests for increases of less than 100 percent of currently authorized capital, so long as the increase does not leave the portfolio company with less than 30 percent of the proposed authorized capital outstanding.

For increases that exceed these guidelines, Dimensional expects portfolio companies to provide a robust explanation for the increase.

Dimensional will generally not support requests for increases that will be used as an anti-takeover device.

Expansion of Business Activities

For well performing portfolio companies seeking to expand their business into enterprises related to their core business, Dimensional will typically support management requests to amend the portfolio company’s articles to expand the portfolio company’s business activities.

Framework for Evaluating Securities in Other Select Asian Markets

Uncontested Director Elections

Dimensional expects portfolio companies to disclose biographical information about director candidates sufficient for shareholders to assess the candidate's independence and suitability for board service.

Dimensional expects that portfolio companies will at a minimum meet mandated regulatory or listing standards levels for board independence but should work towards meeting the applicable requirements of the relevant Corporate Governance code.

Dimensional maintains the following expectations for board independence at portfolio companies. The calculation of the level of independence will generally exclude shareholder or employee representatives as provided by law.

A-16


· All boards of directors of Malaysian portfolio companies should be at least 33% independent. Boards of directors of Malaysian “Large Companies” as defined by the Securities Commission Malaysia should be majority independent. 

· Boards of directors of Indian and Singaporean portfolio companies should be at least 50% independent if the board chair is not independent. If the board chair is independent, the board of directors should be at least 33% independent. 

· Boards of directors of Thai, Filipino, Hong Kong, Taiwanese and mainland China portfolio companies should be at least 33% independent. 

· Boards of Commissioners of Indonesian portfolio companies should be at least 30% independent, except for banks, insurance companies, and financial institutions which should be 50% independent.

· Boards of directors of South Korean portfolio companies should be at least 25% independent. The board of directors of Large Companies, as defined by the Commercial Act of South Korea, should be majority independent.

Dimensional expects portfolios companies to follow applicable corporate governance codes, listing standards, and local market best practices with respect to board composition.

Director Remuneration

In most Asian markets, director remuneration generally consists of both fees and bonuses.

Dimensional will generally support the payment of fees for serving as a director, fees for attending meetings, and other market-permitted remuneration if the size of such fees and other director remuneration is reasonable relative to industry and market norms.

In the absence of specific proposals to approve director remuneration (including fees and bonuses), Dimensional may vote against the directors who receive such remuneration if concerns are identified.

Equity Based Remuneration

In most Asian markets, equity plans are developed and presented for shareholder approval as part of employee remuneration. Equity plans may consist of stock options, restricted shares, or performance shares.

When voting on stock-option plans, restricted share plans, and performance share plans, Dimensional will consider the extent to which the plan is performance based, the length of performance and vesting periods, and the treatment of equity upon a change in control.

For stock-option plans, if the plan provides for a discount to the market price, Dimensional will consider the reasonableness and rationale for such a discount in light of local market standards.

In instances where Dimensional has identified concerns with a portfolio company's equity plan or equity granting practices, Dimensional will generally oppose the extension of the plan to subsidiary or associate companies.

A-17


Subject to Completion May 7, 2026

DIMENSIONAL FUNDS TRUST

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One, Austin, Texas 78746

Telephone: (512) 306-7400

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

[DATE]

ETF CLASS SHARES

Dimensional Funds Trust (“Dimensional Trust,” the “Trust,” or the “Fund”) is an open-end management investment company that offers two series of shares (each, a “Portfolio” and collectively, the “Portfolios”). This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) relates to the ETF Class shares of the following Portfolios:

   

Portfolio:

Exchange:

Ticker:

Dimensional US Core Equity Market Portfolio

[ ]

[ ]

Dimensional US Equity Market Portfolio

[ ]

[ ]

 

This SAI is not a Prospectus but should be read in conjunction with the Prospectus for the ETF Class shares of the Portfolios dated [DATE], as amended from time to time. As of the date of this SAI, the ETF Class shares of the Portfolios have not yet commenced operations. A free copy of the Prospectus, annual report, and Annual Financial Statements & Other Information, when available, can be obtained by contacting your investment representative, writing to the above address or by calling the above telephone number.

The information in this SAI is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This SAI is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

  

GENERAL INFORMATION

1

EXCHANGE LISTING AND TRADING

1

PORTFOLIO CHARACTERISTICS, POLICIES AND INVESTMENT PROCESS

3

BROKERAGE TRANSACTIONS

3

INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS

5

FUTURES CONTRACTS

6

SWAPS

7

EXCLUSION FROM COMMODITY POOL OPERATOR STATUS

9

GENERAL MARKET AND GEOPOLITICAL RISKS

10

POLITICAL, UNITED KINGDOM AND EUROPEAN MARKET RELATED RISKS

10

CASH MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

11

REFLOW REDEMPTION SERVICE

11

INTERFUND BORROWING AND LENDING

12

WHEN-ISSUED SECURITIES, DELAYED DELIVERY, AND FORWARD COMMITMENT TRANSACTIONS

12

EXCHANGE TRADED FUNDS

13

PORTFOLIO TURNOVER RATES

13

TRUSTEES AND OFFICERS

13

SERVICES TO THE TRUST

28

MANAGEMENT FEES

32

FEE WAIVER AND EXPENSE ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

33

PORTFOLIO MANAGERS

33

CODE OF ETHICS

35

SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS

35

PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES

37

TAXATION OF THE PORTFOLIOS AND THEIR SHAREHOLDERS

44

PROXY VOTING POLICIES

56

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

58

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

59

PERFORMANCE DATA

60


GENERAL INFORMATION

Dimensional Funds Trust is a Delaware statutory trust organized on December 23, 2025. The Trust is an open-end management investment company, registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”).

The Portfolios offer two classes of shares: Institutional Class shares and ETF Class shares. This SAI describes ETF Class shares of the Portfolios, which are listed for trading on a national securities exchange during the trading day. Institutional Class shares of the Portfolios, which are not exchange-traded and are described in a separate SAI, generally are available for investment only by institutional clients, clients of registered investment advisors, clients of financial institutions, and a limited number of certain other investors, each as approved from time to time by Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor” or “Dimensional”).

Except in connection with a shareholder’s conversion of a Portfolio’s Institutional Class shares into such Portfolio’s ETF Class shares, each Portfolio offers, issues and redeems shares at net asset value (“NAV”) only in large aggregations of ETF Class shares (each a “Creation Unit”). Creation Units typically are a specified number of ETF Class shares. Generally, a Creation Unit will consist of the following number of ETF Class shares or multiples thereof:

  

Portfolio

Creation Unit

Dimensional US Core Equity Market Portfolio

[ ]

Dimensional US Equity Market Portfolio

[ ]

In the event of liquidation of a Portfolio, the Trust may lower the number of ETF Class shares in a Creation Unit. In its discretion, the Advisor reserves the right to increase or decrease the number of a Portfolio’s ETF Class shares that constitute a Creation Unit. The Board of Trustees reserves the right to declare a split or a consolidation in the number of ETF Class shares outstanding of a Portfolio, and to make a corresponding change in the number of ETF Class shares constituting a Creation Unit. Each Portfolio may issue Creation Units of its ETF Class shares to Authorized Participants (as defined in the “Creation and Redemption of Creation Units” section of this SAI) in exchange for a designated basket of portfolio investments (including cash in lieu of any portion of such investments), together with the deposit of a specified cash payment and applicable fees as described below. ETF Class shares of the Portfolios are listed and trade on [ ] ("[ ]," the "Exchange"), a national securities exchange. ETF Class shares of the Portfolios are traded in the secondary market and elsewhere at market prices that may be at, above or below the NAV of the ETF Class shares of a Portfolio. ETF Class shares of the Portfolios are redeemable only in Creation Units by Authorized Participants in exchange for a designated basket of portfolio investments (including cash in lieu of any portion of such investments) together with a specified amount of cash and applicable fees as described below.

The Trust reserves the right to permit or require that creations and redemptions of ETF Class shares be effected entirely in cash, in-kind or a combination thereof. Fees imposed by a Portfolio in connection with creations and redemptions of ETF Class shares (“Transaction Fees”) and other costs associated with creations or redemptions that include cash may be higher than Transaction Fees and other costs associated with in-kind creations or redemptions. In all cases, conditions with respect to creations and redemptions of ETF Class shares and fees will be limited in accordance with the requirements of SEC rules and regulations applicable to management investment companies offering redeemable securities. See the “Creation and Redemption of Creation Units” section of this SAI for more information.

Each Portfolio is a separate series of the Trust, and shares of each class of a Portfolio represent an equal proportionate interest in the Portfolio. All consideration received by the Fund for shares of a Portfolio and all assets of a Portfolio belong solely to that Portfolio and would be subject to liabilities related thereto.

EXCHANGE LISTING AND TRADING

There can be no assurance that the requirements of the Exchange necessary to maintain the listing of the ETF Class shares of a Portfolio will continue to be met. The Exchange will consider the suspension of trading in, and will commence delisting proceedings of, the ETF Class shares of a Portfolio under any of the following

1


circumstances: (i) if the Exchange becomes aware that the Portfolio is no longer eligible to operate in reliance on the Registrant’s exemptive order or any SEC rule under the Investment Company Act of 1940 that provides relief permitting the operation of a multi-class ETF fund structure; (ii) if the ETF Class shares of the Portfolio no longer comply with the requirements set forth in the relevant listing standards of the Exchange; (iii) if following the initial 12-month period beginning upon the commencement of trading of the ETF Class shares of the Portfolio, there are fewer than 50 beneficial holders of the ETF Class shares; or (iv) any other event shall occur or condition shall exist that, in the opinion of the Exchange, makes further dealings on the Exchange inadvisable. The Exchange will remove the ETF Class shares of a Portfolio from listing and trading upon termination of the class.

As is the case with other stocks traded on the Exchange, brokers’ commissions on transactions will be based on negotiated commission rates at customary levels. Negotiated commission rates only apply to investors who will buy and sell ETF Class shares of a Portfolio in secondary market transactions through brokers on the Exchange and does not apply to investors such as market makers, large investors and institutions who wish to deal in Creation Units directly with the Portfolio.

The Trust reserves the right to adjust the price levels of the ETF Class shares in the future to help maintain convenient trading ranges for investors. Any adjustments would be accomplished through stock splits or reverse stock splits, which would have no effect on the net assets of the ETF Class shares of a Portfolio.

Continuous Offering

The method by which Creation Units are created and traded may raise certain issues under applicable securities laws. Because new Creation Units are issued and sold by a Portfolio on an ongoing basis, at any point a “distribution,” as such term is used in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”), may occur. Broker-dealers and other persons are cautioned that some activities on their part may, depending on the circumstances, result in their being deemed participants in a distribution in a manner that could render them statutory underwriters and subject them to the prospectus delivery requirement and liability provisions of the 1933 Act.

For example, a broker-dealer firm or its client may be deemed a statutory underwriter if it takes Creation Units after placing an order with the Portfolios’ distributor, breaks them down into constituent ETF Class shares and sells such ETF Class shares directly to customers or if it chooses to couple the creation of new ETF Class shares with an active selling effort involving solicitation of secondary market demand for ETF Class shares. A determination of whether one is an underwriter for purposes of the 1933 Act must take into account all of the facts and circumstances pertaining to the activities of the broker-dealer or its client in the particular case and the examples mentioned above should not be considered a complete description of all the activities that could lead to a categorization as an underwriter.

Broker-dealer firms should also note that dealers who are not “underwriters” but are effecting transactions in ETF Class shares, whether or not participating in the distribution of ETF Class shares, generally are required to deliver a prospectus. This is because the prospectus delivery exemption in Section 4(a)(3) of the 1933 Act is not available in respect of such transactions as a result of Section 24(d) of the 1940 Act. Firms that incur a prospectus delivery obligation with respect to ETF Class shares of a Portfolio are reminded that, pursuant to Rule 153 under the 1933 Act, a prospectus delivery obligation under Section 5(b)(2) of the 1933 Act owed to an exchange member in connection with a sale on the Exchange generally is satisfied by the fact that the prospectus is available at the Exchange upon request. The prospectus delivery mechanism provided in Rule 153 is available only with respect to transactions on an exchange.

The Advisor or its affiliates may purchase and resell ETF Class shares of a Portfolio through a broker-dealer to “seed” a Portfolio as it is launched, or may purchase and resell ETF Class shares of a Portfolio from other broker-dealers that have previously provided “seed” capital for a Portfolio when it was launched, or otherwise in secondary market transactions.

2


PORTFOLIO CHARACTERISTICS, POLICIES AND INVESTMENT PROCESS

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor” or “Dimensional”) serves as investment advisor to each of the Portfolios. The Advisor is organized as a Delaware limited partnership and is controlled and operated by its general partner, Dimensional Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation.

The following information supplements the information set forth in the Prospectus. Unless otherwise indicated, the following information applies to all of the Portfolios. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this SAI have the meaning assigned to them in the Prospectus.

Each of the Portfolios is diversified under the federal securities laws and regulations.

Because the structure of the Portfolios is based on the relative market capitalizations of eligible holdings, it is possible that the Portfolios might include at least 5% of the outstanding voting securities of one or more issuers. In such circumstances, a Portfolio and the issuer would be deemed affiliated persons and certain requirements under the federal securities laws and regulations regulating dealings between investment companies and their affiliates might become applicable.

Each of the Portfolios has adopted a non-fundamental policy as required by Rule 35d-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act”) that, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of the value of each Portfolio’s net assets, plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes, will be invested in a specific type of investment. For purposes of each 80% policy, the value of the derivatives in which a Portfolio invests will be calculated in the same way that the values of derivatives are calculated when calculating a Portfolio’s net asset value. Derivative instruments are valued at market price (not notional value) and may be fair valued, for purposes of calculating a Portfolio’s net asset value. Additionally, if a Portfolio changes its 80% investment policy, the Portfolio will notify shareholders at least 60 days before the change, and will change the name of the Portfolio.  For more information on each Portfolio’s specific 80% policy, see each Portfolio’s “PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES” section in the Prospectus.

With respect to each Portfolio, the Advisor has adopted a process that monitors environmental, social, and governance news and large share price movements of eligible portfolio companies to identify issuers whose future financial data may be negatively impacted to a significant degree by environmental, social, or governance factors.  The Advisor may use third party tools to assist in filtering news focused on environmental, social and governance issues.  Companies that are identified through this process are escalated to the members of the Advisor’s portfolio management team for further evaluation.  After review, if the portfolio management team determines that an issuer’s future financial data is likely to be significantly impacted, the issuer may be underweighted, temporarily excluded from further investment, or divested from a Portfolio.

BROKERAGE TRANSACTIONS

Portfolio transactions of each Portfolio will be placed with a view to receiving the best price and execution. In addition, the Advisor will seek to acquire and dispose of securities in a manner which would cause as little fluctuation in the market prices of securities being purchased or sold as possible in light of the size of the transactions being effected, and brokers will be selected with this goal in view. The Advisor monitors the performance of brokers which effect transactions for each Portfolio to determine the effect that the brokers’ trading has on the market prices of the securities in which the Portfolio invests. The Advisor also checks the rate of commission, if any, being paid by a Portfolio to its brokers to ascertain that the rates are competitive with those charged by other brokers for similar services.

Subject to the duty to seek to obtain best price and execution, transactions of the Portfolios may be placed with brokers that have assisted in the sale of Portfolio shares. The Advisor, however, pursuant to policies and procedures approved by the Board of Trustees of the Trust, is prohibited from selecting brokers and dealers to effect the portfolio securities transactions for a Portfolio based (in whole or in part) on a broker’s or dealer’s promotion or sale of shares issued by a Portfolio or any other registered investment companies.

3


Companies eligible for purchase by the Portfolios may be thinly traded securities. The Advisor believes that it needs maximum flexibility to effect trades on a best execution basis. As deemed appropriate, the Advisor places buy and sell orders for the Portfolios with various brokerage firms that may act as principal or agent. The Advisor may also make use of direct market access and algorithmic, program or electronic trading methods. The Advisor may extensively use electronic trading systems as such systems can provide the ability to customize the orders placed and can assist in the Advisor’s execution strategies.

Transactions also may be placed with brokers who provide the Advisor or the sub-advisors with investment research, such as: reports concerning individual issuers; general economic or industry reports or research data compilations; compilations of securities prices, earnings, dividends, and similar data; computerized databases; quotation services; trade analytics; ancillary brokerage services; and services of economic or other consultants. The Investment Management Agreement for each Portfolio permits the Advisor knowingly to pay commissions on these transactions that are greater than another broker, dealer, or exchange member might charge if the Advisor, in good faith, determines that the commissions paid are reasonable in relation to the research or brokerage services provided by the broker or dealer when viewed in terms of either a particular transaction or the Advisor’s overall responsibilities to the accounts under its management. Research services furnished by brokers through whom securities transactions are effected may be used by the Advisor in servicing all of its accounts and not all such services may be used by the Advisor with respect to each Portfolio.

For a Portfolio’s ETF Class shares, to the extent creation or redemption transactions are conducted on a cash or “cash in lieu” basis, a Portfolio may contemporaneously transact with broker-dealers for the purchase or sale of portfolio securities in connection with such transactions. Such orders may be placed with an Authorized Participant in its capacity as broker-dealer, a broker-dealer that is affiliated with the Authorized Participant, or a third-party broker-dealer.

Specifically, following a Portfolio’s receipt of a creation or redemption order of ETF Class shares, to the extent such purchases or redemptions consist of a cash portion, the Portfolio may enter an order with the Authorized Participant, its affiliated broker-dealer or a third-party broker-dealer to purchase or sell the portfolio securities, as applicable. The executing broker-dealer will be required to guarantee that the Portfolio will achieve execution of its order at a price at least as favorable to the Portfolio as the Portfolio’s valuation of the portfolio securities used for purposes of calculating the NAV applied to the creation or redemption transaction giving rise to the order (the “Price Guarantee”). Whether the execution of the order is at a price at least as favorable to the Portfolio’s ETF Class shares will depend on the results achieved by the executing firm and will vary depending on market activity, timing and a variety of other factors.

For a Portfolio’s ETF Class shares, an Authorized Participant agrees to pay the shortfall amount in order to ensure that the execution of the order on the terms noted above will be honored on orders arising from creation transactions executed by an Authorized Participant or its affiliate as broker-dealer. If the broker-dealer executing the order achieves executions in market transactions at a price more favorable than a Portfolio’s valuation of the portfolio securities, either the Portfolio or the Authorized Participant may receive the benefit of the favorable executions. If, however, the broker-dealer executing the order is unable to achieve a price at least equal to a Portfolio’s valuation of the securities, the Portfolio will be entitled to the full amount of the execution shortfall (including any taxes, brokerage commissions or other costs) and the Authorized Participant will be required to pay the full amount of the actual execution transaction, up to the Maximum Additional Charge for Creations listed in the table in the “Creation and Redemption of Creation Units” section of this SAI.

An Authorized Participant agrees to pay the shortfall amount in order to ensure that a guarantee on execution will be honored for brokerage orders arising from redemption transactions executed by an Authorized Participant or its affiliate as broker-dealer. If the broker-dealer executing the order achieves executions in market transactions at a price more favorable than a Portfolio’s valuation of the portfolio securities, either the Portfolio or the Authorized Participant may receives the benefit of the favorable executions. If, however, the broker-dealer is unable to achieve executions in market transactions at a price at least equal to the Portfolio’s valuation of the securities, the Portfolio will be entitled to the portion of the offset equal to the full amount of the execution shortfall (including any taxes, brokerage commissions or other costs), up to the Maximum Additional Charge for Redemptions table listed in the “Creation and Redemption of Creation Units” section of this SAI.

4


For creation and redemption orders where a Price Guarantee is not applicable, a Portfolio reserves the right to charge a preset “Variable” fee for the cash or cash in lieu proceeds from those create and redeem orders. The Authorized Participant agrees to pay the fee, which represents the estimated costs related to purchasing or selling securities, and may include commissions, fees, taxes, foreign exchange, or other costs related to executing the Portfolio’s transactions. The Variable fee is subject to periodic review and adjustment. The fee is only made available to Authorized Participants and Market Makers but will not exceed the Maximum Additional Charge for Creations or Maximum Additional Charge for Redemptions listed in the tables in the “Creation and Redemption of Creation Units” section of this SAI.

INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS

Each of the Portfolios has adopted certain limitations which may not be changed with respect to any Portfolio without the approval of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Portfolio. A “majority” is defined as the lesser of: (1) at least 67% of the voting securities of the Portfolio (to be affected by the proposed change) present at a meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Portfolio are present or represented by proxy, or (2) more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of such Portfolio.

The Portfolios will not:

(1)  borrow money, except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, or any rules, exemptions or interpretations thereunder that may be adopted, granted or issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”);

(2)  make loans, except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, or any rules, exemptions or interpretations thereunder that may be adopted, granted or issued by the SEC; provided that in no event shall a Portfolio be permitted to make a loan to a natural person;

(3) purchase or sell real estate, unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments, and provided that this restriction does not prevent a Portfolio from: (i) purchasing or selling securities or instruments secured by real estate or interests therein, securities or instruments representing interests in real estate or securities or instruments of issuers that invest, deal or otherwise engage in transactions in real estate or interests therein; and (ii) purchasing or selling real estate mortgage loans;

(4)  purchase or sell physical commodities, unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments, and provided that this limitation does not prevent a Portfolio from (i) purchasing or selling securities of companies that purchase or sell commodities or that invest in commodities; (ii) engaging in any transaction involving currencies, options, forwards, futures contracts, options on futures contracts, swaps, hybrid instruments or other derivatives; or (iii) investing in securities, or transacting in other instruments, that are linked to or secured by physical or other commodities;

(5) purchase the securities of any one issuer, if immediately after such investment, a Portfolio would not qualify as a “diversified company” as that term is defined by the 1940 Act, as amended, and as modified or interpreted by regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time;

(6) engage in the business of underwriting securities issued by others; or

(7) issue senior securities (as such term is defined in Section 18(f) of the 1940 Act), except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act.

The Dimensional US Equity Portfolio will not:

(8) acquire any securities of companies within one industry if, as a result of such acquisition, more than 25% of the value of the Portfolio’s total assets would be invested in securities of companies within such industry.

The Dimensional US Core Equity Market Portfolio will not:

5


(9) concentrate (invest more than 25% of its net assets) in securities of issuers in a particular industry (other than securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or any of its agencies or securities of other investment companies).

With respect to the investment limitation described in (1) above, each Portfolio will maintain asset coverage of at least 300% (as described in the 1940 Act), inclusive of any amounts borrowed, with respect to any borrowings made by such Portfolio. Under the 1940 Act, an open-end investment company may borrow up to 33⅓% of its total assets (including the amount borrowed) from banks, and may borrow up to an additional 5% of its total assets, for temporary purposes, from any other person. The Portfolios do not currently intend to borrow money for investment purposes.

Although the investment limitation described in (2) above prohibits loans, the Portfolios are authorized to lend portfolio securities under the conditions and restrictions described in the Portfolios’ Prospectus. Investment limitation (2) above also does not, among other things, prevent a Portfolio from engaging in repurchase agreements, acquiring debt or loan instruments in the future or participating in an interfund lending order granted by the SEC.

With respect to the investment limitation described in (7) above, the Portfolios will not issue senior securities, except that each Portfolio may borrow money as described above. Each Portfolio may also borrow money for temporary purposes, but not in excess of 5% of such Portfolio’s total assets. Further, a transaction or agreement that otherwise might be deemed to create leverage, such as a forward or futures contract, option, swap or when-issued security, delayed delivery or forward commitment transaction, will not be considered a senior security to the extent such investments are purchased and held in compliance with the requirements of the 1940 Act and the rules thereunder.

In applying the investment limitations described in (8) and (9) above, each Portfolio will consider the investments of other investment companies in which the Portfolio invests, if applicable, to the extent it has sufficient information about the holdings of such investment companies.

Pursuant to Rule 22e-4 under the 1940 Act (the “Liquidity Rule”), a Portfolio may not acquire any “illiquid investment” if, immediately after the acquisition, the Portfolio would have invested more than 15% of its net assets in illiquid investments that are assets. Illiquid investments are investments that the Portfolio reasonably expects cannot be sold or disposed of in current market conditions in seven calendar days or less without the sale or disposition significantly changing the market value of the investment, as determined pursuant to the Trust’s liquidity risk management program (the “Liquidity Program”). As required by the Liquidity Rule, the Trust has implemented the Liquidity Program, and the Board, including a majority of the disinterested Trustees, has appointed a liquidity risk management program administrator (the “Liquidity Program Administrator”) to administer such program. The Liquidity Program Administrator’s responsibilities include, among others, determining the liquidity classification of a Portfolio’s investments, if applicable, and monitoring compliance with the 15% limit on illiquid investments.

Pursuant to Rule 144A under the 1933 Act, the Portfolios may purchase certain unregistered (i.e. restricted) securities upon a determination that a liquid institutional market exists for the securities. If it is determined that a liquid market does exist, the securities will not be subject to the 15% limitation on illiquid investments. Among other considerations, the Advisor may consider the number of dealers making a market in such securities when determining whether a liquid market exists. After purchase, the Portfolios will continue to monitor the liquidity of Rule 144A securities.

The investment limitations described above do not prohibit the Portfolios from purchasing or selling futures contracts and options on futures contracts, to the extent otherwise permitted under the Portfolios’ investment strategies.  Except with respect to a Portfolio’s limitation on borrowing, illiquid investments, or as otherwise indicated, with respect to the investment limitations described above, all limitations applicable to the Portfolios’ investments apply only at the time that a transaction is undertaken.

FUTURES CONTRACTS

Each Portfolio may purchase or sell futures contracts and options on futures contracts for equity securities and indices to increase or decrease market exposure based on actual or expected cash inflows to or outflows from

6


the Portfolio. The Portfolios, however, do not intend to sell futures contracts to establish short positions in individual securities.

Futures contracts provide for the future sale by one party and purchase by another party of a specified amount of defined securities at a specified future time and at a specified price. Futures contracts that are standardized as to maturity date and underlying financial instrument are traded on national futures exchanges. Each Portfolio will be required to make a margin deposit in cash or government securities with a futures commission merchant (“FCM”) to initiate and maintain positions in futures contracts. Minimal initial margin requirements are established by the futures exchanges and FCMs may establish margin requirements which are higher than the exchange requirements. A Portfolio also will incur brokerage costs in connection with entering into futures contracts. After a futures contract position is opened, the value of the contract is marked to market daily. If the futures contract price changes, to the extent that the margin on deposit does not satisfy margin requirements, payment of additional “variation” margin to be held by the FCM will be required. Conversely, a reduction in the required margin would result in excess margin that can be refunded to the custodial accounts of the Portfolio. Variation margin payments may be made to and from the futures broker for as long as the contract remains open. Each Portfolio expects to earn income on its margin deposits.

At any time prior to the expiration of a futures contract, a Portfolio may elect to close the position by taking an opposite position, which will operate to terminate its existing position in the contract. Positions in futures contracts may be closed out only on the exchange on which they were entered into (or through a linked exchange). No secondary market for such contracts exists. Although a Portfolio may enter into futures contracts only if there is an active market for such contracts, there is no assurance that an active market will exist for any particular futures contract at any specific time. Most futures exchanges limit the amount of fluctuation permitted in futures contract prices during a single trading day. Once the daily limit has been reached in a particular contract, no trades may be made that day at a price beyond that limit or trading may be suspended for specified periods during the day. It is possible that futures contract prices could move to the daily limit for several consecutive trading days with little or no trading, thereby preventing prompt liquidation of futures positions at an advantageous price and subjecting a Portfolio to substantial losses. In such event, and in the event of adverse price movements, the Portfolio would be required to make daily cash payments of variation margin. In such situations, if the Portfolio had insufficient cash, it might have to sell securities to meet daily variation margin requirements at a time when it would be disadvantageous to do so. In addition, if the transaction is entered into for hedging purposes, in such circumstances a Portfolio may realize a loss on a futures contract or option that is not offset by an increase in the value of the hedged position. Losses incurred in futures transactions and the costs of these transactions will affect the performance of the Portfolio.

SWAPS

The Portfolios also may enter into equity swaps, including total return swaps and dynamic portfolio total return swaps (“DTRS”). In a standard swap transaction, two parties agree to exchange the returns, differentials in rates of return or some other amount earned or realized on a predetermined asset (or group of assets) which may be adjusted for transaction costs, interest payments, dividends paid on the reference asset or other factors. The gross returns to be exchanged or “swapped” between the parties are generally calculated with respect to a “notional amount,” for example, the increase or decrease in value of a particular dollar amount invested in the asset. The Portfolios may use equity swaps to invest in a market without owning or taking physical custody of securities, including in circumstances where direct investment may be restricted or is otherwise deemed impractical or disadvantageous.

Equity total return swaps can create long or short economic exposure to an underlying equity security, or to a basket of securities. Equity swap contracts may be structured in different ways. For example, under an equity total return swap contract, one party may agree to make payments to another based on the total economic performance of a notional amount of the underlying security or securities (including dividends and changes in market value) during a specified period, in return for periodic payments based on the application of a fixed or variable interest rate to the same notional amount. The purchaser of a long total return swap is paid the amount of any increase in value and pays the amount of any decrease in value, while the purchaser of a short total return swap is paid the amount of any decrease and pays the amount of any increase.

7


The Portfolios may enter into swaps, including DTRS, in order to access a specific equity market without purchasing or selling the underlying securities represented in the DTRS. DTRS are designed to replicate the performance of an underlying reference asset such as a portfolio of equities or ETFs. For example, the issuer of the DTRS agreement may agree to pay a Portfolio an amount equal to the performance of the underlying equities in a given period netted against a floating rate plus a spread or a fixed rate in the same period paid to the issuer by the Portfolio. The reference rate for the floating rate is typically based on an official interbank benchmark rate. The cash flows in a DTRS may be exchanged at maturity or periodically at each reset (e.g., monthly or quarterly). No notional amounts are exchanged at the start or at the maturity of the DTRS. In addition, pursuant to the terms of a DTRS, the underlying equities can be traded in the course of the day thereby changing the composition of the underlying equity portfolio, which provides a Portfolio with the ability to vary the market exposure obtained through investment in the DTRS. DTRS are subject to transaction costs, financing costs and other fees which will be borne by the Portfolio in connection with its investments in these instruments.

The swaps in which the Portfolios invest involve greater risks than if the Portfolios had invested in the reference assets directly, since, in addition to general market risks, these instruments are subject to counterparty risk, valuation risk, illiquidity risk and interest rate risk, among other risks. Adverse changes in market values, interest rates and currency exchange rates, or in the creditworthiness of swap counterparties and the issuers of the underlying assets may negatively affect the investment performance of a Portfolio and the investment performance of the Portfolio may be less favorable than it would have been if these investment techniques were not used. Swaps carry counterparty risks that cannot be fully anticipated. A Portfolio's ability to realize a profit from swaps transactions will depend on the ability of the financial institutions with which it enters into the transactions to meet their obligations to the Portfolio. If a counterparty’s creditworthiness declines, the value of the agreement would be likely to decline, potentially resulting in losses to a Portfolio. If a default occurs by the other party to such transaction, the Portfolio will have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreements related to the transaction, which may be limited by applicable law in the case of a counterparty’s insolvency. In addition, the Portfolios may experience difficulty in valuing the swap or in determining the amounts owed to or by the counterparty, regardless of whether the counterparty has defaulted. Some swap agreements entail complex terms and may require a greater degree of subjectivity in their valuation. Under certain circumstances, suitable transactions may not be available to a Portfolio, or the Portfolio may be unable to close out its position under such transactions at the same time, or at the same price, as if it had purchased comparable publicly traded securities. Moreover, participants in the swap markets are not required to make continuous markets in the swap contracts they trade. Participants could refuse to quote prices for swap contracts or quote prices with an unusually wide spread between the price at which they are prepared to buy and the price at which they are prepared to sell. The Advisor, under the supervision of the Board of Trustees, is responsible for determining and monitoring the liquidity of the Portfolios' swaps transactions in accordance with the Trust's Liquidity Program.

As described above, some types of swap agreements, including DTRS, are negotiated bilaterally with a swap dealer and traded OTC between the two parties (“uncleared swaps”), while other swaps are transacted through an FCM and cleared through a clearinghouse that serves as a central counterparty (“cleared swaps”), and may be traded on swap execution facilities (“exchanges”). Parties to uncleared swaps face greater counterparty credit risk than those engaging in cleared swaps since performance of uncleared swap obligations is the responsibility only of the swap counterparty rather than a clearing house, as is the case with cleared swaps. As a result, the Portfolio bears the risk of loss of the amount expected to be received under a swap agreement in the event of the default, insolvency or bankruptcy of a swap agreement counterparty beyond any collateral received. In such an event, as noted above, a Portfolio will have contractual remedies pursuant to the swap agreements, but bankruptcy and insolvency laws could affect the Portfolio's rights as a creditor.

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) and implementing rules adopted by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission ("CFTC") currently require the clearing and exchange-trading of the most common types of credit default index swaps and interest rate swaps, and it is expected that additional categories of swaps will in the future be designated as subject to mandatory clearing and trade execution requirements. Central clearing is intended to reduce counterparty credit risk and increase liquidity, but central clearing does not eliminate these risks completely. There is also a risk of loss by a Portfolio of the initial and variation margin deposits in the event of bankruptcy of the FCM with which the Portfolio has an open position, or the central counterparty in a swap contract. The assets of the Portfolio may not be fully protected in the event of the bankruptcy of the FCM or central counterparty because the Portfolio might be limited to recovering

8


only a pro rata share of all available funds and margin segregated on behalf of an FCM’s customers. If an FCM does not provide accurate reporting, the Portfolio is also subject to the risk that the FCM could use the Portfolio's assets, which are held in an omnibus account with assets belonging to the FCM’s other customers, to satisfy its own financial obligations or the payment obligations of another customer to the central counterparty. Credit risk of cleared swap participants is concentrated in a few clearinghouses, and the consequences of insolvency of a clearinghouse are not clear.

The Advisor and the Trust do not consider a Portfolio's obligations under swap contracts senior securities and, accordingly, the Portfolios will not treat them as being subject to the Portfolios' borrowing or senior securities restrictions to the extent such investments are purchased and held in compliance with the requirements of the 1940 Act and the rules thereunder. To the extent that a Portfolio cannot dispose of a swap in the ordinary course of business within seven calendar days or less without the sale or disposition significantly changing the market value of the investment, the Portfolio will treat the swap as illiquid and subject to its overall limit on illiquid investments of 15% of the Portfolio's net assets.

The Dodd-Frank Act and related regulatory developments imposed comprehensive regulatory requirements on swaps and swap market participants. The regulatory framework includes: (1) registration and regulation of swap dealers and major swap participants; (2) requiring central clearing and execution of standardized swaps; (3) imposing margin requirements on swap transactions; (4) regulating and monitoring swap transactions through position limits and large trader reporting requirements; and (5) imposing record keeping and centralized and public reporting requirements, on an anonymous basis, for most swaps. The CFTC is responsible for the regulation of most swaps. The SEC has jurisdiction over a small segment of the market referred to as “security-based swaps,” which includes swaps on single securities or credits, or narrow-based indices of securities or credits.

The regulation of cleared and uncleared swaps, as well as other derivatives, is a rapidly changing area of law and is subject to modification by government and judicial action. In addition, the SEC, CFTC and the exchanges are authorized to take extraordinary actions in the event of a market emergency, including, for example, the implementation or reduction of speculative position limits, the implementation of higher margin requirements, the establishment of daily price limits and the suspension of trading. It is not possible to predict fully the effects of current or future regulation. The requirements, even if not directly applicable to the Portfolios, may increase the cost of the Portfolios' investments and cost of doing business. It is possible that developments in the swaps market, including potential government regulation, could adversely affect a Portfolio's ability to terminate existing swap agreements or to realize amounts to be received under such agreements.

EXCLUSION FROM COMMODITY POOL OPERATOR STATUS

The Advisor has claimed an exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” under the Commodity Exchange Act (“CEA”) with respect to the Portfolios described in this SAI, and, therefore, is not subject to registration or regulation as a pool operator under the CEA with respect to such Portfolios. The CFTC has neither reviewed nor approved the Advisor’s reliance on these exclusions, the investment strategies of the Portfolios, or this SAI.

The terms of the commodity pool operator (“CPO”) exclusion require that each Portfolio, among other things, adhere to certain limits on its investments in “commodity interests.” Commodity interests include commodity futures, commodity options and swaps, which in turn include non-deliverable foreign currency forward contracts. Generally, the exclusion from CPO regulation on which the Advisor relies requires each Portfolio to meet one of the following tests for its commodity interest positions, other than positions entered into for bona fide hedging purposes (as defined in the rules of the CFTC): either (1) the aggregate initial margin and premiums required to establish positions in commodity interests may not exceed 5% of the liquidation value of the portfolio of the Portfolio (after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such positions); or (2) the aggregate net notional value of the Portfolio’s commodity interest positions, determined at the time the most recent such position was established, may not exceed 100% of the liquidation value of the Portfolio’s portfolio (after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such positions). In addition to meeting one of these trading limitations, each Portfolio may not be marketed as a commodity pool or otherwise as a vehicle for trading in the commodity futures, commodity options or swaps markets. If, in the future, a Portfolio can no longer satisfy these requirements, the Advisor would withdraw its notice claiming an exclusion from the definition of a CPO, and the

9


Advisor would be subject to registration and regulation as a CPO with respect to the Portfolio, in accordance with CFTC rules that apply to CPOs of registered investment companies. Generally, these rules allow for substituted compliance with CFTC disclosure and shareholder reporting requirements, based on the Advisor’s compliance with comparable SEC requirements. However, as a result of CFTC regulation with respect to a Portfolio, the Portfolio may incur additional compliance and other expenses.

GENERAL MARKET AND GEOPOLITICAL RISKS

The value of a Portfolio’s securities changes daily due to economic and other events that affect market prices generally, as well as those that affect particular regions, countries, industries, or issuers. Economies and financial markets throughout the world have become increasingly interconnected, which increases the likelihood that events or conditions in one region or country will adversely affect markets or issuers in other regions or countries. Portfolio securities may be negatively impacted by inflation (or expectations for inflation), interest rates, global demand for particular products/services or resources, supply chain disruptions, natural disasters, pandemics, epidemics, terrorism, war, military confrontations, economic sanctions and tariffs, regulatory events and governmental or quasi-governmental actions, among others. Natural and environmental disasters, including weather-related phenomena, also can be highly disruptive to economies and markets and can adversely affect individual issuers, sectors, industries, markets, countries or regions, currencies, interest and inflation rates, credit ratings, and investor sentiment. The occurrence of U.S. and global events similar to those in the last few decades (e.g., natural disasters, virus epidemics, social and political discord, and terrorist attacks around the world) may result in market volatility and/or overall market uncertainty or reduced liquidity with respect to particular issuers, countries or regions, and may have long term effects on both the U.S. and global economies and financial markets. The negative impacts may be particularly acute in certain sectors, countries or regions. The timing and duration of any such conflicts and tensions, resulting sanctions, related events and other impacts cannot be predicted. The risks associated with such events may be greater in developing or emerging market countries, many of which have less developed political, financial, healthcare, and/or emergency management systems. Negative global events also can disrupt the operations and processes of any of the service providers for a Portfolio. Similarly, negative global events, in some cases, could constitute a force majeure event under contracts with service providers or contracts entered into with counterparties for certain transactions.

POLITICAL, UNITED KINGDOM AND EUROPEAN MARKET RELATED RISKS

Portfolios that have significant exposure to certain countries can be expected to be impacted by the political and economic conditions within such countries. There is continuing uncertainty regarding the ramifications of the United Kingdom’s (UK) vote to exit the European Union (EU) in June 2016 (Brexit). On January 31, 2020, the UK officially withdrew from the EU, subject to a transitional period that ended December 31, 2020. On May 1, 2021, the UK and EU formally entered into the EU-UK Trade and Cooperation Agreement, which principally relates to the trading of goods rather than services, including financial services. Many aspects of the future of the UK’s relationship with the EU, as well as with other countries and regions, remain subject to nascent memorandums of understanding, agreements and/or further negotiation, resulting in uncertainties relating to the UK’s future economic, trading and legal relationships. As the outcomes of such agreements and future negotiations remain unclear, the effects on the UK, EU and the broader global economy are difficult to determine at this time. While the full impact of Brexit is unknown, Brexit has already resulted in volatility in European and global markets, disruptions in supply chains and declines in UK imports and exports with EU countries. Brexit may continue to cause greater market volatility and illiquidity, currency fluctuations, impacts on arrangements for trading and on other existing cross-border cooperation arrangements (whether economic, tax, fiscal, legal, regulatory or otherwise), and in potentially lower growth for companies in the UK, EU and globally, which could adversely affect the value and liquidity of a Portfolio’s investments.

In addition, if one or more other countries were to exit the EU or abandon the use of the euro as a currency, the value of investments tied to those countries, or the euro could decline significantly and unpredictably. Other economic challenges facing the region include high levels of public debt, significant rates of unemployment, aging populations, and heavy regulation in certain economic sectors. European policy makers have taken unprecedented steps to respond to the economic crisis and to boost growth in the region. While certain measures have been proposed and/or implemented within the UK and EU which are designed to minimize disruption in the financial

10


markets, it is not currently possible to determine whether such measures will achieve their intended effects, which could negatively affect the value of a Portfolio’s investments.

CASH MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

The Portfolios engage in cash management practices in order to earn income on uncommitted cash balances. Generally, cash is uncommitted pending investment in other securities, payment of redemptions, or in other circumstances where the Advisor believes liquidity is necessary or desirable. For example, a Portfolio may make cash investments for temporary defensive purposes during periods in which market, economic, or political conditions warrant. In addition, a Portfolio may enter into arrangements with its custodian whereby it may earn a credit on its cash balances maintained in its non-interest bearing U.S. Dollar custody cash account to be applied against fund service fees payable to the custodian or the custodian’s subsidiaries for fund services provided.

The Portfolios may invest cash in the following permissible investments:

  

Portfolios

Permissible Cash Investments*

Dimensional US Core Equity Market Portfolio

Dimensional US Core Equity Portfolio

Short-term repurchase agreements; fixed income securities, such as money market instruments; index futures contracts and options thereon; affiliated and unaffiliated registered and unregistered money market funds**

* With respect to fixed income instruments, except in connection with corporate actions, the Portfolios will invest in fixed income instruments that at the time of purchase have an investment grade rating by a rating agency or are deemed to be investment grade by the Advisor.

** Investments in money market mutual funds may involve duplication of certain fees and expenses.

REFLOW REDEMPTION SERVICE

A Portfolio's Institutional Class shares may frequently participate in the ReFlow liquidity program, which is designed to provide an alternative liquidity source for mutual funds experiencing net redemptions of their shares.  Pursuant to the program, ReFlow Fund, LLC (“ReFlow”) provides participating mutual funds with a source of cash to meet net shareholder redemptions by standing ready each business day to purchase fund shares up to the value of the net shares redeemed by other shareholders that are to settle that business day. A fund is not guaranteed to receive cash from ReFlow on any given day as allocation of ReFlow’s cash is based on the results of ReFlow’s automated daily auction process among participating mutual funds. Following purchases of fund shares, ReFlow then generally redeems those shares when the fund experiences net shareholder purchases at the end of a maximum holding period determined by ReFlow, or at other times at ReFlow’s discretion. While ReFlow holds fund shares, it will have the same rights and privileges with respect to those shares as any other shareholder.

For use of the ReFlow service, a fund pays a fee to ReFlow each time it purchases fund shares, calculated by applying to the purchase amount a fee rate determined through the auction process. The current minimum fee rate (which is subject to change) is 0.14% of the value of the fund shares purchased by ReFlow, although the fund may submit a bid at a higher fee rate if it determines that doing so is in the best interest of fund shareholders. ReFlow’s purchases of fund shares through the liquidity program are made on an investment-blind basis without regard to the fund's objective, policies, or anticipated performance. In accordance with federal securities laws, ReFlow is prohibited from acquiring more than 3% of the outstanding voting securities of a fund. ReFlow will periodically redeem its entire share position in Portfolio's Institutional Class shares and may frequently request that such redemption be met in-kind in accordance with redemption in-kind policies described in the Prospectus. A Portfolio will ultimately determine whether to redeem ReFlow’s position in cash or in-kind based on the best interests of the Portfolio and its shareholders and in accordance with the Portfolio’s redemption in-kind policies. The Fund expects that in-kind redemptions will comprise a significant portion of redemptions paid to ReFlow. Purchases and redemptions of a Portfolio's Institutional Class shares by ReFlow under the program are not considered excessive short-term trading under the Institutional Class shares' Policy Regarding Excessive Short-Term Trading.

The Fund’s Board has approved the use of the ReFlow liquidity program. The Advisor believes that the program may benefit the Portfolios and their Institutional Class shareholders, although there is no guarantee that the

11


program will do so. For example, redemptions in-kind may reduce the need for Portfolio's Institutional Class shares to maintain cash reserves, reduce Portfolio transaction costs, reduce the need to sell Portfolio investments at inopportune times, and lower Portfolio capital gain recognition. To the extent that the assets of a Portfolio's Institutional Class shares do not decline, the Advisor may also benefit.

INTERFUND BORROWING AND LENDING

The DFA Fund Complex (defined below) has received exemptive relief from the SEC which permits the registered investment companies to participate in an interfund lending program among portfolios and series managed by the Advisor (the “Portfolios/Series”) (portfolios that operate as feeder portfolios do not participate in the program). The interfund lending program allows the participating Portfolios/Series to borrow money from and loan money to each other for temporary or emergency purposes. The program is subject to a number of conditions designed to ensure fair and equitable treatment of the participating Portfolios/Series, including the following: (1) no Portfolio/Series may borrow money through the program unless it receives a more favorable interest rate than a rate approximating the lowest interest rate at which bank loans would be available to any of the participating Portfolios/Series under a loan agreement; and (2) no Portfolio/Series may lend money through the program unless it receives a more favorable return than that available from an investment in overnight repurchase agreements or the yield of any money market fund in which the Portfolio/Series could invest. In addition, a Portfolio/Series may participate in the program only if and to the extent that such participation is consistent with its investment objectives, policies and limitations. Interfund loans and borrowings have a maximum duration of seven days and loans may be called on one business day’s notice.

A participating Portfolio/Series may not lend to another Portfolio/Series under the interfund lending program if the interfund loan would cause its aggregate outstanding interfund loans to exceed 15% of its current net assets at the time of the loan. Interfund loans by a Portfolio/Series to any one Portfolio/Series may not exceed 5% of net assets of the lending Portfolio/Series.

The restrictions discussed above and the other conditions of the SEC exemptive order permitting interfund lending are designed to minimize the risks associated with interfund lending for both the lending Portfolio/Series and the borrowing Portfolio/Series. However, no borrowing or lending activity is without risk. If a Portfolio/Series borrows money from another Portfolio/Series, there is a risk that the interfund loan could be called on one business day’s notice or not renewed, in which case the Portfolio/Series may have to borrow from a bank at higher rates if an interfund loan were not available from another Portfolio/Series. A delay in repayment to a lending Portfolio/Series could result in a lost opportunity or additional lending costs, and interfund loans are subject to the risk that the borrowing Portfolio/Series could be unable to repay the loan when due.

WHEN-ISSUED SECURITIES, DELAYED DELIVERY, AND FORWARD COMMITMENT TRANSACTIONS

Each Portfolio may purchase eligible securities or sell securities it is entitled to receive on a when-issued basis.  When purchasing securities on a when-issued basis, the price or yield is agreed to at the time of purchase, but the payment and settlement dates are not fixed until the securities are issued.  It is possible that the securities will never be issued, and the commitment cancelled.  In addition, each Portfolio may purchase or sell eligible securities for delayed delivery or on a forward commitment basis where the Portfolio contracts to purchase or sell such securities at a fixed price at a future date beyond the normal settlement time.  Each Portfolio may renegotiate a commitment or sell a security it has committed to purchase prior to the settlement date, if deemed advisable.

While the payment obligation and, if applicable, interest rate are set at the time a Portfolio enters into a when-issued, delayed delivery, to-be-announced, or forward commitment transaction, no interest or dividends accrue to the purchaser prior to the settlement date.  In addition, the value of a security purchased or sold is subject to market fluctuations and may be worth more or less on the settlement date than the price a Portfolio committed to pay or receive for the security.  A Portfolio will lose money if the value of a purchased security falls below the purchase price and a Portfolio will not benefit from the gain if a security sold appreciates above the sales price during the commitment period.

12


EXCHANGE TRADED FUNDS

The Portfolios may invest in exchange traded funds (“ETFs”) and similarly structured pooled investments for the purpose of gaining exposure to the equity markets while maintaining liquidity. An ETF is an investment company classified as an open-end investment company or unit investment trust that is traded similar to a publicly traded company. ETFs in which the Portfolios invest may be passively managed and attempt to track or replicate a desired index, such as a sector, market or global segment. The goal of a passively managed ETF is to correspond generally to the price and yield performance, before fees and expenses, of its underlying index. The risk of not correlating to the index is an additional risk to the investors of such ETFs. The Portfolios also may invest in actively managed ETFs managed by the Advisor that seek to outperform a particular index, sector, market or global segment. Investment in an actively managed ETF is subject to the risk that the investment adviser to the ETF selects investments for the ETF that underperform and the ETF does not meet its investment objective. When a Portfolio invests in an ETF, shareholders of the Portfolio bear their proportionate share of the underlying ETF’s fees and expenses.

PORTFOLIO TURNOVER RATES

Generally, securities will be purchased by the Portfolios with the expectation that they will be held for longer than one year. In addition, variations in turnover rates occur because securities are sold when, in the Advisor’s judgment, the return will be increased as a result of portfolio transactions after taking into account the cost of trading.

TRUSTEES AND OFFICERS

Trustees

Organization of the Board

The Board of Trustees of the Trust (the “Board”) is responsible for establishing the Trust’s policies and for overseeing the management of the Trust. The Board elects the officers of the Trust, who, along with third party service providers, are responsible for administering the day-to-day operations of the Trust. The Board of the Trust is comprised of two interested Trustees and eight disinterested Trustees. Gerard K. O’Reilly, an interested Trustee, is Chairman of the Board. The disinterested Trustees of the Board designated Ingrid M. Werner as the lead disinterested Trustee. As the lead disinterested Trustee, Ms. Werner, among other duties: acts as a principal contact for management for communications to the disinterested Trustees in between regular Board meetings; assists in the coordination and preparation of quarterly Board meeting agendas; raises and discusses issues with counsel to the disinterested Trustees; raises issues and discusses ideas with management on behalf of the disinterested Trustees in between regular meetings of the Board; and chairs executive sessions and separate meetings of the disinterested Trustees (other than Committee meetings, which are chaired by the respective Committee Chairperson, if applicable). The Board believes the existing Board structure for the Trust is appropriate because it provides the disinterested Trustees with adequate influence over the governance of the Board and the Trust, while also providing the Board with the invaluable insight of the interested Trustees, who, as both officers of the Trust and the Advisor, participate in the day-to-day management of the Trust’s affairs, including risk management.

The agenda for each quarterly meeting of the Board is provided prior to the meeting to the lead disinterested Trustee in order to provide an opportunity to contact Trust management and/or the disinterested Trustees’ independent counsel regarding agenda items. In addition, the disinterested Trustees regularly communicate with Mr. O’Reilly and Mr. Butler regarding items of interest to them in between regularly scheduled meetings of the Board. The Board of the Trust meets in person at least four times each year and by telephone at other times. At each in-person meeting, the disinterested Trustees meet in executive session with their independent counsel to discuss matters outside the presence of management.

The Board has four standing committees. The Audit Committee, Nominating and Governance Committee (the “Nominating Committee”), and Mutual Funds-ETF Relations Committee are composed entirely of disinterested Trustees. As described below, through these Committees, the disinterested Trustees have direct oversight of the Trust’s accounting and financial reporting policies, the selection and nomination of candidates to the Board, and the

13


operation and expense allocations of the portfolios of the Trust. The Investment Strategy Committee (the “Strategy Committee”) assists the Board in carrying out its fiduciary duties with respect to the oversight of the Trust and the performance of its series.

The Board’s Audit Committee is comprised of Reena Aggarwal, Francis A. Longstaff, Abbie J. Smith, and Ingrid M. Werner. The Audit Committee for the Board oversees the Trust’s accounting and financial reporting policies and practices, the Trust’s internal controls, the Trust’s financial statements and the independent audits thereof, and performs other oversight functions as requested by the Board. The Audit Committee recommends the appointment of the Trust’s independent registered public accounting firm and also acts as a liaison between the Trust’s independent registered public accounting firm and the full Board.

The Board’s Nominating Committee is comprised of Ingrid M. Werner, Reena Aggarwal, Douglas W. Diamond, Francis A. Longstaff and Heather E. Tookes. The Nominating Committee for the Board makes recommendations for nominations of disinterested and interested members on the Board to the disinterested Trustees and to the full Board. The Nominating Committee works closely with the other disinterested Trustees to evaluate a candidate’s qualification for Board membership and the independence of such candidate from the Advisor and other principal service providers. The Nominating Committee also periodically reviews the Board governance practices, policies, procedures, and operations; reviews the membership of each committee of the Board; reviews and makes recommendations regarding the disinterested Trustees’ compensation; oversees the annual self-assessment of the Board and each committee; considers and recommends to the Board the selection of “independent legal counsel” (as that term is defined in the 1940 Act); and monitors and considers corporate governance issues that may arise from time to time.

The Strategy Committee is comprised of Gerard K. O’Reilly, Douglas W. Diamond, Darrell Duffie, Stefan Nagel, and Heather E. Tookes. At the request of the Board or the Advisor, the Strategy Committee (i) reviews the design of possible new series of the Trust, (ii) reviews performance of existing series of the Trust, and discusses and recommends possible enhancements to the series’ investment strategies, (iii) reviews proposals by the Advisor to modify or enhance the investment strategies or policies of each series, and (iv) considers issues relating to investment services for each series of the Trust.

The Mutual Funds-ETF Relations Committee is comprised of Reena Aggarwal, Darrell Duffie, Stefan Nagel, and Ingrid M. Werner. At the request of the Board, the Mutual Funds-ETF Relations Committee (i) reviews any newly-proposed expenses to be borne by the Portfolios or changes to the existing expense allocations among the ETFs in the Dimensional ETF Trust (“Dimensional ETFs”), portfolios in the DFA mutual fund complex (“Fund Complex”), and the Advisor, (ii) considers any conflicts of interest that may arise in the operations of the Dimensional ETFs and the portfolios in the Fund Complex, (iii) reviews and considers relevant information relating to the operations of the Dimensional ETFs, and (iv) considers asset flows and performance differences between the similarly managed mutual funds and the ETFs in the DFA Fund Complex (defined below).

The Board of the Trust, including all of the disinterested Trustees, oversees and approves the contracts of the third party service providers that provide advisory, administrative, custodial and other services to the Trust.

Board Oversight of Risk Management

The Board, as a whole, considers risk management issues as part of its general oversight responsibilities throughout the year at regular board meetings, through regular reports that have been developed by Trust management and the Advisor. These reports address certain investment, valuation, liquidity, derivatives and compliance matters. The Board also may receive special written reports or presentations on a variety of risk issues, either upon the Board’s request or upon the initiative of the Advisor. In addition, the Audit Committee of the Board meets regularly with management of the Advisor to review reports on the Advisor’s examinations of functions and processes that affect the Trust.

With respect to investment risk, the Board receives regular written reports describing and analyzing the investment performance of the Trust’s series. The Board discusses these reports and the portfolios’ performance and investment risks with management of the Advisor at the Board’s regular meetings. The Investment Committee of the Advisor meets regularly to discuss a variety of issues, including the impact that the investment in particular

14


securities or instruments, such as derivatives, may have on the series. To the extent that the Investment Committee of the Advisor decides to materially change an investment strategy or policy of a series and such change could have a significant impact on the series’ risk profile, the Advisor will present such change to the Board for its approval.

With respect to valuation, the Advisor and the Trust’s administrative and accounting agent provide regular written reports to the Board that enable the Board to review the Advisor’s fair valuation process. Such reports also include information concerning illiquid and any worthless securities held by each series. In addition, the Trust’s Audit Committee reviews valuation procedures and pricing results with the Trust’s independent registered public accounting firm in connection with such Committee’s review of the results of the audit of each series’ year-end financial statements.

With respect to liquidity risk, the Board oversees the Trust’s liquidity risk through, among other things, receiving periodic reporting and presentations by investment and other personnel of the Advisor. Additionally, as required by the Liquidity Rule, the Board, including a majority of the disinterested Trustees, approved the Trust’s Liquidity Program, which is reasonably designed to assess and manage the Trust’s liquidity risk, and appointed the Liquidity Program Administrator that is responsible for administering the Liquidity Program. The Board also reviews, no less frequently than annually, a written report prepared by the Liquidity Program Administrator that addresses, among other items, the operation of the Liquidity Program and assesses its adequacy and effectiveness of implementation.

With respect to derivatives risk, the Board approved the designation of the Derivatives Risk Manager (“DRM”), which is responsible for administering the derivatives risk management program (“DRMP”) for the portfolios that are required to adopt and implement a DRMP. The Board regularly receives written reports from the DRM regarding the implementation of the DRMP, including on a quarterly and annual basis, and meets with the DRM on a periodic basis.

With respect to compliance risks, the Board receives regular compliance reports prepared by the Advisor’s compliance group and meets regularly with the Trust’s Chief Compliance Officer (CCO) to discuss compliance issues, including compliance risks. As required under SEC rules, the disinterested Trustees meet in executive session with the CCO, and the CCO prepares and presents an annual written compliance report to the Board. The Trust’s Board adopts compliance policies and procedures for the Trust and receives information about the compliance procedures in place for the Trust’s service providers. The compliance policies and procedures are specifically designed to detect and prevent violations of the federal securities laws.

The Advisor periodically provides information to the Board relevant to enterprise risk management describing the way in which certain risks are managed at the complex-wide level by the Advisor. Such presentations include areas such as counter-party risk, material fund vendor or service provider risk, investment risk, reputational risk, personnel risk and business continuity risk.

Trustee Qualifications

When a vacancy occurs on the Board, the Nominating Committee of the Board evaluates a candidate’s qualification for Board membership and the independence of such candidate from the Advisor and other principal service providers. While the Nominating Committee believes that there are no specific minimum qualifications for a candidate to possess or any specific educational background, qualities, skills, or prior business and professional experience that are necessary, in considering a candidate’s qualifications, the Nominating Committee may consider the following factors, among others, which may change over time or have different weight: (1) whether or not the person is willing to serve and willing and able to commit the time necessary for the performance of the duties of a Board member; (2) the candidate’s judgment, skill, diversity, and experience with investment companies and other organizations of comparable purpose, complexity and size; (3) the business activities of the Trust, including any new marketing or investment initiatives, and whether the candidate possesses relevant experience in these areas; (4) whether the person’s business background or other business activities would be incompatible with the Trust’s and the Advisor’s business purposes; (5) the interplay of the candidate’s experience with the experience of other Board members and how the candidate and his or her academic or business experience will be perceived by the Trust’s shareholders; and (6) the extent to which the candidate would be a desirable addition to the Board and any committees thereof.

15


While the Nominating Committee is solely responsible for the selection and recommendation to the Board of disinterested Board candidates, the Nominating Committee will consider nominees recommended by Qualifying Fund Shareholders if a vacancy occurs among Board members. A Qualifying Fund Shareholder is a shareholder, or group of shareholders, that: (i) owns of record, or beneficially through a financial intermediary, 5% or more of the Trust’s outstanding shares, and (ii) has owned such shares for 12 months or more prior to submitting the recommendation to the Nominating Committee. Such recommendations shall be directed to the Secretary of the Trust at 6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One, Austin, Texas 78746. The Qualifying Fund Shareholder’s letter should include: (i) the name and address of the Qualifying Fund Shareholder making the recommendation; (ii) the number of shares of the Trust that are owned of record and beneficially by such Qualifying Fund Shareholder, and the length of time that such shares have been so owned by the Qualifying Fund Shareholder; (iii) a description of all arrangements and understandings between such Qualifying Fund Shareholder and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the recommendation is being made; (iv) the name and address of the nominee; and (v) the nominee’s resume or curriculum vitae. The Qualifying Fund Shareholder’s letter must be accompanied by a written consent of the individual to stand for election if nominated for the Board and to serve if elected by shareholders. The Nominating Committee also may seek such additional information about the nominee as the Nominating Committee considers appropriate, including information relating to such nominee that is required to be disclosed in solicitations or proxies for the election of Board members.

The Nominating Committee of the Board believes that it is in the best interests of the Trust and its shareholders to obtain highly-qualified individuals to serve as members of the Board. The Trust’s Board believes that each Trustee currently serving on the Board has the experience, qualifications, attributes and skills to allow the Board to effectively oversee the management of the Trust and protect the interests of shareholders. The Board noted that each Trustee had professional experience in areas of importance for investment companies. The Board considered that each disinterested Trustee held an academic position in the areas of finance or accounting. Reena Aggarwal, Douglas W. Diamond, Darrell Duffie, Francis A. Longstaff, Heather E. Tookes, Stefan Nagel, and Ingrid M. Werner are each Professors of Finance, while Abbie J. Smith is a Professor of Accounting. The Board also noted that Reena Aggarwal, Darrell Duffie, Abbie J. Smith, Heather E. Tookes, and Ingrid M. Werner each had experience serving as a director or trustee on the boards of operating companies and/or other investment companies. In addition, the Board considered that Gerard K. O’Reilly and David P. Butler contributed valuable experience due to their positions with the Advisor.

Certain biographical information for each disinterested Trustee and each interested Trustee of the Trust is set forth in the tables below, including a description of each Trustee’s experience as a Trustee of the Trust and as a director or trustee of other funds, as well as other recent professional experience.

Disinterested Trustees

      

Name, Address and Year of Birth

Position

Term of Office1 and Length of Service

Principal Occupation During At Least the Past 5 Years

Portfolios within the DFA Fund Complex2 Overseen

Other Directorships Held During At Least the Past 5 Years

Reena Aggarwal

c/o Dimensional Fund Advisors LP

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One

Austin, TX 78746

 

1957

Trustee

Since 2025

Robert E. McDonough Professor of Finance (since 2003) and Professor of Finance (since 2000), McDonough School of Business, Georgetown University and Director, Georgetown Center for Financial Markets and Policy (since 2010). Formerly, Vice Provost of Faculty, Georgetown University (2016-2020).

168 portfolios in 6 investment companies

Director, Cohen & Steers (asset management firm) (since 2016) and Director, Nuveen Churchill Direct Lending (business development company) (since 2019). Formerly, Director, New York Life Investment Management IndexIQ (2008-2021) (22 funds).

16


      

Name, Address and Year of Birth

Position

Term of Office1 and Length of Service

Principal Occupation During At Least the Past 5 Years

Portfolios within the DFA Fund Complex2 Overseen

Other Directorships Held During At Least the Past 5 Years

Douglas W. Diamond

c/o Dimensional Fund Advisors LP

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One

Austin, TX 78746

1953

Trustee

Since 2025

Merton H. Miller Distinguished Service Professor of Finance, University of Chicago Booth School of Business (since 1979).

168 portfolios in 6 investment companies

None

Darrell Duffie

c/o Dimensional Fund Advisors LP

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One

Austin, TX 78746

1954

Trustee

Since 2025

Adams Distinguished Professor of Management and Professor of Finance, Stanford University (since 1984). Formerly, Consultant, Keystone Strategy, LLC (litigation consulting firm) (2025).

168 portfolios in 6 investment companies

Formerly, Director, TNB Inc. (bank) (2020-2025).

Francis A. Longstaff

c/o Dimensional Fund Advisors LP

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One

Austin, TX 78746

1956

Trustee

Since 2025

Allstate Professor of Insurance and Finance and Distinguished Professor, UCLA, Anderson School of Management (since 1992); Consultant, NERA Economic Consulting (since 2018); Consultant, Charles River Associates (economic consulting firm) (since 2013); Consultant, Simplex Holdings, Inc. (technology firm) (since 1998); and Expert Witness, Analysis Group (economic consulting firm) (since 2012).

168 portfolios in 6 investment companies

None

Stefan Nagel

University of Chicago Booth School of Business

5807 S. Woodlawn Avenue

Chicago, IL 60637

1973

Trustee

Since 2025

Fama Family Distinguished Service Professor of Finance, University of Chicago Booth School of Business (since 2017); President (since 2025), and formerly, President-Elect (2024-2025) and Vice President (2022-2024), Western Finance Association (global association of academic researchers and practitioners in finance) (since 2022). Formerly, Executive Editor, Journal of Finance (2016-2022); and formerly, Consultant, The Northern Trust Company (2023-2025).

168 portfolios in 6 investment companies

Formerly, Director, Center for Research in Security Prices, LLC (provider of historical data on securities prices and investable indexes) (2024-2025).

Abbie J. Smith

University of Chicago Booth School of Business

5807 S. Woodlawn Avenue

Chicago, IL 60637

1953

Trustee

Since 2025

Boris and Irene Stern Distinguished Service Professor of Accounting, University of Chicago Booth School of Business (since 1980).

168 portfolios in 6 investment companies

Director, Audit Committee member, and formerly, Audit Committee Chair, Ryder System Inc. (transportation, logistics and supply-chain management) (since 2003); and Trustee (since 2009) and Audit Committee member (since 2022), UBS Funds (2 investment companies within

17


      

Name, Address and Year of Birth

Position

Term of Office1 and Length of Service

Principal Occupation During At Least the Past 5 Years

Portfolios within the DFA Fund Complex2 Overseen

Other Directorships Held During At Least the Past 5 Years

     

the fund complex) (9 portfolios). Formerly, Director (2000-2025) and Audit Committee Chair (2019-2022), HNI Corporation (office furniture).

Heather E. Tookes

Yale School of Management

165 Whitney Avenue

New Haven, CT 06511

1974

Trustee

Since 2025

Deputy Dean for Faculty (since 2022) and Professor of Finance (since 2004), Yale School of Management.

168 portfolios in 6 investment companies

Director, Ariel Investments LLC (investment adviser) (since 2017); Director, Charles River Associates (economic consulting firm) (since 2022); and Director, Community Foundation of Greater New Haven (community foundation and grant-making) (since 2022). Formerly, Director, Payoneer Inc. (digital payments) (2021-2023).

Ingrid M. Werner

c/o Dimensional Fund Advisors LP

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One

Austin, TX 78746

1961

Trustee

Since 2025

Martin and Andrew Murrer Professor of Finance, Fisher College of Business, The Ohio State University (since 1998); Adjunct Member, the Prize Committee for the Swedish Riksbank Prize in Economic Sciences in Memory of Alfred Nobel (annual award for significant scientific research contribution) (since 2018); Chairman, Scientific Advisory Board, Swedish House of Finance (institute supporting academic research in finance) (since 2014); Member, Scientific Board, Danish Finance Institute (institute supporting academic research in finance) (since 2017); and Fellow, Center for Analytical Finance (academic research) (since 2015). Formerly, Member, Academic Board, Mistra Financial Systems (organization funding academic research on environment, governance and climate/sustainability in finance) (2016-2021); formerly, Director, American Finance Association (global association of academic researchers and practitioners in finance) (2019-2022); formerly, Associate Editor, Journal of Finance (2016-2022); formerly, Member, Scientific Board, Leibniz Institute for Financial Research (institute supporting academic research in finance) (2020-2023); and formerly, Chair, Economic Advisory Committee, FINRA (2017-2024).

168 portfolios in 6 investment companies

Director, Fourth Swedish AP Fund (pension fund asset management) (since 2017).

18


Interested Trustees

The following interested Trustees are described as such because each is deemed to be an “interested person,” as that term is defined under the 1940 Act, due to his position with the Advisor.

      

Name, Address and Year of Birth

Position

Term of Office1 and Length of Service

Principal Occupation During At Least the Past 5 Years

Portfolios within the DFA Fund Complex2 Overseen

Other Directorships Held During At Least the Past 5 Years

David P. Butler

c/o Dimensional Fund Advisors LP

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One,

Austin, TX 78746

1964

Trustee

Co-Chief Executive Officer

Trustee and Co-Chief Executive Officer since 2025

Co-Chief Executive Officer of Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund (“DEM”), DFA Investment Dimensions Group Inc. (“DFAIDG”), Dimensional Investment Group Inc. (“DIG”), The DFA Investment Trust Company (“DFAITC”), Dimensional Holdings Inc., Dimensional Fund Advisors LP, Dimensional Investment LLC, and DFA Securities LLC (collectively with DEM, DFAIDG, DIG and DFAITC, the “DFA Entities”) (since 2017), DFA Canada LLC (since 2018), Dimensional Holdings LLC (since 2017), and Dimensional ETF Trust (since 2020); Chief Executive Officer of Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC (since 2018), Director (since 2017) of Dimensional Holdings Inc., Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC, Dimensional Japan Ltd., Dimensional Advisors Ltd., and DFA Australia Limited; Director and Co-Chief Executive Officer (since 2017) of Dimensional Cayman Commodity Fund I Ltd.; Head of Global Financial Advisor Services for Dimensional Investment LLC (since 2017). Formerly, Director (2017-2021) of Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd.

168 portfolios in 8 investment companies

None

Gerard K. O’Reilly

c/o Dimensional Fund Advisors LP

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One,

Austin, TX 78746

1976

Chairman and Trustee

Co-Chief Executive Officer and Co-Chief Investment Officer

Chairman, Trustee, Co-Chief Executive Officer and Co-Chief Investment Officer since 2025

Co-Chief Executive Officer (since 2017), Co-Chief Investment Officer (since February 2024), and Chief Investment Officer (2017 – February 2024) of the DFA Entities; Co-Chief Executive Officer (since 2020), Co-Chief Investment Officer (since February 2024), and Chief Investment Officer (2020 – February 2024) of Dimensional ETF Trust; Co-Chief Executive Officer of DFA Canada LLC (since 2018); Co-Chief Investment Officer (since February 2024), and Chief Investment Officer (2017 – February 2024) of Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC; Director (since 2017), Co-Chief Investment Officer (since February 2024), Chief Investment Officer (2017 – February 2024) and Vice President (since 2014) of DFA Australia Limited; Co-Chief Investment Officer (since February 2024), Chief Investment Officer (2018 – February 2024) and Vice President (since 2016) of Dimensional Japan Ltd.; Co-Chief Executive Officer (since 2017), Co-Chief Investment Officer (since February 2024), and Chief Investment Officer (2017 – February 2024) of Dimensional Holdings, LLC; Director and Co-Chief Executive Officer (since 2017), Co-Chief Investment Officer (since February 2024) and Chief Investment Officer (2017 – February 2024) of Dimensional Cayman Commodity Fund I Ltd.; Director of Dimensional Funds plc (since 2014), Dimensional Fund II plc (since 2014), Dimensional Holdings Inc. (since 2017), Dimensional Advisors Ltd. (since 2017), Dimensional Ireland Limited (since 2018), and Dimensional Funds ICAV (since 2025). Formerly, Director of Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. (2018-2021).

168 portfolios in 6 investment companies

None

19


1  Each Trustee holds office for an indefinite term until his or her successor is elected and qualified. The Independent Trustees have, however, adopted a retirement policy that permits each Independent Trustee to serve until December 31st of the year in which the Independent Trustee turns 75. The Board may determine to extend the term of an Independent Trustee on a case-by-case basis, as appropriate.

2  Each Trustee is a director or trustee of each of the six registered investment companies within the DFA Fund Complex, which include: the Trust, Dimensional ETF Trust, DEM; DFAIDG; DIG; and DFAITC. Each disinterested Trustee also serves on the Independent Review Committee of the Dimensional Funds, mutual funds registered in the provinces of Canada and managed by the Advisor’s affiliate, Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC.

Information relating to each Trustee’s ownership (including the ownership of his or her immediate family) in each Portfolio of the Trust in this SAI and in all six registered investment companies in the DFA Fund Complex as of December 31, 2025 is set forth in the chart below. Because the Portfolios had not commenced operations prior to the date of this SAI, the Trustees do not own any shares of the Portfolios.

   

Name

Dollar Range of Portfolio Shares Owned

Aggregate Dollar Range of Shares Owned in All Funds Overseen by Trustee in Family of Investment Companies

Disinterested Trustees:

  

Reena Aggarwal

None

None Directly; Over $100,000 in Simulated Funds*

Douglas W. Diamond

None

None Directly; Over $100,000 in Simulated Funds*

Darrell Duffie

None

$10,001 - $50,000

Francis A. Longstaff

None

None

Stefan Nagel

None

Over $100,000; $50,001 - $100,000 in Simulated Funds*

Abbie J. Smith

None

None Directly; Over $100,000 in Simulated Funds*

Heather E. Tookes

None

None Directly; Over $100,000 in Simulated Funds*

Ingrid M. Werner

None

Over $100,000; Over $100,000 in Simulated Funds*

Interested Trustees:

  

David P. Butler

None

Over $100,000

Gerard K. O’Reilly

None

Over $100,000

* As discussed below, the compensation to certain of the disinterested Trustees may be in amounts that correspond to a hypothetical investment in a cross-section of the DFA Funds. Thus, the disinterested Trustees who are so compensated experience the same investment returns that are experienced by shareholders of the DFA Funds although the disinterested Trustees do not directly own shares of the DFA Funds.

Set forth below is a table listing, for each Trustee entitled to receive compensation, the estimated compensation to be received from the Trust during its initial fiscal year ending October 31, 2026, and the total compensation received from the other five registered investment companies for which the Advisor served as investment advisor during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2025. The table also provides the estimated compensation paid by the Trust to the Trust’s Chief Compliance Officer for the initial fiscal year ending October 31, 2026.

20


              

Name and Position

 

Aggregate Compensation from the Trust

 

Pension or Retirement Benefits as Part of Expense

 

Estimated Annual Benefits upon Retirement

 

Deferred Amount1

Total Compensation from the DFA Fund Complex paid to the Directors1,2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reena Aggarwal

 

 

[ ] 

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

$212,500

 

$425,000

 

 

Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Douglas W. Diamond

 

 

[ ] 

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

$455,000

 

 

Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Darrell Duffie

 

 

[ ] 

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

$425,000

 

 

Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Francis A. Longstaff

 

 

[ ] 

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

$425,000

 

 

Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stefan Nagel

 

 

[ ] 

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

$79,000

 

$425,000

 

 

Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Abbie J. Smith

 

 

[ ] 

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

$455,000

 

 

Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Heather E. Tookes

 

 

[ ] 

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

$252,000

 

$425,000

 

 

Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ingrid M Werner

 

 

[ ] 

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

$85,000

 

$585,000

 

 

Lead Disinterested Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Randy C. Olson

 

 

[ ] 

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

 

Chief Compliance Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

Under a deferred compensation plan (the “Plan”) adopted effective January 1, 2002, the disinterested Trustees may defer receipt of all or a portion of the compensation for serving as members of the six Boards of Directors/Trustees of the investment companies in the DFA Fund Complex (the “DFA Funds”). Amounts deferred under the Plan are treated as though equivalent dollar amounts had been invested in shares of a cross-section of the DFA Funds (the “Reference Funds” or “Simulated Funds”). The amounts ultimately received by the disinterested Trustees under the Plan will be directly linked to the investment performance of the Reference Funds. Deferral of fees in accordance with the Plan will have a negligible effect on a fund’s assets, liabilities, and net income per share, and will not obligate a fund to retain the services of any disinterested Trustee or to pay any particular level of compensation to the disinterested Trustee. A disinterested Trustee’s deferred compensation will be distributed at the earlier of: (a) January in the year after the disinterested Trustee’s resignation from the Boards of Directors/Trustees of the DFA Funds, or death or disability, or (b) five years following the first deferral, in such amounts as the disinterested Trustee has specified. The obligations of the DFA Funds to make payments under the Plan will be unsecured general obligations of the DFA Funds, payable out of the general assets and property of the DFA Funds.

 

2

The term DFA Fund Complex refers to the six registered investment companies for which the Advisor performs advisory and administrative services and for which the individuals listed above serve as directors/trustees on the Boards of Directors/Trustees of such companies.

 

Officers

Below is the name, year of birth, information regarding positions with the Trust and the principal occupation for each officer of the Trust. The address of each officer is 6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One, Austin, TX 78746. Each of the officers listed below holds the same office (except as otherwise noted) in the DFA Entities.

21


    

Name and Year of

Birth

Position

Term of Office1 and Length of Service

Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years

Melissa Barker

1988

Assistant Treasurer

Since 2025

Assistant Treasurer of

· DFAIDG, DIG, DFAITC, DEM and Dimensional ETF Trust (since 2023)

· Dimensional Trust (since 2025)

Senior Tax Manager (since 2023) of

· Dimensional Fund Advisors LP

Investment Tax Manager (2020 – 2022) of

· Dimensional Fund Advisors LP

Assistant Vice President Tax Services (2013 – 2020) of

· SS&C ALPS Advisors

Ryan P. Buechner

1982

Vice President and Assistant Secretary

Since 2025

Vice President and Assistant Secretary of

· DFAIDG, DIG, DFAITC and DEM (since 2019)

· Dimensional ETF Trust (since 2020)

· Dimensional Trust (since 2025)

Vice President (since 2018) of

· Dimensional Fund Advisors LP

Formerly, Vice President of

· DFA Securities LLC (2018-2024)

· Dimensional Holdings Inc. (2018-2025)

· Dimensional Investment LLC (2018-2025)

Stephen A. Clark

1972

Executive Vice President

Since 2025

Executive Vice President of

· DFAIDG, DIG, DEM and DFAITC (since 2017)

· DFA Securities LLC (since 2017)

· Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since 2017)

· Dimensional ETF Trust (since 2020)

· Dimensional Exchange Fund GP LLC (since 2025)

· Dimensional US Equity Exchange Fund I LP (since 2025)

· Dimensional US Equity Exchange Fund I REIT LLC (since 2025)

· Dimensional Trust (since 2025)

Director and Vice President (since 2016) of

· Dimensional Advisors Ltd.

· Dimensional Fund Advisors Pte. Ltd.

· Dimensional Hong Kong Limited

· Dimensional Japan Ltd.

Vice President of

· DFA Australia Limited (since 2008)

· Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC (since 2024)

Chairman (since 2018) of

· Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC

Director (since 2016) of

· DFA Australia Limited

· Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC

Formerly, President (2016 – 2023) of

· Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC

Formerly, Director (2016-2021) of

22


    

Name and Year of

Birth

Position

Term of Office1 and Length of Service

Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years

   

· Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd.

Formerly, Interim Chief Executive Officer (2019 – 2020) of

· Dimensional Fund Advisors Pte. Ltd.

Formerly, Executive Vice President (2017 – 2025) of

· Dimensional Holdings Inc.

· Dimensional Investment LLC

Bernard J. Grzelak

1971

Vice President

Since 2025

Vice President of

· DFAIDG, DIG, DEM, DFAITC, and Dimensional ETF Trust (since 2021)

· Dimensional Trust (since 2025)

Chief Financial Officer, Director, Treasurer and Vice President (since 2025) of

· Dimensional Exchange Fund GP LLC

Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of

· DFA Australia Limited (since 2020)

· Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC (since 2020)

· DFA Canada LLC (since 2020)

· DFA Securities LLC (since 2020)

· Dimensional Advisors Ltd. (since 2020)

· Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since 2020)

· Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. (since 2020)

· Dimensional Fund Advisors Pte. Ltd. (since 2020)

· Dimensional Holdings Inc. (since 2020)

· Dimensional Hong Kong Limited (since 2020)

· Dimensional Investment LLC (since 2020)

· Dimensional US Equity Exchange Fund I LP (since 2025)

· Dimensional US Equity Exchange Fund I REIT LLC (since 2025)

Vice President (since 2021) of

· Dimensional Ireland Limited

Formerly, Chief Financial Officer, Vice President and Treasurer of

· Dimensional Holdings LLC (2020-2025)

Eric Hall

1978

Vice President and Assistant Treasurer

Since 2025

Vice President and Assistant Treasurer of

· DFAIDG, DIG, DEM, DFAITC and Dimensional ETF Trust (since 2021)

· Dimensional Trust (since 2025)

Vice President of

· Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC (since 2022)

· Dimensional US Equity Exchange Fund I LP (since 2025)

· Dimensional US Equity Exchange Fund I REIT LLC (since 2025)

Formerly, Data Integrity Team Lead (2019 – 2021) of

· Clearwater Analytics

Jeff J. Jeon

1973

Vice President

Since 2025

Vice President of

· DFAIDG, DIG, DEM and DFAITC (since 2004)

· DFA Securities LLC (since 2004)

23


    

Name and Year of

Birth

Position

Term of Office1 and Length of Service

Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years

   

· Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since 2004)

· Dimensional Holdings Inc. (since 2006)

· Dimensional Investment LLC (since 2009)

· Dimensional Cayman Commodity Fund I Ltd. (since 2010)

· Dimensional ETF Trust (since 2020)

· Dimensional Trust (since 2025)

· Dimensional Exchange Fund GP LLC (since 2025)

· Dimensional US Equity Exchange Fund I LP (since 2025)

· Dimensional US Equity Exchange Fund I REIT LLC (since 2025)

Carolyn S. Lee

1974

Vice President and Secretary

Since 2025

Vice President of

· DFAIDG, DIG, DEM and DFAITC (since 2010)

· DFA Securities LLC (since 2010)

· Dimensional Cayman Commodity Fund I Ltd. (since 2010)

· Dimensional Holdings Inc. (since 2010)

· Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since 2010)

· Dimensional Investment LLC (since 2010)

· Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC (since 2016)

· Dimensional ETF Trust (since 2020)

Vice President and Secretary of

· Dimensional ETF Trust (since 2020)

· Dimensional Trust (since 2025)

· Dimensional Exchange Fund GP LLC (since 2025)

· Dimensional US Equity Exchange Fund LLP (since 2025)

· Dimensional US Equity Exchange Fund I REIT LLC (since 2025)

Secretary (since 2017) of

· DFAIDG, DIG, DEM and DFAITC

Assistant Secretary (since 2016) of

· DFA Securities LLC

· Dimensional Holdings Inc.

· Dimensional Fund Advisors LP

· Dimensional Investment LLC

Director (since 2025) of

· Dimensional Funds ICAV

Joy Lopez

1971

Vice President and Assistant Treasurer

Since 2025

Vice President of

· DFAIDG, DIG, DFAITC and DEM (since 2015)

· Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since 2015)

· Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. (since 2015)

· Dimensional ETF Trust (since 2020)

· DFA Australia Limited (since 2020)

· Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC (since 2020)

· Dimensional Ireland Limited (since 2020)

· Dimensional Trust (since 2025)

Assistant Treasurer of

· DFAIDG, DIG, DFAITC and DEM (since 2017)

· Dimensional ETF Trust (since 2020)

· Dimensional Trust (since 2025)

Formerly, Vice President of

24


    

Name and Year of

Birth

Position

Term of Office1 and Length of Service

Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years

   

· DFA Securities LLC (2015-2024)

· Dimensional Holdings Inc. (2015-2025)

· Dimensional Investment LLC (2015-2025)

Kenneth M. Manell

1972

Vice President

Since 2025

Vice President of

· DFAIDG, DIG, DFAITC and DEM (since 2010)

· Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since 2010)

· Dimensional Cayman Commodity Fund I Ltd. (since 2010)

· Dimensional Holdings Inc. (since 2010)

· Dimensional Investment LLC (since 2010)

· Dimensional ETF Trust (since 2020)

· Dimensional US Equity Exchange Fund LLP (since 2025)

· Dimensional US Equity Exchange Fund I REIT LLC (since 2025)

· Dimensional Trust (since 2025)

Formerly, Vice President (2010-2024) of

· DFA Securities LLC

Jan Miller

1963

Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, and Treasurer

Since 2025

Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, and Treasurer of

· DFAIDG, DIG, DEM, DFAITC, and Dimensional ETF Trust (since 2021)

· Dimensional Trust (since 2025)

Vice President and Treasurer (since 2025) of

· Dimensional US Equity Exchange Fund LLP

· Dimensional US Equity Exchange Fund I REIT LLC

Vice President of

· Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC (since 2022)

· Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since 2023)

· Dimensional Exchange Fund GP LLC (since 2025)

Formerly, Vice President

· DFA Securities LLC (2023-2024)

· Dimensional Holdings Inc. (2023-2025)

· Dimensional Investment LLC (2023-2025)

Formerly, Director (2019 – 2021) at

· INVESCO, U.S. (formerly, OppenheimerFunds, Inc.)

Catherine L. Newell

1964

President and General Counsel

Since 2025

President of

· DFAIDG, DIG, DEM and DFAITC (since 2017)

· Dimensional ETF Trust (since 2020)

· Dimensional Trust (since 2025)

General Counsel of

· DFAIDG, DIG, DEM and DFAITC (since 2001)

· DFA Securities LLC (since 2006)

· Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since 2006)

· Dimensional Holdings Inc. (since 2006)

· DFA Canada LLC (since 2009)

· Dimensional Investment LLC (since 2009)

· Dimensional ETF Trust (since 2020)

· Dimensional Exchange Fund GP LLC (since 2025)

25


    

Name and Year of

Birth

Position

Term of Office1 and Length of Service

Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years

   

· Dimensional US Equity Exchange Fund LLP (since 2025)

· Dimensional US Equity Exchange Fund I REIT LLC (since 2025)

· Dimensional Trust (since 2025)

Executive Vice President of

· DFA Securities LLC (since 2017)

· Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since 2017)

· Dimensional Holdings Inc. (since 2017)

· Dimensional Investment LLC (since 2017)

· Dimensional Exchange Fund GP LLC (since 2025)

· Dimensional US Equity Exchange Fund LLP (since 2025)

· Dimensional US Equity Exchange Fund I REIT LLC (since 2025)

Vice President of

· DFA Australia Limited (since 1997)

· Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. (since 1997)

· Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC (since 2003)

· DFA Canada LLC (since 2009)

· Dimensional Cayman Commodity Fund I Ltd. (since 2010)

· Dimensional Fund Advisors Pte. Ltd. (since 2012)

· Dimensional Hong Kong Limited (since 2012)

· Dimensional Japan Ltd. (since 2012)

· Dimensional Advisors Ltd. (since 2014)

Secretary of

· DFA Australia Limited (since 2001)

· Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. (since 2001)

· Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC (since 2003)

· DFA Securities LLC (since 2006)

· Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since 2006)

· Dimensional Holdings Inc. (since 2006)

· DFA Canada LLC (since 2009)

· Dimensional Investment LLC (since 2009)

· Dimensional Cayman Commodity Fund I Ltd. (since 2010)

· Dimensional Fund Advisors Pte. Ltd. (since 2012)

· Dimensional Japan Ltd. (since 2012)

· Dimensional Advisors Ltd. (since 2014)

Assistant Secretary of

· Dimensional Hong Kong Limited (since 2012)

Director of

· Dimensional Funds plc (since 2002)

· Dimensional Funds II plc (since 2006)

· DFA Australia Limited (since 2007)

· Dimensional Advisors Ltd. (since 2012)

· Dimensional Fund Advisors Pte. Ltd. (since 2012)

· Dimensional Japan Ltd. (since 2012)

· Dimensional Hong Kong Limited (since 2012)

· Dimensional Ireland Limited (since 2018)

Formerly, Director (2002 – 2021) of

· Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd.

Formerly, Secretary and General Counsel (2006 – 2025), and Executive Vice President (2006 – 2025) of

· Dimensional Holdings LLC

Selwyn J. Notelovitz

Vice President

Since

Vice President of

26


    

Name and Year of

Birth

Position

Term of Office1 and Length of Service

Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years

1961

 

2025

· DFAIDG, DIG, DEM, DFAITC, and Dimensional ETF Trust (since 2021)

· Dimensional Trust (since 2025)

Vice President (since 2012) and Chief Compliance Officer (since 2020) of

· DFA Securities LLC

· Dimensional Fund Advisors LP

Chief Compliance Officer (since 2020) of:

· DFA Australia Limited

· Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd.

Formerly, Director (2019-2021) of:

· Dimensional Ireland Limited

Formerly, Chief Compliance Officer of

· Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC (2020-2025)

· Dimensional Holdings Inc. (2020-2025)

· Dimensional Investment LLC (2020-2025)

Formerly, Vice President of

· Dimensional Investment LLC (2012-2025)

Randy C. Olson
1980

Chief Compliance Officer

Since 2025

Chief Compliance Officer of

· DFAIDG, DIG, DEM, DFAITC, and Dimensional ETF Trust (since 2020)

· Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC (since 2025)

· Dimensional Trust (since 2025)

Vice President (since 2016) of

· DFA Securities LLC (since 2016)

· Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since 2016)

· Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC (since 2023)

Formerly, Vice President (2016-2025) of

· Dimensional Holdings Inc.

· Dimensional Investment LLC

Savina B. Rizova

1981

Co-Chief Investment Officer

Since 2025

Co-Chief Investment Officer of

· DFAIDG, DIG, DEM, DFAITC, and Dimensional ETF Trust(since 2024)

· DFA Australia Limited (since 2024)

· DFA Securities LLC (since 2024)

· Dimensional Cayman Commodity Fund I Ltd. (since 2024)

· Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC (since 2024)

· Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since 2024)

· Dimensional Japan Ltd. (since 2024)

· Dimensional Trust (since 2025)

Global Head of Research (since 2020) of

· Dimensional Fund Advisors LP

Vice President (since 2012) of

· Dimensional Fund Advisors LP

27


    

Name and Year of

Birth

Position

Term of Office1 and Length of Service

Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years

   

· DFA Securities LLC

Formerly, Co-Chief Investment Officer (2024-2025) of

· Dimensional Holdings Inc.

· Dimensional Holdings LLC

· Dimensional Investment LLC

Formerly, Vice President (2012-2025) of

· Dimensional Holdings Inc.

· Dimensional Investment LLC

James J. Taylor

1983

Vice President and Assistant Treasurer

Since 2025

Vice President and Assistant Treasurer of

· DFAIDG, DIG, DEM, DFAITC, and Dimensional ETF Trust (since 2020)

· Dimensional Trust (since 2025)

Vice President of

· Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (since 2016)

· Dimensional Fund Advisors Canada ULC (since 2020)

· Dimensional US Equity Exchange Fund LLP (since 2025)

· Dimensional US Equity Exchange Fund I REIT LLC (since 2025)

Formerly, Vice President (2016-2024) of

· DFA Securities LLC (2016-2024)

· Dimensional Holdings Inc. (2016-2025)

· Dimensional Investment LLC (2016-2025)

1 Each officer holds office for an indefinite term at the pleasure of the Board and until his or her successor is elected and qualified.

Because the Portfolios had not commenced operations prior to the date of this SAI, the Trustees and officers as a group owned less than 1% of the outstanding shares of the Portfolios as of the date of this SAI.

SERVICES TO THE TRUST

Administrative Services

[                                        ], serves as the accounting and administration services agent for each Portfolio. The services provided by [         ] are subject to supervision by the executive officers and the Board of Trustees, and include day-to-day keeping and maintenance of certain records, calculation of the offering price of the shares, preparation of reports, and liaison with its custodians. For the administrative and accounting services provided by [        ], each Portfolio pays [         ] an annual fee that is calculated daily and paid monthly according to a fee schedule based on the applicable aggregate average net assets of the DFA mutual fund complex (“Fund Complex”), which includes five registered investment companies. The fee schedule is set forth in the table below:

28


  

Net Asset Value of the Fund Complex (Excluding Fund of Funds)

Annual Basis Point Rate

[ ]

[ ]

[ ]

[ ]

[ ]

[ ]

[ ]

[ ]

The fees charged to a Portfolio under the fee schedule are allocated to each such Portfolio based on the Portfolios' pro-rata portion of the applicable aggregate average net assets of the Fund Complex. Under the unitary fee structure in place for the Dimensional US Core Equity Market Portfolio, fees for administrative services are paid by the Advisor from its management fee.

Transfer Agent

[ ], serves as the transfer agent [and dividend disbursing agent] for the ETF Class shares of the Portfolios.

Custodian

Citibank, N.A., serves as the custodian for the Portfolios. The custodian maintains a separate account or accounts for a Portfolio; receives, holds, and releases portfolio securities on account of the Portfolio; makes receipts and disbursements of money on behalf of the Portfolio; and collects and receives income and other payments and distributions on account of the Portfolio’s portfolio securities. Under the unitary fee structure in place for the Dimensional US Core Equity Market Portfolio, fees for custody services are paid by the Advisor from its management fee.

Distributor

DFA Securities LLC (“DFAS” or the “Distributor”), a wholly owned subsidiary of the Advisor, acts as the principal underwriter in the continuous public offering of the Fund’s ETF Class shares. DFAS is registered as a broker-dealer under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority. The principal business address of DFAS is 6300 Bee Cave Road, Austin, TX 78746.

ETF Class shares are continuously offered for sale by the Fund through the Distributor or its agent only in Creation Units, as described in the Prospectus and below in the “Creation and Redemption of Creation Units” section of this SAI. ETF Class shares of the Portfolios in amounts less than Creation Units are generally not distributed by the Distributor or its agent. The Distributor or its agent will arrange for the delivery of the prospectus and, upon request, this SAI to persons purchasing Creation Units and will maintain records of both orders placed with it or its agents and confirmations of acceptance furnished by it or its agents.

The Distributor may enter into agreements with securities dealers (“Soliciting Dealers”) who will solicit purchases of Creation Units of the Portfolios’ ETF Class shares. Such Soliciting Dealers may also be Authorized Participants, Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) participants and/or investor services organizations.

The Distributor may be entitled to payments from the Trust under the Rule 12b-1 plan. Except as noted, the Distributor received no other compensation from the Trust for acting as underwriter. In accordance with the Rule 12b-1 plan, the US Equity Market Portfolio’s ETF Class shares are authorized to pay Rule 12b-1 fees to the Distributor of up to 0.25% of the average daily net assets per year of the Portfolio’s ETF Class shares for any activities primarily intended to result in the sale of Creation Units of the Portfolio’s ETF Class shares or the provision of investor services, including but not limited to: (i) marketing and promotional services, including advertising; (ii) facilitating communications with beneficial owners of ETF Class shares of the Portfolio; (iii) wholesaling services; and (iv) such other services and obligations as may be set forth in the Distribution Agreement with the Distributor. The 12b-1 Plan is a compensation plan. Thus, to the extent that the fee is authorized, it is payable regardless of the distribution-related expenses actually incurred and so the amount of distribution fees paid by the shares during any year may be more than actual expenses incurred pursuant to the 12b-1 Plan. With respect to

29


the ETF Class shares, the US Equity Market Portfolio will not pay more than the maximum amount allowed under the 12b-1 Plan.

The Rule 12b-1 plan is intended to permit the financing of a broad array of distribution-related activities and services, as well as shareholder services, for the benefit of investors. These activities and services are intended to make the ETF Class shares an attractive investment alternative, which may lead to increased assets, investment opportunities and diversification. No fees are currently paid by the US Equity Market Portfolio’s ETF Class shares under the Rule 12b-1 plan and there are no current plans to impose such fees. In the event such fees were to be charged, over time they would increase the cost of an investment in the Portfolio. If fees were charged under the Plan, the Trustees would receive and review at the end of each quarter a written report provided by the Distributor of the amounts expended under the Plan and the purpose for which such expenditures were made.

The Rule 12b-1 plan will remain in effect for a period of one year and is renewable from year to year with respect to the US Equity Market Portfolio’s ETF Class shares, so long as its continuance is approved at least annually in accordance with the requirements of the 1940 Act. The Rule 12b-1 plan may not be amended to increase materially the amount of fees paid by the Portfolio unless such amendment is approved by a 1940 Act majority vote of the outstanding ETF Class shares and by a vote of the majority of those Disinterested Trustees who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the Rule 12b-1 plan or in any agreements related thereto (“Rule 12b-1 Trustees”). The Rule 12b-1 plan is terminable with respect to the US Equity Market Portfolio’s ETF Class shares at any time by a vote of a majority of the Rule 12b-1 Trustees or by a 1940 Act majority vote of the outstanding ETF Class shares.

Legal Counsel

Stradley Ronon Stevens & Young, LLP serves as legal counsel to the Trust. Its address is 2600 One Commerce Square, Philadelphia, PA 19103-7098.

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

[ ] is the independent registered public accounting firm to the Trust and audits the annual financial statements of each Portfolio. [ ]’s address is [ ].

Investment Management

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP, located at 6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One, Austin, TX 78746, serves as investment advisor to the Portfolios. Pursuant to an Investment Management Agreement with each Portfolio, the Advisor is responsible for the management of its respective assets.

Payments by the Advisor to Certain Third Parties Not Affiliated with the Advisor

The Advisor and its advisory affiliates have entered into arrangements with certain unaffiliated third parties pursuant to which the Advisor or its advisory affiliates make payments from their own assets or provide services to such unaffiliated third parties as further described below. Certain of the unaffiliated third parties who have entered into such arrangements with the Advisor or its advisory affiliates are affiliated with independent financial advisors (“FAs”) whose clients may invest in the Portfolios or other investment companies advised by the Advisor (“DFA Advised Funds”). Generally, the Advisor does not consider the existence of such arrangements with an affiliate, by itself, to be determinative in assessing whether an FA is independent.

Training and Education Related Benefits Provided by the Advisor

From time to time, the Advisor or its affiliates provide certain non-advisory services (such as data collection and analysis or other consulting services) to financial intermediaries (“Intermediaries”) that may be involved in the distribution of DFA Advised Funds and may recommend the purchase of such DFA Advised Funds for their clients. Intermediaries may include, without limitation, FAs, broker-dealers, institutional investment consultants, and plan service providers (such as recordkeepers). The Advisor or its affiliates also may provide services to Intermediaries, including: (i) personnel and outside consultants for purposes of continuing education,

30


internal strategic planning and, for FAs, practice management; (ii) analysis, including historical market analysis and risk/return analysis; (iii) continuing education to investment advisers (some of whom may be dual registered investment advisers/broker-dealers); and (iv) other services.

The Advisor regularly provides educational speakers and facilities for conferences or events for Intermediaries, customers or clients of the Intermediaries, or such customers’ or clients’ service providers, and also may sponsor such events. For its sponsored events, the Advisor typically pays any associated food, beverage, and facilities-related expenses and speakers’ fees. The Advisor has consulting arrangements with certain speakers, who may be affiliated with a client of the Advisor. The Advisor or its affiliates sometimes pay a fee to attend, speak at or assist in sponsoring conferences or events organized by others, and on occasion, pay travel accommodations of certain participants attending such conferences or events. The Advisor’s sponsorship of conferences or events organized by others from time to time includes direct payments to vendors on behalf of, and/or reimbursement of expenses incurred by, the organizers of such events. Also, from time to time, the Advisor makes direct payments to vendors on behalf of, and/or reimbursement of expenses incurred by, Intermediaries in connection with the Intermediaries hosting educational, training, customer appreciation, or other events for such Intermediaries and/or their customers. Personnel of the Advisor may or may not be present at any of the conferences or events hosted by third parties described above. The Advisor generally will promote its participation in or sponsorship of such conferences or events in marketing or advertising materials. At the request of a client or potential client, the Advisor or its affiliates may also refer such client to one or more Intermediaries.

The provision of these services, arrangements and payments described above by the Advisor present conflicts of interest because they provide incentives for Intermediaries, customers or clients of Intermediaries, or such customers’ or clients’ service providers to recommend, or otherwise make available, the Advisor’s strategies or DFA Advised Funds to their clients in order to receive or continue to benefit from these arrangements from the Advisor or its affiliates. However, the provision of these services, arrangements and payments by the Advisor or its affiliates is not dependent on the amount of DFA Advised Funds or strategies sold or recommended by such Intermediaries, customers or clients of Intermediaries, or such customers’ or clients’ service providers.

Consultation Referral Fees Paid by the Advisor

From time to time, consultants of the Advisor are paid a commission for client referrals. Such commissions typically are calculated based on a flat fee, percentage of total fees received by the Advisor as a result of such referrals, or other means agreed to between the Advisor and the consultants.

Payments to Intermediaries by the Advisor

Additionally, the Advisor or its advisory affiliates may enter into arrangements with, and/or make payments from their own assets to, certain Intermediaries to enable access to DFA Advised Funds, or model portfolios that use the DFA Advised Funds, on platforms and through programs or products made available by such Intermediaries or to assist such Intermediaries to upgrade existing technology systems, or implement new technology systems, platforms, programs, or products in order to improve the methods through which the Intermediaries provide services to the Advisor and its advisory affiliates, and/or their clients. The Advisor or its advisory affiliates may also make payments to Intermediaries related to marketing activities and presentations, educational training programs, conferences, data provision services, or making shares of the DFA Advised Funds available to their customers generally and in certain investment programs. The Advisor may make payments to Intermediaries and other financial service providers for data regarding DFA Advised Funds, such as statistical information regarding sales of shares of DFA Advised Funds through Intermediaries. Such arrangements or payments may establish contractual obligations on the part of such Intermediaries to provide DFA Advised Funds, the Advisor, or their clients with certain exclusive or preferred access to the use of the subject technology or programs or preferable placement or inclusion with such Intermediaries’ platforms, programs or products. Payments of this type are sometimes referred to as revenue-sharing payments. Any payments made pursuant to such arrangements may vary in any year and may be different for different Intermediaries. In certain cases, the payments described here may be subject to certain minimum payment levels, be a fixed amount, and/or depend on assets invested in a particular fund through such Intermediary.

31


The services, arrangements, and payments described above, which may be significant to the Intermediaries, present conflicts of interest because they provide incentives for Intermediaries, customers or clients of Intermediaries, or such customers’ or clients’ service providers, to recommend, or otherwise make available, DFA Advised Funds to their clients in order to receive or continue to benefit from these arrangements from the Advisor or its affiliates.

As of January 31, 2026, the Intermediaries receiving such payments include: Advyzon, Charles Schwab & Co. Inc., Envestnet Asset Management, Inc., Fidelity Brokerage Services LLC, Great-West Life & Annuity Insurance Company, LPL Financial LLC, National Financial Services, LLC, Orion Portfolio Solutions, LLC, Principal Life Insurance Company, Raymond James & Associates, Inc., Standard Retirement Services, Transamerica Retirement Solutions, LLC, and UBS Financial Services Inc. Any additions, modifications, or deletions to this list of financial intermediaries that have occurred since January 31, 2026 are not included in this list. Please contact your salesperson, advisor, broker or other investment professional for more information regarding any such payments or financial incentives his or her intermediary firm may receive.

Any payments described above made by the Advisor, or an affiliate of the Advisor, will be made from their own assets and not from the assets of the Portfolios. As a result, such payments are not reflected in the fees and expenses listed in the fees and expenses sections of the Portfolios' prospectuses.

Data Services Purchased by the Advisor

The Advisor purchases certain data services and products used by the Advisor for sales, distribution and research purposes. In limited circumstances, a data vendor or its affiliate also provides investment consulting services, and such vendor or affiliated entity may refer one or more of its consulting clients to DFA Advised Funds. Any investment consulting services and referrals are unrelated to the Advisor’s process for the review and purchase of certain data services.

MANAGEMENT FEES

David G. Booth, as a director and officer of the Advisor and shareholder of the Advisor’s general partner, and Rex A. Sinquefield, as a shareholder of the Advisor’s general partner, acting together, could be deemed controlling persons of the Advisor. For the services it provides as investment advisor to the Portfolio, the Advisor is paid a monthly fee calculated as a percentage of average net assets of the Portfolio.

The Dimensional US Core Equity Market Portfolio (the “Unitary Portfolio”) pays the Advisor a unified management fee for managing the Unitary Portfolio’s assets. Pursuant to the investment management agreement with the Trust, on behalf of the Unitary Portfolio, the Advisor is responsible for substantially all ordinary fund operating expenses, except for (i) the fee payment under the agreement; (ii) payments under the Unitary Portfolio's Rule 12b-1 plan (if any); (iii) brokerage expenses (including any costs incidental to transactions in portfolio securities, instruments and other investments); (iv) taxes; (v) interest expenses (including borrowing costs and dividend expenses on securities sold short and overdraft charges); (vi) litigation expenses (including litigation to which the Trust or the Unitary Portfolio may be a party and indemnification of the Portfolio's trustees and officers with respect thereto); (vii) acquired fund fees and expenses; (viii) Trustees’ fees and expenses; (ix) legal expenses of counsel to the Independent Trustees; (x) Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”) compensation; (xi) third party shareholder servicing fees for non-exchange traded share classes; and (xii) other non-routine or extraordinary expenses. The fee is equal to the following annual rate based on the net assets of the Unitary Portfolio:

  

 

 

Dimensional US Core Equity Market Portfolio

0.12%

Pursuant to a separate contractual arrangement, the Advisor arranges for the provision of CCO services with respect to the Unitary Portfolio, and is liable and responsible for, and administers, payments to the CCO, the Independent Trustees and counsel to the Independent Trustees. The Advisor receives a fee of up to 0.0044% of the Unitary Portfolio’s average daily net assets for providing such services and paying such expenses. The Advisor provides CCO services to the Trust.

32


Pursuant to an investment management agreement with the Trust, on behalf of the Dimensional U.S. Equity Market Portfolio, the Dimensional U.S. Equity Market Portfolio pays the Advisor a fee computed on the aggregate net asset value of the Portfolio as of the close of each business day and payable monthly at the annual rate of 0.08%.

As of October 31, 2025, the Portfolios had not commenced operations, so the Portfolios did not pay any management fees.

FEE WAIVER AND EXPENSE ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

Pursuant to a Fee Waiver and/or Expense Assumption Agreement for ETF Class shares of the Portfolio listed below (the “Fee Waiver Agreement”), the Advisor has contractually agreed to waive certain fees, and in certain instances, assume certain expenses of the Portfolio's ETF Class shares, as described in the notes below. The Fee Waiver Agreement for the Portfolio below will remain in effect through February 28, 2028, and may only be terminated by the Trust’s Board of Trustees prior to that date. The Fee Waiver Agreement for such Portfolio shall continue in effect from year to year thereafter unless terminated by the Trust or the Advisor. With respect to the Fee Waiver Agreement, prior year waived fees and/or assumed expenses can be recaptured only if the expense ratio of the ETF Class shares of the Portfolio following such recapture would be less than the expense cap that was in place when such prior year fees were waived and/or expenses assumed, and less than the current expense cap in place for the Portfolio's ETF Class shares. The Portfolio listed below is not obligated to reimburse the Advisor for fees previously waived or expenses previously assumed by the Advisor more than thirty-six months before the date of such reimbursement.

The Advisor has contractually agreed to waive all or a portion of its management fee and assume the ordinary operating expenses of the ETF Class shares of the following Portfolio (excluding the expenses that the Portfolio incurs indirectly through its investment in other investment companies) (“Portfolio Expenses”) to the extent necessary to limit the Portfolio Expenses of the ETF Class shares of the Portfolio, on an annualized basis, to the rate listed below as a percentage of the average net assets of the Portfolio’s ETF Class shares (the “Expense Limitation Amount”). At any time that the Portfolio Expenses of the ETF Class shares of the Portfolio are less than the applicable Expense Limitation Amount for such class of shares of the Portfolio, the Advisor retains the right to recover any fees previously waived and/or expenses previously assumed to the extent that such recovery will not cause the annualized Portfolio Expenses for such class of the Portfolio to exceed the applicable Expense Limitation Amount identified below.

  

Portfolio

Expense Limitation Amount

Dimensional US Equity Market Portfolio

0.22%

PORTFOLIO MANAGERS

In accordance with the team approach used to manage the Portfolios, the portfolio managers and portfolio traders implement the policies and procedures established by the Investment Committee. The portfolio managers and portfolio traders also make daily investment decisions regarding the Portfolios based on the parameters established by the Investment Committee. The individuals named below are the portfolio managers that coordinate the efforts of all other portfolio managers or trading personnel with respect to the day-to-day management of the Portfolios indicated.

  

Dimensional US Core Equity Market Portfolio
Dimensional US Equity Market Portfolio

Jed S. Fogdall, Joseph F. Hohn and Joel P. Schneider

Other Managed Accounts

In addition to the Portfolios, each portfolio manager manages: (i) other U.S. registered investment companies advised or sub-advised by the Advisor; (ii) other pooled investment vehicles that are not U.S. registered

33


investment companies; and (iii) other accounts managed for organizations and individuals. The following table sets forth information regarding the total accounts for which each portfolio manager has the primary responsibility for coordinating the day-to-day management responsibilities.

  

Name of Portfolio Manager

Number of Accounts Managed and Total Assets by Category

As of October 31, 2025

  

Jed S. Fogdall

· 130 U.S. registered mutual funds with $639,053 million in total assets under management.

· 29 unregistered pooled investment vehicles with $38,291 million in total assets under management, of which 1 account with $186 million in assets may be subject to a performance fee.

· 1,799 other accounts with $41,471 million in total assets under management, of which 4 accounts with $1,470 million in assets may be subject to a performance fee.

  

Joseph F. Hohn

· 32 U.S. registered mutual funds with $211,168 million in total assets under management.

· 7 unregistered pooled investment vehicles with $1,153 million in total assets under management.

· 2 other accounts with $4,355 million in total assets under management.

  

Joel P. Schneider

· 43 U.S. registered mutual funds with $244,419 million in total assets under management.

· 0 unregistered pooled investment vehicles.

· 4 other accounts with $4,771 million in total assets under management.

Potential Conflicts of Interest

Conflicts of interest may arise in the portfolio managers' management of the Portfolios, along with other investment companies within the DFA Fund Complex (herein referred to as “portfolios”). Actual or apparent conflicts of interest may arise when a portfolio manager has the primary day-to-day responsibilities with respect to more than one portfolio and account. Other accounts include registered mutual funds and exchange-traded funds (other than the portfolios), other unregistered pooled investment vehicles, and other accounts managed for organizations and individuals (“Accounts”). An Account may have similar investment objectives to a portfolio, or may purchase, sell or hold securities that are eligible to be purchased, sold or held by a portfolio. Actual or apparent conflicts of interest include:

 Time Management. The management of multiple portfolios and/or Accounts may result in a portfolio manager devoting unequal time and attention to the management of each portfolio and/or Account. The Advisor seeks to manage such competing interests for the time and attention of portfolio managers by having portfolio managers focus on a particular investment discipline. Most Accounts managed by a portfolio manager are managed using the same investment approaches that are used in connection with the management of the portfolios.

 Investment Opportunities. It is possible that at times identical securities will be held by more than one portfolio and/or Account. However, positions in the same security may vary and the length of time that any portfolio or Account may choose to hold its investment in the same security may likewise vary. If a portfolio manager identifies a limited investment opportunity that may be suitable for more than one portfolio or Account, a portfolio may not be able to take full advantage of that opportunity due to an allocation of filled purchase or sale orders across all eligible portfolios and Accounts. To deal with these situations, the Advisor has adopted procedures for allocating portfolio transactions across multiple portfolios and Accounts.

 Broker Selection. With respect to securities transactions for the portfolios, the Advisor determines which broker to use to execute each order, consistent with its duty to seek best execution of the transaction. However, with respect to certain Accounts (such as separate accounts), the Advisor may be limited by the client with respect to the selection of brokers or may be instructed to direct trades through a particular broker. In these cases, the Advisor or its affiliates may place separate, non-simultaneous, transactions for a portfolio and another Account that may temporarily affect the market price of the security or the execution of the transaction, or both, to the detriment of the portfolio or the Account.

34


 Performance-Based Fees. For some Accounts, the Advisor may be compensated based on the profitability of the Account, such as by a performance-based management fee. These incentive compensation structures may create a conflict of interest for the Advisor with regard to Accounts where the Advisor is paid based on a percentage of assets because the portfolio manager may have an incentive to allocate securities preferentially to the Accounts where the Advisor might share in investment gains.

 Investment in an Account. A portfolio manager or his/her relatives may invest in an Account that he or she manages and a conflict may arise where he or she may therefore have an incentive to treat the Account in which the portfolio manager or his/her relatives invest preferentially as compared to a portfolio or other Accounts for which he or she has portfolio management responsibilities.

The Advisor and the Trust have adopted certain compliance procedures that are reasonably designed to address these types of conflicts. However, there is no guarantee that such procedures will detect each and every situation in which a conflict arises. For more information regarding the potential conflicts of interest with respect to the Portfolios operating a multi-class ETF fund structure, please see the "Other Information-Multi-Class ETF Fund Structure" section of the Prospectus.

Investments in Each Portfolio

Because the Portfolios had not commenced operations prior to the date of this SAI, the portfolio managers did not own any shares of the Portfolios as of the date of this SAI.

CODE OF ETHICS

The Trust and the Advisor have adopted a Code of Ethics, under Rule 17j-1 of the 1940 Act, for certain access persons of the Portfolios. The Code of Ethics is designed to ensure that access persons act in the interest of the Portfolios and their shareholders with respect to any personal trading of securities. Under the Code of Ethics, access persons are generally prohibited from knowingly buying or selling securities (except for mutual funds, U.S. government securities and money market instruments) which are being purchased, sold or considered for purchase or sale by a Portfolio unless their proposed purchases are approved in advance. The Code of Ethics also contains certain reporting requirements and securities trading clearance procedures.

SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS

The ETF Class shares of each Portfolio, when issued and paid for in accordance with the Portfolio’s Prospectus, will be fully paid and non-assessable shares. Each share of common stock of a Portfolio represents an equal proportional interest in the assets and liabilities of the Portfolio and generally has identical, non-cumulative voting, dividend, redemption liquidation, and other rights and preferences as each other class of the Portfolio, except that on a matter affecting a single class only shares of that class of the Portfolio are permitted to vote on the matter. In addition, in contrast to the Institutional Class shares, the ETF Class shares are exchange traded, not individually redeemable, and do not have conversion rights. Further, due to the structural and operational differences of mutual funds and ETFs, the declaration and payment dates of dividends, and the ability to automatically reinvest such dividends, differ between Institutional and ETF Class shares, as described in the Prospectus.

With respect to matters which require shareholder approval, shareholders are entitled to vote only with respect to matters which affect the interest of the Portfolio or class of shares of the Portfolio which they hold, except as otherwise required by applicable law. If liquidation of the Fund should occur, the Fund’s shareholders would be entitled to receive, on a per class basis, the assets of the particular Portfolio whose shares they own, as well as a proportionate share of Fund assets not attributable to any particular Portfolio. Ordinarily, the Fund does not intend to hold annual meetings of shareholders, except as required by the 1940 Act or other applicable law. The Fund’s bylaws provide that special meetings of shareholders shall be called at the written request of shareholders entitled to cast not less than a majority of the votes entitled to be cast at such meeting. Such meeting may be called to consider any matter, including the removal of one or more directors. Shareholders will receive shareholder communications with respect to such matters as required by the 1940 Act, including semi-annual and annual financial statements of the Fund, the latter being audited.

35


Shareholder inquiries may be made by writing or calling the Fund at the address or telephone number appearing on the cover of this SAI. Only those individuals whose signatures are on file for the account in question may receive specific account information or make changes in the account registration.

Book Entry Only System.  The following information supplements and should be read in conjunction with the relevant information included in the Prospectus. DTC Acts as securities depository for ETF Class shares.  ETF Class shares of the Portfolios are represented by securities registered in the name of DTC or its nominee and deposited with, or on behalf of, DTC.

DTC, a limited-purpose trust company, was created to hold securities of its participants (the “DTC Participants”) and to facilitate the clearance and settlement of securities transactions among the DTC Participants in such securities through electronic book-entry changes in accounts of the DTC Participants, thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of securities certificates.  DTC Participants include securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies, clearing corporations and certain other organizations, some of whom (and/or their representatives) own DTC.  More specifically, DTC is owned by a number of its DTC Participants and by the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), NYSE MKT and FINRA. Access to the DTC system is also available to others such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a DTC Participant, either directly or indirectly (the “Indirect Participants”).

Beneficial ownership of ETF Class shares is limited to DTC Participants, Indirect Participants and persons holding interests through DTC Participants and Indirect Participants.  Ownership of beneficial interests in ETF Class shares (owners of such beneficial interests are referred to herein as “Beneficial Owners”) is shown on, and the transfer of ownership is effected only through, records maintained by DTC (with respect to DTC Participants) and on the records of DTC Participants (with respect to Indirect Participants and Beneficial Owners that are not DTC Participants).  Beneficial Owners will receive from or through the DTC Participant a written confirmation relating to their purchase and sale of ETF Class shares.  No Beneficial Owner shall have the right to receive a certificate representing such ETF Class shares.

Conveyance of all notices, statements and other communications to Beneficial Owners is effected as follows.  Pursuant to the Depositary Agreement between the Fund and DTC, DTC is required to make available to the Fund upon request and for a fee to be charged to the Fund a listing of the ETF Class shares of a Portfolio held by each DTC Participant.  The Fund shall inquire of each such DTC Participant as to the number of Beneficial Owners holding ETF Class shares, directly or indirectly, through such DTC Participant.  The Fund shall provide each such DTC Participant with copies of such notice, statement or other communication, in such form, number and at such place as such DTC Participant may reasonably request, in order that such notice, statement or communication may be transmitted by such DTC Participant, directly or indirectly, to such Beneficial Owners.  In addition, the Fund shall pay to each such DTC Participant a fair and reasonable amount as reimbursement for the expenses attendant to such transmittal, all subject to applicable statutory and regulatory requirements.

Portfolio distributions shall be made to DTC or its nominee, Cede & Co., as the registered holder of all Portfolio ETF Class shares.  DTC or its nominee, upon receipt of any such distributions, shall immediately credit DTC Participants’ accounts with payments in amounts proportionate to their respective beneficial interests in ETF Class shares of a Portfolio as shown on the records of DTC or its nominee.  Payments by DTC Participants to Indirect Participants and Beneficial Owners of ETF Class shares held through such DTC Participants will be governed by standing instructions and customary practices, as is now the case with securities held for the accounts of customers in bearer form or registered in a “street name,” and will be the responsibility of such DTC Participants.

The Fund has no responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to or notices to Beneficial Owners, or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests in such ETF Class shares, or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests, or for any other aspect of the relationship between DTC and the DTC Participants or the relationship between such DTC Participants and the Indirect Participants and Beneficial Owners owning through such DTC Participants.  DTC may decide to discontinue providing its service with respect to ETF Class shares at any time by giving reasonable notice to the Fund and discharging its responsibilities with respect thereto under applicable law.  Under such circumstances, the Fund shall take action to find a replacement for DTC to perform its functions at a comparable cost.

36


PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES

Because the ETF Class shares of the Portfolios have not commenced operations prior to the date of this SAI, no person beneficially owned 5% or more of the outstanding shares of the ETF Class shares of the Portfolios as of the date of this SAI.

CREATION AND REDEMPTION OF CREATION UNITS

General

Except in connection with a shareholder's conversion of a Portfolio's Institutional Class shares into such Portfolio's ETF Class shares, each Portfolio issues ETF Class shares only in Creation Units on a continuous basis through the Distributor or its agent, without a sales load. ETF Class shares are priced at the Portfolio's NAV next determined after receipt, on any Business Day (as defined below), of an order received by the Transfer Agent in proper form. A “Business Day” with respect to each Portfolio's ETF Class shares is any day on which the Exchange on which the ETF Class shares are listed for trading is open for business. As of the date of this SAI, the Exchange observes the following holidays: New Year’s Day (observed), Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Washington’s Birthday, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Juneteenth National Independence Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day. On days when the Exchange closes earlier than normal, the Portfolios may require orders to be placed earlier in the day. Although it is expected that the same holidays will be observed in the future, the Exchange may modify its holiday schedule or hours of operation at any time. 

Each Portfolio effects creations and redemptions only to and from broker-dealers and large institutional investors that have entered into authorized participant agreements, as described further below. Each Portfolio may issue and redeem Creation Units of its ETF Class shares in exchange for a designated basket of portfolio investments (including any portion of such investments for which cash may be substituted), together with an amount of cash and any applicable fees, as described below, or ETF Class shares may be offered and redeemed partially or solely for cash. For each Portfolio, the Trust reserves the right to permit or require that creations and redemptions of ETF Class shares be effected entirely in cash, in-kind or a combination thereof.

To the extent the Portfolios engage in in-kind transactions, the Portfolios intend to comply with the U.S. federal securities laws in accepting securities for deposit and satisfying redemptions with redemption securities by, among other means, assuring that any securities accepted for deposit and any securities used to satisfy redemption requests will be sold in transactions that would be exempt from registration under the 1933 Act. Further, an Authorized Participant (as defined below under “Procedures for Creation of Creation Units”) that is not a “qualified institutional buyer,” as such term is defined under Rule 144A of the 1933 Act, will not be able to receive securities that are restricted securities eligible for resale under Rule 144A.

The Portfolios may utilize custom creation or redemption baskets consistent with Rule 6c-11. Custom orders may be required to be received by the Transfer Agent by 3:00 p.m., Eastern Time, to be effectuated based on the Portfolio’s NAV on that Business Day. A custom order may be placed when, for example, an Authorized Participant cannot transact in an instrument in the in-kind creation or redemption basket and therefore has additional cash included in lieu of such instrument. The Trust has adopted policies and procedures that govern the construction and acceptance of baskets, including heightened requirements for certain types of custom baskets. These policies and procedures provide detailed parameters for the construction and acceptance of custom baskets that are in the best interests of the Portfolio and its shareholders, including the process for any revisions to, or deviations from, those parameters, and specify the titles or roles of the employees of the Advisor who are required to review each custom basket for compliance with the parameters.

Persons placing or effectuating custom orders should be mindful of time deadlines imposed by intermediaries, which may impact the successful processing of such orders.

Creations

Deposit of Investments/Delivery of Cash.  The consideration for purchase of Creation Units of a Portfolio generally consists of the in-kind deposit of a designated portfolio of investments (including cash in lieu of any

37


portion of such investments) determined by the Portfolio (“Deposit Securities”) and a specified amount of cash (the “Cash Component”), computed as described below, together with applicable creation transaction fees (as described below). Together, the Deposit Securities and the Cash Component constitute the “Fund Deposit,” applicable to creation requests received in proper form, subject to amendment or correction as described below.

The Cash Component, also commonly referred to as the balancing amount, is an amount equal to the difference between (i) the NAV of the ETF Class shares of a Portfolio (per Creation Unit); and (ii) the “Deposit Amount,” which is the amount equal to the market value of the Deposit Securities and/or cash in lieu of all or a portion of the Deposit Securities. The Cash Component serves the function of compensating for any differences between the NAV per Creation Unit and the Deposit Amount.  If the Cash Component is a positive number (i.e., the NAV per Creation Unit exceeds the Deposit Amount), the Authorized Participant will deliver the Cash Component. If the Cash Component is a negative number (i.e., the NAV per Creation Unit is less than the Deposit Amount), the Authorized Participant will receive the Cash Component. With respect to certain purchases, the Trust may require a specified cash collateral amount be added to the required Cash Component. Payment of any tax, stamp duty or other similar fees and expenses payable upon transfer of beneficial ownership of the Deposit Securities are the sole responsibility of the Authorized Participant purchasing the Creation Unit.

Creation Units may also be sold partially or solely for cash. When partial or full cash purchases of Creation Units are available or specified for a Portfolio, such purchases will be effected in essentially the same manner as in-kind purchases of Creation Units. In the case of a partial or full cash purchase, the Authorized Participant must pay the cash equivalent of the Deposit Securities it would have otherwise delivered in an in-kind purchase, in addition to the same Cash Component required to be paid by an in-kind purchaser. In addition, to offset brokerage and other costs associated with using cash to purchase the requisite Deposit Securities, the Authorized Participant must pay the Transaction Fees required by each Portfolio. If the Authorized Participant acts as a broker for the Portfolio in connection with the purchase of Deposit Securities, the Authorized Participant will also be required to pay certain brokerage commissions, taxes, and transaction and market impact costs. Notwithstanding the above, a Portfolio may determine not to charge a Transaction Fee or other costs associated with such purchases with cash when the Advisor has determined that doing so is in the best interest of Portfolio shareholders, This may occur in instances when a cash Creation Unit is accepted to facilitate the rebalance of the Portfolio’s portfolio holdings in a more tax efficient manner than could be achieved without such order, even if the decision to not charge such fees and expenses could be viewed as benefiting the Authorized Participant or its affiliate selected to execute the Portfolio’s portfolio transactions in connection with such orders.

The Custodian, through the National Securities Clearing Corporation (“NSCC”), makes available on each Business Day, prior to the opening of business on the Exchange (currently 9:30 a.m., Eastern Time), the list of the names and the required quantities of each Deposit Security and the amount of the Cash Component to be included in the current Fund Deposit (based on information at the end of the previous Business Day and subject to possible amendment or correction) for the Portfolios.

The Portfolios reserve the right to accept a nonconforming (i.e., custom) Fund Deposit. In addition, the composition of the Fund Deposit may change as, among other things, corporate actions, investment rebalancing, and investment decisions by the Advisor are implemented for a Portfolio. The composition of the Fund Deposit may also change in response to adjustments to the weighting or composition of the component securities constituting a Portfolio’s investment portfolio. All questions as to the composition of the in-kind creation basket to be included in the Fund Deposit and the validity, form, eligibility, and acceptance for deposit of any instrument shall be determined by the Trust, and the Trust's determination shall be final and binding.

Procedures for Creation of Creation Units.  To be eligible to place orders with the Distributor to create a Creation Unit of a Portfolio, an entity must be (i) a “Participating Party,” i.e., a broker-dealer or other participant in the clearing process through the Continuous Net Settlement System of the NSCC (the “Clearing Process”); or (ii) a DTC Participant (see “Book Entry Only System”), and, in each case, must have executed an authorized participant agreement with the Distributor with respect to creations and redemptions of Creation Units (“Participant Agreement”) (discussed further below).  A Participating Party and DTC Participant are collectively referred to as “Authorized Participants.” Investors should contact the Distributor for a list of current Authorized Participants.  All ETF Class shares of the Portfolios, however created, will be entered on the records of DTC in the name of Cede & Co. for the account of a DTC Participant.

38


Placement of Creation Orders. All orders to create Creation Units must be placed for one or more Creation Unit sized aggregations of a specified number of ETF Class shares.  All standard orders to create Creation Units, whether through the Clearing Process (through a Participating Party) or outside the Clearing Process (through a DTC Participant), must be received by the Transfer Agent no later than the order cut-off time designated by the Trust (“Closing Time”) on the date such order is placed in order for the creation of Creation Units to be effected based on the NAV of the ETF Class shares of the Portfolio as next determined on such date after receipt of the order in proper form. With certain exceptions, the Closing Time for a Portfolio usually is the closing time of the regular trading session on the Exchange—i.e., ordinarily 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time. Subject to the provisions of the applicable Participant Agreement, in the case of custom orders, the order must generally be received by the Transfer Agent no later than 3:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on the date such order is placed. The date on which an order to create Creation Units (or an order to redeem Creation Units as discussed below) is placed is referred to as the “Transmittal Date.” Orders must be transmitted by an Authorized Participant by telephone or other transmission method acceptable to the Distributor and the Transfer Agent as described below in this SAI and pursuant to procedures set forth in the Participant Agreement.  Severe economic or market disruptions or changes, or telephone or other communication systems failure, may impede the ability to reach the Distributor, Transfer Agent or Authorized Participant.

Investors other than Authorized Participants are responsible for making arrangements for a creation request to be made through an Authorized Participant. Orders to create Creation Units of a Portfolio shall be placed with an Authorized Participant, as applicable, in the form required by such Authorized Participant. The Authorized Participant must make available on or before the prescribed settlement date, by means satisfactory to a Portfolio, immediately available or same day funds estimated by the Portfolio to be sufficient to pay the Cash Component next determined after acceptance of the purchase order, together with the applicable purchase transaction fees. Those placing orders should ascertain the applicable deadline for cash transfers by contacting the operations department of the broker or depositary institution effectuating the transfer of the Cash Component. In addition, the Authorized Participant may request the investor to make certain representations or enter into agreements with respect to the order, i.e., to provide for payments of cash, when required. Investors should be aware that their particular broker may not have executed a Participant Agreement and, therefore, orders to create Creation Units of a Portfolio have to be placed by the investor’s broker through an Authorized Participant that has executed a Participant Agreement. At any given time there may be only a limited number of broker-dealers that have executed a Participant Agreement.  Those placing orders for Creation Units through the Clearing Process should afford sufficient time to permit proper submission of the order to the Transfer Agent prior to the Closing Time on the Transmittal Date.

Orders for creation that are effected outside the Clearing Process are likely to require transmittal by the DTC Participant earlier on the Transmittal Date than orders effected using the Clearing Process. Those persons placing orders outside the Clearing Process should ascertain the deadlines applicable to DTC and the Federal Reserve Bank wire system by contacting the broker or depository institution effecting such transfer of the Fund Deposit.

An order to create Creation Units is deemed received on the Transmittal Date if (i) such order is received by the Transfer Agent not later than the Closing Time on such Transmittal Date and (ii) all other procedures with respect to creation orders are properly followed.  The delivery of Creation Units so created will generally occur no later than the first Business Day following the day on which the purchase order is deemed received by the Transfer Agent (“T+1”). However, the Trust reserves the right to settle Creation Unit transactions on a basis other than T+1 if necessary or appropriate under the circumstances.

If any portion of the Cash Component and the Deposit Securities or any additional cash collateral amount specified by the Trust are not received, or do not otherwise remain in proper form as determined by the Trust through the applicable deadline specified by the Transfer Agent on the prescribed settlement date, the creation order may be rejected, revoked or canceled. Upon written notice to the Transfer Agent, such rejected, revoked or cancelled order may be resubmitted the following Business Day using a newly constituted Fund Deposit as specified by the Portfolio.

Acceptance of Orders for Creation UnitsSubject to the conditions that (i) an irrevocable purchase order has been submitted by the Authorized Participant (either on its own or another investor's behalf) and (ii) arrangements satisfactory to a Portfolio are in place for the delivery of Deposit Securities and payment of the Cash Component and any other cash amounts which may be due, the Portfolio will accept the order, subject to the

39


Portfolio’s right (and the right of the Distributor and the Transfer Agent) to reject, revoke or otherwise cancel such order as described in this SAI or in the applicable Participant Agreement

Once an order has been accepted, a Portfolio will confirm the Creation Unit will be issued at a value equaled to the next determined NAV of the Portfolio’s ETF Class shares. The Transfer Agent will then transmit a confirmation of acceptance to the Authorized Participant that placed the order.

A Portfolio reserves the right (to the extent consistent with the provisions of Rule 6c-11 under the 1940 Act and the SEC’s positions thereunder) to reject or revoke a creation order for any reason, including if: (a) the order is not in proper form; (b) the Deposit Securities delivered do not conform to the identity and number of shares specified, as described above; (c) the investor(s), upon obtaining the ETF Class shares ordered, would own 80% or more of the currently outstanding ETF Class shares of the Portfolio; (d) the acceptance of the Fund Deposit would, in the opinion of counsel, be unlawful; or (e) in the event that circumstances outside the control of the Portfolio, the Distributor, the Transfer Agent or the Advisor make it for all practical purposes impossible to process creation orders. Examples of such circumstances include acts of God or public service or utility problems such as fires, floods, extreme weather conditions and power outages resulting in telephone, telecopy and computer failures; market conditions or activities causing trading halts; systems failures involving computer or other information systems affecting the Portfolio, Advisor, the Distributor, Transfer Agent, DTC, NSCC or any other participant in the creation process, and similar extraordinary events.  The Transfer Agent shall notify a prospective creator of a Creation Unit and/or the Authorized Participant acting on behalf of the creator of a Creation Unit of the rejection of the order of such person.  The Portfolios, Custodian, sub-custodian, the Distributor and the Transfer Agent are under no duty, however, to give notification of any defects or irregularities in the delivery of Fund Deposits nor shall any of them incur any liability for failure to give such notification.

Issuance of Creation UnitsExcept as provided herein, a Creation Unit will generally not be issued until the transfer of good title to the applicable Portfolio of the Deposit Securities and the payment of the Cash Component and applicable creation transaction fees have been completed. Prior to the settlement of all Deposit Securities and the payment of all cash and fees that may be due in connection with an order, such order may be rejected, revoked or canceled as described in this SAI or the applicable Participant Agreement. When the Custodian or applicable sub-custodian has confirmed that the securities included in the Fund Deposit (or the cash value thereof) have been delivered to the account of the Custodian or relevant sub-custodian(s), the Transfer Agent and the Advisor shall be notified of such delivery and the applicable Portfolio will issue and cause the delivery of the Creation Unit.

A Portfolio may issue Creation Units to such Authorized Participant, notwithstanding the fact that the corresponding Fund Deposits have not been received in part or in whole, in reliance on the undertaking of the Authorized Participant to deliver the missing Deposit Securities as soon as possible, which undertaking shall be secured by such Authorized Participant's delivery and maintenance of collateral having a value at least equal to 105%, and up to 115%, of the value of the missing Deposit Securities, which percentage the Advisor may change at any time, in its sole discretion, of the value of the missing Deposit Securities. The Trust may use such cash deposit at any time to buy Deposit Securities for the Portfolio. The only collateral that is acceptable to a Portfolio is cash in U.S. dollars. Such cash collateral generally must be delivered no later than 2 p.m., Eastern Time, on the prescribed settlement date or such other time as designated by the Custodian. The Portfolio may buy the missing Deposit Securities at any time, and the Authorized Participant will be subject to liability for any shortfall between the cost to the Portfolio of purchasing such securities and the value of the cash collateral including, without limitation, liability for related brokerage, borrowings and other charges.

In certain cases, Authorized Participants may create and redeem Creation Units on the same trade date and in these instances, a Portfolio reserves the right to settle these transactions on a net basis or require a representation from the Authorized Participants that the creation and redemption transactions are for separate beneficial owners. All questions as to the number of shares of each security in the Deposit Securities and the validity, form, eligibility and acceptance for deposit of any securities to be delivered shall be determined by the Portfolio and the Portfolio’s determination shall be final and binding.

Creation Transaction Fee.  A standard creation transaction fee is imposed to offset the transfer and other transaction costs associated with the issuance of Creation Units. The standard creation transaction fee is charged to the Authorized Participant on the day such Authorized Participant creates a Creation Unit, and is the same,

40


regardless of the number of Creation Units purchased by the Authorized Participant on the applicable Business Day. From time to time and for such periods as the Advisor may deem appropriate, the Advisor may increase, decrease or otherwise modify the creation transaction fee to an amount that, in its judgment, is necessary or appropriate to recoup for a Portfolio the costs it may incur as a result of such purchases, or to otherwise eliminate or reduce so far as practicable any dilution of the value of the ETF Class shares. The Authorized Participant may also be required to cover certain brokerage, tax, foreign exchange, execution, market impact and other costs and expenses related to the execution of trades resulting from such transaction (up to the maximum amount shown below). Authorized Participants will also bear the costs of transferring the Deposit Securities to a Portfolio. Investors who use the services of a broker or other financial intermediary to acquire a Portfolio's ETF Class shares may be charged a fee for such services.

The following table sets forth each Portfolio’s standard creation transaction fees and maximum additional charge (as described above):

   

Portfolio

Standard Creation Transaction Fee

Maximum Additional Charge for Creations*

US Core Equity Market Portfolio

[ ]

[ ]%

US Equity Market Portfolio

[ ]

[ ]%

* As a percentage of the NAV per Creation Unit.

If a purchase consists of a cash portion and the Portfolio places a brokerage transaction to purchase securities with the Authorized Participant or its affiliated broker-dealer, the Authorized Participant (or its affiliated broker-dealer) may be required, in its capacity as broker-dealer with respect to that transaction, to cover certain brokerage, tax, foreign exchange, execution, and price movement costs through a Price Guarantee or Variable fee, as described in the Brokerage Transactions section of this SAI.

Redemptions

Redemption of Creation Units. ETF Class shares may be redeemed only in Creation Units at their NAV next determined after receipt of a redemption request in proper form by the Transfer Agent and only on a Business Day. The Portfolio will not redeem ETF Class shares in amounts less than Creation Units. Beneficial owners must accumulate enough ETF Class shares in the secondary market to constitute a Creation Unit in order to have such ETF Class shares redeemed by a Portfolio. There can be no assurance, however, that there will be sufficient liquidity in the public trading market at any time to permit assembly of a Creation Unit. Investors should expect to incur brokerage and other costs in connection with assembling a sufficient number of ETF Class shares of a Portfolio to constitute a redeemable Creation Unit.

When in-kind redemptions are available or specified for a Portfolio, the redemption proceeds for a Creation Unit generally consist of a designated portfolio of investments including cash in lieu of all or a portion of such investments (“Fund Instruments”) plus or minus the Cash Component, as next determined after a receipt of a request in proper form, together with the applicable redemption transaction fees (as described below) and, if applicable, any operational processing and brokerage costs, transfer fees or stamp taxes. The Fund Instruments together with the Cash Component comprise the “Fund Redemption.” The Cash Component, also commonly referred to as the balancing amount, included in the Fund Redemption is a compensating cash payment equal to the difference, if any, between (i) the NAV attributable to a Creation Unit and (ii) the aggregate market value of the Fund Instruments (i.e., securities or other instruments in the in-kind redemption basket) and/or the cash in-lieu of all or a portion of the Fund Instruments. In the event that the Fund Instruments and the cash in lieu have a value greater than the NAV of the Portfolio's ETF Class shares, the Cash Component is required to be paid by the redeeming shareholder. If the NAV attributable to a Creation Unit exceeds the market value of the Fund Instruments and the cash in-lieu amount, if any, the Portfolio pays the Cash Component to the redeeming shareholder.

Creation Units may also be redeemed partially or solely for cash. A Portfolio may pay out the proceeds of redemptions of Creation Unit solely in cash or through any combination of cash or securities. In addition, an investor may request a redemption in cash that the Portfolio may, in its sole discretion, permit. In either case, the

41


investor will receive a cash payment equal to the NAV of its ETF Class shares based on the NAV of the ETF Class shares of the Portfolio next determined after the redemption request is received in proper form (minus applicable redemption transaction fees and an additional charge for requested cash redemptions specified below, to offset the brokerage and other transaction costs associated with the disposition of Fund Instruments). Proceeds will be paid to the Authorized Participant redeeming ETF Class shares on behalf of the redeeming investor as soon as practicable after the date of redemption. If the Authorized Participant acts as a broker for the Portfolio in connection with the sale of Fund Instruments, the Authorized Participant will also be required to pay certain brokerage commissions, taxes, and transaction and market impact costs.

The Custodian, through the NSCC, makes available prior to the opening of business on the Exchange (currently 9:30 a.m., Eastern Time) on each Business Day, the identity of the Fund Instruments and Cash Component that will be applicable (based on information at the end of the previous Business Day and subject to possible amendment or correction) to redemption requests received in proper form on that day. Fund Instruments received on redemption may not be identical to Deposit Securities that are applicable to creations of Creation Units.

The Portfolios reserve the right to deliver a nonconforming (i.e., custom) Fund Redemption. All questions as to the composition of the in-kind redemption basket to be included in the Fund Redemption shall be determined by the Trust, in accordance with applicable law, and the Trust determination shall be final and binding. The Portfolios reserve the right to make redemption payments in cash, in-kind or a combination of each.

Deliveries of Fund Redemptions will generally be made within one Business Day (“T+1”). However, the Portfolios reserve the right to settle redemption transactions on a basis other than T+1 if necessary or appropriate under the circumstances and consistent with applicable law. Delayed settlement may occur due to a number of different reasons, including, without limitation, settlement cycles for the underlying securities, unscheduled market closings, an effort to link distribution to dividend record dates and ex-dates and newly announced holidays.

Because the portfolio securities of a Portfolio may trade on exchange(s) on days that the Exchange is closed or are otherwise not Business Days for the Portfolio, investors may not be able purchase or sell shares of the Portfolio on the Exchange on days when the NAV of the Portfolio could be significantly affected by events in the relevant non-U.S. markets. The right of redemption may be suspended or the date of payment postponed (i) for any period during which the Exchange is closed (other than customary weekend and holiday closings); (ii) for any period during which trading on the Exchange is suspended or restricted; (iii) for any period during which an emergency exists as a result of which disposal of the ETF Class shares of a Portfolio or determination of a Portfolio’s NAV is not reasonably practicable; or (iv) in such other circumstances as is permitted by the SEC.

If an Authorized Participant has submitted a redemption request in proper form but is unable to transfer all or part of the Creation Unit to be redeemed to a Portfolio, at or prior to 2 p.m., Eastern Time on the prescribed settlement date, the Transfer Agent may accept the redemption request in reliance on the undertaking by the Authorized Participant to deliver the missing ETF Class shares as soon as possible. Such undertaking shall be secured by the Authorized Participant’s delivery and maintenance of collateral consisting of cash, in U.S. dollars in immediately available funds, having a value at least equal to 105%, and up to 115%, of the value of the missing ETF Class shares, which percentage the Trust may change at any time, in its sole discretion, of the value of the missing ETF Class shares. Such cash collateral must be delivered no later than 2 p.m., Eastern Time, on the prescribed settlement date and shall be held by the Custodian and marked-to-market daily. The fees of the Custodian and any sub-custodians in respect of the delivery, maintenance and redelivery of the cash collateral shall be payable by the Authorized Participant. The Portfolio may purchase missing ETF Class shares of a Portfolio or acquire the Fund Instruments and the Cash Component underlying such ETF Class shares, and the Authorized Participant will be subject to liability for any shortfall between the cost of the Portfolio acquiring such ETF Class shares, the Fund Instruments or Cash Component and the value of the cash collateral including, without limitation, liability for related brokerage and other charges.

Placement of Redemption Orders. Investors other than Authorized Participants are responsible for making arrangements for an order to redeem to be made through an Authorized Participant. An order to redeem Creation Units is deemed received by the Trust on the Transmittal Date if: (i) such order is received by the Transfer Agent not later than the Closing Time on the Transmittal Date; and (ii) all other procedures set forth in the Participant Agreement and this Statement of Additional Information are properly followed. If the Transfer Agent does not

42


receive the ETF Class shares through DTC by 2 p.m., Eastern Time, on the prescribed settlement date, the redemption request may be deemed rejected. Investors should be aware that the deadline for the transfers of shares through the DTC may be significantly earlier than the close of business on the Exchange.

An order to redeem Creation Units made in proper form but received by the Trust after the Closing Time, will be deemed received on the next Business Day immediately following the Transmittal Date and will be effected at the NAV next determined on such next Business Day. On days when the Exchange closes earlier than normal, orders to redeem Creation Units may need to be placed earlier in the day.

Redemption Transaction Fee.  A standard redemption transaction fee is imposed to offset transfer and other transaction costs that may be incurred by a Portfolio. The standard redemption transaction fee is charged to the Authorized Participant on the day such Authorized Participant redeems a Creation Unit, and is the same regardless of the number of Creation Units redeemed by an Authorized Participant on the applicable Business Day. From time to time and for such periods as the Advisor may deem appropriate, the Advisor may increase, decrease or otherwise modify the redemption transaction fee to an amount that, in its judgment, is necessary or appropriate to recoup for the Portfolio the costs it may incur as a result of such redemption, or to otherwise eliminate or reduce so far as practicable any dilution of the value of the ETF Class shares. The Authorized Participant may also be required to cover certain brokerage, tax, foreign exchange, execution, market impact and other costs and expenses related to the execution of trades resulting from such transaction (up to the maximum amount shown below). Authorized Participants will also bear the costs of transferring the Fund Instruments from a Portfolio to their account on their order. Investors who use the services of a broker or other financial intermediary to dispose of a Portfolio's ETF Class shares may be charged a fee for such services.

The following table sets forth each Portfolio’s standard redemption transaction fees and maximum additional charge (as described above):

   

Portfolio

Standard Redemption Transaction Fee

Maximum Additional Charge for Redemptions*

US Core Equity Market Portfolio

[ ]

[ ]%

US Equity Market Portfolio

[ ]

[ ]%

* As a percentage of the NAV per Creation Unit, inclusive of the standard redemption transaction fee.

If a redemption consists of a cash portion and a Portfolio places a brokerage transaction to sell securities with the Authorized Participant or its affiliated broker-dealer, the Authorized Participant (or its affiliated broker-dealer) may be required, in its capacity as broker-dealer with respect to that transaction, to cover certain brokerage, tax, foreign exchange, execution, and price movement costs through a Price Guarantee or Variable fee, as described in the Brokerage Transactions section of this SAI.

Conversions

A shareholder holding Institutional Class shares of a Portfolio may convert those shares to ETF Class shares issued by the same Portfolio to the extent supported by the shareholder's financial intermediary. Shareholders should contact their financial intermediary to determine the eligibility of their account for such a conversion. ETF Class shares, whether acquired through a conversion or purchased on the secondary market, cannot be converted to Institutional Class shares of the Portfolio or exchanged for ETF Class shares of another Portfolio.

In contrast to the Institutional Class shares, however, ETF Class shares must be held in a brokerage account. Accordingly, shareholders that hold Institutional Class shares in an account directly with a Portfolio through its transfer agent, or in a brokerage account that only allows the shareholder to hold mutual fund shares, will need to independently designate an eligible brokerage account for holding the ETF Class shares prior to a conversion. Shareholders that hold Institutional Class shares in a 401(k) plan or other employer-sponsored retirement or benefit plan generally may not convert those shares to ETF Class shares and should check with their plan sponsor or recordkeeper regarding eligibility.

A conversion from Institutional Class shares to ETF Class shares of a Portfolio will be processed at the relative NAVs of the respective share classes at the time of conversion. Since Depository Trust Company (DTC) (or

43


its nominee) serves as the record owner of, and holds legal title to, the ETF Class shares of a Portfolio and does not support the distribution and transfer of fractional shares, a shareholder may be unable to convert a small portion of their Institutional Class shares into ETF Class shares.

For example, if a shareholder’s Institutional Class shares were equal to 15.25 ETF Class shares based on the relative NAVs of the classes, DTC’s system would only account for the transfer of 15 whole ETF Class shares. If a shareholder’s financial intermediary does not accommodate the ownership of fractional shares of ETFs (e.g., while DTC’s systems do not allow for the distribution and transfer of fractional shares of ETFs, a financial intermediary may acquire whole shares of an ETF and allocate fractional shares of such ETF to its clients that are recorded on the intermediary’s books), a shareholder would be required to redeem the portion of their Institutional Class shares investment equal to 0.25 fractional ETF Class shares. Albeit small, such redemption would be a taxable event. Shareholders will not otherwise recognize a taxable gain (or loss) on the conversion of Institutional Class shares of a Portfolio into ETF Class shares.

Shareholders should contact their financial intermediary to determine whether a conversion or the redemption of fractional shares may be subject to fees and expenses. The Portfolios do not impose a transaction fee on conversions but reserve the right to change such policy or to limit, temporarily suspend, or terminate the conversion privilege in the future.

Investors owning Institutional Class shares in an account directly with a Portfolio through its transfer agent should first contact the Portfolio’s transfer agent at (888) 576-1167 to notify the transfer agent of the proposed conversion and then send a letter of instruction to the transfer agent by an approved method. Shareholders that invest in a Portfolio through a financial intermediary should contact their financial intermediary for information regarding conversions. The length of the conversion process will depend on a shareholder’s financial intermediary, but may take several days from the date of the request. Shareholders will remain fully invested in their Institutional Class shares until the conversion process is complete.

A blackout period for conversions into ETF Class shares may be imposed by a Portfolio around the dates the Portfolio declares dividends. This may be necessary to accommodate the operational requirements of certain financial intermediaries.

TAXATION OF THE PORTFOLIOS AND THEIR SHAREHOLDERS

The following is a summary of some of the federal income tax consequences of investing in a Portfolio (sometimes referred to as "the Portfolio"). Unless you are invested in the Portfolio through a qualified retirement plan, you should consider the tax implications of investing and consult your own tax advisor. No attempt is made to present a detailed explanation of the tax treatment of the Portfolio or its shareholders, and the discussion here and in the Prospectus is not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning.

This “TAXATION OF THE PORTFOLIOS AND THEIR SHAREHOLDERS” section is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and applicable regulations in effect on the date of this SAI. Future legislative, regulatory or administrative changes, including provisions of current law that sunset and thereafter no longer apply, or court decisions may significantly change the tax rules applicable to the Portfolio and its shareholders. Any of these changes or court decisions may have a retroactive effect.

This is for general information only and not tax advice and does not purport to deal with all federal tax consequences applicable to all categories of investors, some of which may be subject to special rules. You should consult your own tax advisor regarding your particular circumstances before making an investment in the Portfolio.

Taxation of the Portfolio

The Portfolio has elected and intends to qualify (or, if newly organized, intends to elect and qualify) each year as a regulated investment company (sometimes referred to as a “regulated investment company,” “RIC” or “portfolio”) under Subchapter M of the Code. If the Portfolio qualifies, the Portfolio will not be subject to federal income tax on the portion of its investment company taxable income (that is, generally, taxable interest, dividends,

44


net short-term capital gains, and other taxable ordinary income, net of expenses, without regard to the deduction for dividends paid) and net capital gain (that is, the excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses) that it distributes.

Qualification as a regulated investment company. In order to qualify for treatment as a regulated investment company, the Portfolio must satisfy the following requirements:

 Distribution Requirement the Portfolio must distribute an amount equal to the sum of at least 90% of its investment company taxable income and 90% of its net tax-exempt income, if any, for the tax year (including, for purposes of satisfying this distribution requirement, certain distributions made by the Portfolio after the close of its taxable year that are treated as made during such taxable year).

 Income Requirement the Portfolio must derive at least 90% of its gross income from dividends, interest, certain payments with respect to securities loans, and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including, but not limited to, gains from options, futures or forward contracts) derived from its business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies and net income derived from qualified publicly traded partnerships (“QPTPs”).

 Asset Diversification Test the Portfolio must satisfy the following asset diversification test at the close of each quarter of the Portfolio’s tax year: (1) at least 50% of the value of the Portfolio’s assets must consist of cash and cash items, U.S. Government securities, securities of other regulated investment companies, and securities of other issuers (as to which the Portfolio has not invested more than 5% of the value of the Portfolio’s total assets in securities of an issuer and as to which the Portfolio does not hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of the issuer); and (2) no more than 25% of the value of the Portfolio’s total assets may be invested in the securities of any one issuer (other than U.S. Government securities or securities of other regulated investment companies) or of two or more issuers which the Portfolio controls and which are engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses, or, collectively, in the securities of one or more QPTPs.

In some circumstances, the character and timing of income realized by the Portfolio for purposes of the Income Requirement or the identification of the issuer for purposes of the Asset Diversification Test is uncertain under current law with respect to a particular investment, and an adverse determination or future guidance by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) with respect to such type of investment may adversely affect the Portfolio’s ability to satisfy these requirements. See “Tax Treatment of Portfolio Transactions” below with respect to the application of these requirements to certain types of investments. In other circumstances, the Portfolio may be required to sell portfolio holdings in order to meet the Income Requirement, Distribution Requirement, or Asset Diversification Test which may have a negative impact on the Portfolio’s income and performance.

The Portfolio may use “equalization accounting” (in lieu of making some cash distributions) in determining the portion of its income and gains that has been distributed. If the Portfolio uses equalization accounting, it will allocate a portion of its undistributed investment company taxable income and net capital gain to redemptions of a Portfolio's ETF Class shares and will correspondingly reduce the amount of such income and gains that it distributes in cash. If the IRS determines that the Portfolio’s allocation is improper and that the Portfolio has under-distributed its income and gain for any taxable year, the Portfolio may be liable for federal income and/or excise tax. If, as a result of such adjustment, the Portfolio fails to satisfy the Distribution Requirement, the Portfolio will not qualify that year as a regulated investment company, the effect of which is described in the following paragraph.

If for any taxable year the Portfolio does not qualify as a regulated investment company, all of its taxable income (including its net capital gain) would be subject to tax at the corporate income tax rate without any deduction for dividends paid, and the dividends would be taxable to the shareholders as ordinary income (or possibly as qualified dividend income) to the extent of the Portfolio’s current and accumulated earnings and profits. Failure to qualify as a regulated investment company would thus have a negative impact on the Portfolio’s income and performance. Subject to savings provisions for certain inadvertent failures to satisfy the Income Requirement or Asset Diversification Test which, in general, are limited to those due to reasonable cause and not willful neglect, it is possible that the Portfolio will not qualify as a regulated investment company in any given tax year. Even if such savings provisions apply, the Portfolio may be subject to a monetary sanction of $50,000 or more. Moreover, the

45


Board reserves the right not to maintain the qualification of the Portfolio as a regulated investment company if it determines such a course of action to be beneficial to shareholders.

Portfolio turnover. For investors that hold their ETF Class shares in a taxable account, a high portfolio turnover rate may result in higher taxes. This is because a portfolio with a high turnover rate is likely to accelerate the recognition of capital gains and more of such gains are likely to be taxable as short-term rather than long-term capital gains in contrast to a comparable portfolio with a low turnover rate. Any such higher taxes would reduce the Portfolio’s after-tax performance. See “Taxation of Portfolio DistributionsDistributions of capital gains” below. For non-U.S. investors, any such acceleration of the recognition of capital gains that results in more short-term and less long-term capital gains being recognized by the Portfolio may cause such investors to be subject to increased U.S. withholding taxes. See “Non-U.S. Investors Capital gain dividends and short-term capital gain dividends” below.

Capital loss carryovers. The capital losses of the Portfolio, if any, do not flow through to shareholders. Rather, the Portfolio may use its capital losses, subject to applicable limitations, to offset its capital gains without being required to pay taxes on or distribute such gains that are offset by the losses. If the Portfolio has a “net capital loss” (that is, capital losses in excess of capital gains), the excess (if any) of the Portfolio’s net short-term capital losses over its net long-term capital gains is treated as a short-term capital loss arising on the first day of the Portfolio’s next taxable year, and the excess (if any) of the Portfolio’s net long-term capital losses over its net short-term capital gains is treated as a long-term capital loss arising on the first day of the Portfolio’s next taxable year. Any such net capital losses of the Portfolio that are not used to offset capital gains may be carried forward indefinitely to reduce any future capital gains realized by the Portfolio in succeeding taxable years. The amount of capital losses that can be carried forward and used in any single year is subject to an annual limitation if there is a more than 50% “change in ownership” of the Portfolio. An ownership change generally results when shareholders owning 5% or more of the Portfolio increase their aggregate holdings by more than 50% over a three-year look-back period. An ownership change could result in capital loss carryovers being used at a slower rate, thereby reducing the Portfolio’s ability to offset capital gains with those losses. An increase in the amount of taxable gains distributed to the Portfolio’s shareholders could result from an ownership change. The Portfolio undertakes no obligation to avoid or prevent an ownership change, which can occur in the normal course of shareholder purchases and sales or as a result of engaging in a tax-free reorganization with another portfolio. Moreover, because of circumstances beyond the Portfolio’s control, there can be no assurance that the Portfolio will not experience, or has not already experienced, an ownership change.

Deferral of late year losses. The Portfolio may elect to treat part or all of any “qualified late year loss” as if it had been incurred in the succeeding taxable year in determining the Portfolio’s taxable income, net capital gain, net short-term capital gain, and earnings and profits. The effect of this election is to treat any such “qualified late year loss” as if it had been incurred in the succeeding taxable year in characterizing Portfolio distributions for any calendar year (see “Taxation of Portfolio DistributionsDistributions of capital gains” below). A “qualified late year loss” includes:

 any net capital loss incurred after October 31 of the current taxable year, or, if there is no such loss, any net long-term capital loss or any net short-term capital loss incurred after October 31 of the current taxable year (“post-October capital losses”), and

 the sum of (1) the excess, if any, of (a) specified losses incurred after October 31 of the current taxable year, over (b) specified gains incurred after October 31 of the current taxable year and (2) the excess, if any, of (a) ordinary losses incurred after December 31 of the current taxable year, over (b) the ordinary income incurred after December 31 of the current taxable year.

The terms “specified losses” and “specified gains” mean ordinary losses and gains from the sale, exchange, or other disposition of property (including the termination of a position with respect to such property), foreign currency losses and gains, and losses and gains resulting from holding stock in a passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”) for which a mark-to-market election is in effect. The terms “ordinary losses” and “ordinary income” mean other ordinary losses and income that are not described in the preceding sentence.  Since the Portfolio has a fiscal year ending in October, the amount of qualified late-year losses (if any) is computed without regard to

46


any items of income, gain, or loss that are (a) post-October capital losses, (b) specified losses, and (c) specified gains.

Undistributed capital gains. The Portfolio may retain or distribute its net capital gain for each taxable year. The Portfolio currently intends to distribute net capital gains. If the Portfolio elects to retain its net capital gain, the Portfolio will be taxed thereon (except to the extent of any available capital loss carryovers) at the corporate income tax rate. If the Portfolio elects to retain its net capital gain, it is expected that the Portfolio also will elect to have shareholders treated as if each received a distribution of its pro rata share of such gain, with the result that each shareholder will be required to report its pro rata share of such gain on its tax return as long-term capital gain, will receive a refundable tax credit for its pro rata share of tax paid by the Portfolio on the gain, and will increase the tax basis for its shares by an amount equal to the deemed distribution less the tax credit.

Excise tax distribution requirements. To avoid a 4% nondeductible federal excise tax, the Portfolio must distribute by December 31 of each year an amount equal to at least: (1) 98% of its ordinary income for the calendar year, (2) 98.2% of capital gain net income (that is, the excess of the gains from sales or exchanges of capital assets over the losses from such sales or exchanges) for the one-year period ended on October 31 of such calendar year, and (3) any prior year undistributed ordinary income and capital gain net income. The Portfolio may elect to defer to the following year any net ordinary loss incurred for the portion of the calendar year which is after the beginning of the Portfolio’s taxable year. Also, the Portfolio will defer any “specified gain” or “specified loss” which would be properly taken into account for the portion of the calendar year after October 31. Any net ordinary loss, specified gain, or specified loss deferred shall be treated as arising on January 1 of the following calendar year. Generally, the Portfolio intends to make sufficient distributions prior to the end of each calendar year to avoid any material liability for federal income and excise tax, but can give no assurances that all or a portion of such liability will be avoided. In addition, under certain circumstances, temporary timing or permanent differences in the realization of income and expense for book and tax purposes can result in the Portfolio having to pay an excise tax.

Foreign income tax. Investment income received by the Portfolio from sources within foreign countries may be subject to foreign income tax withheld at the source and the amount of tax withheld generally will be treated as an expense of the Portfolio. Any foreign withholding taxes could reduce the Portfolio’s distributions. The United States has entered into tax treaties with many foreign countries which entitle the Portfolio to a reduced rate of, or exemption from, tax on such income. Some countries require the filing of a tax reclaim or other forms to receive the benefit of the reduced tax rate; whether or when the Portfolio will receive the tax reclaim is within the control of the individual country. Information required on these forms may not be available such as shareholder information; therefore, the Portfolio may not receive the reduced treaty rates or potential reclaims. Other countries have conflicting and changing instructions and restrictive timing requirements which may cause the Portfolio not to receive the reduced treaty rates or potential reclaims. Other countries may subject capital gains realized by the Portfolio on sale or disposition of securities of that country to taxation. It is impossible to determine the effective rate of foreign tax in advance since the amount of the Portfolio’s assets to be invested in various countries is not known. Under certain circumstances, the Portfolio may elect to pass-through foreign tax credits, although it reserves the right not to do so. In some instances it may be more costly to pursue tax reclaims than the value of the benefits received by the Portfolio. If the Portfolio makes such an election and obtains a refund of foreign taxes paid by the Portfolio in a prior year, the Portfolio may be eligible to reduce the amount of foreign taxes reported by the Portfolio to its shareholders, generally by the amount of the foreign taxes refunded, for the year in which the refund is received. See “Taxation of Portfolio DistributionsPass-through of foreign tax credits” below.

Purchase of shares. As a result of tax requirements, the Trust on behalf of the Portfolio's ETF Class shares has the right to reject an order to purchase shares if the purchaser (or group of purchasers acting in concert with each other) would, upon obtaining the shares so ordered, own 80% or more of the outstanding ETF Class shares of the Portfolio and if, pursuant to Sections 351 and 362 of the Code, the Portfolio would have a basis in the deposit securities different from the market value of such securities on the date of deposit. The Trust also has the right to require information necessary to determine beneficial share ownership for purposes of the 80% determination.

Taxation of Portfolio Distributions

Distributions of net investment income. The Portfolio receives ordinary income generally in the form of dividends and/or interest on its investments. The Portfolio may also recognize ordinary income from other sources,

47


including, but not limited to, certain gains on foreign currency-related transactions. This income, less expenses incurred in the operation of the Portfolio, constitutes the Portfolio’s net investment income from which dividends may be paid. If you are a taxable investor, distributions of net investment income generally are taxable as ordinary income to the extent of the Portfolio’s earnings and profits. In the case of a Portfolio whose strategy includes investing in stocks of corporations, a portion of the income dividends paid by the Portfolio may be qualified dividends eligible to be taxed at reduced rates.

Distributions of capital gains. The Portfolio may realize a capital gain or loss in connection with sales or other dispositions of its portfolio securities. Distributions derived from the excess of net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss will be taxable to you as ordinary income. Distributions from the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss will be taxable to you as long-term capital gain, regardless of how long you have held your shares in the Portfolio. Any net capital gain of the Portfolio generally will be distributed once each year, and may be distributed more frequently, if necessary, to reduce or eliminate federal excise or income taxes on the Portfolio.

Returns of capital. Distributions by the Portfolio that are not paid from earnings and profits will be treated as a return of capital to the extent of (and in reduction of) the shareholder’s tax basis in his shares; any excess will be treated as gain from the sale of his shares. Thus, the portion of a distribution that constitutes a return of capital will decrease the shareholder’s tax basis in his Portfolio shares (but not below zero), and will result in an increase in the amount of gain (or decrease in the amount of loss) that will be recognized by the shareholder for tax purposes on the later sale of such Portfolio shares. Return of capital distributions can occur for a number of reasons including, among others, the Portfolio over-estimates the income to be received from certain investments such as those classified as partnerships or equity real estate investment trusts (“REITs”).

Qualified dividend income for individuals. Amounts reported by the Portfolio as derived from qualified dividend income will be taxed in the hands of individuals and other noncorporate shareholders at the rates applicable to long-term capital gain. “Qualified dividend income” means dividends paid to the Portfolio (a) by domestic corporations, (b) by foreign corporations that are either (i) incorporated in a possession of the United States, or (ii) are eligible for benefits under certain income tax treaties with the United States that include an exchange of information program, or (c) with respect to stock of a foreign corporation that is readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States. Both the Portfolio and the investor must meet certain holding period requirements to qualify Portfolio dividends for this treatment. Specifically, the Portfolio must hold the stock for at least 61 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the stock becomes ex-dividend. Similarly, investors must hold their Portfolio shares for at least 61 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the Portfolio distribution goes ex-dividend. Income derived from investments in derivatives, fixed-income securities, U.S. REITs, PFICs, and income received “in lieu of” dividends in a securities lending transaction generally is not eligible for treatment as qualified dividend income.

Dividends-received deduction for corporations. For corporate shareholders, a portion of the dividends paid by the Portfolio may qualify for the 50% corporate dividends-received deduction. The portion of dividends paid by the Portfolio that so qualifies will be reported by the Portfolio each year and cannot exceed the gross amount of dividends received by the Portfolio from domestic (U.S.) corporations. The availability of the dividends-received deduction is subject to certain holding period and debt financing restrictions that apply to both the Portfolio and the investor. Specifically, the amount that the Portfolio may report as eligible for the dividends-received deduction will be reduced or eliminated if the shares on which the dividends earned by the Portfolio were debt-financed or held by the Portfolio for less than a minimum period of time, generally 46 days during a 91-day period beginning 45 days before the stock becomes ex-dividend. Similarly, if your ETF Class shares are debt-financed or held by you for less than a 46-day period then the dividends-received deduction for Portfolio dividends on your shares may also be reduced or eliminated. Income derived by the Portfolio from investments in derivatives, fixed-income and foreign securities generally is not eligible for this treatment.

Impact of realized but undistributed income and gains, and net unrealized appreciation of portfolio securities. At the time of your purchase of shares, the Portfolio’s NAV may reflect undistributed income, undistributed capital gains, or net unrealized appreciation of portfolio securities held by the Portfolio. A subsequent distribution of such amounts, although constituting a return of your investment, would be taxable, and would be taxed as ordinary income (some portion of which may be taxed as qualified dividend income), capital gains, or some

48


combination of both, unless you are investing through a tax-advantaged arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account. The Portfolio may be able to reduce the amount of such distributions from capital gains by utilizing its capital loss carryovers, if any.

Pass-through of foreign tax credits. If at the end of the fiscal year, more than 50% in value of the total assets of the Portfolio are invested in securities of foreign corporations, the Portfolio may elect to pass through to its shareholders their pro rata share of foreign income taxes paid by the Portfolio. If this election is made, the Portfolio may report more taxable income to you than it actually distributes. You will then be entitled either to deduct your share of these taxes in computing your taxable income or to claim a foreign tax credit for these taxes against your U.S. federal income tax (subject to limitations for certain shareholders). The Portfolio will provide the information necessary to claim this deduction or credit if it makes this election. No deduction for foreign tax may be claimed by a noncorporate shareholder who does not itemize deductions or who is subject to the alternative minimum tax. The Portfolio reserves the right not to pass through the amount of foreign income taxes paid by the Portfolio. Additionally, any foreign tax withheld on payments made “in lieu of” dividends or interest will not qualify for the pass-through of foreign tax credits. See “Tax Treatment of Portfolio TransactionsSecurities lending” below.

U.S. Government securities. To the extent the Portfolio invests in certain U.S. Government obligations, dividends paid by the Portfolio that are derived from interest on these obligations should be exempt from state and local personal income taxes, subject in some states to minimum investment or reporting requirements that must be met by the Portfolio. The income on portfolio investments in certain securities, such as repurchase agreements, commercial paper and federal agency-backed obligations (e.g., Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”) or Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”) securities), generally does not qualify for tax-free treatment. The rules on exclusion of this income are different for corporate shareholders.

Information on the amount and tax character of distributions. You will be informed of the amount and character of distributions and the tax status of such distributions for federal income tax purposes shortly after the close of each calendar year. If you have not held a Portfolio's ETF Class shares for a full year, the Portfolio may report and distribute, as ordinary income, qualified dividends, or capital gains, and in the case of non-U.S. shareholders the Portfolio may further report and distribute as interest-related dividends and short-term capital gain dividends, a percentage of income that is not equal to the actual amount of such income earned during the period of your investment in the Portfolio. Taxable distributions declared by the Portfolio in October, November, or December to shareholders of record in such month, but paid in January, are taxable as if they were paid in December.

Medicare tax. A 3.8% Medicare tax is imposed on net investment income earned by certain individuals, estates and trusts. “Net investment income,” for these purposes, means investment income, including ordinary dividends and capital gain distributions received from the Portfolio and net gains from taxable dispositions of a Portfolio's ETF Class shares, reduced by the deductions properly allocable to such income. In the case of an individual, the tax will be imposed on the lesser of (1) the shareholder’s net investment income or (2) the amount by which the shareholder’s modified adjusted gross income exceeds $250,000 (if the shareholder is married and filing jointly or a surviving spouse), $125,000 (if the shareholder is married and filing separately) or $200,000 (in any other case). This Medicare tax, if applicable, is reported by you on, and paid with, your federal income tax return.

Sales and Exchanges of Portfolio ETF Class Shares

In general. If you are a taxable investor, sales and exchanges of a Portfolio's ETF Class shares are taxable transactions for federal and state income tax purposes. If you sell your ETF Class shares, the IRS requires you to report any gain or loss on your sale. If you held your shares as a capital asset, the gain or loss that you realize will be capital gain or loss and will be long-term or short-term, generally depending on how long you have held your shares. Capital losses in any year are deductible only to the extent of capital gains plus, in the case of a noncorporate taxpayer, $3,000 of ordinary income.

Taxes on Purchase and Redemption of Creation Units. An Authorized Participant who exchanges securities for Creation Units generally will recognize a gain or a loss. The gain or loss will be equal to the difference between the market value of the Creation Units at the time of purchase (plus any cash received by the Authorized Participant

49


as part of the issue) and the Authorized Participants aggregate basis in the securities surrendered (plus any cash paid by the Authorized Participant as part of the issue). An Authorized Participant who exchanges Creation Units for securities generally will recognize a gain or loss equal to the difference between the Authorized Participants basis in the Creation Units (plus any cash paid by the Authorized Participant as part of the redemption) and the aggregate market value of the securities received (plus any cash received by the Authorized Participant as part of the redemption). The IRS, however, may assert that a loss realized upon an exchange of securities for Creation Units cannot be deducted currently under the rules governing wash sales, or on the basis that there has been no significant change in economic position. Persons exchanging securities should consult their own tax advisor with respect to whether wash sale rules apply and when a loss might be deductible.

Under current federal tax laws, any capital gain or loss realized upon redemption of Creation Units is generally treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the shares have been held for more than one year and as a short-term capital gain or loss if the shares have been held for one year or less, assuming such Creation Units are held as a capital asset.

If the Portfolio redeems Creation Units in cash, it may recognize more capital gains than it will if it redeems Creation Units in-kind.

Tax basis information. A shareholders cost basis information will be provided on the sale of any of the shareholders shares, subject to certain exceptions for exempt recipients. Please contact the broker (or other nominee) that holds your shares with respect to reporting of cost basis and available elections for your account.

Wash sales. All or a portion of any loss that you realize on a sale of your ETF Class shares will be disallowed to the extent that you buy other shares in the Portfolio (through reinvestment of dividends or otherwise) within 30 days before or after your share redemption. Any loss disallowed under these rules will be added to your tax basis in the new shares.

Sales at a loss within six months of purchase. Any loss incurred on a sale of shares held for six months or less will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of any long-term capital gain distributed to you on those shares.

Tax shelter reporting. Under Treasury regulations, if a shareholder recognizes a loss with respect to the Portfolio’s ETF Class shares of $2 million or more for an individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder (or certain greater amounts over a combination of years), the shareholder must file with the IRS a disclosure statement on Form 8886. The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper. Shareholders should consult their tax advisors to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their individual circumstances.

Tax Treatment of Portfolio Transactions

Set forth below is a general description of the tax treatment of certain types of securities, investment techniques and transactions that may apply to a portfolio and, in turn, affect the amount, character and timing of dividends and distributions payable by the portfolio to its shareholders. This section should be read in conjunction with the discussion in the Prospectus under “Principal Investment Strategies” and “Principal Risks” for a detailed description of the various types of securities and investment techniques that apply to the Portfolio.

In general. In general, gain or loss recognized by a portfolio on the sale or other disposition of portfolio investments will be a capital gain or loss. Such capital gain and loss may be long-term or short-term depending, in general, upon the length of time a particular investment position is maintained and, in some cases, upon the nature of the transaction. Property held for more than one year generally will be eligible for long-term capital gain or loss treatment. The application of certain rules described below may serve to alter the manner in which the holding period for a security is determined or may otherwise affect the characterization as long-term or short-term, and also the timing of the realization and/or character, of certain gains or losses.

50


Certain fixed-income investments. Gain recognized on the disposition of a debt obligation purchased by a portfolio at a market discount (generally, at a price less than its principal amount) will be treated as ordinary income to the extent of the portion of the market discount that accrued during the period of time the portfolio held the debt obligation unless the portfolio made a current inclusion election to accrue market discount into income as it accrues. If a portfolio purchases a debt obligation (such as a zero coupon security or pay-in-kind security) that was originally issued at a discount, the portfolio generally is required to include in gross income each year the portion of the original issue discount that accrues during such year. Therefore, a portfolio’s investment in such securities may cause the portfolio to recognize income and make distributions before it receives any cash payments on the securities. To generate cash to satisfy those distribution requirements, a portfolio may have to sell portfolio securities that it otherwise might have continued to hold or to use cash flows from other sources such as the sale of portfolio shares.

Investments in debt obligations that are at risk of or in default present tax issues for a portfolio. Tax rules are not entirely clear about issues such as whether and to what extent a portfolio should recognize market discount on a debt obligation, when a portfolio may cease to accrue interest, original issue discount or market discount, when and to what extent a portfolio may take deductions for bad debts or worthless securities and how a portfolio should allocate payments received on obligations in default between principal and income. These and other related issues will be addressed by a portfolio in order to ensure that it distributes sufficient income to preserve its status as a regulated investment company.

Options, futures, forward contracts, swap agreements and hedging transactions. In general, option premiums received by a portfolio are not immediately included in the income of the portfolio. Instead, the premiums are recognized when the option contract expires, the option is exercised by the holder, or the portfolio transfers or otherwise terminates the option (e.g., through a closing transaction). If an option written by a portfolio is exercised and the portfolio sells or delivers the underlying stock, the portfolio generally will recognize capital gain or loss equal to (a) sum of the strike price and the option premium received by the portfolio minus (b) the portfolio’s basis in the stock. Such gain or loss generally will be short-term or long-term depending upon the holding period of the underlying stock. If securities are purchased by a portfolio pursuant to the exercise of a put option written by it, the portfolio generally will subtract the premium received from its cost basis in the securities purchased. The gain or loss with respect to any termination of a portfolio’s obligation under an option other than through the exercise of the option and related sale or delivery of the underlying stock generally will be short-term gain or loss depending on whether the premium income received by the portfolio is greater or less than the amount paid by the portfolio (if any) in terminating the transaction. Thus, for example, if an option written by a portfolio expires unexercised, the portfolio generally will recognize short-term gain equal to the premium received.

The tax treatment of certain futures contracts entered into by a portfolio as well as listed non-equity options written or purchased by the portfolio on U.S. exchanges (including options on futures contracts, broad-based equity indices and debt securities) may be governed by section 1256 of the Code (“section 1256 contracts”). Gains or losses on section 1256 contracts generally are considered 60% long-term and 40% short-term capital gains or losses (“60/40”), although certain foreign currency gains and losses from such contracts may be treated as ordinary in character. Also, any section 1256 contracts held by a portfolio at the end of each taxable year (and, for purposes of the 4% excise tax, on certain other dates as prescribed under the Code) are “marked to market” with the result that unrealized gains or losses are treated as though they were realized and the resulting gain or loss is treated as ordinary or 60/40 gain or loss, as applicable. Section 1256 contracts do not include any interest rate swap, currency swap, basis swap, interest rate cap, interest rate floor, commodity swap, equity swap, equity index swap, credit default swap, or similar agreement.

In addition to the special rules described above in respect of options and futures transactions, a portfolio’s transactions in other derivative instruments (including options, forward contracts and swap agreements) as well as its other hedging, short sale, or similar transactions, may be subject to one or more special tax rules (including the constructive sale, notional principal contract, straddle, wash sale and short sale rules). These rules may affect whether gains and losses recognized by a portfolio are treated as ordinary or capital or as short-term or long-term, accelerate the recognition of income or gains to the portfolio, defer losses to the portfolio, and cause adjustments in the holding periods of the portfolio’s securities. These rules, therefore, could affect the amount, timing and/or character of distributions. Moreover, because the tax rules applicable to derivative financial instruments are in some cases uncertain under current law, an adverse determination or future guidance by the IRS with respect to these rules

51


(which determination or guidance could be retroactive) may affect whether a portfolio has made sufficient distributions and otherwise satisfied the relevant requirements to maintain its qualification as a regulated investment company and avoid a portfolio-level tax.

Certain of a portfolio’s investments in derivatives and foreign currency-denominated instruments, and the portfolio’s transactions in foreign currencies and hedging activities, may produce a difference between its book income and its taxable income. If a portfolio’s book income is less than the sum of its taxable income and net tax-exempt income (if any), the portfolio could be required to make distributions exceeding book income to qualify as a regulated investment company. If a portfolio’s book income exceeds the sum of its taxable income and net tax-exempt income (if any), the distribution of any such excess will be treated as (i) a dividend to the extent of the portfolio’s remaining earnings and profits (including current earnings and profits arising from tax-exempt income, reduced by related deductions), (ii) thereafter, as a return of capital to the extent of the recipient’s basis in the shares, and (iii) thereafter, as gain from the sale or exchange of a capital asset.

Foreign currency transactions. A portfolio’s transactions in foreign currencies, foreign currency-denominated debt obligations and certain foreign currency options, futures contracts and forward contracts (and similar instruments) may give rise to ordinary income or loss to the extent such income or loss results from fluctuations in the value of the foreign currency concerned. This treatment could increase or decrease a portfolio’s ordinary income distributions, and may cause some or all of the portfolio’s previously distributed income to be classified as a return of capital. In certain cases, a portfolio may make an election to treat such gain or loss as capital.

PFIC securities. The Portfolio may invest in securities of foreign entities that could be deemed for tax purposes to be PFICs. In general, a PFIC is any foreign corporation if 75% or more of its gross income for its taxable year is passive income, or 50% or more of its average assets (by value) are held for the production of passive income. When investing in PFIC securities, the Portfolio intends to mark-to-market these securities and recognize any unrealized gains as ordinary income at the end of its fiscal year. Deductions for losses are allowable only to the extent of any current or previously recognized gains. These gains (reduced by allowable losses) are treated as ordinary income that the Portfolio is required to distribute, even though it has not sold or received dividends from these securities. You should also be aware that the designation of a foreign security as a PFIC security will cause its income dividends to fall outside of the definition of qualified foreign corporation dividends. These dividends generally will not qualify for the reduced rate of taxation on qualified dividends when distributed to you by the Portfolio. Due to various complexities in identifying PFICs, the Portfolio can give no assurances that it will be able to identify portfolio securities in foreign corporations that are PFICs in time for the Portfolio to make a mark-to-market election. If the Portfolio is unable to identify an investment as a PFIC and thus does not make a mark-to-market election, the Portfolio may be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a portion of any “excess distribution” or gain from the disposition of such shares even if such income is distributed as a taxable dividend by the Portfolio to its shareholders. Additional charges in the nature of interest may be imposed on the Portfolio in respect of deferred taxes arising from such distributions or gains. Any such taxes or interest charges could in turn reduce the Portfolio’s distributions paid.

Investments in partnerships and qualified publicly traded partnerships (“QPTP”). For purposes of the Income Requirement, income derived by a portfolio from a partnership that is not a QPTP will be treated as qualifying income only to the extent such income is attributable to items of income of the partnership that would be qualifying income if realized directly by the portfolio. While the rules are not entirely clear with respect to a portfolio investing in a partnership outside a master-feeder structure, for purposes of testing whether a portfolio satisfies the Asset Diversification Test, the portfolio generally is treated as owning a pro rata share of the underlying assets of a partnership. See “Taxation of the PortfolioQualification as a regulated investment company.” In contrast, different rules apply to a partnership that is a QPTP. A QPTP is a partnership (a) the interests in which are traded on an established securities market, (b) that is treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes, and (c) that derives less than 90% of its income from sources that satisfy the Income Requirement (e.g., because it invests in commodities). All of the net income derived by a portfolio from an interest in a QPTP will be treated as qualifying income but the portfolio may not invest more than 25% of its total assets in one or more QPTPs. However, there can be no assurance that a partnership classified as a QPTP in one year will qualify as a QPTP in the next year. Any such failure to annually qualify as a QPTP might, in turn, cause a portfolio to fail to qualify as a regulated investment company. Although, in general, the passive loss rules of the Code do not apply to RICs, such rules do

52


apply to a portfolio with respect to items attributable to an interest in a QPTP. Portfolio investments in partnerships, including in QPTPs, may result in the portfolio’s being subject to state, local or foreign income, franchise or withholding tax liabilities.

Securities lending. While securities are loaned out by a portfolio, the portfolio generally will receive from the borrower amounts equal to any dividends or interest paid on the borrowed securities. For federal income tax purposes, payments made “in lieu of” dividends are not considered dividend income. These distributions will neither qualify for the reduced rate of taxation for individuals on qualified dividends nor the 50% dividends-received deduction for corporations. Also, any foreign tax withheld on payments made “in lieu of” dividends or interest will not qualify for the pass-through of foreign tax credits to shareholders.

Investments in convertible securities. Convertible debt is ordinarily treated as a “single property” consisting of a pure debt interest until conversion, after which the investment becomes an equity interest. If the security is issued at a premium (i.e., for cash in excess of the face amount payable on retirement), the creditor-holder may amortize the premium over the life of the bond. If the security is issued for cash at a price below its face amount, the creditor-holder must accrue original issue discount in income over the life of the debt. The creditor-holder’s exercise of the conversion privilege is treated as a nontaxable event. Mandatorily convertible debt (e.g., an exchange-traded note or ETN issued in the form of an unsecured obligation that pays a return based on the performance of a specified market index, exchange currency, or commodity) is often, but not always, treated as a contract to buy or sell the reference property rather than debt. Similarly, convertible preferred stock with a mandatory conversion feature is ordinarily, but not always, treated as equity rather than debt. Dividends received generally are qualified dividend income and eligible for the corporate dividends-received deduction. In general, conversion of preferred stock for common stock of the same corporation is tax-free. Conversion of preferred stock for cash is a taxable redemption. Any redemption premium for preferred stock that is redeemable by the issuing company might be required to be amortized under original issue discount principles.

Investments in securities of uncertain tax character. A portfolio may invest in securities the U.S. federal income tax treatment of which may not be clear or may be subject to recharacterization by the IRS. To the extent the tax treatment of such securities or the income from such securities differs from the tax treatment expected by a portfolio, it could affect the timing or character of income recognized by the fund, requiring the portfolio to purchase or sell securities, or otherwise change its portfolio, in order to comply with the tax rules applicable to regulated investment companies under the Code.

Backup Withholding

By law, a withholding of tax may apply to your taxable dividends and sales proceeds unless you:

 provide your correct social security or taxpayer identification number,

 certify that this number is correct,

 certify that you are not subject to backup withholding, and

 certify that you are a U.S. person (including a U.S. resident alien).

Withholding also is imposed if the IRS requires it. When withholding is required, the amount will be 24% of any distributions or proceeds paid. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld may be credited against the shareholder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the appropriate information is furnished to the IRS. Certain payees and payments are exempt from backup withholding and information reporting. The special U.S. tax certification requirements applicable to non-U.S. investors to avoid backup withholding are described under the “Non-U.S. Investors” heading below.

Non-U.S. Investors

Non-U.S. investors (shareholders who, as to the United States, are nonresident alien individuals, foreign trusts or estates, foreign corporations, or foreign partnerships) may be subject to U.S. withholding and estate tax and

53


are subject to special U.S. tax certification requirements. Non-U.S. investors should consult their tax advisors about the applicability of U.S. tax withholding and the use of the appropriate forms to certify their status.

In general. The United States imposes a withholding tax at the 30% statutory rate (or at a lower rate if you are a resident of a country that has a tax treaty with the U.S.) on U.S. source dividends, including on income dividends paid to you by the Portfolio. Exemptions from this U.S. withholding tax are provided for capital gain dividends paid by the Portfolio from its net long-term capital gains, interest-related dividends paid by the Portfolio from its qualified net interest income from U.S. sources and short-term capital gain dividends. However, notwithstanding such exemptions from U.S. withholding at the source, any dividends and distributions of income and capital gains, including the proceeds from the sale of your ETF Class shares, will be subject to backup withholding at a rate of 24% if you fail to properly certify that you are not a U.S. person.

Capital gain dividends and short-term capital gain dividends. In general, (i) a capital gain dividend reported by the Portfolio to shareholders as paid from its net long-term capital gains or (ii) a short-term capital gain dividend reported by the Portfolio to shareholders as paid from its net short-term capital gains, other than long- or short-term capital gains realized on the disposition of certain U.S. real property interests (see the discussion below), are not subject to U.S. withholding tax unless you are a nonresident alien individual present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the calendar year.

Interest-related dividends. Dividends reported by the Portfolio to shareholders as interest-related dividends and paid from its qualified net interest income from U.S. sources are not subject to U.S. withholding tax. “Qualified interest income” includes, in general, U.S. source (1) bank deposit interest, (2) short-term original discount, (3) interest (including original issue discount, market discount, or acquisition discount) on an obligation which is in registered form, unless it is earned on an obligation issued by a corporation or partnership in which the Portfolio is a 10-percent shareholder or is contingent interest, and (4) any interest-related dividend from another regulated investment company. On any payment date, the amount of an income dividend that is reported by the Portfolio to shareholders as an interest-related dividend may be more or less than the amount that is so qualified. This is because the reporting of interest-related dividends is based on an estimate of the Portfolio’s qualified net interest income for its entire fiscal year, which can only be determined with exactness at fiscal year-end. As a consequence, the Portfolio may over withhold a small amount of U.S. tax from a dividend payment. In this case, the non-U.S. investor’s only recourse may be to either forgo recovery of the excess withholding or to file a United States nonresident income tax return to recover the excess withholding.

Further limitations on tax reporting for interest-related dividends and short-term capital gain dividends for non-U.S. investors. It may not be practical in every case for the Portfolio to report to shareholders, and the Portfolio reserves the right in these cases to not report, small amounts of interest-related dividends or short-term capital gain dividends. Additionally, the Portfolio’s reporting of interest-related dividends or short-term capital gain dividends may not be passed through to shareholders by intermediaries who have assumed tax reporting responsibilities for this income in managed or omnibus accounts due to systems limitations or operational constraints.

Net investment income from dividends on stock and foreign source interest income continue to be subject to withholding tax; foreign tax credits. Ordinary dividends paid by the Portfolio to non-U.S. investors on the income earned on portfolio investments in (i) the stock of domestic and foreign corporations, and (ii) the debt of foreign issuers continue to be subject to U.S. withholding tax. Foreign shareholders may be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a rate of 30% on the income resulting from an election to pass-through foreign tax credits to shareholders, but may not be able to claim a credit or deduction with respect to the withholding tax for the foreign tax treated as having been paid by them.

Income effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business. If the income from the Portfolio is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business carried on by a foreign shareholder, then ordinary income dividends, capital gain dividends and any gains realized upon the sale of ETF Class shares of the Portfolio will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the rates applicable to U.S. citizens or domestic corporations and require the filing of a nonresident U.S. income tax return.

U.S. estate tax. Transfers by gift of ETF Class shares of the Portfolio by a foreign shareholder who is a nonresident alien individual will not be subject to U.S. federal gift tax. An individual who, at the time of death, is a

54


non-U.S. shareholder will nevertheless be subject to U.S. federal estate tax with respect to a Portfolio's ETF Class shares at the graduated rates applicable to U.S. citizens and residents, unless a treaty exemption applies. If a treaty exemption is available, a decedent’s estate may nonetheless need to file a U.S. estate tax return to claim the exemption in order to obtain a U.S. federal transfer certificate. The transfer certificate will identify the property (i.e., a Portfolio's ETF Class shares) as to which the U.S. federal estate tax lien has been released. In the absence of a treaty, there is a $13,000 statutory estate tax credit (equivalent to U.S. situs assets with a value of $60,000). For estates with U.S. situs assets of not more than $60,000, an affidavit from an appropriate individual evidencing that decedent’s U.S. situs assets are below this threshold amount may be sufficient to transfer a Portfolio's ETF Class shares.

U.S. tax certification rules. Special U.S. tax certification requirements may apply to non-U.S. shareholders both to avoid U.S. backup withholding imposed at a rate of 24% and to obtain the benefits of any treaty between the United States and the shareholder’s country of residence. In general, if you are a non-U.S. shareholder, you must provide a Form W-8BEN (or other applicable Form W-8) to establish that you are not a U.S. person, to claim that you are the beneficial owner of the income and, if applicable, to claim a reduced rate of, or exemption from, withholding as a resident of a country with which the United States has an income tax treaty. A Form W-8BEN provided without a U.S. taxpayer identification number will remain in effect for a period beginning on the date signed and ending on the last day of the third succeeding calendar year unless an earlier change of circumstances makes the information on the form incorrect. Certain payees and payments are exempt from backup withholding.

The tax consequences to a non-U.S. shareholder entitled to claim the benefits of an applicable tax treaty may be different from those described herein. Non-U.S. shareholders are urged to consult their own tax advisors with respect to the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in the Portfolio, including the applicability of foreign tax.

Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (“FATCA”). Under FATCA, a 30% withholding tax is imposed on the income dividends made by the Portfolio to certain foreign entities, referred to as foreign financial institutions (“FFI”) or non-financial foreign entities (“NFFE”). After December 31, 2018, FATCA withholding also would have applied to certain capital gain distributions, return of capital distributions, and the proceeds arising from the sale of a Portfolio's ETF Class shares; however, based on proposed regulations issued by the IRS, which can be relied upon currently, such withholding is no longer required unless final regulations provide otherwise (which is not expected). The FATCA withholding tax generally can be avoided: (a) by an FFI, if it reports certain direct and indirect ownership of foreign financial accounts held by U.S. persons with the FFI and (b) by an NFFE, if it: (i) certifies that it has no substantial U.S. persons as owners or (ii) if it does have such owners, reporting information relating to them. The U.S. Treasury has negotiated intergovernmental agreements (“IGA”) with certain countries and is in various stages of negotiations with a number of other foreign countries with respect to one or more alternative approaches to implement FATCA; an entity in one of those countries may be required to comply with the terms of an IGA instead of U.S. Treasury regulations.

An FFI can avoid FATCA withholding if it is deemed compliant or by becoming a “participating FFI,” which requires the FFI to enter into a U.S. tax compliance agreement with the IRS under section 1471(b) of the Code (“FFI agreement”) under which it agrees to verify, report and disclose certain of its U.S. accountholders and meet certain other specified requirements. The FFI will either report the specified information about the U.S. accounts to the IRS, or, to the government of the FFI’s country of residence (pursuant to the terms and conditions of applicable law and an applicable IGA entered into between the U.S. and the FFI’s country of residence), which will, in turn, report the specified information to the IRS. An FFI that is resident in a country that has entered into an IGA with the U.S. to implement FATCA will be exempt from FATCA withholding provided that the FFI shareholder and the applicable foreign government comply with the terms of such agreement.

An NFFE that is the beneficial owner of a payment from the Portfolio can avoid the FATCA withholding tax generally by certifying that it does not have any substantial U.S. owners or by providing the name, address and taxpayer identification number of each substantial U.S. owner. The NFFE will report the information to the Portfolio or other applicable withholding agent, which will, in turn, report the information to the IRS.

Such foreign shareholders also may fall into certain exempt, excepted or deemed compliant categories as established by U.S. Treasury regulations, IGAs, and other guidance regarding FATCA. An FFI or NFFE that

55


invests in the Portfolio will need to provide documentation properly certifying the entity’s status under FATCA in order to avoid FATCA withholding. Non-U.S. investors should consult their own tax advisors regarding the impact of these requirements on their investment in the Portfolio. The requirements imposed by FATCA are different from, and in addition to, the U.S. tax certification rules to avoid backup withholding described above. Shareholders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the application of these requirements to their own situation.

Effect of Future Legislation; Local Tax Considerations

The foregoing general discussion of U.S. federal income tax consequences is based on the Code and the regulations issued thereunder as in effect on the date of this SAI. Future legislative or administrative changes, including provisions of current law that sunset and thereafter no longer apply, or court decisions may significantly change the conclusions expressed herein, and any such changes or decisions may have a retroactive effect with respect to the transactions contemplated herein. Rules of state and local taxation of ordinary income, qualified dividend income and capital gain dividends may differ from the rules for U.S. federal income taxation described above. Distributions may also be subject to additional state, local and foreign taxes depending on each shareholder’s particular situation. Non-U.S. shareholders may be subject to U.S. tax rules that differ significantly from those summarized above. Shareholders are urged to consult their tax advisors as to the consequences of these and other state and local tax rules affecting investment in the Portfolio.

PROXY VOTING POLICIES

The Board of the Trust has delegated the authority to vote proxies for the portfolio securities held by the Portfolios to the Advisor in accordance with the Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures (the “Voting Policies”) and Proxy Voting Guidelines (“Voting Guidelines”) adopted by the Advisor applicable to the Portfolios. A concise summary of the Voting Guidelines is provided in an Appendix to this SAI.

The Investment Committee at the Advisor is generally responsible for overseeing the Advisor’s proxy voting process. The Investment Committee has formed the Investment Stewardship Committee (the “Committee”) composed of certain officers, directors and other personnel of the Advisor and has delegated to its members authority to (i) oversee the voting of proxies and third-party proxy service providers, (ii) make determinations as to how to vote certain specific proxies, (iii) verify ongoing compliance with the Voting Policies, (iv) receive reports on the review of the third-party proxy service providers, and (v) review the Voting Policies from time to time and recommend changes to the Investment Committee. The Committee may designate one or more of its members to oversee specific, ongoing compliance with respect to the Voting Policies and may designate personnel of the Advisor to vote proxies on behalf of the Portfolios, such as authorized traders of the Advisor.

The Advisor seeks to vote (or refrains from voting) proxies for the Portfolios in a manner that the Advisor determines is in the best interests of the Portfolios and which seeks to maximize the value of the Portfolios’ investments, subject to the standards of legal and regulatory regimes, applicable to the Advisor or the Portfolios, and any particular investment or voting guidelines of specific funds or accounts. Generally, the Advisor analyzes proxy statements on behalf of the Portfolios and instructs the vote (or refrains from voting) in accordance with the Voting Policies, Voting Guidelines or procedures. Most proxies the Advisor receives are instructed to be voted in accordance with the Voting Guidelines, and when proxies are voted consistently with such guidelines or procedures, the Advisor considers such votes not to be affected by conflicts of interest. However, the Voting Policies do address the procedures to be followed if a potential or actual conflict of interest arises between the interests of the Portfolios, and the interests of the Advisor or its affiliates. If a Committee member has actual knowledge of a conflict of interest and recommends a vote contrary to the Voting Guidelines or procedures (or in the case where the Voting Guidelines or procedures do not prescribe a particular vote and the proposed vote is contrary to the recommendation of third-party proxy service providers), the Committee member will bring the vote to the Committee which will (a) determine how the vote should be cast keeping in mind the principle of preserving shareholder value, or (b) determine to abstain from voting, unless abstaining would be materially adverse to the interest of the Portfolios. The Advisor may face a conflict of interest in determining whether to vote or refrain from voting proxies for a Portfolio where the Advisor has agreed to assume the costs of the Portfolio’s voting expenses because, for such Portfolio, the costs of voting proxies are effectively paid by the Advisor. The Advisor believes such conflicts of interest are addressed by applying the same cost-benefit analysis across all clients, without regard to whether the Advisor has a conflict, such as by assuming the costs of voting on behalf of a client. To the extent a conflict arises in connection

56


with a proposed engagement with a portfolio company, the proposed engagement will be brought to the Investment Stewardship Committee for consideration of how to proceed. To the extent the Committee makes a determination regarding how to vote or to abstain for a proxy on behalf of a Portfolio in the circumstances described in this paragraph, the Advisor will report annually on such determinations to the Board of the Trust.

To avoid certain potential conflicts of interest, the Advisor generally will employ mirror voting, if possible, when a Portfolio invests in another portfolio (an “Acquired Fund”) in reliance on any one of Sections 12(d)(1)(E), 12(d)(1)(F) or 12(d)(1)(G) of the 1940 Act, related rules thereunder (including Rule 12d1-1 or Rule 12d1-4 under the 1940 Act), or pursuant to an SEC exemptive order thereunder, unless otherwise required by applicable law or regulation. Mirror voting means that the Advisor will vote the shares in the same proportion as the vote of all of the other holders of the Acquired Fund’s shares. With respect to instances when a Portfolio invests in an Acquired Fund in reliance on Section 12(d)(1)(G) of the 1940 Act, related rules thereunder (including Rule 12d1-1 or Rule 12d1-4), or pursuant to an SEC exemptive order thereunder, and there are no other unaffiliated shareholders also invested in the Acquired Fund, the Advisor will vote in accordance with the recommendation of such Acquired Fund’s board of trustees or directors, unless otherwise required by applicable law or regulation. With respect to instances when a Portfolio invests in an Acquired Fund in reliance on Sections 12(d)(1)(E) or 12(d)(1)(F) of the 1940 Act and there are no other unaffiliated shareholders also invested in the Acquired Fund, the Advisor will employ pass-through voting, unless otherwise required by applicable law or regulation. In “pass-through voting,” the investing Portfolio will solicit voting instructions from its shareholders as to how to vote on the Acquired Fund’s proposals.

The Advisor will usually instruct voting of proxies in accordance with the Voting Guidelines. The Voting Guidelines provide a framework for analysis and decision making, however, the Voting Guidelines do not address all potential issues. In order to be able to address all the relevant facts and circumstances related to a proxy vote, the Advisor reserves the right to instruct votes that deviate from the Voting Guidelines if, after a review of the matter, the Advisor believes that the best interests of a Portfolio would be served by, or applicable legal and fiduciary standards require, such a vote. In such a circumstance, the analysis will be documented in writing and periodically presented to the Committee for review. To the extent that the Voting Guidelines do not cover potential voting issues, the Advisor may consider the spirit of the Guidelines and applicable legal standards and instruct the vote on such issues in a manner that the Advisor believes would be in the best interests of a Portfolio. Irrespective of the foregoing, the Advisor’s decision-making to vote or refrain from voting will be made following a cost-benefit analysis described below.

In some cases, the Advisor may determine that it is in the best interests of a Portfolio to refrain from exercising proxy voting rights. For example, the Advisor will generally refrain from voting proxies where the Advisor anticipates that the costs to a Portfolio of voting could exceed the expected benefits of voting. Note that securities issued in non-U.S. jurisdictions can be subject both to direct costs and opportunity costs which are not associated with voting U.S. proxies. As a result, were the Advisor to refrain from voting proxies, it would be more likely to do so for votes for matters related to non-U.S. issuers rather than U.S. issuers. The Advisor considers updates on proxy voting costs and voting impediments and its overall cost-benefit analysis for each Portfolio and country periodically, no less frequently than annually. In certain circumstances, for example, for a Portfolio with a relatively small amount of assets under management that invests significantly in non-U.S. issuers and has a large number of holdings, the Advisor’s cost-benefit analysis may result in the Advisor refraining from voting all proxies for such Portfolio. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event the Advisor is made aware of and believes an issue to be voted is likely to materially affect the economic value of a Portfolio, that the Portfolio’s vote is reasonably likely to be determinative of the outcome of the contest, and the expected benefits of voting a particular proxy vote exceed the costs, the Advisor will make reasonable efforts to vote that proxy.

For securities on loan, the Advisor will balance the revenue-producing value of loans against the difficult-to-assess value of casting votes. It is generally the Advisor’s belief that the expected value of casting a vote generally will be less than the securities lending income, either because the votes will not have significant economic consequences or because the outcome of the vote would not be affected by the Advisor recalling loaned securities for voting. In certain countries, including the United States, the specific terms of the proposals to be voted on by shareholders will generally not be known until after the record date, which determines the shares eligible to be voted. In this situation, the Advisor may not be aware of the subject of a proxy in time to make a decision as to whether the materiality of the voting proposals warrants recalling a security on loan to vote. In addition, because specific record dates may not be known, if the Advisor were to seek to recall securities on loan, the Advisor would

57


need to estimate the record date which would result in the securities being recalled for a longer period of time than otherwise required and may create a greater potential loss of income. The Advisor does intend to recall securities on loan if based upon information in the Advisor’s possession, it determines that voting the securities is likely to materially affect the value of a Portfolio’s investment and that it is in the Portfolio’s best interests to do so. In cases where the Advisor does not receive a solicitation or enough information within a sufficient time (as reasonably determined by the Advisor) prior to the proxy-voting deadline, the Advisor or its service provider may be unable to vote and this may also inform the Advisor’s voting decision.

Holders of fixed income securities are generally not entitled to an annual vote and therefore do not have such a mechanism to influence an issuer’s governance. From time-to-time holders of fixed income securities can receive proxy ballots or corporate action-consents at the discretion of the issuer/custodian. In such circumstances the Advisor’s fixed income portfolio management team is generally responsible for providing recommendations on how to vote proxy ballots and corporation action-consents and they may consult with members of the Committee, with the aim of applying the same general principles as are set out in the Guidelines.

The Advisor may take social or sustainability issues into account when voting proxies for portfolios that do not incorporate social or sustainability considerations in their design, such as the Portfolios, if the Advisor believes that doing so is in the best interest of the portfolio and is otherwise consistent with applicable law and the Advisor’s duties, such as where material environmental or social risks may have economic ramifications for shareholders.

The Advisor has retained certain third-party proxy voting service providers (“Proxy Service Firms”) to provide information on shareholder meeting dates and proxy materials; translate proxy materials printed in a foreign language; provide research on proxy proposals; operationally process votes in accordance with the Voting Guidelines on behalf of a Portfolio; and provide reports concerning the proxies voted (“Proxy Voting Services”). Although the Advisor retains third-party service providers for Proxy Voting Services, the Advisor remains responsible for proxy voting decisions and making such decisions in accordance with its fiduciary duties. The Advisor has designed Voting Policies to prudently select, oversee and evaluate Proxy Service Firms consistent with the Advisor’s fiduciary duties, including with respect to the matters described below, which Proxy Service Firms have been engaged to provide Proxy Voting Services to support the Advisor’s voting in accordance with the Voting Policies. Prior to the selection of a new Proxy Service Firm and annually thereafter or more frequently if deemed necessary by the Advisor, the Committee will consider whether the Proxy Service Firm (i) has the capacity and competency to timely and adequately analyze proxy issues and provide the Proxy Voting Services the Proxy Service Firm has been engaged to provide and (ii) can make its recommendations in an impartial manner and in the best interests of the Advisor’s clients, and consistent with the Advisor’s Voting Policies and fiduciary duties. In the event that the Voting Guidelines are not implemented precisely as the Advisor intends because of the actions or omissions of any third party service providers, custodians or sub-custodians or other agents or any such persons experience any irregularities (e.g., misvotes or missed votes), then such instances will not necessarily be deemed by the Advisor as a breach of the Voting Policies.

Information regarding how a Portfolio voted proxies related to its portfolio securities during the 12 month period ended June 30 of each year is available, no later than August 31 of each year, without charge, (i) by contacting the Trust at the address or telephone number appearing on the cover of this SAI, (ii) on the Advisor’s website at https://www.dimensional.com/who-we-are/investment-stewardship and (iii) on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

On each Business Day, prior to the opening of regular trading on its primary listing exchange, each Portfolio discloses on its website the portfolio holdings that will form the basis of the next NAV per share calculation as required by Rule 6c-11 of the Portfolio’s ETF Class shares. In addition, portfolio holdings information may also be made available to certain entities, including Fund service providers and institutional market participants, as described below.

Basket Composition Files

58


The Portfolios may make available through the facilities of the NSCC or through posting on a Portfolio’s publicly available website, prior to the opening of trading on each business day, (i) pricing basket files, which include full portfolio holdings; and (ii) trading basket files, which include the security names and share quantities to deliver in exchange for ETF Class shares, together with estimates and actual cash components.

Authorized Participants and Institutional Market Participants

The Advisor may provide certain information concerning a Portfolio’s portfolio holdings to certain entities (defined below) in a format not available to other current or prospective ETF Class shareholders in connection with the dissemination of information necessary for transactions in Creation Units, as contemplated by Rule 6c-11 under the 1940 Act. The “entities” referred to are generally limited to NSCC members and subscribers to various fee-based subscription services, including Authorized Participants and other institutional market participants and entities that provide information services. This information may or may not reflect the pro rata composition of the portfolio holdings of a Portfolio’s ETF Class shares.

Third-Party Service Providers

Certain portfolio holdings information may be disclosed to third-party service providers to the Fund (e.g., the Fund’s auditors, legal counsel, administrator, custodian, transfer agent) subject to appropriates confidentiality agreements with such service providers, as may be necessary to conduct business in the ordinary course in a manner consistent with applicable policies, agreements with the Portfolios, the terms of the current registration statements and federal securities laws and regulations thereunder. From time to time, and in the ordinary course of business, such information may also be disclosed, subject to appropriate confidentiality agreements, to other entities that provide services to the Portfolios, including pricing information vendors, and third parties that deliver analytical, statistical or consulting services to a Portfolio. The information is generally provided to such service providers after it has been disseminated to the NSCC.

Additional Communications

In addition to the daily posting of portfolio holdings discussed above, the Portfolios may also directly provide such portfolio holdings, or information derived from such portfolio holdings, to parties who specifically request it, provided that: (i) the availability of the Portfolios’ portfolio holdings is disclosed in the Portfolios’ registration statement, as required by applicable law, as well as on the Portfolios’ website; (ii) the Advisor determines that such disclosure is in the best interests of Portfolio shareholders; (iii) such information is made equally available to anyone requesting it; and (iv) it is determined that the disclosure does not present the risk of such information being used to trade against the Portfolios as the holdings information for the Portfolios is publicly disclosed on the Portfolios’ website daily, and no party is receiving an advantage over another.

The Portfolios do not selectively disclose non-public holdings information to third parties other than those disclosed above. If the Portfolios do selectively disclose holdings information the following procedures will be followed. The Head of the Global Client Group and the Fund’s Chief Compliance Officer (“Designated Persons”) or a delegate of the same, respectively, together may authorize the selective disclosure of non-public holdings information of the Portfolios to those entities (each a “Recipient”) who (1) specifically request the non-public holdings information for a purpose which the Designated Persons determine is consistent with a Portfolio’s legitimate business purpose, (2) the Designated Persons determine that such disclosure is in the best interest of the Portfolio’s shareholders and (3) in making such disclosure, no conflict exists between the Portfolio’s shareholders and those of the Advisor or the Fund’s principal underwriter. Prior to receiving non-public holdings information, a Recipient will execute a use and non-disclosure agreement and abide by its trading restrictions. The Fund’s Chief Compliance Officer or a delegate of the same will review and approve any delegates named by Designated Persons and will maintain list of the same.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

[ ] is the independent registered public accounting firm to the Trust and audits the annual financial statements of the Portfolio.  [ ]’s address is [ ].

59


[SEED AUDIT FINANCIALS TO BE PROVIDED IN A SUBSEQUENT FILING]

PERFORMANCE DATA

The Portfolios may compare their investment performance to appropriate market and peer fund indices and investments for which reliable performance data is available. Such indices are generally unmanaged and are prepared by entities and organizations which track the performance of investment companies or investment advisors. Unmanaged indices often do not reflect deductions for administrative and management costs and expenses. The performance of the Portfolios may also be compared in publications to averages, performance rankings, or other information prepared by recognized investment company statistical services. Any performance information, whether related to the Portfolios or to the Advisor, should be considered in light of a Portfolio's investment objectives and policies, characteristics and the quality of the portfolio and market conditions during the time period indicated and should not be considered to be representative of what may be achieved in the future. Because the Portfolios had not commenced operations as of the date of this SAI, the Portfolios do not have performance data.

60


Exhibit A

Summary of Proxy Voting Guidelines

General Approach to Corporate Governance and Proxy Voting

When voting (or refraining from voting) proxies, Dimensional1 seeks to act in the best interests of the funds and accounts Dimensional manages and consistent with applicable legal and fiduciary standards. Dimensional seeks to maximize shareholder value subject to the standards of legal and regulatory regimes (applicable to the Advisor or the client), listing requirements, corporate governance and stewardship codes, and the investment or voting guidelines of the fund or account. 2

Dimensional expects the members of a portfolio company’s board to act in the interests of their shareholders. Each portfolio company’s board should implement policies and adopt practices that align the interests of the board and management with those of its shareholders. Since a board’s main responsibility is to oversee management and to manage and mitigate risk, it is important that board members have the experience and skills to carry out that responsibility.

This summary outlines Dimensional’s global approach to key proxy voting issues and highlights particular considerations in specific markets.

Global Evaluation Framework

Dimensional’s Global Evaluation Framework sets out Dimensional’s general expectations for all portfolio companies. When implementing the principles contained in Dimensional’s Global Evaluation Framework in a given market, in addition to the relevant legal and regulatory requirements, Dimensional will consider local market practices. Additionally, for portfolio companies in the United States, Europe, the Middle East, Africa, Japan, Australia and other select Asia markets, Dimensional will apply the market-specific considerations contained in the relevant subsection in these Guidelines.

Uncontested Director Elections

Dimensional may vote against individual directors, committee members, or the full board of a portfolio company, such as in the following situations:

1. There are problematic audit-related practices;

2. There are problematic compensation practices or persistent pay for performance misalignment;

3. There are problematic anti-takeover provisions;

4. There have been material failures of governance, risk oversight, or fiduciary responsibilities;

5. The board has failed to adequately respond to shareholder concerns;

6. The board has demonstrated a lack of accountability to shareholders;

7. There is an ineffective board refreshment process3;

If a director is a member of multiple boards of various portfolio companies, and one of those boards has one of the issues listed in 1-7 above, Dimensional may vote against that director with respect to the board of the portfolio company with the issue as well as any other portfolio company boards.

Dimensional also considers the following when voting on directors of portfolio companies:

    
   

1

“Dimensional” refers to any of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP, Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd., DFA Australia Limited, Dimensional Ireland Limited, Dimensional Fund Advisors Pte. Ltd. or Dimensional Japan Ltd.

2

For considerations in connection with ERISA-covered clients, see the Policy and its references to requirements under ERISA.

3

As used in these guidelines “board refreshment process” means the method for reviewing and establishing the composition of the board of the portfolio company (e.g., assessments or self-evaluation, succession planning, approach for searches for board members, criteria for qualification of board members).

 

A-1


1. Board and committee independence;

2. Director attendance: Dimensional generally expects directors to attend at least 75% of board and committee meetings;

3. Director capacity to serve;

4. Board composition.

Board Refreshment

An effective board refreshment process for a portfolio company can include the alignment of directors’ skills with business needs, assessment of individual director performance and feedback, and a search process for new directors that appropriately incorporates qualification criteria. Dimensional believes information about a portfolio company’s assessment and refreshment process should be disclosed and should generally include:

· The processes and procedures by which the portfolio company identifies the key competencies that directors should possess in order to ensure the board is able to appropriately oversee the risks and opportunities associated with the portfolio company’s strategy and operations;

· How the performance of individual directors and the board as a whole is assessed;

· The alignment between the skills and expertise of each board member and the key competencies identified in the board assessment process;

· Board refreshment mechanisms;

· Director recruitment policies and procedures; and

· The extent to which diversity considerations are incorporated into board assessment and refreshment practices and director recruitment policies.

In evaluating a portfolio company’s refreshment process, Dimensional may consider, among other information:

· Whether the portfolio company’s board assessment process meets market best practices in terms of objectiveness, rigor, disclosure, and other criteria;

· Whether the portfolio company complies with market best practice with regards to refreshment mechanisms, including tenure limits; and

· Whether the portfolio company has board entrenchment devices, such as a classified board or plurality vote standard.

Dimensional may consider a board’s diversity when evaluating the effectiveness of a portfolio company’s board refreshment process. Dimensional may consider whether a portfolio company seeks to follow market best practices as the portfolio company nominates new directors and assesses the performance of existing directors who have the diversity of backgrounds, experiences, and skill-sets needed to effectively oversee management and manage risk.

If Dimensional believes that a portfolio company’s board assessment and refreshment process is not sufficiently rigorous, or if the portfolio company fails to disclose adequate information for Dimensional to assess the rigor of the process, Dimensional may vote against members of the Nominating Committee, or other relevant directors.

Bundled/Slate Director Elections

Dimensional generally opposes bundled director elections at portfolio companies; however, in markets where individual director elections are not an established practice, bundled elections are acceptable as long as the full list of candidates is disclosed in a timely manner.

Contested Director Elections

In the case of contested board elections at portfolio companies, Dimensional takes a case-by-case approach. With the goal of maximizing shareholder value, Dimensional considers the qualifications of the nominees, the likelihood

A-2


that each side can accomplish their stated plans, the portfolio company’s corporate governance practices, and the incumbent board’s history of responsiveness to shareholders.

Board Size

Dimensional believes that portfolio company boards are responsible for determining an appropriate size of the board of directors within the confines of relevant corporate governance codes and best practice standards. However, Dimensional will generally oppose proposals to alter board structure or size in the context of a fight for control of the portfolio company or the board.

Auditors

Dimensional will typically support the ratification of auditors unless there are concerns with the auditor's independence, the accuracy of the auditor’s report, the level of non-audit fees, or if lack of disclosure makes it difficult for us to assess these factors.

In addition to voting against the ratification of the auditors, Dimensional may also vote against or withhold votes from audit committee members at portfolio companies in instances of fraud, material weakness, or significant financial restatements.

Anti-Takeover Provisions

Dimensional believes that the market for corporate control, which often results in acquisitions which increase shareholder value, should be able to function without undue restrictions. Takeover defenses such as shareholder rights plans (poison pills) can lead to entrenchment of management and reduced accountability at the board level. Dimensional will generally vote against the adoption of anti-takeover provisions. Dimensional may vote against directors at portfolio companies that adopt or maintain anti-takeover provisions without shareholder approval post-initial public offering (“IPO”) or adopted such structures prior to, or in connection with, an IPO. Dimensional may vote against such directors not just at the portfolio company that adopted the anti-takeover provision, but at all other portfolio company boards they serve on.

Related-Party Transactions

Dimensional believes portfolio company related-party transactions should be minimized. When such transactions are determined to be fair to the portfolio company and its shareholders in accordance with the portfolio company’s policies and governing law, they should be thoroughly disclosed in public filings.

Amendments to Articles of Association/Incorporation

Dimensional expects the details of proposed amendments to articles of association or incorporation, or similar portfolio company documents, to be clearly disclosed. Dimensional will typically support such amendments that are routine in nature or are required or prompted by regulatory changes. Dimensional may vote against amendments that negatively impact shareholder rights or diminish board oversight.

Equity Based Remuneration

Dimensional supports the adoption of equity plans that align the interests of the portfolio company board, management, and portfolio company employees with those of shareholders.

Dimensional will evaluate equity plans on a case-by-case basis, taking into account the potential dilution to shareholders, the portfolio company’s historical use of equity, and the particular plan features.

Executive Remuneration

Dimensional supports remuneration for executives that is clearly linked to the portfolio company’s performance. Remuneration should be designed to attract, retain and appropriately motivate and serve as a means to align the interests of executives with those of shareholders.

Dimensional expects portfolio companies to structure executive compensation in a manner that does not insulate management from the consequences of failures of risk oversight and management. Dimensional typically supports clawback provisions in executive compensation plans as a way to mitigate risk of excessive risk taking by executives at portfolio companies.

Dimensional supports remuneration plan metrics that are quantifiable and clearly tied to company strategy and the creation of shareholder value. The use of standard financial metrics, for example, metrics based on generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) or international financial reporting standards, when determining executive

A-3


pay is generally considered by Dimensional to be preferable. The use of non-standard metrics, including those involving large non-GAAP adjustments, result in less transparency for investors and may lead to artificially high executive pay. In evaluating a portfolio company’s executive compensation, Dimensional considers whether the portfolio company is disclosing what each metric is intended to capture, how performance is measured, what targets have been set, and performance against those targets. While environmental and social (E&S) issues may be material for shareholder value, Dimensional believes linking E&S metrics to executive pay in a quantifiable and transparent manner can present particular challenges. Dimensional will seek to focus on the rigor of E&S metrics and will seek to scrutinize payouts made under these metrics, particularly when there has been underperformance against other metrics tied to financial performance or shareholder value.

To the extent that remuneration is clearly excessive and not aligned with the portfolio company’s performance or other factors, Dimensional would not support such remuneration. Additionally, Dimensional expects portfolio companies to strive to follow local market practices with regards to the specific elements of remuneration and the overall structure of the remuneration plan.

Therefore, Dimensional reviews proposals seeking approval of a portfolio company’s executive remuneration plan closely, taking into account the quantum of pay, portfolio company performance, and the structure of the plan.

In markets where components of executive remuneration, such as performance rights or options, are required to be subject to a separate shareholder vote, Dimensional will consider these proposals in line with the principles above.

Director Remuneration

Dimensional will generally support director remuneration at portfolio companies that is reasonable in both size and composition relative to industry and market norms.

Mergers & Acquisitions (M&A)

Dimensional’s primary consideration in evaluating mergers and acquisitions is maximizing shareholder value. Given that Dimensional believes market prices reflect future expected cash flows, an important consideration is the price reaction to the announcement, and the extent to which the deal represents a premium to the pre-announcement price. Dimensional will also consider the strategic rationale, potential conflicts of interest, and the possibility of competing offers.

Dimensional may vote against deals where there are concerns with the acquisition process or where there appear to be significant conflicts of interest.

Capitalization

Dimensional will vote case-by-case on proposals related to portfolio company share issuances, taking into account the purpose for which the shares will be used, the risk to shareholders of not approving the request, and the dilution to existing shareholders.

Unequal Voting Rights

Dimensional opposes the creation of share structures that provide for unequal voting rights, including dual class stock with unequal voting rights or mechanisms such as loyalty shares that may skew economic ownership and voting rights within the same class of shares, and will generally vote against proposals to create or continue such structures. On a case-by-case basis, Dimensional may also vote against directors at portfolio companies that adopt or maintain such structures without shareholder approval post-IPO or adopted such structures prior to, or in connection with, an IPO.

Say on Climate

Dimensional will generally vote against management and shareholder proposals to introduce say on climate votes, which propose that companies’ climate-risk management plans are put to a recurring advisory shareholder vote. Dimensional believes that strategic planning, including mitigation of climate-related risks and oversight of opportunities presented by potential climate change is the responsibility of the portfolio company board and should not be delegated or transferred to shareholders. If a portfolio company’s climate-risk management plan is put to a shareholder vote then Dimensional will generally vote against the plan, regardless of the level of detail contained in the plan, to indicate our opposition to the delegation of oversight implied by such votes. If Dimensional observes that a portfolio company board is failing to adequately guard shareholder value through strategic planning, Dimensional may vote against directors.

A-4


Shareholder Proposals

Dimensional’s goal when voting on portfolio company shareholder proposals is to support those proposals that protect or enhance shareholder value through improved board accountability, improved policies and procedures, or improved disclosure.

Dimensional will typically vote with management on environmental and social (E&S) shareholder proposals. In certain circumstances, including if the E&S matter may have a material impact on the portfolio company, Dimensional may determine a case-by-case analysis is warranted, in which case we will consider if supporting the proposal is likely to provide shareholders with meaningful information about a portfolio company’s handling of environmental or social risk through improved board accountability, improved policies or procedures, or improved disclosures.

Virtual Meetings

Dimensional does not oppose the use of virtual-only meetings if shareholders are provided with the same rights and opportunities as available during a physical meeting, including:

· The ability to see and hear portfolio company representatives;

· The ability to ask questions of portfolio company representatives; and

· The ability to see or hear questions submitted to portfolio company representatives by other shareholders, including those questions not answered by portfolio company representatives.

Disclosure of Vote Results

Dimensional expects detailed disclosure of voting results. In cases where vote results have not been disclosed within a reasonable time frame, Dimensional may vote against individual directors, committee members, or the full board of a portfolio company.

Disclosure of Meeting Materials

Dimensional expects timely disclosure of meeting notice and materials. Dimensional may vote against individual directors or committee members if disclosure is not made with sufficient time for shareholders to consider the materials prior to the shareholder meeting.

Voting Guidelines for Environmental and Social Matters

Dimensional believes that portfolio company boards are responsible for addressing material environmental and social risks within their duties. If a portfolio company is unresponsive to environmental or social risks that may have material economic ramifications for shareholders, Dimensional may vote against directors individually, committee members, or the entire board, or may vote in favor of related shareholder proposals consistent with Dimensional’s general approach to such E&S proposals. Dimensional may communicate with portfolio companies to better understand the alignment of the interests of boards and management with those of shareholders on these topics.

Evaluating Disclosure of Material Environmental or Social Risks

Dimensional generally believes that information about the oversight and mitigation of material environmental or social risks should be disclosed by portfolio companies. Dimensional generally expects the disclosure regarding oversight and mitigation to include:

· A description of material risks.

· A description of the process for identifying and prioritizing such risks and how frequently it occurs.

· The policies and procedures governing the handling of each material risk.

· A description of the management-level roles/groups involved in oversight and mitigation of each material risk.

A-5


· A description of the metrics used to assess the effectiveness of mitigating each material risk, and the frequency at which performance against these metrics is assessed.

· A description of how the board is informed of material risks and the progress against relevant metrics.

In certain instances where Dimensional determines that disclosure by a portfolio company is insufficient for a shareholder to be able to adequately assess the relevant risks facing a portfolio company, or where a portfolio company has faced a material controversy in relation to the issue, Dimensional may, on a case-by-case basis, vote against individual directors, committee members, or the entire board, or may vote in favor of related shareholder proposals consistent with Dimensional’s general approach to such proposals.

Political and Lobbying Activities

Dimensional expects boards of portfolio companies to exercise oversight of political and lobbying-related expenditures and ensure that such spending is in line with shareholder interests.

In evaluating a portfolio company’s policies related to political and lobbying expenditure, Dimensional expects the following practices:

· The board to adopt policies and procedures to oversee political and lobbying expenditures;

· The details of the board oversight, including the policies and procedures governing such expenditures, to be disclosed publicly; and

· That board oversight of political and lobbying activities, such as spending, should include ensuring that the portfolio company’s publicly stated positions are in alignment with its related activities and spending.

Human Capital Management

Dimensional expects boards of portfolio companies to exercise oversight of human capital management issues. Dimensional expects portfolio companies to disclose sufficient information for shareholders to understand the policies, procedures, and personnel a portfolio company has in place to address issues related to human capital management. This disclosure should include the portfolio company’s human capital management goals in key areas, such as compensation, employee health and wellness, employee training and development, and workforce composition, as well as the metrics by which the portfolio company assesses performance against these goals.

Climate-Related Risks

Dimensional expects boards of portfolio companies to exercise oversight of climate-related risks that may have a material impact on the portfolio company. Climate-related risks may include physical risks from changing weather patterns and/or transitional risks from changes in regulation or consumer preferences. Dimensional expects portfolio companies to disclose information on their handling of these risks, to the extent those risks may have a material impact on the portfolio company. Disclosure should include:

· The specific risks identified.

· The potential impact these risks could have on the portfolio company’s business, operations, or strategy.

· Whether the risks are overseen by a specific committee or the full board.

· The frequency with which the board or responsible board committee receives updates on the risks and the types of information reviewed.

· The management-level roles/groups responsible for managing these risks.

· The metrics used to assess the handling of these risks, how they are calculated, and the reason for their selection, particularly when the metrics recommended by a recognized third-party framework, such as Task Force for Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD), International Sustainability Standards Board (ISSB), or Sustainability Accounting Standards Board (SASB) Standards, are not being used.

· Targets used by the portfolio company to manage climate-related risks and performance against those targets.

A-6


Human Rights

Dimensional expects portfolio company boards to exercise oversight of human rights issues that could pose a material risk to the business, including forced labor, child labor, privacy, freedom of expression, and land and water rights. Dimensional expects portfolio companies to disclose information on their handling of these risks, to the extent those risks may have a material impact on the portfolio company. Disclosure should include:

· The specific risks identified

· The potential impact these risks could have on the portfolio company’s business, operations, or strategy

· Whether the risks are overseen by a specific committee or the full board

· The frequency with which the board or responsible board committee receives updates on the risks and the types of information reviewed

· Details on how the portfolio company monitors human rights throughout the organization and supply chain, including the scope and frequency of audits and how instances of non-compliance are resolved

· The policies governing human rights throughout the organization and supply chain and the extent to which the policy aligns with recognized global frameworks such as the UN’s Guiding Principles on Human Rights and the OECD’s Guidelines for Multinational Enterprises

· Details of violations of the policy and corrective action taken

Technology

Dimensional expects portfolio company boards to exercise oversight of the use of technology, including artificial intelligence (AI), throughout and disclose information of their handling of any associated risks, to the extent such risks could be material to the business. With respect to cybersecurity risks in particular, disclosure should include:

· Policies and procedures to manage cybersecurity risk and identify cybersecurity incidents

· The role of management in implementing cybersecurity policies and procedures

· The role of the board in overseeing cybersecurity risk and the process by which the board is informed of incidents.

· Material cybersecurity incidents and remedial actions taken.

Evaluation Framework for U.S. Listed Companies

Director Elections:

Uncontested Director Elections

Shareholders elect the board of a portfolio company to represent their interests and oversee management and expect boards to adopt policies and practices that align the interests of the board and management with those of shareholders and limit the potential for conflicts of interest.

One of the most important measures aimed at ensuring that portfolio company shareholders’ interests are represented is an independent board of directors, made up of individuals with the diversity of backgrounds, experiences, and skill-sets needed to effectively oversee management and manage risk. Dimensional expects portfolio company boards to be majority independent and key committees to be fully independent.

Dimensional believes shareholders should have a say in who represents their interests and portfolio companies should be responsive to shareholder concerns. Dimensional may vote against or withhold votes from individual directors, committee members, or the full board, and may also vote against such directors when they serve on other portfolio company boards, in the following situations:

· The continued service of directors who failed to receive the support of a majority of shareholders (regardless of whether the portfolio company uses a majority or plurality vote standard).

A-7


· Failure to adequately respond to majority-supported shareholder proposals.

Contested Director Elections

In the case of contested board elections at portfolio companies, Dimensional takes a case-by-case approach. With the goal of maximizing shareholder value, Dimensional considers the qualifications of the nominees, the likelihood that each side can accomplish their stated plans, the portfolio company’s corporate governance practices, the incumbent board’s history of responsiveness to shareholders, and the market’s reaction to the contest.

Board Structure and Composition:

Age and Term Limits

Dimensional believes it is the responsibility of a portfolio company’s nominating committee to ensure that the portfolio company’s board of directors is composed of individuals with the skills needed to effectively oversee management and will generally oppose proposals seeking to impose age or term limits for directors.

That said, portfolio companies should clearly disclose their director evaluation and board refreshment policies in their proxy. Lack of healthy turnover on the board of a portfolio company or lack of observable diversity on a portfolio company board may lead Dimensional to scrutinize the rigor of a portfolio company’s board refreshment process.

CEO/Chair

Dimensional believes that the portfolio company boards are responsible for determining whether the separation of roles is appropriate and adequately protects the interests of shareholders.

At portfolio companies with a combined CEO/Chair, Dimensional expects the board to appoint a lead independent director with specific responsibilities, including the setting of meeting agendas, to seek to ensure the board is able to act independently.

Recent environmental, social, and governance controversies resulting from inadequate board oversight may be taken into account when voting on shareholder proposals seeking the separation of the roles of CEO and Chair at a portfolio company.

Governance Practices:

Classified Boards

Dimensional believes director votes are an important mechanism to increase board accountability to shareholders. Dimensional therefore advocates for boards at portfolio companies to give shareholders the right to vote on the entire slate of directors on an annual basis.

Dimensional will generally support proposals to declassify existing boards at portfolio companies and will generally oppose efforts by portfolio companies to adopt classified board structures, in which only part of the board is elected each year.

Dimensional will generally vote against or withhold votes from incumbent directors at portfolio companies that adopt a classified board without shareholder approval. Dimensional may also vote against or withhold votes from directors at portfolio companies that adopt classified boards prior to or in connection with an IPO, unless accompanied by a reasonable sunset provision.

Dual Classes of Stock

Dual class share structures are generally seen as detrimental to shareholder rights, as they are accompanied by unequal voting rights. Dimensional believes in the principle of one share, one vote.

Dimensional opposes the creation of dual-class share structures with unequal voting rights at portfolio companies and will generally vote against proposals to create or continue dual-class capital structures.

Dimensional will generally vote against or withhold votes from directors at portfolio companies that adopt a dual-class structure without shareholder approval after the portfolio company’s IPO. Dimensional will generally vote against or withhold votes from directors for implementation of a dual-class structure prior to or in connection with an IPO, unless accompanied by a reasonable sunset provision.

A-8


Supermajority Vote Requirements

Dimensional believes that the affirmative vote of a majority of shareholders of a portfolio company should be sufficient to approve items such as bylaw amendments and mergers. Dimensional will generally vote against proposals seeking to implement a supermajority vote requirement and for shareholder proposals seeking the adoption of a majority vote standard.

Dimensional will generally vote against or withhold votes from incumbent directors at portfolio companies that adopt a supermajority vote requirement without shareholder approval. Dimensional may also vote against or withhold votes from directors at portfolio companies that adopt supermajority vote requirements prior to or in connection with an IPO, unless accompanied by a reasonable sunset provision.

Shareholder Rights Plans (Poison Pills)

Dimensional generally opposes poison pills. As a result, Dimensional may vote against the adoption of a pill and all directors at a portfolio company that put a pill in place without first obtaining shareholder approval. Votes against (or withheld votes from) directors may extend beyond the portfolio company that adopted the pill, to all boards the directors serve on.

Cumulative Voting

Under cumulative voting, each shareholder is entitled to the number of his or her shares multiplied by the number of directors to be elected. Shareholders have the flexibility to allocate their votes among directors in the proportion they see fit, including casting all their votes for one director. This is particularly impactful in the election of dissident candidates to the board in the event of a proxy contest.

Dimensional will typically support proposals that provide for cumulative voting and against proposals to eliminate cumulative voting unless the portfolio company has demonstrated that there are adequate safeguards in place, such as proxy access and majority voting.

Majority Voting

For the election of directors, portfolio companies may adopt either a majority or plurality vote standard. In a plurality vote standard, the directors with the most votes are elected. If the number of directors up for election is equal to the number of board seats, each director only needs to receive one vote in order to be elected. In a majority vote standard, in order to be elected, a director must receive the support of a majority of shares voted or present at the meeting.

Dimensional supports a majority (rather than plurality) voting standard for uncontested director elections at portfolio companies. The majority vote standard should be accompanied by a director resignation policy to address failed elections.

To account for contested director elections, portfolio companies with a majority vote standard should include a carve-out for plurality voting in situations where there are more nominees than seats.

Right to Call Meetings and Act by Written Consent

Dimensional will generally support the right of shareholders to call special meetings of a portfolio company board (if they own 25% of shares outstanding) and take action by written consent.

Proxy Access

Dimensional will typically support management and shareholder proposals for proxy access that allow a shareholder (or group of shareholders) holding three percent of voting power for three years to nominate up to 25 percent of a portfolio company board. Dimensional will typically vote against proposals that are more restrictive than these guidelines.

Amend Bylaws/Charters

Dimensional believes that shareholders should have the right to amend a portfolio company’s bylaws. Dimensional will generally vote against or withhold votes from incumbent directors at portfolio companies that place substantial restrictions on shareholders’ ability to amend bylaws through excessive ownership requirements for submitting proposals or restrictions on the types of issues that can be amended.

A-9


Exclusive Forum

Dimensional is generally supportive of management proposals at portfolio companies to adopt an exclusive forum for shareholder litigation.

Indemnification and Exculpation of Directors and Officers

Dimensional intends to evaluate proposals seeking to enact or expand indemnification or exculpation provisions on a case-by-case basis considering board rationale and specific provisions being proposed.

Advance Notice Provisions

Portfolio company bylaw amendments known as “advance notice provisions” set out the steps shareholders must follow when submitting an item for inclusion on the agenda of a shareholder meeting. These provisions may serve as an entrenchment device that can result in reduced accountability at the board level in cases where they impose onerous requirements on shareholders wishing to submit a nominee for the board of directors. When evaluating advanced notice provisions, whether for the submission of a shareholder candidate or the submission of other permissible proposals, Dimensional generally does not support provisions that:

· Require shareholder-nominated candidates to disclose information that is not required for new board-nominated candidates

· Impose unduly burdensome disclosure requirements on shareholder proponents

· Significantly limit the time period shareholders have to submit proposals or nominees

Dimensional may vote against or withhold votes from directors who adopt such provisions without shareholder approval.

Executive and Director Compensation:

Equity-Based Compensation

Dimensional supports the adoption of equity plans that align the interests of portfolio company board, management, and portfolio company employees with those of shareholders.

Dimensional will evaluate equity plans on a case-by-case basis, taking into account the potential dilution to shareholders, the portfolio company’s historical use of equity, and the particular plan features.

Dimensional will typically vote against plans that have features that have a negative impact on shareholders of portfolio companies. Such features include single-trigger or discretionary vesting, an overly broad definition of change in control, a lack of minimum vesting periods for grants, evergreen provisions, and the ability to reprice shares without shareholder approval.

Dimensional may also vote against equity plans if problematic equity grant practices have contributed to a pay for performance misalignment at the portfolio company.

Employee Stock Purchase Plans

Dimensional will generally support qualified employee stock purchase plans (as defined by Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code), provided that the purchase price is no less than 85 percent of market value, the number of shares reserved for the plan is no more than ten percent of outstanding shares, and the offering period is no more than 27 months.

Advisory Votes on Executive Compensation (Say on Pay)

Dimensional supports reasonable compensation for executives that is clearly linked to the portfolio company’s performance. Compensation should serve as a means to align the interests of executives with those of shareholders. To the extent that compensation is excessive, it represents a transfer to management of shareholder wealth. Therefore, Dimensional reviews proposals seeking approval of a portfolio company’s executive compensation plan closely, taking into account the quantum of pay, portfolio company performance, and the structure of the plan.

Certain practices, such as:

· multi-year guaranteed bonuses

A-10


· excessive severance agreements (particularly those that vest without involuntary job loss or diminution of duties or those with excise-tax gross-ups)

· single, or the same, metrics used for both short-term and long-term executive compensation plans

may encourage excessive risk-taking by executives at portfolio companies and are generally opposed by Dimensional.

At portfolio companies that have a history of problematic pay practices or excessive compensation, Dimensional will consider the portfolio company’s responsiveness to shareholders’ concerns and may vote against or withhold votes from members of the Compensation Committee if these concerns have not been addressed.

Frequency of Say on Pay

Executive compensation in the United States is typically composed of three parts: 1) base salary; 2) cash bonuses based on annual performance (short-term incentive awards); 3) and equity awards based on performance over a multi-year period (long-term incentive awards).

Dimensional supports triennial say on pay because it allows for a longer-term assessment of whether compensation was adequately linked to portfolio company performance. This is particularly important in situations where a portfolio company makes significant changes to their long-term incentive awards, as the effectiveness of such changes in aligning pay and performance cannot be determined in a single year.

If there are serious concerns about a portfolio company’s compensation plan in a year where the plan is not on the ballot, Dimensional may vote against or withhold votes from members of the Compensation Committee.

Executive Severance Agreements (Golden Parachutes)

Dimensional analyzes golden parachute proposals on a case-by-case basis.

Dimensional expects payments to be reasonable on both an absolute basis and relative to the value of the transaction. Dimensional will typically vote against agreements with cash severance of more than 3x salary and bonus.

Dimensional expects vesting of equity to be contingent on both a change in control and a subsequent involuntary termination of the employee (“double-trigger change in control”).

Corporate Actions:

Reincorporation

Dimensional will evaluate reincorporation proposals on a case-by-case basis.

Dimensional may vote against reincorporations if the move would result in a substantial diminution of shareholder rights at the portfolio company.

Capitalization:

Increase Authorized Shares

Dimensional will vote case-by-case on proposals seeking to increase common or preferred stock of a portfolio company, taking into account the purpose for which the shares will be used and the risk to shareholders of not approving the request.

Dimensional will typically vote against requests for common or preferred stock issuances that are excessively dilutive relative to common market practice.

Dimensional will typically vote against proposals at portfolio companies with multiple share classes to increase the number of shares of the class with superior voting rights.

Blank Check Preferred Stock

Blank check preferred stock is stock that can be issued at the discretion of the board, with the voting, conversion, distribution, and other rights determined by the board at the time of issue. Therefore, blank check preferred stock can potentially serve as means to entrench management and prevent takeovers at portfolio companies.

A-11


To mitigate concerns regarding what Dimensional believes is the inappropriate use of blank check preferred stock, Dimensional expects portfolio companies seeking approval for blank preferred stock to clearly state that the shares will not be used for anti-takeover purposes.

Share Repurchases

Dimensional will generally support open-market share repurchase plans that allow all shareholders to participate on equal terms. Portfolio companies that use metrics such as earnings per share (EPS) in their executive compensation plans should ensure that the impact of such repurchases are taken into account when determining payouts.

Shareholder Proposals:

In instances where a shareholder proposal is excluded from the meeting agenda, Dimensional expects the portfolio company to provide shareholders with substantive disclosure concerning this exclusion. In certain instances, Dimensional may vote against or withhold votes from certain directors on a case-by-case basis if such disclosure is lacking.

Evaluation Framework for Europe, the Middle East, and Africa (EMEA) Listed Companies

Continental Europe:

Director Election Guidelines 

· Portfolio company boards should be majority independent (excluding shareholder or employee representatives as provided by law); however, lower levels of board independence may be acceptable in controlled companies and in those markets where local best practice indicates that at least one-third of the board be independent. 

· A majority of audit and remuneration committee members (excluding shareholder or employee representatives as provided by law) should be independent; the committees overall should be at least one-third independent. 

· Executives should generally not serve on audit and remuneration committees.

· The CEO and board chair roles should generally be separate.

· Portfolio companies should comply with Directive (EU) 2022/2381 (Gender Balance on Boards of Certain Companies) Regulation 2025 to the extent transposed into national law, relevant listing rules, corporate governance codes, and market best practices with regards to board composition.

Remuneration Guidelines 

Dimensional expects annual remuneration reports published by portfolio companies pursuant to the Shareholder Rights Directive II to disclose, at a minimum:

· The amount paid to executives;

· Alignment between pay and performance;  

· The targets used for variable incentive plans and the ex-post levels achieved; and

· The rationale for any discretion applied. 

Other Market Specific Guidelines for Continental Europe

· In Austria, Germany, and the Netherlands, Dimensional will generally vote against the appointment of a former CEO as chairman of the board of directors or supervisory board of a portfolio company.

United Kingdom:

Dimensional expects portfolio companies to follow the applicable requirements of the FCA Listing Rules, the UK Corporate Governance Code, and market best practice with regards to board and committee composition. When evaluating portfolio company boards Dimensional will also consider the recommendations of the FTSE Women Leaders and Parker Reviews with regards to board composition.

A-12


Dimensional expects companies to align their remuneration with the requirements of the UK Corporate Governance Code and to consider best practices such as those set forth in the Investment Association Principles of Remuneration.

With respect to capital structure, Dimensional will consider expectations set forth in the Investment Association’s Share Capital Management Guidelines and the Pre-Emption Group Statement of Principles and the Pensions and Lifetime Savings Association Guidelines.

Ireland:

Dimensional expects Irish-incorporated portfolio companies with their primary listing on Euronext Dublin to follow the requirements of the Irish Corporate Governance Code.

Dimensional expects Irish-incorporated companies to follow the requirements of S.I. No. 215/2015 – European Union (Gender Balance on Boards of Certain Companies) Regulations 2025 with respect to evaluating board composition.

South Africa:

Dimensional expects portfolio companies to follow the recommendations of the King Report on Corporate Governance (King Code IV) with regards to board and committee composition.

Framework for Evaluating Australia and New Zealand-Listed Companies

Uncontested Director Elections

Shareholders elect the board of a portfolio company to represent their interests and oversee management and expect portfolio company boards to adopt policies and practices that align the interests of the board and management with those of shareholders and limit the potential for conflicts of interest.

One of the most important measures aimed at ensuring that portfolio company shareholders’ interests are represented is an independent board of directors, made up of individuals with the diversity of backgrounds, experiences, and skill-sets needed to effectively oversee management and manage risk. Dimensional expects portfolio company boards to be majority independent.

Dimensional believes that key audit and remuneration committees should be composed of independent directors. Dimensional will generally vote against executive directors of the portfolio company who serve on the audit committee or who serve on the remuneration committee if the remuneration committee is not majority independent.

When evaluating portfolio company boards, Dimensional will consider the ASX Corporate Governance Council Principles and Recommendations and the NZX Corporate Governance Code, respectively, with respect to board composition. Additionally, Dimensional will generally vote against individual directors or committee members at portfolio companies with no female representation on the board. At companies listed on the S&P/NZX 20, Dimensional generally expects at least 30 percent board female representation.

CEO/Chair

Dimensional expects Australian and New Zealand portfolio companies to separate the CEO and board chair roles, with the board chair being an independent director, in line with the expectations set forth in the ASX Corporate Governance Council Principles and Recommendations and the NZX Corporate Governance Code, respectively.

Auditors

Neither Australian nor New Zealand law requires the annual ratification of auditors; therefore, concerns with a portfolio company's audit practices will be reflected in votes against members of the audit committee in both markets.

Dimensional may vote against audit committee members at a portfolio company if there are concerns with the auditor's independence, the accuracy of the auditor’s report, the level of non-audit fees, or if lack of disclosure makes it difficult to assess these factors.

Dimensional may also vote against audit committee members in instances of fraud or material failures in oversight of audit functions.

A-13


Share Issuances

Dimensional will evaluate requests for share issuances on a case-by-case basis, taking into account factors such as the impact on current shareholders and the rationale for the request.

When voting on approval of prior share distributions, at Australian and New Zealand portfolio companies, Dimensional will generally support prior issuances that conform to the dilution guidelines set out in ASX Listing Rule 7.1 and NZX Listing Rule 4, respectively.

Share Repurchase

Dimensional will evaluate requests for share repurchases on a case-by-case basis, taking into account factors such as the impact on current shareholders, the rationale for the request, and the portfolio company’s history of repurchases. Dimensional expects repurchases to be made in arms-length transactions using independent third parties.

Dimensional may vote against portfolio company plans that do not include limitations on the portfolio company’s ability to use the plan to repurchase shares from third parties at a premium and limitations on the use of share purchases as an anti-takeover device.

Constitution Amendments

Dimensional will evaluate requests for amendments to a portfolio company’s constitution on a case-by-case basis. The primary consideration will be the impact on the rights of shareholders.

Non-Executive Director Remuneration

Dimensional will support non-executive director remuneration at portfolio companies that is reasonable in both size and composition relative to industry and market norms.

Dimensional will generally vote against components of non-executive director remuneration that are likely to impair a director’s independence, such as options or performance-based remuneration.

Equity-Based Remuneration

Dimensional supports the adoption of equity plans that align the interests of the portfolio company board, management, and portfolio company employees with those of shareholders.

Companies should clearly disclose components of the plan, including vesting periods and performance hurdles.

Dimensional may vote against plans that are exceedingly dilutive to existing shareholders. Plans that permit retesting or repricing will generally be viewed unfavorably.

Dimensional may vote against the granting of equity-based awards, such as performance rights, stock options, and stock appreciation rights, to specific executives, including CEOs and Managing Directors, if also voting against the portfolio company’s remuneration report under the analysis set forth in the Executive Remuneration section of the Global Framework.

Framework for Evaluating Japan-Listed Securities

Uncontested Director Elections

Shareholders elect the board of a portfolio company to represent their interests and oversee management and expect portfolio company boards to adopt policies and practices that align the interests of the board and management with those of shareholders and limit the potential for conflicts of interest.

One of the most important measures aimed at ensuring that portfolio company shareholders’ interests are represented is an independent board of directors, made up of individuals with the diversity of backgrounds, experiences, and skill sets needed to effectively oversee management and manage risk. With respect to board composition, Dimensional may consider local market practice, including requirements under the Japan Corporate Governance Code, and may vote against directors if the board does not meet established market norms.

At portfolio companies with a three-committee structure, Dimensional expects at least one-third of the board to be outsiders. Ideally, the board should be majority independent. At portfolio companies with a three-committee structure that have a controlling shareholder, at least two directors and at least one-third of the board should be independent outsiders.

A-14


At portfolio companies with an audit committee structure, Dimensional expects at least one-third of the board to be outsiders. Ideally, the audit committee should be entirely independent; at minimum, any outside directors who serve on the committee should be independent. At portfolio companies with an audit committee structure that have a controlling shareholder, at least two directors and at least one-third of the board should be independent outsiders.

At portfolio companies with a statutory auditor structure, Dimensional expects at least two directors and at least one-third of the board to be outsiders. At portfolio companies with a statutory auditor structure that have a controlling shareholder, the board should be majority independent.

Statutory Auditors

Statutory auditors are responsible for effectively overseeing management and ensuring that decisions made are in the best interest of shareholders. Dimensional may vote against statutory auditors who are remiss in their responsibilities.

When voting on outside statutory auditors, Dimensional expects nominees to be independent and to have the capacity to fulfill the requirements of their role as evidenced by attendance at meetings of the board of directors or board of statutory auditors.

Director and Statutory Auditor Compensation

Dimensional will support compensation for portfolio company directors and statutory auditors that is reasonable in both size and composition relative to industry and market norms.

When requesting an increase to the level of director fees, Dimensional expects portfolio companies to provide a specific reason for the increase. Dimensional will generally support an increase of director fees if it is in conjunction with the introduction of performance-based compensation, or where the ceiling for performance-based compensation is being increased. Dimensional will generally not support an increase in director fees if there is evidence that the directors have been remiss in effectively overseeing management or ensuring that decisions made are in the best interest of shareholders.

Dimensional will typically support an increase to the statutory auditor compensation ceiling unless there is evidence that the statutory auditors have been remiss in effectively overseeing management or ensuring that decisions made are in the best interest of shareholders.

Dimensional will generally support the granting of annual bonuses to portfolio company directors and statutory auditors unless there is evidence the board or the statutory auditors have been remiss in effectively overseeing management or ensuring that decisions made are in the best interest of shareholders.

Dimensional generally supports the granting of retirement benefits to portfolio company insiders, so long as the individual payments, and aggregate amount of such payments, is disclosed.

Dimensional will generally vote against the granting of retirement bonuses if there is evidence the portfolio company board or statutory auditors have been remiss in effectively overseeing management or ensuring that decisions made are in the best interest of shareholders.

Equity Based Compensation

Dimensional supports the adoption of equity plans that align the interests of the portfolio company board, management, and portfolio company employees with those of shareholders.

Dimensional will typically support stock option plans to portfolio company executives and employees if total dilution from the proposed plans and previous plans does not exceed 5 percent for mature companies or 10 percent for growth companies.

Dimensional will generally vote against stock plans if upper limit of options that can be issued per year is not disclosed.

For deep-discounted stock option plans, Dimensional typically expects portfolio companies to disclose specific performance hurdles.

A-15


Capital Allocation

Dimensional will typically support well-justified dividend payouts that do not negatively impact the portfolio company's overall financial health.

Share Repurchase

Dimensional is typically supportive of portfolio company boards having discretion over share repurchases absent concerns with the portfolio company’s balance sheet management, capital efficiency, buyback and dividend payout history, board composition, or shareholding structure.

Dimensional will typically support proposed repurchases that do not have a negative impact on shareholder value.

For repurchases of more than 10 percent of issue share capital, Dimensional expects the portfolio company to provide a robust explanation for the request.

Cross-Shareholding

Dimensional generally believes that portfolio companies should not allocate significant portions of their net assets to investments in companies for non-investment purposes. For example, in order to strengthen relationships with customers, suppliers, or borrowers. Such cross-shareholding, whether unilateral or reciprocal, can compromise director independence, entrench management, and reduce director accountability to uninterested shareholders. Dimensional may vote against certain directors at companies with excessive cross-shareholdings.

Shareholder Rights Plans (Poison Pills)

Dimensional believes the market for corporate control, which can result in acquisitions that are accretive to shareholders, should be able to function without undue restrictions. Takeover defenses such as poison pills can lead to entrenchment and reduced accountability at the board level.

Indemnification and Limitations on Liability

Dimensional generally supports limitations on liability for directors and statutory auditors in ordinary circumstances.

Limit Legal Liability of External Auditors

Dimensional generally opposes limitations on the liability of external auditors.

Increase in Authorized Capital

Dimensional will typically support requests for increases of less than 100 percent of currently authorized capital, so long as the increase does not leave the portfolio company with less than 30 percent of the proposed authorized capital outstanding.

For increases that exceed these guidelines, Dimensional expects portfolio companies to provide a robust explanation for the increase.

Dimensional will generally not support requests for increases that will be used as an anti-takeover device.

Expansion of Business Activities

For well performing portfolio companies seeking to expand their business into enterprises related to their core business, Dimensional will typically support management requests to amend the portfolio company’s articles to expand the portfolio company’s business activities.

Framework for Evaluating Securities in Other Select Asian Markets

Uncontested Director Elections

Dimensional expects portfolio companies to disclose biographical information about director candidates sufficient for shareholders to assess the candidate's independence and suitability for board service.

Dimensional expects that portfolio companies will at a minimum meet mandated regulatory or listing standards levels for board independence but should work towards meeting the applicable requirements of the relevant Corporate Governance code.

Dimensional maintains the following expectations for board independence at portfolio companies. The calculation of the level of independence will generally exclude shareholder or employee representatives as provided by law.

A-16


· All boards of directors of Malaysian portfolio companies should be at least 33% independent. Boards of directors of Malaysian “Large Companies” as defined by the Securities Commission Malaysia should be majority independent. 

· Boards of directors of Indian and Singaporean portfolio companies should be at least 50% independent if the board chair is not independent. If the board chair is independent, the board of directors should be at least 33% independent. 

· Boards of directors of Thai, Filipino, Hong Kong, Taiwanese and mainland China portfolio companies should be at least 33% independent. 

· Boards of Commissioners of Indonesian portfolio companies should be at least 30% independent, except for banks, insurance companies, and financial institutions which should be 50% independent.

· Boards of directors of South Korean portfolio companies should be at least 25% independent. The board of directors of Large Companies, as defined by the Commercial Act of South Korea, should be majority independent.

Dimensional expects portfolios companies to follow applicable corporate governance codes, listing standards, and local market best practices with respect to board composition.

Director Remuneration

In most Asian markets, director remuneration generally consists of both fees and bonuses.

Dimensional will generally support the payment of fees for serving as a director, fees for attending meetings, and other market-permitted remuneration if the size of such fees and other director remuneration is reasonable relative to industry and market norms.

In the absence of specific proposals to approve director remuneration (including fees and bonuses), Dimensional may vote against the directors who receive such remuneration if concerns are identified.

Equity Based Remuneration

In most Asian markets, equity plans are developed and presented for shareholder approval as part of employee remuneration. Equity plans may consist of stock options, restricted shares, or performance shares.

When voting on stock-option plans, restricted share plans, and performance share plans, Dimensional will consider the extent to which the plan is performance based, the length of performance and vesting periods, and the treatment of equity upon a change in control.

For stock-option plans, if the plan provides for a discount to the market price, Dimensional will consider the reasonableness and rationale for such a discount in light of local market standards.

In instances where Dimensional has identified concerns with a portfolio company's equity plan or equity granting practices, Dimensional will generally oppose the extension of the plan to subsidiary or associate companies.

A-17


DIMENSIONAL FUNDS TRUST

PART C

OTHER INFORMATION

ITEM 28. EXHIBITS.

The following exhibits are incorporated by reference to the previously filed documents indicated below, except as noted:

(a) Charter.

(i)  Certificate of Trust dated December 23, 2025, previously filed as Exhibit EX-99.a.i. with the Trust’s registration statement on March 13, 2026.

(ii) Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated December 23, 2025, previously filed as Exhibit EX-99.a.ii. with the Trust’s registration statement on March 13, 2026.

(b) By-Laws.

(i) By-Laws effective as of December 23, 2025, previously filed as Exhibit EX-99.b.i. with the Trust’s registration statement on March 13, 2026.

(c) Instruments Defining Rights of Security Holders.

(i) Agreement and Declaration of Trust.

(a) Article III, Shares

(b) Article V, Shareholders’ Voting Powers and Meetings

(c) Article VI, Net Asset Value; Distributions; Redemptions; Transfers

(d) Article VIII, Certain Transactions

(e) Article X, Miscellaneous

(ii) By-Laws.

(a) Article II, Meetings of Shareholders

(b) Article VI, Records and Reports

(c) Article VII, General Matters

(d) Article VIII, Amendments

(iii) Part B, Statement of Additional Information – Item 22.

(d) Investment Advisory Agreement.

(i) Form of Investment Advisory Agreement between the Registrant and Dimensional Fund Advisors LP, re: the:

· Dimensional US Equity Market Portfolio

ELECTRONICALLY FILED HEREWITH AS EXHIBIT EX-99.d.i.


(ii) Form of Investment Advisory Agreement between the Registrant and Dimensional Fund Advisors LP, re: the:

· Dimensional US Core Equity Market Portfolio

ELECTRONICALLY FILED HEREWITH AS EXHIBIT EX-99.d.ii.

(e) Underwriting Contracts.

(i) Form of Distribution Agreement between the Registrant and DFA Securities LLC.

ELECTRONICALLY FILED HEREWITH AS EXHIBIT EX-99.e.i.

(ii) Form of Authorized Participant Agreement.

ELECTRONICALLY FILED HEREWITH AS EXHIBIT EX-99.e.ii.

(f) Bonus or Profit Sharing Contracts.

Not applicable.

(g) Custodian Agreements.

(i) Global Custodial and Agency Services Agreement between the Registrant and Citibank, N.A.

ELECTRONICALLY FILED HEREWITH AS EXHIBIT EX-99.g.i.

(h) Other Material Contracts.

(i) Transfer Agency and Services Agreement

To be filed by amendment.

(ii) Services Agreement

To be filed by amendment.

(iii) Form of 12d1-4 Fund of Funds Investment Agreement

ELECTRONICALLY FILED HEREWITH AS EXHIBIT EX-99.h.iii.

(iv) Form of Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement between the Registrant and Dimensional Fund Advisors LP, re: the:

· Dimensional US Equity Market Portfolio: Institutional Class

· Dimensional US Equity Market Portfolio: ETF Class

ELECTRONICALLY FILED HEREWITH AS EXHIBIT EX-99.h.iv.

(v) Form of Fund Services Agreement between the Registrant and Dimensional Fund Advisors LP, re: the:

· Dimensional US Core Equity Market Portfolio

ELECTRONICALLY FILED HEREWITH AS EXHIBIT EX-99.h.v.

(i) Legal Opinion

(i) Opinion and consent of counsel.


To be filed by amendment.

(j) Other Opinions

(i) Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

To be filed by amendment.

(k) Omitted Financial Statements

Not Applicable.

(l) Initial Capital Agreements.

(i) Initial Capital Agreement.

To be filed by amendment.

(m) Rule 12b-1 Plan

(i) Distribution and Service Plan between the Registrant and DFA Securities, LLC

re: the:

· Dimensional US Core Equity Market Portfolio: ETF Class shares

ELECTRONICALLY FILED HEREWITH AS EXHIBIT EX-99.m.i.

 

(n) Rule 18f-3 Plan.

(i) Multiple Class Plan Pursuant to Rule 18f-3 re: the:

· Dimensional US Equity Market Portfolio

· Dimensional US Core Equity Market Portfolio

ELECTRONICALLY FILED HEREWITH AS EXHIBIT EX-99.n.i.

(p) Code of Ethics

(i) Code of Ethics of Registrant, Advisor, and Underwriter.

ELECTRONICALLY FILED HEREWITH AS EXHIBIT EX-99.p.i.

(q) Power of Attorney

(i) On behalf of the Registrant, Power-of-Attorney dated as of March 31, 2026 appointing Catherine L. Newell, Jeff J. Jeon, Gerard K. O’Reilly, David P. Butler, Carolyn S. Lee, Jan Miller and Ryan P. Buechner as attorneys-in-fact to David P. Butler, Gerard K. O’Reilly, Reena Aggarwal, Douglas W. Diamond, Darrell Duffie, Francis A. Longstaff, Jan Miller, Stefan Nagel, Catherine L. Newell, Abbie J. Smith, Heather E. Tookes, and Ingrid M. Werner.

FILED HEREWITH AS EXHIBIT EX-99.q.i.


ITEM 29. PERSONS CONTROLLED BY OR UNDER COMMON CONTROL WITH REGISTRANT.

None.

ITEM 30. INDEMNIFICATION.

Reference is made to Article VII of the Registrant’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust, which is incorporated by reference.

Pursuant to Rule 484 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Registrant furnishes the following undertaking:

Insofar as indemnification for liability arising under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Act”) may be permitted to the trustees, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that, in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable.  In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a trustee, an officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such trustee, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

ITEM 31. BUSINESS AND OTHER CONNECTIONS OF THE INVESTMENT ADVISER.

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (the “Advisor”), with a principal place of business located at 6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One, Austin TX 78746, the investment manager for the Registrant, is also the investment manager for five other registered open-end investment companies, DFA Investment Dimensions Group Inc., The DFA Investment Trust Company, Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund, Dimensional Investment Group Inc., and Dimensional ETF Trust. The Advisor also serves as sub-advisor for certain other registered investment companies.

The Advisor is engaged in the business of providing investment advice primarily to institutional investors. For additional information, please see “Management of the Fund” in PART A and “Directors and Officers” in PART B of this Registration Statement.

Additional information as to the Advisor and the partners and executive officers of the Advisor is included in the Advisor’s Form ADV filed with the Commission (File No. 801-16283), which is incorporated herein by reference and sets forth the executive officers and partners of the Advisor and information as to any business, profession, vocation or employment or a substantial nature engaged in by those officers and partners during the past two years.

ITEM 32. PRINCIPAL UNDERWRITERS.


(a) DFA Securities LLC, (“DFAS”) is the principal underwriter for the Registrant. DFAS also serves as principal underwriter for DFA Investment Dimensions Group Inc., The DFA Investment Trust Company, Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund, Dimensional Investment Group Inc., and Dimensional ETF Trust.

(b) The following table sets forth information as to the Distributor’s Officers, Partners and Control Persons. The address of each officer is 6300 Bee Cave Road, Austin, Texas 78746:

   

Name and Principal Business Address

Positions and Offices with Underwriter

Positions and Offices with Fund

Ryan P. Buechner

Not Applicable

Vice President and Assistant Secretary

David P. Butler

Co-Chief Executive Officer

Co-Chief Executive Officer and Trustee

Stephen A. Clark

Executive Vice President

Executive Vice President

Bernard J. Grzelak

Vice President, Chief

Financial Officer, and Treasurer

Vice President

Jeff J. Jeon

Vice President

Vice President

Joy L. Lopez

Not Applicable

Vice President and Assistant Treasurer

Kenneth M. Manell

Not Applicable

Vice President

Jan Miller

Not Applicable

Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

Catherine L. Newell

Executive Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel

President and General Counsel

Selwyn J. Notelovitz

Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer

Vice President

Carolyn S. Lee

Vice President and Assistant Secretary

Vice President and Secretary

Randy C. Olson

Vice President

Chief Compliance Officer

Gerard K. O'Reilly

Co-Chief Executive Officer and Co-Chief Investment Officer

Co-Chief Executive Officer, Co-Chief Investment Officer, Chairman and Trustee

Savina B. Rizova

Vice President and Co-Chief Investment Officer

Co-Chief Investment Officer

James J. Taylor

Vice President

Vice President and Assistant Treasurer

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP

Sole Member

Not Applicable

ITEM 33. LOCATION OF ACCOUNTS AND RECORDS.

  

Name

Address

Dimensional Funds Trust

6300 Bee Cave Road,


  
 

Building One
Austin, TX 78746

[ ]

[ ]

ITEM 34. MANAGEMENT SERVICES.

There are no management-related service contracts not discussed in Part A or Part B.

ITEM 35. UNDERTAKINGS.

Not Applicable


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Austin, the State of Texas, as of this 7th day of May, 2026.

 DIMENSIONAL FUNDS TRUST

(Registrant)

By: /s/Catherine L. Newell* 

Catherine L. Newell, President

(Signature and Title)

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

   

Signature

Title

Date

/s/ Gerard K. O’Reilly* 

Co-Chief Executive Officer, Co-Chief Investment Officer,

May 7, 2026

Gerard K. O’Reilly

Chairman and Trustee

 

 

  

/s/ David P. Butler*

Co-Chief Executive Officer and Trustee

May 7, 2026

David P. Butler

  
   

/s/ Jan Miller*

Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer), Treasurer (Principal Accounting Officer) and Vice President

May 7, 2026

Jan Miller

  
   

/s/ Reena Aggarwal*

Trustee

May 7, 2026

Reena Aggarwal

  
   

/s/ Douglas W. Diamond*

Trustee

May 7, 2026

Douglas W. Diamond

  
   

/s/ Darrell Duffie*

Trustee

May 7, 2026

Darrell Duffie

  
   

/s/ Francis A. Longstaff*

Trustee

May 7, 2026

Francis A. Longstaff

  
   

/s/ Stefan Nagel*

Trustee

May 7, 2026

Stefan Nagel

  
   

/s/ Abbie J. Smith*

Trustee

May 7, 2026

Abbie J. Smith

  
   

/s/ Heather E. Tookes*

Trustee

May 7, 2026

Heather E. Tookes

  
   

/s/ Ingrid M. Werner*

Trustee

May 7, 2026

Ingrid M. Werner

  

* By: /s/ Ryan P. Buechner

 Ryan P. Buechner

  Attorney-in-Fact (Pursuant to a Power of Attorney)


DIMENSIONAL FUNDS TRUST

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

The following exhibits are attached:

  

EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit No.

Description

EX-99.d.i

Form of Investment Advisory Agreement re: the:

Dimensional US Equity Market Portfolio

EX-99.d.ii

Form of Investment Advisory Agreement re: the:

Dimensional US Core Equity Market Portfolio 

EX-99.e.i

Form of Distribution Agreement 

EX-99.e.ii

Form of Authorized Participant Agreement

EX-99.g.i

Global Custodial and Agency Services Agreement

EX-99.h.iii

Form of 12d1-4 Fund of Funds Investment Agreement

EX-99.h.iv

Form of Fee Waiver and Expense Assumption Agreement 

EX-99.h.v

Form of Fund Services Agreement

EX-99.m.i

Distribution and Service Plan 

EX-99.n.i

Multiple Class Plan Pursuant to Rule 18f-3 

EX-99.p.i

Code of Ethics of Registrant, Advisor, and Underwriter.

EX-99.q.i

Power of Attorney


ATTACHMENTS / EXHIBITS

ex99dadvsrcontr-1.htm

ex99dadvsrcontr-2.htm

ex99eundrcontr-1.htm

ex99eundrcontr-2.htm

ex99gcustagreemt-1.htm

ex99hothmatcont-1.htm

ex99hothmatcont-2.htm

ex99hothmatcont-3.htm

ex99m12b1plan-1.htm

ex99n18f3plan-1.htm

ex99pcodeeth-1.htm

ex99-1.htm



Serious News for Serious Traders! Try StreetInsider.com Premium Free!

You May Also Be Interested In





Related Categories

SEC Filings